Vinaya-Pitaka, Vol. 1: Mahavagga, plain floating text

Vinaya-Pitaka, Vol. 1: Mahavagga
Based on the edition by Hermann Oldenberg, London : Pali Text Society 1879
(Reprinted 1929, 1964, 1997)

Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996
[GRETIL-Version vom 3.12.2014]

NOTICE
This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015.
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.

These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.

PLAIN TEXT VERSION
(In order to fascilitate word search, all annotations have been removed,
and the line breaks of the printed edition have been converted into floating text.)

THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.

Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)

description:	multibyte sequence:
long a	ā
long A	Ā
long i	ī
long I	Ī
long u	ū
long U	Ū
vocalic r	ṛ
vocalic R	Ṛ
long vocalic r	ṝ
vocalic l	ḷ
vocalic L	Ḷ
long vocalic l	ḹ
velar n	ṅ
velar N	Ṅ
palatal n	ñ
palatal N	Ñ
retroflex t	ṭ
retroflex T	Ṭ
retroflex d	ḍ
retroflex D	Ḍ
retroflex n	ṇ
retroflex N	Ṇ
palatal s	ś
palatal S	Ś
retroflex s	ṣ
retroflex S	Ṣ
anusvara	ṃ
visarga	ḥ
long e	ē
long o	ō
l underbar	ḻ
r underbar	ṟ
n underbar	ṉ
k underbar	ḵ
t underbar	ṯ

Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.

For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf

For further information see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm

Vinayapiṭaka Vol. I Mahāvagga.

[page 001]
1
VINAYAPIṬAKAṂ
MAHĀVAGGA.
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.
I.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Uruvelāyaṃ viharati najjā Nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. atha kho bhagavā bodhirukkhamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manas'; ākāsi: avijjāpaccayā saṃkhārā, saṃkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. avijjāya tv eva asesavirāganirodhā saṃkhāranirodho, saṃkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti. ||2||

[page 002]
2 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 1. 2-2. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi:
yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa
ath'; assa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā yato pajānāti sahetudhamman ti. ||3||
atha kho bhagavā rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manas'; ākāsi: avijjāpaccayā saṃkhārā, saṃkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ --la-- evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti --pa-- nirodho hotīti. ||4|| atha kho bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi:
yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa
ath'; assa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā yato khayaṃ paccayānaṃ avedīti. ||5||
atha kho bhagavā rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manas'; ākāsi: avijjāpaccayā saṃkhārā, saṃkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ --gha-- evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti --pa-- nirodho hotīti. ||6|| atha kho bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi:
yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa
vidhūpayaṃ tiṭṭhati Mārasenaṃ suriyo 'va obhāsayam antalikkhan ti. ||7||
bodhikathā niṭṭhitā. ||1||
atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā bodhirukkhamūlā yena Ajapālanigrodho ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Ajapālanigrodharukkhamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. ||1||
atha kho aññataro huhuṅkajātiko brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi, ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:

[page 003]
I. 2. 2-4. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kittāvatā nu kho bho Gotama brāhmaṇo hoti katame ca pana brāhmaṇakaraṇā dhammā 'ti. ||2||
atha kho bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi:
yo brāhmaṇo bāhitapāpadhammo nihuhuṅko nikasāvo yatatto
vedantagū vusitabrahmacariyo, dhammena so brāhmaṇo brahmavādaṃ vadeyya,
yass'; ussadā n'; atthi kuhiñci loke 'ti. ||3||
Ajapālakathā niṭṭhitā. ||2||
atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā Ajapālanigrodhamūlā yena Mucalindo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Mucalindamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi {vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī.} ||1|| tena kho pana samayena mahāakālamegho udapādi sattāhavaddalikā sītavātaduddinī. atha kho Mucalindo nāgarājā sakabhavanā nikkhamitvā bhagavato kāyaṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā upari muddhani mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ karitvā aṭṭhāsi: mā bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ, mā bhagavantaṃ uṇhaṃ, mā bhagavantaṃ ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasiriṃsapasamphasso 'ti. ||2|| atha kho Mucalindo nāgarājā sattāhassa accayena viddhaṃ vigatavalāhakaṃ devaṃ viditvā bhagavato kāyā bhoge viniveṭhetvā sakavaṇṇaṃ paṭisaṃharitvā māṇavakavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā bhagavato purato aṭṭhāsi añjaliko bhagavantaṃ namassamāno. ||3|| atha kho bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi:
sukho viveko tuṭṭhassa sutadhammassa passato,
avyāpajjhaṃ sukhaṃ loke pāṇabhūtesu saṃyamo. |
sukhā virāgatā loke kāmānaṃ samatikkamo,
asmimānassa yo vinayo etaṃ ve paramaṃ sukhan ti. ||4||
Mucalindakathā niṭṭhitā. ||3||
atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā Mucalindamūlā yena Rājāyatanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Rājāyatanamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena Tapussabhallikā vāṇijā Ukkalā taṃ desaṃ addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti.

[page 004]
4 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 4. 2-5. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho Tapussabhallikānaṃ vāṇijānaṃ ñāti sālohitā devatā Tapussabhallike vāṇije etad avoca: ayaṃ mārisā bhagavā Rājāyatanamūle viharati paṭhamābhisambuddho, gacchatha taṃ bhagavantaṃ manthena ca madhupiṇḍikāya ca paṭimānetha, taṃ vo bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā 'ti. ||2|| atha kho Tapussabhallikā vāṇijā manthañ ca madhupiṇḍikañ ca ādāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho Tapussabhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: paṭigaṇhātu no bhante bhagavā manthañ ca madhupiṇḍikañ ca yaṃ amhākaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā 'ti. ||3||
atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: na kho tathāgatā hatthesu paṭigaṇhanti. kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṭigaṇheyyaṃ manthañ ca madhupiṇḍikañ cā 'ti. atha kho cattāro Mahārājāno bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya catuddisā cattāro selamaye patte bhagavato upanāmesuṃ: idha bhante bhagavā paṭigaṇhātu manthañ ca madhupiṇḍikañ cā 'ti. paṭiggahesi bhagavā paccagghe selamaye patte manthañ ca madhupiṇḍikañ ca paṭiggahetvā ca paribhuñji. ||4|| atha kho Tapussabhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ viditvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: ete mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañ ca, upāsake no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate 'ti. teva loke paṭhamaṃ upāsakā ahesuṃ dvevācikā. ||5||
Rājāyatanakathā niṭṭhitā. ||4||
atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā Rājāyatanamūlā yena Ajapālanigrodho ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Ajapālanigrodhamūle viharati. ||1|| atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: adhigato kho my āyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ yad idaṃ idappaccayatā paṭiccasamuppādo,

[page 005]
I. 5. 2-7.] MAHĀVAGGA. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] idam pi kho ṭhānaṃ sududdasaṃ yad idaṃ sabbasaṃkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. ahañ ceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ, so mam'; assa kilamatho, sā mam'; assa vihesā 'ti. ||2|| api 'ssu bhagavantaṃ imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā:
kicchena me adhigataṃ halaṃ dāni pakāsituṃ,
rāgadosaparetehi nāyaṃ dhammo susambudho. |
paṭisotagāmi nipuṇaṃ gambhīraṃ duddasaṃ aṇuṃ
rāgarattā na dakkhanti tamokhandhena āvuṭā 'ti. ||3||
iti ha bhagavato paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati no dhammadesanāya. atha kho Brahmuno Sahampatissa bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya etad ahosi: nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho loko, yatra hi nāma tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati no dhammadesanāyā 'ti. ||4|| atha kho Brahmā Sahampati, seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi. ||5|| atha kho Brahmā Sahampati ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dakkhiṇañ jānumaṇḍalaṃ paṭhaviyaṃ nihantvā yena bhagavā ten'; añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: desetu bhante bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ, santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro 'ti. ||6||
idaṃ avoca Brahmā Sahampati, idaṃ vatvā athāparaṃ etad avoca:
pāturahosi Magadhesu pubbe dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito,
apāpur'; etaṃ amatassa dvāraṃ suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhaṃ |
sele yathā pabbatamuddhini ṭhito yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato,
tath'; ūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha pāsādam āruyha samantacakkhu

[page 006]
6 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 5. 7-12.
sokāvatiṇṇañ janataṃ apetasoko avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṃ. |
uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṃgāma satthavāha anaṇa vicara loke,
desetu bhagavā dhammaṃ aññātāro bhavissantīti. ||7||
evaṃ vutte bhagavā Brahmānaṃ Sahampatiṃ etad avoca: mayhaṃ kho Brahme etad ahosi: adhigato kho my āyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho . . . sā mam'; assa vihesā 'ti. api 'ssu maṃ Brahme imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe me assutapubbā . . . āvuṭā 'ti. iti ha me Brahme paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati no dhammadesanāyā 'ti. ||8||
dutiyam pi kho Brahmā Sahampati bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: desetu bhante bhagavā dhammaṃ . . . aññātāro bhavissantīti. dutiyam pi kho bhagavā Brahmānaṃ Sahampatiṃ etad avoca: mayham pi kho Brahme etad ahosi: adhigato kho my āyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho . . . sā mam'; assa vihesā 'ti. api 'ssu maṃ Brahme imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe me assutapubbā . . . āvuṭā 'ti. iti ha me Brahme paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati no dhammadesanāyā 'ti. ||9||
tatiyam pi kho Brahmā Sahampati bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: desetu bhante bhagavā dhammaṃ . . . aññātāro bhavissantīti. atha kho bhagavā Brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṃ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṃ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokesi. addasa kho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvino viharante. ||10|| seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni antonimuggaposīni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni samodakaṇ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakā accuggamma ṭhitāni anupalittāni udakena, ||11|| evam eva bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvino viharante,

[page 007]
I. 5. 12-6.5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] disvāna Brahmānaṃ Sahampatiṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
apārutā tesaṃ amatassa dvārā ye sotavanto, pamuñcantu saddhaṃ.
vihiṃsasaññī paguṇaṃ na bhāsi dhammaṃ paṇītaṃ manujesu Brahme 'ti. ||12||
atha kho Brahmā Sahampati katāvakāso kho 'mhi bhagavatā dhammadesanāyā 'ti bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth'; ev'; antaradhāyi. ||13||
Brahmayācanakathā niṭṭhitā. ||5||
atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippam eva ājānissatīti. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: ayaṃ kho Āḷāro Kālāmo paṇḍito vyatto medhāvī dīgharattaṃ apparajakkhajātiko. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ Āḷārassa Kālāmassa paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, so imaṃ dhammaṃ khippam eva ājānissatīti. ||1|| atha kho antarahitā devatā bhagavato ārocesi: sattāhakālaṃkato bhante Āḷāro Kālāmo 'ti. bhagavato pi kho ñāṇaṃ udapādi sattāhakālaṃ kato Āḷāro Kālāmo 'ti. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: mahājāniyo kho Āḷāro Kālāmo, sace hi so imaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyya, khippam eva ājāneyyā 'ti. ||2|| atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippam eva ājānissatīti. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: ayaṃ kho Uddako Rāmaputto paṇḍito vyatto medhāvī dīgharattaṃ apparajakkhajātiko. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ Uddakassa Rāmaputtassa paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, so imaṃ dhammaṃ khippam eva ājānissatīti. ||3|| atha kho antarahitā devatā bhagavato ārocesi: abhidosakālaṃkato bhante Uddako Rāmaputto 'ti. bhagavato pi kho ñāṇaṃ udapādi abhidosakālaṃkato Uddako Rāmaputto 'ti. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: mahājāniyo kho Uddako Rāmaputto, sace hi so imaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyya, khippam eva ājāneyyā 'ti. ||4|| atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippam eva ājānissatīti.

[page 008]
8 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 6. 5-10.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: bahūpakārā kho 'me pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū, ye maṃ padhānapahitattaṃ upaṭṭhahiṃsu. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ pañcavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyan ti. ||5|| atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: kahaṃ nu kho etarahi pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū viharantīti. addasa kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena pañcavaggiye bhikkhū Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharante Isipatane migadāye. atha kho bhagavā Uruvelāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Bārāṇasī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. ||6|| addasa kho Upako ājīviko bhagavantaṃ antarā ca Gayaṃ antarā ca bodhiṃ addhānamaggapaṭipannaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: vippasannāni kho te āvuso indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. kaṃ 'si tvaṃ āvuso uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesīti. ||7||
evaṃ vutte bhagavā Upakaṃ ājīvikaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:
sabbābhibhū sabbavidū 'ham asmi sabbesu dhammesu anupalitto
sabbañjaho taṇhakkhaye vimutto, sayaṃ abhiññāya kam uddiseyyaṃ. |
na me ācariyo atthi, sadiso me na vijjati,
sadevakasmiṃ lokasmiṃ n'; atthi me paṭipuggalo. |
ahaṃ hi arahā loke, ahaṃ satthā anuttaro,
eko 'mhi sammāsambuddho, sītibhūto 'smi nibbuto. |
dhammacakkaṃ pavattetuṃ gacchāmi Kāsinaṃ puraṃ,
andhabhūtasmi lokasmiṃ āhañhi amatadudrabhin ti. ||8||
yathā kho tvaṃ āvuso paṭijānāsi arah'; asi anantajino 'ti:
mādisā ve jinā honti ye pattā āsavakkhayaṃ,
jitā me pāpakā dhammā tasmāham Upaka jino 'ti.
evaṃ vutte Upako ājīviko hupeyya āvuso 'ti vatvā sīsaṃ okampetvā ummaggaṃ gahetvā pakkāmi. ||9|| atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Bārāṇasī Isipatanamigadāyo yena pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami. addasaṃsu kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna aññamaññaṃ saṇṭhapesuṃ: ayaṃ āvuso samaṇo Gotamo āgacchati bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya.

[page 009]
I. 6. 10-15.] MAHĀVAGGA. 9
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so n'; eva abhivādetabbo na paccuṭṭhātabbo nāssa pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, api ca kho āsanaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ, sace ākaṅkhissati nisīdissatīti. ||10|| yathā-yathā kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū upasaṃkamati, tathā-tathā te pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū sakāya katikāya asaṇṭhahantā bhagavantaṃ paccuggantvā eko bhagavato pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi, eko āsanaṃ paññāpesi, eko pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipi. nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane, nisajja kho bhagavā pāde pakkhālesi. api 'ssu bhagavantaṃ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaranti. ||11|| evaṃ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etad avoca: mā bhikkhave tathāgataṃ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaratha. arahaṃ bhikkhave tathāgato sammāsambuddho. odahatha bhikkhave sotaṃ, amataṃ adhigataṃ, ahaṃ anusāsāmi, ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamānā na cirass'; eva yass'; atthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tad anuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānam diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā 'ti. ||12|| evaṃ vutte pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: tāya pi kho tvaṃ āvuso Gotama cariyāya tāya paṭipadāya tāya dukkarakārikāya n'; ev'; ajjhagā uttarimanussadhammaṃ alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ, kim pana tvaṃ etarahi bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya adhigamissasi uttarimanussadhammaṃ alamariyañāṇadassanavisesan ti. ||13|| evaṃ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etad avoca: na bhikkhave tathāgato bāhulliko, na padhānavibbhanto, na āvatto bāhullāya. arahaṃ bhikkhave tathāgato sammāsambuddho. odahatha bhikkhave sotaṃ, amataṃ adhigataṃ, ahaṃ anusāsāmi, ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. yathānusiṭṭham tathā paṭipajjamānā na cirass'; eva yass'; atthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tad anuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā 'ti. ||14|| dutiyam pi kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ --pa--, dutiyam pi kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etad avoca --pa--, tatiyam pi kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: tāya pi kho tvaṃ āvuso Gotama cariyāya tāya paṭipadāya

[page 010]
10 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 6. 15-22.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . alamariyañāṇadassanavisesan ti. ||15|| evaṃ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etad avoca: abhijānātha me no tumhe bhikkhave ito pubbe evarūpaṃ bhāsitaṃ etan ti. no h'; etaṃ bhante 'ti. arahaṃ bhikkhave tathāgato sammāsambuddho. odahatha . . . viharissathā 'ti. asakkhi kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū saññāpetuṃ. atha kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ puna sussūsiṃsu sotaṃ odahiṃsu aññācittaṃ upaṭṭhāpesuṃ. ||16||
atha kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi: dve 'me bhikkhave antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. katame dve.
yo cāyaṃ kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṃhito, yo cāyaṃ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṃhito, ete kho bhikkhave ubho ante anupagamma majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati. ||17|| katamā ca sā {bhikkhave} majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati. ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyath'; īdaṃ: sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṃkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi. ayaṃ kho sā bhikkhave majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati. ||18||
idaṃ kho pana bhikkhave dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, jāti pi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, vyādhi pi dukkhā, maraṇam pi dukkhaṃ, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho, piyehi vippayogo dukkho, yam p'; icchaṃ na labhati tam pi dukkhaṃ, saṃkhittena pañc'; upādānakkhandhāpi dukkhā. ||19|| idaṃ kho pana bhikkhave dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobbhavikā nandirāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyath'; īdaṃ: kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā. ||20|| idaṃ kho pana bhikkhave dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccam, yo tassā yeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo. ||21|| idaṃ kho pana bhikkhave dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ, ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyath'; īdaṃ: sammādiṭṭhi . . . sammāsamādhi. ||22||

[page 011]
I. 6. 23-30.] MAHĀVAGGA. 11
idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccan ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. taṃ kho pan'; idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pariññeyyan ti me bhikkhave --la-- pariññātan ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. ||23|| idaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccan ti me bhikkhave . . . āloko udapādi. taṃ kho pan'; idaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pahātabban ti me bhikkhave --la-- pahīnan ti me bhikkhave . . . āloko udapādi. ||24|| idaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccan ti me bhikkhave . . . āloko udapādi. taṃ kho pan'; idaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ sacchikātabban ti me bhikkhave --la-- sacchikatan ti me bhikkhave . . . āloko udapādi. ||25|| idaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccan ti me bhikkhave . . . āloko udapādi. taṃ kho pan'; idaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ bhāvetabban ti me bhikkhave -- la -bhāvitan ti me bhikkhave . . . āloko udapādi. ||26|| yāva kīvañ ca me bhikkhave imesu catusu ariyasaccesu evaṃ tiparivaṭṭaṃ dvādasākāraṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ na suvisuddhaṃ ahosi, n'; eva tāvāhaṃ bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho 'ti paccaññāsiṃ. ||27|| yato ca kho me bhikkhave imesu catusu ariyasaccesu evaṃ tiparivaṭṭaṃ dvādasākāraṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ ahosi, athāhaṃ bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho 'ti paccaññāsiṃ. ||28|| ñāṇañ ca pana me dassanaṃ udapādi: akuppā me cetovimutti, ayaṃ antimā jāti, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo 'ti. idaṃ avoca bhagavā, attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandanti. imasmiñ ca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne āyasmato Koṇḍaññassa virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman ti. ||29||
pavattite ca bhagavatā dhammacakke bhummā devā saddaṃ anussāvesuṃ: evaṃ bhagavatā Bārāṇasiyaṃ Isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā Mārena vā Brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin ti.

[page 012]
12 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 6. 30 34.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] bhummānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā Cātumahārājikā devā saddaṃ anussāvesuṃ --la-- Cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā Tāvatiṃsā devā --la-- Yāmā devā --la-- Tusitā devā --la-- Nimmānaratī devā --la-- Paranimmitavasavattī devā --la-- Brahmakāyikā devā saddaṃ anussāvesuṃ: evaṃ bhagavatā Bārāṇasiyaṃ Isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā Mārena vā Brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin ti. ||30|| iti ha tena khaṇena tena layena tena muhuttena yāva Brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchi, ayañ ca kho dasasahassilokadhātu saṃkampi sampakampi sampavedhi, appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pāturahosi atikkamma devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. atha kho bhagavā imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi: aññāsi vata bho Koṇḍañño aññāsi vata bho Koṇḍañño 'ti. iti h'; idaṃ āyasmato Koṇḍaññassa Aññātakoṇḍañño tv eva nāmaṃ ahosi. ||31||
atha kho āyasmā Aññātakoṇḍañño diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: labheyyāhaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampadan ti. ehi bhikkhū 'ti bhagavā avoca, svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosi. ||32||
atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. atha kho āyasmato ca Vappassa āyasmato ca Bhaddiyassa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman ti. ||33|| te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: labheyyāma mayaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampadan ti.
etha bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavā avoca, svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti.

[page 013]
I. 6. 34-41.] MAHĀVAGGA. 13
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sā 'va tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. ||34||
atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū nīhārabhatto iminā nihārena dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi: yaṃ tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā āharanti, tena chabbaggo yāpeti. ||35||
atha kho āyasmato ca Mahānāmassa āyasmato ca Assajissa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman ti. ||36|| te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: labheyyāma mayaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampadan ti. etha bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavā avoca, svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. ||37||
atha kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi: rūpaṃ bhikkhave anattā, rūpañ ca h'; idaṃ bhikkhave attā abhavissa, na yidaṃ rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha ca rūpe evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosīti.
yasmā ca kho bhikkhave rūpaṃ anattā, tasmā rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati rūpe evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosīti. ||38|| vedanā anattā, vedanā ca h'; idaṃ bhikkhave attā abhavissa, na yidaṃ vedanā ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha ca vedanāya evaṃ me vedanā hotu, evaṃ me vedanā mā ahosīti. yasmā ca kho bhikkhave vedanā anattā, tasmā vedanā ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati vedanāya evaṃ me vedanā hotu, evaṃ me vedanā mā ahosīti. ||39|| saññā anattā --la-- saṃkhārā anattā, saṃkhārā ca h'; idaṃ bhikkhave attā abhavissaṃsu, na yidaṃ saṃkhārā ābādhāya saṃvatteyyuṃ, labbhetha ca saṃkhāresu evaṃ me saṃkhārā hontu, evaṃ me saṃkhārā mā ahesun ti. yasmā ca kho bhikkhave saṃkhārā anattā, tasmā saṃkhārā ābādhāya saṃvattanti, na ca labbhati saṃkhāresu evaṃ me saṃkhārā hontu, evaṃ me saṃkhārā mā ahesun ti. ||40|| viññāṇaṃ anattā, viññāṇañ ca h'; idaṃ bhikkhave attā abhavissa, na yidaṃ viññāṇaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya,

[page 014]
14 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 6. 41-47.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] labbhetha ca viññāṇe evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ hotu, evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ mā ahosīti. yasmā ca kho bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ anattā, tasmā viññāṇaṃ ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati viññāṇe evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ hotu, evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ mā ahosīti. ||41|| taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā 'ti. aniccaṃ bhante. yaṃ panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā 'ti. dukkhaṃ bhante. yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ etaṃ mama, eso 'ham asmi, eso me attā 'ti. no h'; etaṃ bhante. ||42|| vedanā -- la -saññā --la-- saṃkhārā --la-- viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā 'ti. aniccaṃ bhante. yaṃ panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā 'ti. dukkhaṃ bhante. yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ etaṃ mama, eso 'ham asmi, eso me attā 'ti. no h'; etaṃ bhante. ||43|| tasmāt iha bhikkhave yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ va bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre vā santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ n'; etaṃ mama, n'; eso 'ham asmi, na me so attā 'ti evaṃ etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. ||44|| yā kāci vedanā --la-- yā kāci saññā --la-- ye keci saṃkhārā --la-- yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā {vā} oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre vā santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ n'; etaṃ mama, n'; eso 'ham asmi, na {m'; eso} attā 'ti evaṃ etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. ||45||
evaṃ passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmim pi nibbindati, vedanāya pi nibbindati, saññāya pi nibbindati, saṃkhāresu pi nibbindati, viññāṇasmim pi nibbindati, nibbindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ vimutt'; amhīti ñāṇaṃ hoti, khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā 'ti pajānātīti. ||46|| idaṃ avoca bhagavā, attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandanti. imasmiñ ca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne pañcavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anupādāya āsavehi {cittāni} vimucciṃsu. tena kho pana samayena cha loke arahanto {honti.} ||47||6||
paṭhamabhāṇavāraṃ.

[page 015]
I. 7. 1-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 15
tena kho pana samayena Bārāṇasiyaṃ Yaso nāma kulaputto seṭṭhiputto sukhumālo hoti, tassa tayo pāsādā honti, eko hemantiko, eko gimhiko, eko vassiko. so vassike pāsāde cattāro māse nippurisehi turiyehi paricāriyamāno na heṭṭhā pāsādā orohati. atha kho Yasassa kulaputtassa pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitassa samaṅgibhūtassa paricāriyamānassa paṭigacc 'eva niddā okkami, parijanassāpi pacchā niddā okkami, sabbarattiyo ca telappadīpo jhāyati. ||1|| atha kho Yaso kulaputto paṭigacc 'eva paṭibujjhitvā addasa sakaṃ parijanaṃ supantaṃ, aññissā kacche vīṇaṃ, aññissā kaṇṭhe mutiṅgaṃ, aññissā kacche ālambaraṃ, aññaṃ vikesikaṃ, aññaṃ vikkheḷikaṃ, vippalapantiyo, hatthappattaṃ susānaṃ maññe. disvān'; assa ādīnavo pāturahosi, nibbidāya cittaṃ saṇṭhāsi.
atha kho Yaso kulaputto udānaṃ udānesi: upaddutaṃ vata bho, upassaṭṭhaṃ vata bho 'ti. ||2|| atha kho Yaso kulaputto suvaṇṇapādukāyo ārohitvā yena nivesanadvāraṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, amanussā dvāraṃ vivariṃsu mā Yasassa kulaputtassa koci antarāyaṃ akāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. atha kho Yaso kulaputto yena nagaradvāraṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, amanussā dvāraṃ vivariṃsu mā Yasassa kulaputtassa koci antarāyaṃ akāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. atha kho Yaso kulaputto yena Isipatanaṃ migadāyo ten'; upasaṃkami. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati. addasa kho bhagavā Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna caṅkamā orohitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho Yaso kulaputto bhagavato avidūre udānaṃ udānesi: upaddutaṃ vata bho, upassaṭṭhaṃ vata bho 'ti.
atha kho bhagavā Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ etad avoca: idaṃ kho Yasa anupaddutaṃ, idaṃ anupassaṭṭhaṃ. ehi Yasa nisīda, dhammaṃ te desessāmīti. ||4|| atha kho Yaso kulaputto idaṃ kira anupaddutaṃ, idaṃ anupassaṭṭhan ti haṭṭho udaggo suvaṇṇapādukāhi orohitvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho Yasassa kulaputtassa bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. ||5|| yadā bhagavā āññāsi Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ kallacittaṃ muducittaṃ vinīvaraṇacittaṃ udaggacittaṃ pasannacittaṃ,

[page 016]
16 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 7. 6-10.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi, dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ {vatthaṃ} apagatakāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ paṭigaṇheyya, evam eva Yasassa kulaputtassa tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman ti. ||6|| atha kho Yasassa kulaputtassa mātā pāsādaṃ abhirūhitvā Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ apassantī yena seṭṭhi gahapati ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ etad avoca: putto te gahapati Yaso na dissatīti. atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati catuddisā assadūte uyyojetvā sāmaṃ yeva yena Isipatanaṃ migadāyo ten'; upasaṃkami. addasa kho seṭṭhi gahapati suvaṇṇapādukānaṃ nikkhepaṃ, disvāna taṃ yeva anugamāsi. ||7||ḥ
addasa kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna bhagavato etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṃkhāraṃ abhisaṃkhāreyyaṃ, yathā seṭṭhi gahapati idha nisinno idha nisinnaṃ Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ na passeyyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṃkhāraṃ abhisaṃkhāresi. ||8|| atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: api bhante bhagavā Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ passeyyā 'ti.
tena hi gahapati nisīda. app eva nāma idha nisinno idha nisinnaṃ Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ passeyyāsīti. atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati idh'; eva kirāhaṃ nisinno idha nisinnaṃ Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ passissāmīti haṭṭho udaggo bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ||9|| ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho seṭṭhissa gahapatissa bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi -- la -aparappaccayo satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ bhante, seyyathāpi bhante nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti, evam eva bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. es'; āhaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti. so 'va loke paṭhamaṃ upāsako ahosi tevāciko. ||10||

[page 017]
I. 7. 10-15.] MAHĀVAGGA. 17
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho Yasassa kulaputtassa pituno dhamme desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: Yasassa kulaputtassa pituno dhamme desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. abhabbo kho Yaso kulaputto hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ taṃ iddhābhisaṃkhāraṃ paṭippassambheyyan ti. atha kho bhagavā taṃ iddhābhisaṃkhāraṃ paṭippassambhesi. ||11|| addasa kho seṭṭhi gahapati Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ nisinnaṃ, disvāna Yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ etad avoca: mātā tetāta Yasa paridevasokasampannā, dehi mātu jīvitan ti. ||12|| atha kho Yaso kulaputto bhagavantaṃ ullokesi. atha kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ etad avoca: taṃ kiṃ maññasi gahapati, Yasassa sekhena ñāṇena sekhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho seyyathāpi tayā. tassa yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. bhabbo nu kho Yaso gahapati hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto 'ti. no h'; etaṃ bhante. Yasassa kho gahapati kulaputtassa sekhena ñāṇena sekhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho seyyathāpi tayā. tassa yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. abhabbo kho gahapati Yaso kulaputto hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto 'ti. ||13|| lābhā bhante Yasassa kulaputtassa, suladdhaṃ bhante Yasassa kulaputtassa, yathā Yasassa kulaputtassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. adhivāsetu me bhante bhagavā ajjatanāya bhattaṃ Yasena kulaputtena pacchāsamaṇenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. ||14|| atha kho Yaso kulaputto acirappakkante seṭṭhimhi gahapatimhi bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: labheyyāhaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, {labheyyaṃ} upasampadan ti. ehi bhikkhū 'ti bhagavā avoca, svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosi.

[page 018]
18 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 7. 15-9. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tena kho pana samayena satta loke arahanto honti. ||15||
Yasapabbajjā niṭṭhitā. ||7||
atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya āyasmatā Yasena pacchāsamaṇena yena seṭṭhissa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho āyasmato Yasassa mātā ca purāṇadutiyikā ca yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantam {nisīdiṃsu.} ||1|| tāsaṃ bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi.
yadā tā bhagavā aññāsi kallacittā muducittā vinīvaraṇacittā uddaggacittā pasannacittā, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi, dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ paṭigaṇheyya, evam eva tāsaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman ti. ||2|| tā diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ bhante --la-- etā mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, upāsikāyo no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetā saraṇaṃ gatā 'ti. tā 'va loke paṭhamaṃ upāsikā ahesuṃ tevācikā. ||3|| atha kho āyasmato Yasassa mātā ca pitā ca purāṇadutiyikā ca bhagavantañ ca āyasmantañ ca Yasaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. atha kho bhagavā āyasmato Yasassa mātarañ ca pitarañ ca purāṇadutiyikañ ca dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||4||8||
assosuṃ kho āyasmato Yasassa cattāro gihisahāyakā Bārāṇasiyaṃ seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṃ kulānaṃ puttā Vimalo Subāhu Puṇṇaji Gavampati:

[page 019]
I. 9. 1-4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 19
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Yaso kira kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito 'ti. sutvāna nesaṃ etad ahosi: na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha Yaso kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito 'ti. ||1|| te cattāro janā yenāyasmā Yaso ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Yasaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. atha kho āyasmā Yaso te cattāro gihisahāyake ādāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Yaso bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ime me bhante cattāro gihisahāyakā Bārāṇasiyaṃ seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṃ kulānaṃ puttā Vimalo Subāhu Puṇṇaji Gavampati, ime cattāro bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū 'ti. ||2||
tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi, dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ paṭigaṇheyya, evam eva tesaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman ti. ||3|| te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā {pariyogāḷhadhammā} tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: labheyyāma mayaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampadan ti. etha bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavā avoca, svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. atha kho bhagavā te {bhikkhū} dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. tesaṃ bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. tena kho pana samayena ekādasa loke arahanto honti. ||4||
Catugihipabbajjā niṭṭhitā. ||9||

[page 020]
20 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 10-11. 1.
assosuṃ kho āyasmato Yasassa paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā janapadā pubbānupubbakānaṃ kulānaṃ puttā: Yaso kira kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito 'ti. sutvāna nesaṃ etad ahosi: na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha Yaso kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito 'ti. ||1|| te yenāyasmā Yaso ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Yasaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. atha kho āyasmā Yaso te paññāsamatte gihisahāyake ādāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Yaso bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ime me bhante paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā janapadā pubbānupubbakānaṃ kulānaṃ puttā, ime bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū 'ti.
||2|| tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi --pa-dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ paṭigaṇheyya, evam eva tesaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman ti. ||3|| te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: labheyyāma mayaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampadan ti. etha bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavā avoca, svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. tesaṃ bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. tena kho pana samayena ekasaṭṭhi loke arahanto honti. ||4||10||
atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: mutt'; āhaṃ bhikkhave sabbapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā. tumhe pi bhikkhave muttā sabbapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā.

[page 021]
I. 11. 1-12. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 21
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] caratha bhikkhave cārikaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. mā ekena dve agamittha. desetha bhikkhave dhammaṃ ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetha. santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro. aham pi bhikkhave yena Uruvelā yena Senāninigamo ten'; upasaṃkamissāmi dhammadesanāyā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho Māro pāpimā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
baddho 'si sabbapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā,
mahābandhanabaddho 'si, na me samaṇa mokkhasīti. |
mutt'; āhaṃ sabbapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā,
mahābandhanamutto 'mhi, nihato tvam asi Antakā 'ti. |
antalikkhacaro pāso yv'; āyaṃ carati mānaso
tena taṃ bādhayissāmi, na me samaṇa mokkhasīti. |
rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā
ettha me vigato chando, nihato tvam asi Antakā 'ti.
atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ bhagavā, jānāti maṃ sugato 'ti dukkhī dummano tatth'; ev'; antaradhāyīti. ||2||
Mārakathā niṭṭhitā. ||11||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatīti, tattha bhikkhū c'; eva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca. atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: etarahi kho bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatīti, tattha bhikkhū c'; eva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anujāneyyaṃ tumheva dāni bhikkhave tāsu-tāsu disāsu tesu-tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādethā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etasmiṃ nidāne --pa-- dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi:

[page 022]
22 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 12. 2-13. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] idha mayhaṃ bhikkhave rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: etarahi kho bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatīti, tattha bhikkhū c'; eva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anujāneyyaṃ tumheva dāni bhikkhave tāsu-tāsu disāsu tesu-tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādethā 'ti. ||2|| anujānāmi bhikkhave tumheva dāni tāsu-tāsu disāsu tesu-tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādetha. evañ ca pana bhikkhave pabbājetabbo upasampādetabbo: paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ ohārāpetvā, kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā, ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā, bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā, ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā, añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā evaṃ vadehīti vattabbo: ||3|| buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyam pi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyam pi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyam pi saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyam pi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyam pi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyam pi saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmīti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi pabbajjaṃ upasampadan ti. ||4||
tīhisaraṇagamanehi upasampadākathā niṭṭhitā. ||12||
atha kho bhagavā vassaṃ vuttho bhikkhū āmantesi: mayhaṃ kho bhikkhave yonisomanasikārā yonisosammappadhānā anuttarā vimutti anuppattā anuttarā vimutti sacchikatā. tumhe pi bhikkhave yonisomanasikārā yonisosammappadhānā anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ anupāpuṇātha anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ sacchikarothā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho Māro pāpimā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
baddho 'si Mārapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā,
mahābandhanabaddho 'si, na me samaṇa mokkhasīti. |
mutt'; āhaṃ Mārapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā,
mahābandhanamutto 'mhi nihato tvam asi Antakā 'ti. |
atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maṃ bhagavā, jānāti maṃ sugato 'ti dukkhī dummano tatth'; ev'; antaradhāyi. ||2||13||

[page 023]
1. 14. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 23
atha kho bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Uruvelā tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataro vanasaṇḍo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. tena kho pana samayena tiṃsamattā Bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā sapajāpatikā tasmiṃ yeva vanasaṇḍe paricārenti. ekassa pajāpati nāhosi, tass'; atthāya vesī ānītā ahosi. atha kho sā vesī tesu pamattesu paricārentesu bhaṇḍaṃ ādāya palāyittha. ||1|| atha kho te sahāyakā sahāyakassa veyyāvaccaṃ karontā taṃ itthiṃ gavesantā taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ āhiṇḍantā addasaṃsu bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ, disvāna yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: api bhante bhagavā ekaṃ itthiṃ passeyyā 'ti. kiṃ pana vo kumārā itthiyā 'ti. idha mayaṃ bhante tiṃsamattā Bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā sapajāpatikā imasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe paricārayimhā, ekassa pajāpati nāhosi, tass'; atthāya vesī ānītā ahosi. atha kho sā bhante vesī amhesu pamattesu paricārentesu bhaṇḍaṃ ādāya palāyittha. tena mayaṃ bhante sahāyakā sahāyakassa veyyāvaccaṃ karontā taṃ itthiṃ gavesantā imaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ āhiṇḍāmā 'ti. ||2|| taṃ kiṃ maññatha vo kumārā, katamaṃ nu kho tumhākaṃ varaṃ, yaṃ vā tumhe itthiṃ gaveseyyātha yaṃ vā attānaṃ gaveseyyāthā 'ti. etad eva bhante amhākaṃ varaṃ yaṃ mayaṃ attānaṃ gaveseyyāmā 'ti. tena hi vo kumārā nisīdatha, dhammaṃ vo desessāmīti.
evaṃ bhante 'ti kho te Bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. ||3|| tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi, dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ paṭigaṇheyya, evam eva tesaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammaṃ ti. ||4|| te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ:

[page 024]
24 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 14. 5-15. 3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] labheyyāma mayaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampadan ti. etha bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavā avoca, svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. ||5||
Bhaddavaggiyasahāyakānaṃ vatthuṃ niṭṭhi-
taṃ ||14|| dutiyakabhāṇavāraṃ.
atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Uruvelā tad avasari. tena kho pana samayena Uruvelāyaṃ tayo jaṭilā paṭivasanti Uruvelakassapo Nadīkassapo Gayākassapo 'ti. tesu Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo pañcannaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho, Nadīkassapo jaṭilo tiṇṇaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho, Gayākassapo jaṭilo dvinnaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā yena Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa assamo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etad avoca: sace te Kassapa agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ agyāgāre 'ti. na kho me mahāsamaṇa garu, caṇḍ'; ettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesīti. dutiyam pi kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etad avoca: sace te Kassapa agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ agyāgāre 'ti. na kho me mahāsamaṇa garu, caṇḍ'; ettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesīti.
tatiyam pi kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etad avoca: sace te Kassapa agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ agyāgāre 'ti.
na kho me mahāsamaṇa garu, caṇḍ'; ettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesīti. app eva maṃ na viheṭheyya, iṅgha tvaṃ Kassapa anujānāhi agyāgāran ti.
vihara mahāsamaṇa yathāsukhan ti. ||2|| atha kho bhagavā agyāgāraṃ pavisitvā tiṇasantharakaṃ paññāpetvā nisīdi pallaṅkaṃ ābhuñjitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā. atha kho so nāgo bhagavantaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ addasa, disvāna dukkhī dummano padhūpāsi. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ imassa nāgassa anupahacca chaviñ ca cammañ ca maṃsañ ca nhāruñ ca aṭṭhiñ ca aṭṭhimiñjañ ca tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyeyyan ti. ||3||

[page 025]
I. 15. 3-7.] MAHĀVAGGA. 25
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṃkhāraṃ abhisaṃkharitvā padhūpāsi. atha kho so nāgo makkhaṃ asahamāno pajjali.
bhagavāpi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā pajjali. ubhinnaṃ sajotibhūtānaṃ agyāgāraṃ ādittaṃ viya hoti sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ. atha kho te jaṭilā agyāgāraṃ parivāretvā evaṃ āhaṃsu: abhirūpo vata bho mahāsamaṇo, nāgena viheṭhiyissatīti. ||4|| atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena tassa nāgassa anupahacca chaviñ ca cammañ ca maṃsañ ca nhāruñ ca aṭṭhiñ ca aṭṭhimiñjañ ca tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyitvā patte pakkhipitvā Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa dassesi: ayaṃ te Kassapa nāgo, pariyādinno assa tejasā tejo 'ti. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma caṇḍassa nāgarājassa iddhimato āsivisassa ghoravisassa tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyissati, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. ||5||
Nerañjarāyaṃ bhagavā Uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilam avoca: sace te Kassapa agaru, viharemu ajjuṇho aggisālamhīti. na kho me mahāsamaṇa gara, phāsukāmo 'va taṃ nivāremi, caṇḍ'; ettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesīti. app eva maṃ na viheṭheyya, iṅgha tvaṃ Kassapa anujānāhi agyāgāran ti. dinnan ti naṃ viditvā asambhīto pāvisi bhayamatīto. disvā isiṃ paviṭṭhaṃ ahināgo dummano padhūpāsi. sumānaso avimano manussanāgo pi tattha padhūpāsi.
makkhañ ca asahamāno ahināgo pāvako va pajjali. tejodhātusukusalo manussanāgo pi tattha pajjali. ubhinnaṃ sajotibhūtānaṃ agyāgāraṃ udiccare jaṭilā: abhirūpo vata bho mahāsamaṇo nāgena viheṭhiyissatīti bhaṇanti. ||6|| atha kho tassā rattiyā accayena hatā nāgassa acciyo honti, iddhimato pana ṭhitā anekavaṇṇā acciyo honti, nīlā atha lohitikā mañjeṭṭhā pītakā phalikavaṇṇāyo Aṅgirasassa kāye anekavaṇṇā acciyo honti. pattamhi odahitvā ahināgaṃ brāhmaṇassa dassesi: ayaṃ te Kassapa nāgo, pariyādinno assa tejasā tejo 'ti. atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavato iminā iddhipāṭihāriyena abhippasanno bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: idh'; eva mahāsamaṇa vihara, ahan te dhuvabhattenā 'ti. ||7||
paṭhamaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ. ||15||
[page 026]
26 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 16-17. 2.
atha kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa assamassa avidūre aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. atha kho cattāro Mahārājāno abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā catuddisā aṭṭhaṃsu seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā. ||1|| atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: kālo mahāsamaṇa niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. ke nu kho te mahāsamaṇa abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā catuddisā aṭṭhaṃsu seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā 'ti. ete kho Kassapa cattāro Mahārājāno yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu dhammasavanāyā 'ti. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhavo, yatra hi nāma cattāro pi Mahārājāno upasaṃkamissanti dhammasavanāya, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. atha kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃ yeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. ||2||
dutiyakapāṭihāriyaṃ. ||16||
atha kho Sakko devānam indo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahā aggikkhandho, pūrimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. ||1|| atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā ten'; upasāmi, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: kālo mahāsamaṇa niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ.
ko nu kho so mahāsamaṇa abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahā aggikkhandho purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā 'ti. eso kho Kassapa Sakko devānam indo yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami dhammasavanāyā 'ti. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma Sakko pi devānam indo upasaṃkamissati dhammasavanāya,

[page 027]
I. 17. 2-19. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 27
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. atha kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃ yeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. ||2||
tatiyakapāṭihāriyaṃ. ||17||
atha kho Brahmā Sahaṃpati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahā aggikkhandho purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. ||1||
atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: kālo mahāsamaṇa niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. ko nu kho so mahāsamaṇa abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahā aggikkhandho purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā 'ti. eso kho Kassapa Brahmā Sahaṃpati yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami dhammasavanāyā 'ti.
atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma Brahmāpi Sahaṃpati upasaṃkamissati dhammasavanāya, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. atha kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃ yeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. ||2||
catutthapātihāriyaṃ. ||18||
tena kho pana samayena Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito hoti kevalakappā ca Aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ ādāya abhikkamitukāmā honti. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: etarahi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito kevalakappā ca Aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ ādāya abhikkamissanti. sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissati, mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍḍhissati, mama lābhasakkāro parihāyissati. aho nūna mahāsamaṇo svātanāya nāgaccheyyā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya Uttarakuruṃ gantvā tato piṇḍapātaṃ āharitvā Anotattadahe paribhuñjitvā tatth'; eva divāvihāraṃ akāsi.

[page 028]
28 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 19. 2-20. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: kālo mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇa hiyyo nāgamāsi. api ca mayaṃ taṃ sarāma kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇo nāgacchatīti, khādaniyassa ca bhojaniyassa ca te paṭiviso ṭhapito 'ti. ||2|| nanu te Kassapa etad ahosi: etarahi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito kevalakappā ca Aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ ādāya abhikkamissanti. sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissati, mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍḍhissati, mama lābhasakkāro parihāyissati. aho nūna mahāsamaṇo svātanāya nāgaccheyyā 'ti. ||3|| so kho ahaṃ Kassapa tava cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya Uttarakuruṃ gantvā tato piṇḍapātaṃ āharitvā Anotattadahe paribhuñjitvā tatth'; eva divāvihāraṃ akāsin ti. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma cetasāpi cittaṃ pajānissati, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. atha kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ paribhuñjitvā tasmiṃ yeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. ||4||
pañcamaṃ paṭihāriyaṃ. ||19||
tena kho pana samayena bhagavato paṃsukūlaṃ uppannaṃ hoti. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: kattha nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ dhoveyyan ti. atha kho Sakko devānam indo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya pāṇinā pokkharaṇiṃ khanitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: idha bhante bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ dhovatū 'ti. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddeyyan ti. atha kho Sakko devānam indo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi idha bhante bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddatū 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: kimhi nu kho ahaṃ ālambitvā uttareyyan ti. atha kho kakudhe adhivatthā devatā bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya sākhaṃ onamesi idha bhante bhagavā ālambitvā uttaratū 'ti.

[page 029]
I. 20. 2-7] MAHĀVAGGA. 29
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjeyyan ti. atha kho Sakko devānam indo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi idha bhante bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjetū 'ti. ||2|| atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: kālo mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇa nāyaṃ pubbe idha pokkharaṇī, sāyaṃ idha pokkharaṇī, na yimā silā pubbe upanikkhittā, ken'; imā silā upanikkhittā, na yimassa kakudhassa pubbe sākhā onatā, sāyaṃ sākhā onatā 'ti. ||3|| idha me Kassapa paṃsukūlaṃ uppannaṃ ahosi, tassa mayhaṃ Kassapa etad ahosi: kattha nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ dhoveyyan ti. atha kho Kassapa Sakko devānam indo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya pāṇinā pokkharaṇiṃ khanitvā maṃ etad avoca: idha bhante bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ dhovatū 'ti. sāyaṃ amanussena pāṇinā khanitā pokkharaṇī.
tassa mayhaṃ Kassapa etad ahosi: kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddeyyan ti. atha kho Kassapa Sakko devānam indo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi idha bhante paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddatū 'ti. sāyaṃ amanussena nikkhittā silā. ||4|| tassa mayhaṃ Kassapa etad ahosi: kimhi nu kho ahaṃ ālambitvā uttareyyan ti. atha kho Kassapa kakudhe adhivatthā devatā mama cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya sākhaṃ onamesi idha bhante bhagavā ālambitvā uttaratū 'ti. sv āyaṃ āharahattho kakudho. tassa mayhaṃ Kassapa etad ahosi: kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjeyyan ti. atha kho Sakko devānam indo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi idha bhante bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjetū 'ti.
sāyaṃ amanussena nikkhittā silā 'ti. ||5|| atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma Sakko devānam indo veyyāvaccaṃ karissati, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. atha kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃ yeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. ||6||
atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocesi:

[page 030]
30 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 20. 7-11.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kālo mahāsamaṇa niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. gaccha tvaṃ Kassapa, āyām'; ahan ti Uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyāyaṃ Jambudīpo paññāyati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdi. ||7|| addasa kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ agyāgāre nisinnaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: katamena tvaṃ mahāsamaṇa maggena āgato.
ahaṃ tayā paṭhamataraṃ pakkanto, so tvaṃ paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno 'ti. ||8|| idhāhaṃ Kassapa taṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyāyaṃ Jambudīpo paññāyati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno. idaṃ kho Kassapa jambuphalaṃ vaṇṇasampannaṃ gandhasampannaṃ rasasampannaṃ, sace ākaṅkhasi, paribhuñjā 'ti. alaṃ mahāsamaṇa, tvaṃ yev'; etaṃ arahasi, tvaṃ yev'; etaṃ paribhuñjāhīti. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma maṃ paṭhamataraṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyāyaṃ Jambūdipo paññāyati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdissati, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. atha kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃ yeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. ||9||
atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocesi: kālo mahāsamaṇa niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. gaccha tvaṃ Kassapa, āyām'; ahan ti Uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyāyaṃ Jambudīpo paññāyati, tassā avidūre ambo --gha-- tassā avidūre āmalakī --la-- tassā avidūre harītakī --la-- Tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdi. addasa kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ agyāgāre nisinnaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: katamena tvaṃ mahāsamaṇa maggena āgato. ahaṃ tayā paṭhamataraṃ pakkanto, so tvaṃ paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno 'ti. ||10||
idhāhaṃ Kassapa taṃ uyyojetvā Tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno. idaṃ kho Kassapa pāricchattakapupphaṃ vaṇṇasampannaṃ gandhasampannaṃ, sace ākaṅkhasi, gaṇhā 'ti.
alaṃ mahāsamaṇa, tvaṃ yev'; etaṃ arahasi, tvaṃ yev'; etaṃ gaṇhā 'ti.

[page 031]
l. 20. 11-15] MAHĀVAGGA. 31
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma maṃ paṭhamataraṃ uyyojetvā Tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdissati, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. ||11||
tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggī paricaritukāmā na sakkonti kaṭṭhāni phāletuṃ. atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṃ na sakkoma kaṭṭhāni phāletun ti. atha kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etad avoca: phāliyantu Kassapa kaṭṭhānīti. phāliyantu mahāsamaṇā 'ti. sakid eva pañcakaṭṭhasatāni phāliyiṃsu. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma kaṭṭhāni pi phāliyissanti, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. ||12|| tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggī paricaritukāmā na sakkonti aggī ujjaletuṃ.
atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṃ na sakkoma aggī ujjaletun ti. atha kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etad avoca: ujjaliyantu Kassapa aggīti. ujjaliyantu mahāsamaṇā 'ti. sakid eva pañca aggisatāni ujjaliṃsu. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma aggī pi ujjaliyissanti, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. ||13|| tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggī paricaritvā na sakkonti aggī vijjhāpetuṃ. atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṃ na sakkoma aggī vijjhāpetun ti. atha kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etad avoca: vijjhāyantu Kassapa aggīti.
vijjhāyantu mahāsamaṇā 'ti. sakid eva pañca aggisatāni vijjhāyiṃsu. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma aggī pi vijjhāyissanti, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. ||14|| tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā sītāsu hemantikāsu rattisu antaraṭṭhakāsu himapātasamaye najjā Nerañjarāyaṃ nimujjanti pi, ummujjanti pi, ummujjanimujjam pi karonti. atha kho bhagavā pañcamattāni mandāmukhisatāni abhinimmini, yattha te jaṭilā uttaritvā visibbesuṃ.

[page 032]
32 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 20. 15-18.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā h'; imā mandāmukhiyo nimmitā 'ti. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma mahāmandāmukhiyo abhinimminissati, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. ||15|| tena kho pana samayena mahāakālamegho vassi, mahāudakavāhako sañjāyi.
yasmiṃ padese bhagavā viharati, so padeso udakena anuotthaṭo hoti. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkameyyan ti. atha kho bhagavā samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkami. atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo mā h'; eva kho mahāsamaṇo udakena vuḷho ahosīti nāvāya sambahulehi jaṭilehi saddhiṃ yasmiṃ padese bhagavā viharati taṃ padesaṃ agamāsi. addasa kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkamantaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: idha nu tvaṃ mahāsamaṇā 'ti. ayam ah'; asmi Kassapā 'ti bhagavā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā nāvāya paccuṭṭhāsi. atha kho Uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma udakam pi na pavahissati, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. ||16||
atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: ciram pi kho imassa moghapurisassa evaṃ bhavissati: mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, na tv eva ca kho arahā yathā ahan ti. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ imaṃ jaṭilaṃ saṃvejeyyan ti. atha kho bhagavā Uruvelakassapaṃ {jaṭilaṃ} etad avoca: n'; eva kho tvaṃ Kassapa arahā, na pi arahattamaggaṃ samāpanno, sā pi te paṭipadā n'; atthi, yāya tvaṃ arahā vā assa arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpanno 'ti. atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: labheyyāhaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampadan ti. ||17|| tvaṃ kho 'si Kassapa pañcannaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho, te pi tāva apalokehi, yathā te maññissanti tathā karissantīti. atha kho Uruvelakassapo jaṭilo yena te jaṭilā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te jaṭile etad avoca: icchām'; ahaṃ bho mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ,

[page 033]
I. 20. 18-23.] MAHĀVAGGA. 33
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yathā bhavanto maññanti tathā karontū 'ti. cirapaṭikā mayaṃ bho mahāsamaṇe abhippasannā, sace bhavaṃ mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissati, sabbeva mayaṃ mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissāmā 'ti. ||18|| atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihuttamissaṃ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: labheyyāma mayaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampadan ti. etha bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavā avoca, svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. ||19||
addasa kho Nadīkassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihuttamissaṃ udake vuyhamāne, disvān'; assa etad ahosi: mā h'; eva me bhātuno upasaggo ahosīti, jaṭile pāhesi gacchatha me bhātaraṃ jānāthā 'ti, sāmañ ca tīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Uruvelakassapo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Uruvelakassapaṃ etad avoca: idaṃ nu kho Kassapa seyyo 'ti. āmāvuso idaṃ seyyo 'ti. ||20|| atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihuttamissaṃ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: labheyyāma mayaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampadan ti. etha bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavā avoca, svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. ||21||
addasa kho Gayākassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihuttamissaṃ udake vuyhamāne, disvān'; assa etad ahosi: mā h'; eva me bhātūnaṃ upasaggo ahosīti, jaṭile pāhesi gacchatha me bhātaro jānāthā 'ti, sāmañ ca dvīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā Uruvelakassapo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Uruvelakassapaṃ etad avoca: idaṃ nu kho Kassapa seyyo 'ti. āmāvuso idaṃ seyyo 'ti. ||22|| atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihuttamissaṃ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ:

[page 034]
34 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 20. 23-21 4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] labheyyāma mayaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampadan ti. etha bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavā avoca, svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. ||23||
bhagavato adhiṭṭhānena pañca kaṭṭhasatāni na phāliyiṃsu, phāliyiṃsu, aggī na ujjaliṃsu, ujjaliṃsu, na vijjhāyiṃsu, vijjhāyiṃsu, pañca mandāmukhisatāni abhinimmini. etena nayena aḍḍhuḍḍhapāṭihāriyasahassāni honti. ||24||20||
atha kho bhagavā Uruvelāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Gayāsīsaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeh'; eva purāṇajaṭilehi. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Gayāyaṃ viharati Gayāsīse saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena. ||1|| tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: sabbaṃ bhikkhave ādittaṃ. kiñ ca bhikkhave sabbaṃ ādittaṃ. cakkhuṃ bhikkhave ādittaṃ, rūpā ādittā, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ, cakkhusamphasso āditto, yad idaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tam pi ādittaṃ. kena ādittaṃ, rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittan ti vadāmi. ||2|| sotaṃ ādittaṃ, saddā ādittā, --la-- ghānaṃ ādittaṃ, gandhā ādittā, jivhā ādittā, rasā ādittā, kāyo āditto, phoṭṭhabbā ādittā, mano āditto, dhammā ādittā, manoviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ, manosamphasso āditto, yad idaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tam pi ādittaṃ. kena ādittaṃ, rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittan ti vadāmi. ||3||
evam passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmiṃ pi nibbindati, rūpesu pi nibbindati, cakkhuviññāṇe pi nibbindati, cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati, yad idaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tasmiṃ pi nibbindati. sotasmiṃ pi nibbindati, saddesu pi nibbindati, ghānasmiṃ pi nibbindati,

[page 035]
I. 21. 4-22. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 35
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] gandhesu pi nibbindati, jivhāya pi nibbindati, rasesu pi nibbindati, kāyasmiṃ pi nibbindati, phoṭṭhabbesu pi nibbindati, manasmiṃ pi nibbindati, dhammesu pi nibbindati, manoviññāṇe pi nibbindati, manosamphasse pi nibbindati, yad idaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tasmiṃ pi nibbindati, nibbindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ vimutt'; amhīti ñāṇaṃ hoti, khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā 'ti pajānātīti. imasmiṃ ca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne tassa bhikkhusahassassa anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. ||4|| ādittapariyāyaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
||21|| Uruvelapāṭihāriyaṃ tatiyakabhāṇavāraṃ
niṭṭhitaṃ.
atha kho bhagavā Gayāsīse yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeh'; eva purāṇajaṭilehi.
atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Rājagahaṃ tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Laṭṭhivanuyyāne Supatiṭṭhe cetiye. ||1|| assosi kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro: samaṇo khalu bho Gotamo Sakyaputto Sakyakulā pabbajito Rājagahaṃ anuppatto Rājagahe viharati Laṭṭhivanuyyāne Supatiṭṭhe cetiye.
taṃ kho pana bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato iti pi, so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā, so imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti, so dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotīti. ||2|| atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro dvādasanahutehi Māgadhikehi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi parivuto yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. te pi kho dvādasanahutā Māgadhikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu,

[page 036]
36 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 22. 3-7.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce yena bhagavā ten'; añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantam nisīdiṃsu, {appekacce} tuṇhibhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. ||3|| atha kho tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ Māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ etad ahosi: kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇo Uruvelakassape brahmacariyaṃ carati, udāhu Uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ caratīti. atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ Māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya āyasmantaṃ Uruvelakassapaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
kim eva disvā Uruvelavāsi pahāsi aggiṃ kisako vadāno.
pucchāmi taṃ Kassapa etam atthaṃ, kathaṃ pahīnaṃ tava aggihuttan ti. |
rūpe ca sadde ca atho rase ca kāmitthiyo cābhivadanti yaññā.
etaṃ malan ti upadhīsu ñatvā, tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute arañjin ti. ||4||
ettha ca te mano na ramittha Kassapā 'ti bhagavā avoca, rūpesu saddesu atho rasesu
atha ko carahi devamanussaloke rato mano Kassapa brūhi me tan ti. |
disvā padaṃ santam anupadhīkaṃ akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asattaṃ
anaññathābhāviṃ anaññaneyyaṃ, tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute arañjin ti. ||5||
atha kho āyasmā Uruvelakassapo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: satthā me bhante bhagavā, sāvako 'ham asmi, satthā me bhante bhagavā, sāvako 'ham asmīti.
atha kho tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ Māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ etad ahosi: Uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ caratīti. ||6|| atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ Māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ:

[page 037]
I. 22. 7-11.] MAHĀVAGGA. 37
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi, dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. ||7|| seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ paṭigaṇheyya, evam eva ekādasanahutānaṃ Māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ Bimbisārapamukhānaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman ti, ekanahutaṃ upāsakattaṃ paṭivedesi. ||8|| atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: pubbe me bhante kumārassa sato pañca assāsakā ahesuṃ, te me etarahi samiddhā. pubbe me bhante kumārassa sato etad ahosi: aho vata maṃ rajje abhisiñceyyun ti, ayaṃ kho me bhante paṭhamo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. tassa ca me vijitaṃ arahaṃ sammāsambuddho okkameyyā 'ti, ayaṃ kho me bhante dutiyo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. ||9|| tañ cāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāseyyan ti, ayaṃ kho me bhante tatiyo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. so ca me bhagavā dhammaṃ deseyyā 'ti, ayaṃ kho me bhante catuttho assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ ājāneyyan ti, ayaṃ kho me bhante pañcamo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. pubbe me bhante kumārassa sato ime pañca assāsakā ahesuṃ, te me etarahi samiddhā. ||10||
abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ bhante, seyyathāpi bhante nikkujjitaṃ vā. ukkujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti, evam eva bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. es'; āhaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, upāsakaṃ maṃ bhante bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti, adhivāsetu ca me bhante bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti.

[page 038]
38 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 22. 11-16.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] adhivāsesi bhagavā tunhibhāvena. ||11|| atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Rājagahaṃ pāvisi mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeh'; eva purāṇajaṭilehi. ||12|| tena kho pana samayena Sakko devānam indo māṇavakavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā buddhapamukhassa bhikkhusaṃghassa purato-purato gacchati imā gāthāyo gīyamāno:
danto dantehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi vippamutto vippamuttehi
siṅgīnikkhasuvaṇṇo Rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā. |
mutto muttehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi vippamutto vippamuttehi
siṅgīnikkhasuvaṇṇo Rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā. |
tiṇṇo tiṇṇehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi vippamutto vippamuttehi
siṅgīnikkhasuvaṇṇo Rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā. |
dasavāso dasabalo dasadhammavidū dasabhi c'; upeto
so dasasataparivāro Rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā 'ti. ||13||
manussā Sakkaṃ devānam indaṃ passitvā evaṃ āhaṃsu: abhirūpo vatāyaṃ māṇavako, dassanīyo vatāyaṃ māṇavako, pāsādiko vatāyaṃ māṇavako. kassa nu kho ayaṃ māṇavako 'ti. evaṃ vutte Sakko devānam indo te manusse gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
yo dhīro sabbadhī danto buddho appaṭipuggalo
arahaṃ sugato loke tassāhaṃ paricārako 'ti. ||14||
atha kho bhagavā yena rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ||15|| ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa etad ahosi:

[page 039]
I. 22. 16-23. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 39
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kattha nu kho bhagavā vihareyya, yaṃ assa gāmato n'; eva avidūre na accāsanne gamanāgamanasampannaṃ atthikānaṃ-atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ abhikkamanīyaṃ, divā appākiṇṇaṃ rattiṃ appasaddaṃ appanigghosaṃ vijanavātaṃ manussarāhaseyyakaṃ paṭisallānasāruppan ti. ||16|| atha kho rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa etad ahosi: idaṃ kho amhākaṃ Veḷuvanaṃ uyyānaṃ gāmato n'; eva avidūre na accāsanne gamanāgamanasampannaṃ atthikānaṃ-atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ abhikkamanīyaṃ, divā appākiṇṇaṃ, rattiṃ appasaddaṃ appanigghosaṃ vijanavātaṃ manussarāhaseyyakaṃ paṭisallānasāruppaṃ.
yaṃ nūnāhaṃ Veḷuvanaṃ uyyānaṃ buddhapamukhassa bhikkhusaṃghassa dadeyyan ti. ||17|| atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro sovaṇṇamayaṃ bhiṅkāraṃ gahetvā bhagavato onojesi etāhaṃ bhante Veḷuvanaṃ uyyānaṃ buddhapamukhassa bhikkhusaṃghassa dammīti. paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṃ. atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā saṃpahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave ārāman ti. ||18||22||
tena kho pana samayena Sañjayo paribbājako Rājagahe paṭivasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṃ aḍḍhateyyehi paribbājakasatehi. tena kho pana samayena Sāriputtamoggallānā Sañjaye paribbājake brahmacariyaṃ caranti, tehi katikā katā hoti: yo paṭhamaṃ amataṃ adhigacchati so ārocetū 'ti. ||1|| atha kho āyasmā Assaji pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena sammiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhu iriyāpathasampanno. addasa kho Sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ Assajiṃ Rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena sammiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhuṃ iriyāpathasampannaṃ, disvān'; assa etad ahosi: ye vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpannā, ayaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aññataro, yaṃ nūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā puccheyyaṃ:

[page 040]
40 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 23. 2-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kaṃ 'si tvaṃ āvuso uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesīti. ||2|| atha kho Sāriputtassa paribbājakassa etad ahosi: akālo kho imaṃ bhikkhuṃ pucchituṃ, antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṃ atthikehi upaññātaṃ maggan ti. atha kho āyasmā Assaji Rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya paṭikkami. atha kho Sāriputto paribbājako yenāyasmā Assaji ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmatā Assajinā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi, ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ Assajiṃ etad avoca: vippasannāni kho te āvuso indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto, kaṃ 'si tvaṃ āvuso uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesīti. ||3|| atth'; āvuso mahāsamaṇo Sakyaputto Sakyakulā pabbajito, tāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ uddissa pabbajito, so ca me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ rocemīti. kiṃvādī panāyasmato satthā kimakkhāyīti. ahaṃ kho āvuso navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ, na t'; āhaṃ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṃ desetuṃ, api ca te saṃkhittena atthaṃ vakkhāmīti. atha kho Sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ Assajiṃ etad avoca: hotu āvuso, appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā bhāsassu, atthaṃ yeva me brūhi, atthen'; eva me attho, kiṃ kāhasi vyañjanaṃ bahun ti. ||4||
atha kho āyasmā Assaji Sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ abhāsi:
ye dhammā hetuppabhavā tesaṃ hetuṃ tathāgato āha
tesañ ca yo nirodho evaṃvādī mahāsamaṇo 'ti.
atha kho Sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ sutvā virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman ti. es'; eva dhammo yadi tāvad eva paccavyathā padam asokaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ {abbhatītaṃ} bahukehi kappanahutehīti. ||5||
atha kho Sāriputto paribbājako yena Moggallāno paribbājako ten'; upasaṃkami. addasa kho Moggallāno paribbājako Sāriputtaṃ paribbājakaṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna Sāriputtaṃ paribbājakaṃ etad avoca:

[page 041]
I. 23. 6-10] MAHĀVAGGA. 41
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] vippasannāni kho te āvuso indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto, kacci nu tvaṃ āvuso amataṃ adhigato 'ti. āmāvuso amataṃ adhigato 'ti. yathā kathaṃ pana tvaṃ āvuso amataṃ adhigato 'ti. ||6|| idhāhaṃ āvuso addasaṃ Assajiṃ bhikkhuṃ Rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena sammiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhuṃ iriyāpathasampannaṃ, disvāna me etad ahosi: ye vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpannā, ayaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aññataro, yaṃ nūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā puccheyyaṃ: kaṃ 'si tvaṃ āvuso uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesīti. ||7|| tassa mayhaṃ āvuso etad ahosi: akālo kho imaṃ bhikkhuṃ pucchituṃ, antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati.
yaṃ nūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṃ atthikehi upaññātaṃ maggan ti. atha kho āvuso Assaji {bhikkhu} Rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya paṭikkami. atha khv'; āhaṃ avuso yena Assaji bhikkhu ten'; upasaṃkamiṃ, upasaṃkamitvā Assajinā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ sammodiṃ, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsiṃ, ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho ahaṃ āvuso Assajiṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avocaṃ: vippasannāni kho te āvuso indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto, kaṃ 'si tvaṃ āvuso uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesīti. ||8|| atth'; āvuso mahāsamaṇo Sakyaputto Sakyakulā pabbajito, tāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ uddissa pabbajito, so ca me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ rocemīti. kiṃvādī panāyasmato satthā kimakkhāyīti. ahaṃ kho āvuso navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ, na t'; āhaṃ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṃ desetuṃ, api ca te saṃkhittena atthaṃ vakkhāmīti. appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā bhāsassu, atthaṃ yeva me brūhi, atthen'; eva me attho, kiṃ kāhasi vyañjanaṃ bahun ti. ||9|| atha kho āvuso Assaji bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ abhāsi:
ye dhammā hetuppabhavā tesaṃ hetuṃ tathāgato āha
tesañ ca yo nirodho evaṃvādī mahāsamaṇo 'ti.
atha kho Moggallānassa paribbājakassa imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ sutvā virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman ti.

[page 042]
42 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 23. 10 -24. 4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] es'; eva dhammo yadi tāvad eva paccavyathā padam asokaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ {abbhatītaṃ} bahukehi kappanahutehīti. ||10||23||
atha kho Moggallāno paribbājako Sāriputtaṃ paribbājakaṃ etad avoca: gacchāma mayaṃ āvuso bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā 'ti. imāni kho āvuso aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni amhe nissāya amhe sampassantā idha viharanti, te pi tāva apalokāma, yathā te maññissanti, tathā karissantīti. atha kho Sāriputtamoggallānā yena te paribbājakā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā te paribbājake etad avocuṃ: gacchāma mayaṃ āvuso bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā 'ti. mayaṃ āyasmante nissāya āyasmante sampassantā idha viharāma, sace āyasmantā mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissanti, sabbeva mayaṃ mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissāmā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho Sāriputtamoggallānā yena Sañjayo paribbājako ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Sañjayaṃ paribbājakaṃ etad avocuṃ: gacchāma mayaṃ āvuso bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā 'ti. alaṃ āvuso mā agamittha, sabbeva tayo imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharissāmā 'ti. dutiyam pi kho --la-- tatiyam pi kho Sāriputtamoggallānā Sañjayaṃ paribbājakaṃ etad avocuṃ: gacchāma mayaṃ āvuso bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā 'ti. alaṃ avuso mā agamittha, sabbeva tayo imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharissāmā 'ti. ||2|| atha kho Sāriputtamoggallānā tāni aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni ādāya yena Veḷuvanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, Sañjayassa pana paribbājakassa tatth'; eva uṇhaṃ lohitaṃ mukhato uggacchi. addasa kho bhagavā te Sāriputtamoggallāne dūrato 'va āgacchante, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi: ete bhikkhave dve sahāyakā āgacchanti Kolito Upatisso ca, etaṃ me sāvakayugaṃ bhavissati aggaṃ bhaddayugan ti. gambhīre ñāṇavisaye anuttare upadhisaṃkhaye vimutte anuppatte Veḷuvanaṃ atha ne satthā vyākāsi: ete dve sahāyakā āgacchanti Kolito Upatisso ca, etaṃ me sāvakayugaṃ bhavissati aggaṃ bhaddayugan ti. ||3|| atha kho Sāriputtamoggallānā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu,

[page 043]
I. 24. 4-7.] MAHĀVAGGA. 43
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] upasaṃkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: labheyyāma mayaṃ bhante bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampadan ti. etha bhikkhavo 'ti bhagavā avoca, svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. sā 'va tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena abhiññātā-abhiññātā Māgadhikā kulaputtā bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caranti.
manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: aputtakatāya paṭipanno samaṇo Gotamo, vedhavyāya paṭipanno samaṇo Gotamo, kulupacchedāya paṭipanno samaṇo Gotamo. idāni anena jaṭilasahassaṃ pabbājitaṃ, imāni ca aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni Sañjayāni pabbājitāni, ime ca abhiññātā-abhiññātā Māgadhikā kulaputtā samaṇe Gotame brahmacariyaṃ carantīti. api 'ssu bhikkhū disvā imāya gāthāya codenti:
āgato kho mahāsamaṇo Magadhānaṃ Giribbajaṃ
sabbe Sañjaye netvāna, kaṃ su dāni nayissatīti. ||5||
assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave so saddo ciraṃ bhavissati, sattāham eva bhavissati, sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyissati. tena hi bhikkhave ye tumhe imāya gāthāya codenti:
āgato kho mahāsamaṇo Magadhānaṃ Giribbajaṃ
sabbe Sañjaye netvāna, kaṃ su dāni nayissatīti, te tumhe imāya gāthāya paṭicodetha:
nayanti ve mahāvīrā saddhammena tathāgatā,
dhammena nayamānānaṃ kā usuyyā vijānatan ti. ||6||
tena kho pana samayena manussā bhikkhū disvā imāya gāthāya codenti:
āgato kho mahāsamaṇo Magadhānaṃ Giribbajaṃ
sabbe Sañjaye netvāna, kaṃ su dāni nayissatīti.
bhikkhū te manusse imāya gāthāya paṭicodenti:
nayanti ve mahāvīrā saddhammena tathāgatā,
dhammena nayamānānaṃ kā usuyyā vijānatan ti.

[page 044]
44 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 24. 7-25. 4.
manussā dhammena kira samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā nenti no adhammenā 'ti sattāham eva so saddo ahosi, sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyi. ||7||
Sāriputtamoggallānapabbajjā niṭṭhitā. ||24||
catutthakabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakā anovadiyamānā ananusāsiyamānā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti. te manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ upari bhojane pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, upari khādaniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, upari sāyaniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, upari pāniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, sāmaṃ sūpam pi odanam pi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti, bhattagge pi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharanti. ||1|| manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ upari bhojane pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, upari khādaniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, upari sāyaniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, upari pāniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, sāmaṃ sūpam pi odanam pi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti, bhattagge pi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti, seyyathāpi brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇabhojane 'ti. ||2|| assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā santuṭṭhā lajjino kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā, te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ upari bhojane pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, upari khādaniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, upari sāyaniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, upari pāniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, sāmaṃ sūpam pi odanam pi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti, bhattagge pi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissantīti. ||3|| atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ upari bhojane pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti,

[page 045]
I. 25. 4-7.] MAHĀVAGGA. 45
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] upari khādaniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, upari sāyaniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, upari pāniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, sāmaṃ sūpam pi odanam pi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti, bhattagge pi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharantīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. ||4||
vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ bhikkhave tesaṃ moghapurisānaṃ ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ upari bhojane pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti upari khādaniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, upari sāyaniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, upari pāniye pi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, sāmaṃ sūpam pi odanam pi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti, bhattagge pi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya, atha kho taṃ bhikkhave appasannānañ c'; eva appasādāya, pasannānañ ca ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā 'ti. ||5|| atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya dupposatāya mahicchatāya asantuṭṭhiyā saṃgaṇikāya kosajjassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā anekapariyāyena subharatāya suposatāya appicchassa santuṭṭhassa sallekhassa dhutassa pāsādikassa apacayassa viriyārambhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave upajjhāyaṃ. upajjhāyo bhikkhave saddhivihārikamhi puttacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessati, saddhivihāriko upajjhāyamhi pitucittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessati. evaṃ te aññamaññaṃ sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuḍḍhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissanti. ||6||
evañ ca pana bhikkhave upajjhāyo gahetabbo: ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: upajjhāyo me bhante hohi, upajjhāyo me bhante hohi, {upajjhāyo} me bhante hohīti. sāhū 'ti vā, lahū 'ti vā, opāyikan ti vā, paṭirūpan ti vā, pāsādikena sampādehīti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, gahito hoti upajjhāyo, na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti,

[page 046]
46 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 25. 7-11.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na kāyenavācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti upajjhāyo. ||7||
saddhivihārikena bhikkhave upajjhāyamhi sammāvattitabbaṃ, tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā: kālass'; eva uṭṭhāya upāhanā omuñcitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ. sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ aparighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo. ||8||
sace upajjhāyo gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṃghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto saudako dātabbo. sace upajjhāyo pacchāsamaṇaṃ ākaṅkhati, timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṃ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā saguṇaṃ katvā saṃghāṭiyo pārupitvā gaṇṭhikaṃ paṭimuñcitvā dhovitvā pattaṃ gahetvā upajjhāyassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ. nātidūre gantabbaṃ, na accāsanne gantabbaṃ. pattapariyāpannaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. ||9|| na upajjhāyassa bhaṇamānassa antarantarā kathā opātetabbā. upajjhāyo āpattisāmantā bhaṇamāno nivāretabbo. nivattantena paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ. cīvaraṃ saṃharitabbaṃ. cīvaraṃ saṃharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṃharitabbaṃ mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ. sace piṇḍapāto hoti upajjhāyo ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. ||10|| upajjhāyo pāniyena pucchitabbo.
bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ aparighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo.
pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo,

[page 047]
l. 25. 11-15.] MAHĀVAGGA. 47
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo. ||11|| sace upajjhāyo {nahāyitukāmo} hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. sace upajjhāyo jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya upajjhāyassa piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. ||12|| na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ, na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhetabbā. jantāghare upajjhāyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ.
jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.
udake pi upajjhāyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā upajjhāyassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṃghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ. upajjhāyo pāniyena pucchitabbo. ||13|| sace uddisāpetukāmo hoti, uddisāpetabbo. sace paripucchitukāmo hoti, paripucchitabbo. yasmiṃ vihāre upajjhāyo viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. bhisibimbohanaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. ||14|| mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ aparighaṃsantena asaṃghaṭṭantena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo. pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ aparighaṃsantena asaṃghaṭṭantena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.

[page 048]
48 MAHĀVAGGA. I. 25. 15-18.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā. kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo. apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. bhummattharaṇaṃ yathāpaññattaṃ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.
sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ ohāretabbaṃ.
ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena parippositvā sammajjitabbā mā vihāro rajena ūhaññīti. saṃkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.
||15|| bhummattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā pappoṭhetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ. mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭṭhāne ṭhapetabbā.
mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā pappoṭhetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ aparighaṃsantena asaṃghaṭṭantena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññāpetabbo. pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā pappoṭhetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ aparighaṃsantena asaṃghaṭṭantena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ. bhisibimbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā pappoṭhetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ. nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā pappoṭhetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ. kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. apassenaphalakaṃ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. ||16||
pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo, na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. ||17|| sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā.

[page 049]
I. 25. 18-23.] MAHĀVAGGA. 49
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā. ||18|| sace pariveṇaṃ uklāpaṃ hoti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjitabbaṃ. sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. sace vaccakuṭī uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭī sammajjitabbā. sace pāniyaṃ na hoti, pāniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. sace paribhojaniyaṃ na hoti, paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ. ||19|| sace upajjhāyassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, saddhivihārikena vūpakāsetabbā vūpakāsāpetabbā dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā.
sace upajjhāyassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena vinodetabbaṃ vinodāpetabbaṃ dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. sace upajjhāyassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena vivecetabbaṃ vivecāpetabbaṃ dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. ||20|| sace upajjhāyo garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saṃgho upajjhāyassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyā 'ti. sace upajjhāyo mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saṃgho upajjhāyaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyā 'ti. sace upajjhāyo mānattāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saṃgho upajjhāyassa mānattaṃ dadeyyā 'ti. sace upajjhāyo abbhānāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saṃgho upajjhāyaṃ abbheyyā 'ti. ||21||
sace saṃgho upajjhāyassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti tajjaniyaṃ vā nissayaṃ vā pabbājaniyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇiyaṃ vā ukkhepaniyaṃ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saṃgho upajjhāyassa kammaṃ na kareyya lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyā 'ti. kataṃ vā pan'; assa hoti saṃghena kammaṃ tajjaniyaṃ vā nissayaṃ vā pabbājaniyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇiyaṃ vā ukkhepaniyaṃ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho upajjhāyo sammāvatteyya lomaṃ pāteyya netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṃgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyā 'ti. ||22|| sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena dhovitabbaṃ ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethā 'ti.

[page 050]
50 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 25. 23-26. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena kātabbaṃ ussukkaṃ vā katabbaṃ kin ti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ kariyethā 'ti. sace upajjhāyassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena pacitabbaṃ ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho upajjhāyassa rajanaṃ paciyethā 'ti. sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena rajitabbaṃ ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethā 'ti. cīvaraṃ rajantena sādhukaṃ saṃparivattakaṃ-saṃparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ. ||23|| na upajjhāyaṃ anāpucchā ekaccassa patto dātabbo, na ekaccassa patto paṭiggahetabbo, na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ, na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, na ekaccassa parikkhāro dātabbo, na ekaccassa parikkhāro paṭiggahetabbo, na ekaccassa kesā chedātabbā, na ekaccena kesā chedāpetabbā, na ekaccassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ, na ekaccena parikammaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ, na ekaccassa veyyāvacco kātabbo, na ekaccena veyyāvacco kārāpetabbo, na ekaccassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ, na ekacco pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo, na ekaccassa piṇḍapāto nīharitabbo, na ekaccena piṇḍapāto nīharāpetabbo. na upajjhāyaṃ anāpucchā gāmo pavisitabbo, na susānaṃ gantabbaṃ, na disā pakkamitabbā. sace upajjhāyo gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānassa āgametabban ti. ||24||
upajjhāyavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||25||
upajjhāyena bhikkhave saddhivihārikamhi sammāvattitabbaṃ, tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā: upajjhāyena bhikkhave saddhivihāriko saṃgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā. sace upajjhāyassa patto hoti, saddhivihārikassa patto na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa patto dātabbo ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saddhivihārikassa patto uppajjiyethā 'ti. sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ hoti, saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ uppajjiyethā 'ti. sace upajjhāyassa parikkhāro hoti, saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro dātabbo ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro uppajjiyethā 'ti. ||1||

[page 051]
I. 26. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 51
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sace saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti, kālass'; eva uṭṭhāya dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ.
sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā.
yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ aparighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. saddhivihārikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ.
sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo. ||2|| sace saddhivihāriko gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā {saṃghāṭiyo} dātabbā, dhovitvā patto saudako dātabbo. ettāvatā nivattissatīti āsanaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ. cīvaraṃ saṃharitabbaṃ. cīvaraṃ saṃharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṃharitabbaṃ mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ. sace piṇḍapāto hoti saddhivihāriko ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. ||3|| saddhivihāriko pāniyena pucchitabbo. bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ aparighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo, na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. saddhivihārikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo. ||4|| sace saddhivihāriko nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ.

[page 052]
52 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 26. 5-9.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sace saddhivihāriko jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ.
jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbam. ||5|| na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ, na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhetabbā. jantāghare saddhivihārikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ. udake pi saddhivihārikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā saddhivihārikassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṃghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ padapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ. saddhivihāriko pāniyena pucchitabbo. ||6|| yasmiṃ vihāre saddhivihāriko viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ . . . (= I.25,14-19) . . . sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ. ||7|| sace saddhivihārikassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, upajjhāyena vūpakāsetabbā vūpakāsāpetabbā dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. sace saddhivihārikassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena vinodetabbaṃ vinodāpetabbaṃ dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. sace saddhivihārikassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena vivecetabbaṃ vivecāpetabbaṃ dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. ||8||
sace saddhivihāriko garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saṃgho saddhivihārikassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyā 'ti. sace saddhivihāriko mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saṃgho saddhivihārikaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyā 'ti. sace saddhivihāriko mānattāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saṃgho saddhivihārikassa mānattaṃ dadeyyā 'ti. sace saddhivihāriko abbhānāraho hoti,

[page 053]
I. 26. 9-27. 1] MAHĀVAGGA. 53
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saṃgho saddhivihārikaṃ abbheyyā 'ti. ||9||
sace saṃgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti tajjaniyaṃ vā nissayaṃ vā pabbājaniyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇiyaṃ vā ukkhepaniyaṃ vā, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saṃgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṃ na kareyya lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyā 'ti. kataṃ vā pan'; assa hoti saṃghena kammaṃ tajjaniyaṃ vā nissayaṃ vā pabbājaniyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇiyaṃ vā ukkhepaniyaṃ vā, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saddhivihāriko sammāvatteyya lomaṃ pāteyya netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṃgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyā 'ti. ||10|| sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ dhoveyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethā 'ti. sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ kareyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ kariyethā 'ti. sace saddhivihārikassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ paceyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saddhivihārikassa rajanaṃ paciyethā 'ti. sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ rajeyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethā 'ti. cīvaraṃ rajantena sādhukaṃ saṃparivattakaṃ-saṃparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ. sace saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānassa āgametabban ti. ||11||
saddhivihārikavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||26||
tena kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammāvattanti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā, te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammāvattissantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammāvattantīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhave saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammāvattissantīti. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave saddhivihārikena upajjhāyamhi na sammāvattitabbaṃ.

[page 054]
54 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 27. 1-7.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yo na sammāvatteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| n'; eva sammāvattanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave asammāvattantaṃ paṇāmetum. evañ ca pana bhikkhave paṇāmetabbo: paṇāmemi tan ti vā, mā yidha paṭikkamīti vā, nīhara te pattacīvaran ti vā, nāhaṃ tayā upaṭṭhātabbo 'ti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, paṇāmito hoti saddhivihāriko. na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na paṇāmito hoti saddhivihāriko 'ti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā paṇāmitā na khamāpenti. bhagavato, etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave khamāpetun ti. n'; eva khamāpenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave paṇāmitena na khamāpetabbo. yo na khamāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā khamāpiyamānā na khamanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave khamitun ti. n'; eva khamanti. saddhivihārikā pakkamanti pi, vibbhamanti pi, titthiyesu pi saṃkamanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave khamāpiyamānena na khamitabbaṃ. yo na khameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā sammāvattantaṃ paṇāmenti, asammāvattantaṃ na paṇāmenti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave sammāvattanto paṇāmetabbo. yo paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na ca bhikkhave asammāvattanto na paṇāmetabbo. yo na paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||5|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo: upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo. pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo: upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo. ||6|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ: upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti

[page 055]
I. 27. 7-28 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 55
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ: upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti . . . adhimattā bhāvanā hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. ||7|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ apaṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti: upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti . . . nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti.
imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ apaṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti. pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ paṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, apaṇāmento anatisāro hoti: upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti . . . adhimattā bhāvanā hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ paṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, apaṇāmento anatisāro hotīti. ||8||27||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci, taṃ bhikkhū na icchiṃsu pabbājetuṃ, so bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṃ alabhamāno kiso ahosi lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto.
addasa kho bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ kisaṃ lūkhaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātaṃ dhamanisanthatagattaṃ, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi: kiṃ nu kho so bhikkhave brāhmaṇo kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto 'ti. eso bhante brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci, taṃ bhikkhū na icchiṃsu pabbājetuṃ, so bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṃ alabhamāno kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: ko nu kho bhikkhave tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ saratīti. evaṃ vutte āyasmā Sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ahaṃ kho bhante tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarāmīti. kiṃ pana tvaṃ Sāriputta tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarasīti. idha me bhante so brāhmaṇo Rājagahe piṇḍāya carantassa kaṭacchubhikkhaṃ dāpesi, imaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarāmīti. ||2||

[page 056]
56 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 28. 2-29.1
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sādhu sādhu Sāriputta, kataññuno hi Sāriputta sappurisā katavedino. tena hi tvaṃ Sāriputta taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pabbājehi upasampādehīti. kathāhaṃ bhante taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pabbājemi upasampādemīti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: yā sā bhikkhave mayā tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampadā anuññātā, tāhaṃ ajjatagge paṭikkhipāmi. anujānāmi bhikkhave ñatticatutthena kammena upasampādetuṃ. ||3|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave upasampādetabbo: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. esā ñatti. ||4|| suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.
saṃgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. dutiyaṃ pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. ||5|| tatiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya.
upasampanno saṃghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||6||28||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upasampannasamanantarā anācāraṃ ācarati. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: mā āvuso evarūpaṃ akāsi, n'; etaṃ kappatīti. so evaṃ āha: n'; evāhaṃ āyasmante yāciṃ upasampādetha man ti, kissa maṃ tumhe ayācitā upasampāditthā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

[page 057]
I. 29. 1-30. 2] MAHĀVAGGA. 57
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na bhikkhave ayācitena upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave yācitena upasampādetuṃ. ||1|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave yācitabbo. tena upasampadāpekkhena saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: saṃghaṃ bhante upasampadaṃ yācāmi, ullumpatu maṃ bhante saṃgho anukampaṃ upādāya, dutiyam pi yācitabbo --la-- tatiyam pi yācitabbo --la--. ||2|| vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. itthannāmo saṃghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. esā ñatti. ||3|| suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.
itthannāmo saṃghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. dutiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi --la-- tatiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi --la--. upasampanno saṃghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena.
khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||4||29||
tena kho pana samayena Rājagahe paṇītānaṃ bhattānaṃ bhattapaṭipāṭi adhiṭṭhitā hoti. atha kho aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi: ime kho samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyan ti. atha kho so brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci, taṃ bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ. ||1|| tasmiṃ pabbajite bhattapaṭipāṭi khīyittha.
bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: ehi dāni āvuso piṇḍāya carissāmā 'ti. so evaṃ āha: nāhaṃ āvuso etaṃkāraṇā pabbajito piṇḍāya carissāmīti, sace me dassatha bhuñjissāmi, no ce me dassatha vibbhamissāmīti. kiṃ pana tvaṃ āvuso udarassa kāraṇā pabbajito 'ti.

[page 058]
58 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 30. 2-31. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evaṃ āvuso 'ti. ||2|| ye te bhikkhū appicchā, te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhu evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kāraṇā pabbajissatīti. te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ bhikkhu udarassa kāraṇā pabbajito 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kāraṇā pabbajissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā {bhikkhū} āmantesi: ||3|| anujānāmi bhikkhave upasampādentena cattāro nissaye ācikkhituṃ: piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. atirekalābho saṃghabhattaṃ uddesabhattaṃ nimantanaṃ salākabhattaṃ pakkhikaṃ uposathikaṃ pāṭipadikaṃ. paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. atirekalābho khomaṃ kappāsikaṃ koseyyaṃ kambalaṃ sāṇaṃ bhaṅgaṃ. rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. atirekalābho vihāro aḍḍhayogo pāsādo hammiyaṃ guhā. pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. atirekalābho sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitan ti. ||4||30|| upajjhāyavattabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. tassa bhikkhū paṭigacc'; eva nissaye ācikkhiṃsu. so evaṃ āha: sace me bhante pabbajite nissaye ācikkheyyātha abhirameyyaṃ sv āhaṃ, na dān'; āhaṃ bhante pabbajissāmi, jegucchā me nissayā paṭikūlā 'ti. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave paṭigacc'; eva nissayā ācikkhitabbā. yo ācikkheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave upasampannasamanantarā nissaye ācikkhitun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū duvaggena pi tivaggena pi gaṇena upasampādenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesum. na bhikkhave ūnadasavaggena gaṇena upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave dasavaggena vā atirekadasavaggena vā gaṇena upasampādetun ti. ||2||

[page 059]
I. 31. 2-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 59
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ekavassāpi duvassāpi saddhivihārikaṃ upasampādenti. āyasmāpi Upaseno Vaṅgantaputto ekavasso saddhivihārikaṃ upasampādesi. so vassaṃ vuttho duvasso ekavassaṃ saddhivihārikaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. ||3|| atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Upasenaṃ Vaṅgantaputtaṃ etad avoca: kacci bhikkhu khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci 'ttha appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgatā 'ti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, appakilamathena mayaṃ bhante addhānaṃ āgatā 'ti. jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti, atthasaṃhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti no anatthasaṃhitaṃ, anatthasaṃhite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ.
dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti, dhammaṃ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpessāmā 'ti. ||4|| atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Upasenaṃ Vaṅgantaputtaṃ etad avoca: kativasso 'si tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti.
duvasso 'haṃ bhagavā 'ti. ayaṃ pana bhikkhu kativasso 'ti.
ekavasso bhagavā 'ti. kiṃ t'; āyaṃ bhikkhu hotīti. saddhivihāriko me bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ moghapurisa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa aññehi ovadiyo anusāsiyo aññaṃ ovadituṃ anusāsituṃ maññissasi. atilahuṃ kho tvaṃ moghapurisa bāhullāya āvatto yad idaṃ gaṇabandhikaṃ. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāyā 'ti. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave ūnadasavassena upasampādetabbo.
yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. {anujānāmi} bhikkhave dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetun ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū dasavass'; āa dasavass'; amhā 'ti bālā avyattā upasampādenti, dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā avyattā, saddhivihārikā vyattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto,

[page 060]
60 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 31. 6-32. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] aññataro pi aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṃ āropetvā taṃ yeva titthāyatanaṃ saṃkami. ||6|| ye te bhikkhū appicchā, te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū dasavass'; amhā dasavass'; amhā 'ti bālā avyattā upasampādessanti, dissanti upajjhāyā bālā . . . saddhivihārikā paññavanto 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū dasavass'; amhā dasavass'; amhā 'ti bālā avyattā upasampādenti, dissanti upajjhāyā bālā . . . saddhivihārikā paññavanto 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā. ||7|| vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā dasavass'; amhā dasavass'; amhā 'ti bālā avyattā upasampādessanti, dissanti upajjhāyā bālā . . . saddhivihārikā paññavanto. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --la--, vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave bālena avyattena upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anujānāmi bhikkhave vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetun ti. ||8||31||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū upajjhāyesu pakkantesu pi vibbhamantesu pi kālaṃkatesu pi pakkhasaṃkantesu pi anācariyakā anovadiyamānā ananusāsiyamānā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ . . . (I.25.1-4) . . . saccaṃ bhagavā.
vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave ācariyaṃ. ācariyo bhikkhave antevāsikamhi puttacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessati, antevāsiko ācariyamhi pitucittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessati. evaṃ te aññamaññaṃ sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissanti. anujānāmi bhikkhave dasa vassāni nissāya vatthuṃ, dasavassena nissayaṃ dātuṃ. ||1|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave ācariyo gahetabbo: ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: ācariyo me bhante hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi, ācariyo me bhante hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi, ācariyo me bhante hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmīti.

[page 061]
I. 32. 2-35. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 61
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sāhū 'ti vā, lahū 'ti vā, opāyikan ti vā, paṭirūpan ti vā, pāsādikena sampādehīti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, gahito hoti ācariyo, na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti ācariyo. ||2|| antevāsikena bhikkhave ācariyamhi sammāvattitabbaṃ, tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā: kālass'; eva uṭṭhāya upāhanā omuñcitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ. sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ aparighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ . . . (= I.25.8-24; instead of upajjhāyo, upajjhāyaṃ, etc., read ācariyo, ācariyaṃ, etc.; instead of saddhivihārikena read antevāsikena) . . . sace ācariyo gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānassa āgametabban ti. ||3||
ācariyavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||32||
ācariyena bhikkhave antevāsikamhi sammāvattitabbaṃ, tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā: ācariyena bhikkhave antevāsiko saṃgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā. sace ācariyassa patto hoti, antevāsikassa patto na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa patto dātabbo ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ kin ti nu kho antevāsikassa patto uppajjiyethā 'ti. sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ . . . (= I.26.1-11; instead of upajjhāyo, etc., read ācariyo; instead of saddhivihāriko, etc., read antevāsiko) . . . sace antevāsiko gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānassa āgametabban ti. ||1||
antevāsikavattaṃ. ||33|| chaṭṭhaṃ bhāṇavāraṃ.
tena kho pana samayena antevāsikā ācariyesu na sammāvattanti . . . (= I.27.1-8; instead of ācariyo, etc., read as above) . . . apaṇāmento anatisāro hotīti. ||1||34||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū dasavass'; amhā dasavass'; amhā 'ti bālā avyattā nissayaṃ denti, dissanti ācariyā bālā, antevāsikā paṇḍitā, dissanti ācariyā avyattā, antevāsikā vyattā, dissanti ācariyā appassutā, antevāsikā bahussutā, dissanti ācariyā duppaññā, antevāsikā paññavanto. ye te bhikkhū appicchā,

[page 062]
62 MAHĀVAGGA. I. 35. 1-36. 3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū dasavass'; amhā dasavass'; amhā 'ti bālā avyattā nissayaṃ dassanti, dissanti ācariyā bālā . . . antevāsikā paññavanto 'ti. ||1|| atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave dasavass'; amhā dasavass'; amhā 'ti bālā avyattā nissayaṃ dentīti. saccaṃ bhagavā.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave bālena avyattena nissayo dātabbo. yo dadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā nissayaṃ dātun ti. ||2||35||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ācariyupajjhāyesu pa-
kkantesu pi vibbhamantesu pi kālaṃkatesu pi pakkhasaṃkantesu pi nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo na jānanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. pañc'; imā {bhikkhave} nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā: upajjhāyo pakkanto vā hoti vibbhamanto vā kālaṃkato vā pakkhasaṃkanto vā, āṇatti yeva pañcamī. imā kho bhikkhave pañca nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā. cha yimā bhikkhave nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā: ācariyo pakkanto vā hoti vibbhamanto vā kālaṃkato vā pakkhasaṃkanto vā, āṇatti yeva pañcamī, upajjhāyena vā samodhānaṃ gato hoti. imā kho bhikkhave cha nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā. ||1|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: na asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||2|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, . . . asekhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ,

[page 063]
I. 36. 3-9.] MAHĀVAGGA. 63
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||3|| aparehi pi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: attanā na asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā, . . . attanā na asekhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||4|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: attanā asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā, . . . attanā asekhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā.
imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||5|| aparehi pi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||6|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhaviriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitasati hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||7||
aparehi pi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||8|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ,

[page 064]
64 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 36. 9-13.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, pāññavā hoti.
imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||9|| aparehi pi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ anabhiratiṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ vā vinodāpetuṃ vā, āpattiṃ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ na jānāti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||10|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ anabhiratiṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ vā vinodāpetuṃ vā, āpattiṃ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ jānati.
imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||11|| aparehi pi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyikāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ vivecāpetuṃ. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||12|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyikāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ vivecāpetuṃ.

[page 065]
I. 36. 13-37. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 65
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] imehi kho {bhikkhave} pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||13|| aparehi pi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho pan'; assa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti, na suvibhattāni, na suppavattīni, na suvinicchitāni suttato anuvyañjanaso. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||14|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho pan'; assa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttato anuvyañjanaso. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||15|| aparehi pi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||16|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo 'ti. ||17||
upasampādetabbapañcakaṃ soḷasavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||36||
chahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo:

[page 066]
66 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 37 1-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekhena samādhikkhandhena s. h., na asekhena paññākkhandhena s. h., na asekhena vimuttikkhandhena s. h., na asekhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena s. h., ūnadasavasso hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo,na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||1|| chahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, . . . {asekhena} vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena s. h., dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
||2|| aparehi pi bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: attanā na asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā, . . . attanā na asekhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena s. h., na paraṃ asekhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā, ūnadasavasso hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||3|| chahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: attanā asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā, . . . attanā asekhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||4|| aparehi pi bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
||5|| chahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ,

[page 067]
I. 37. 6-10.] MAHĀVAGGA. 67
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhaviriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitasati hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||6|| aparehi pi bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, {appassuto} hoti, duppañño hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti.
imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||7|| chahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||8|| aparehi pi bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi sammannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ anabhiratiṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ vā vinodāpetuṃ vā, āpattiṃ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||9||
chahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ anabhiratiṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ vā vinodāpetuṃ vā, āpattiṃ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ jānāti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

[page 068]
68 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 37. 10-14.
||10|| aparehi pi bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyikāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ, ūnadasavasso hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbam, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||11|| chahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyikāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, samaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||12|| aparehi pi bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho pan'; assa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti, na suvibhattāni, na suppavattīni, na suvinicchitāni suttato anuvyañjanaso, ūnadasavasso hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. ||13|| chahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo: āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho pan'; assa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttato anuvyañjanaso, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo 'ti. ||14||
upasampādetabbachakkaṃ soḷasavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||37||

[page 069]
I. 38. 1-4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 69
tena kho pana samayena yo so aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṃ āropetvā taṃ yeva titthāyatanaṃ saṃkami, so puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yāci. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. yo so bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṃ āropetvā taṃ yeva titthāyatanaṃ saṃkanto, so āgato na upasampādetabbo. yo bhikkhave añño pi aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ, tassa cattāro māse parivāso dātabbo. ||1|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave dātabbo: paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ ohārāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā evaṃ vadehīti vattabbo: buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyam pi . . . tatiyam pi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyam pi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyam pi saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmīti. ||2||
tena kho bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbena saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ bhante itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhāmi upasampadaṃ. so 'haṃ bhante saṃghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācāmīti. dutiyam pi yācitabbo. tatiyam pi yācitabbo. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
ayaṃ itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ. so saṃghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsaṃ dadeyya.
esā ñatti. ||3|| suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ. so saṃghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācati.
saṃgho itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsassa dānaṃ, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. dinno saṃghena itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāso.

[page 070]
70 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 38. 4-8.
khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
||4|| evaṃ kho bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti, evaṃ anārādhako. kathañ ca bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti. idha bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo atikālena gāmaṃ pavisati, atidivā paṭikkamati. evam pi bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti. puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo vesiyāgocaro vā hoti, vidhavāgocaro vā hoti, thullakumārikagocaro vā hoti, paṇḍakagocaro vā hoti, bhikkhunīgocaro vā hoti. evam pi bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti. ||5|| puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha na dakkho hoti, na analaso, na tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato, na alaṃ kātuṃ, na alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. evam pi bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti. puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo na tibbacchando hoti uddese paripucchāya adhisīle adhicitte adhipaññāya. evam pi bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti. ||6|| puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā saṃkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṃghassa vā avaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, yassa vā pana titthāyatanā saṃkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṃghassa vā vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, idaṃ bhikkhave saṃghātanikaṃ aññatitthiyapubbassa anārādhanīyasmiṃ. evaṃ kho bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti, evaṃ anārādhako kho bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo āgato na upasampādetabbo. ||7|| kathañ ca bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. idha bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo nātikālena gāmaṃ pavisati, nātidivā paṭikkamati. evam pi bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo na vesiyāgocaro hoti, na vidhavāgocaro hoti, na thullakumārikagocaro hoti, na paṇḍakagocaro hoti, na bhikkhunīgocaro hoti. evam pi bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. ||8||

[page 071]
I. 38. 8-39. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 71
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha dakkho hoti analaso tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato, alaṃ kātuṃ, alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ.
evam pi bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo tibbacchando hoti uddese paripucchāya adhisīle adhicitte adhipaññāya. evam pi bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. ||9|| puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā saṃkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa avaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṃghassa vā avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, yassa vā pana titthāyatanā saṃkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṃghassa vā vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho. idaṃ bhikkhave saṃghātanikaṃ aññatitthiyapubbassa ārādhanīyasmiṃ. evaṃ kho bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. evaṃ ārādhako kho bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo āgato upasampādetabbo. ||10|| sace bhikkhave aññatitthiyapubbo naggo āgacchati, upajjhāyamūlakaṃ cīvaraṃ pariyesitabbaṃ. sace acchinnakeso āgacchati, saṃgho apaloketabbo bhaṇḍukammāya. ye te bhikkhave aggikā jaṭilakā, te āgatā upasampādetabbā, na tesaṃ parivāso dātabbo.
taṃ kissa hetu. kammavādino ete bhikkhave kiriyavādino.
sace bhikkhave jātiyā Sākiyo aññatitthiyapubbo āgacchati, so āgato upasampādetabbo, na tassa parivāso dātabbo. imāhaṃ bhikkhave ñātīnaṃ āveṇiyaṃ parihāraṃ dammīti. ||11||
aññatitthiyapubbakathā. ||38|| sattamaṃ
bhāṇavāraṃ.
tena kho pana samayena Magadhesu pañca ābādhā ussannā honti kuṭṭhaṃ gaṇḍo kilāso soso apamāro. manussā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhā Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadanti: sādhu no ācariya tikicchāhīti.
ahaṃ kho 'yyo bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañ ca buddhapamukho ca bhikkhusaṃgho,

[page 072]
72 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 39. 1-5.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitun ti.
sabbaṃ sāpateyyañ ca te ācariya hotu, mayañ ca te dāsā, sādhu no ācariya tikicchāhīti. ahaṃ kho 'yyo bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañ ca buddhapamukho ca bhikkhusaṃgho, nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitun ti. ||1|| atha kho tesaṃ manussānaṃ etad ahosi: ime kho samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. yaṃ nūna mayaṃ samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyāma, tattha bhikkhū c'; eva upaṭṭhahissanti Jīvako ca Komārabhacco tikicchissatīti. atha kho te manussā bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu, te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ, te bhikkhū c'; eva upaṭṭhahiṃsu Jīvako ca Komārabhacco tikicchi. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bahū gilāne bhikkhū upaṭṭhahantā yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharanti gilānabhattaṃ detha, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ detha, gilānabhesajjaṃ dethā 'ti. Jīvako pi Komārabhacco bahū gilāne bhikkhū tikicchanto aññataraṃ rājakiccaṃ parihāpesi. ||3|| aññataro puriso pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭho Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ upasaṃkamitvā etad avoca: sādhu maṃ ācariya tikicchāhīti. ahaṃ kho 'yyo bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañ ca buddhapamukho ca bhikkhusaṃgho, nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitun ti. sabbaṃ sāpateyyañ ca te ācariya hotu, ahañ ca te dāso, sādhu maṃ ācariya tikicchāhīti. ahaṃ kho 'yyo bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañ ca buddhapamukho ca bhikkhusaṃgho, nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitun ti. ||4|| atha kho tassa purisassa etad ahosi: ime kho samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ, tattha bhikkhū c'; eva upaṭṭhahissanti, Jīvako ca Komārabhacco tikicchissati, so 'haṃ arogo vibbhamissāmīti. atha kho so puriso bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci, taṃ bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ, taṃ bhikkhū c'; eva upaṭṭhahiṃsu Jīvako ca Komārabhacco tikicchi, so arogo vibbhami. addasa kho Jīvako Komārabhacco taṃ purisaṃ vibbhamantaṃ,

[page 073]
I. 39. 5-40. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 73
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] disvāna taṃ purisaṃ etad avoca: nanu tvaṃ ayyo bhikkhūsu pabbajito ahosīti. evaṃ ācariyā 'ti. kissa pana tvaṃ ayyo evarūpaṃ akāsīti. atha kho so puriso Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa etam atthaṃ ārocesi. ||5|| Jīvako Komārabhacco ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhaddantā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhaṃ pabbājessantīti. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Jīvako Komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: sādhu bhante ayyā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhaṃ na pabbājeyyun ti. ||6|| atha kho bhagavā Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭho pabbājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||7||39||
tena kho pana samayena rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa paccanto kupito hoti. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro senānāyake mahāmatte āṇāpesi: gacchatha bhaṇe paccantaṃ uccinathā 'ti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa paccassosuṃ. ||1|| atha kho abhiññātānaṃ -abhiññātānaṃ yodhānaṃ etad ahosi: mayaṃ kho yuddhābhinandino gacchantā pāpañ ca karoma bahuñ ca apuññaṃ pasavāma. kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena pāpā ca virameyyāma kalyāṇañ ca kareyyāmā 'ti. atha kho tesaṃ yodhānaṃ etad ahosi: ime kho samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. sace kho mayaṃ samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyāma, evaṃ mayaṃ pāpā ca virameyyāma kalyāṇañ ca kareyyāmā 'ti. atha kho te yodhā bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ. ||2|| senānāyakā mahāmattā rājabhaṭe pucchiṃsu: kiṃ nu kho bhaṇe itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca yodhā na dissantīti.

[page 074]
74 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 40. 3-42. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca sāmi yodhā bhikkhūsu pabbajitā 'ti. senānāyakā mahāmattā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā rājabhaṭaṃ pabbājessantīti. senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro vohārike mahāmatte pucchi: yo bhaṇe rājabhaṭaṃ pabbājeti, kiṃ so pasavatīti. upajjhāyassa deva sīsaṃ chedetabbaṃ, anussāvakassa jivhā uddharitabbā, gaṇassa upaḍḍhaphāsukā bhañjitabbā 'ti. ||3|| atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: santi bhante rājāno assaddhā appasannā, te appamattakena pi bhikkhū viheṭheyyuṃ. sādhu bhante ayyā rājabhaṭaṃ na pabbājeyyun ti.
atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave rājabhaṭo pabbājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||40||
tena kho pana samayena coro aṅgulimālo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. manussā passitvā ubbijjanti pi uttasanti pi palāyanti pi aññena pi gacchanti aññena pi mukhaṃ karonti dvāram pi thakenti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dhajabaddhaṃ coraṃ pabbājessantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave dhajabaddho coro pabbājetabbo.
yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||41||
tena kho pana samayena raññā Māgadhena Seniyena Bimbisārena anuññātaṃ hoti:

[page 075]
I. 42. 1-44. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 75
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ye samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ, svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṃ katvā kārāya baddho hoti, so kāraṃ bhinditvā palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. ||1|| manussā passitvā evaṃ āhaṃsu: ayaṃ so kārabhedako coro, handa naṃ nemā 'ti. ekacce evaṃ āhaṃsu: māyyo evaṃ avacuttha, anuññātaṃ raññā Māgadhena Seniyena Bimbisārena: ye samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ, svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti.
manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: abhayūvarā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā, na yime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma kārabhedakaṃ coraṃ pabbājessantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave kārabhedako coro pabhājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2||42||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṃ katvā palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. so ca rañño antepure likhito hoti yattha passitabbo tattha hantabbo 'ti. manussā passitvā evaṃ āhaṃsu: ayaṃ so likhitako coro, handa naṃ hanāmā 'ti. ekacce evaṃ āhaṃsu: māyyo evaṃ avacuttha, anuññātaṃ . . . antakiriyāyā 'ti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: abhayūvarā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā, na yime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma likhitakaṃ coraṃ pabbājessantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave likhitako coro pabbājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||43||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso kasāhato katadaṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā kasāhataṃ katadaṇḍakammaṃ pabbājessantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave kasāhato katadaṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||44||

[page 076]
76 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 45. 1-48. 2.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso lakkhaṇāhato katadaṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā lakkhaṇāhataṃ katadaṇḍakammaṃ pabbājessantīti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave lakkhaṇāhato katadaṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||45||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso iṇāyiko palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. dhaniyā passitvā evaṃ āhaṃsu: ayaṃ so amhākaṃ iṇāyiko, handa naṃ nemā 'ti. ekacce evaṃ āhaṃsu: māyyo evaṃ avacuttha, anuññātaṃ raññā Māgadhena Seniyena Bimbisārena: ye samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ, svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā 'ti.
manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: abhayūvarā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā, na yime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. kathaṃ hi {nāma} iṇāyikaṃ pabbājessantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave iṇāyiko pabbājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya, apatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||46||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro dāso palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. ayyikā passitvā evaṃ āhaṃsu: ayaṃ so amhākaṃ dāso, handa naṃ nemā 'ti. ekacce evaṃ āhaṃsu: māyyo . . . antakiriyāyā 'ti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: abhayūvarā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā, na yime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma dāsaṃ pabbājessantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave dāso pabbājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||47||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro kammārabhaṇḍu mātāpitūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍitvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. atha kho tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitaro taṃ kammārabhaṇḍuṃ vicinantā ārāmam gantvā bhikkhū pucchiṃsu: api bhante evarūpaṃ dārakaṃ passeyyāthā 'ti. bhikkhū ajānaṃ yeva āhaṃsu: na jānāmā 'ti, apassaṃ yeva āhaṃsu na passāmā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitaro taṃ kammārabhaṇḍuṃ vicinantā bhikkhūsu pabbajitaṃ disvā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti:

[page 077]
I. 48. 2-49. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 77
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] alajjino ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dussīlā musāvādino, jānaṃ yeva āhaṃsu: na jānāmā 'ti, passaṃ yeva āhaṃsu: na passāmā 'ti, ayaṃ dārako bhikkhūsu pabbajito 'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitunnaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave saṃghaṃ apaloketuṃ bhaṇḍukammāyā 'ti. ||2||48||
tena kho pana samayena Rājagahe sattarasavaggiyā dārakā sahāyakā honti, Upāli dārako tesaṃ pāmokkho hoti. atha kho Upālissa mātāpitunnaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu kho upāyena Upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañ ca jīveyya na ca kilameyyā 'ti. atha kho Upālissa mātāpitunnaṃ etad ahosi: sace kho Upāli lekhaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho Upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañ ca jīveyya na ca kilameyyā 'ti.
atha kho Upālissa mātāpitunnaṃ etad ahosi: sace kho Upāli lekhaṃ sikkhissati, aṅguliyo dukkhā bhavissanti. sace kho Upāli gaṇanaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho Upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañ ca jīveyya na ca kilameyyā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho Upālissa mātāpitunnaṃ etad ahosi: sace kho Upāli gaṇanaṃ sikkhissati, urassa dukkho bhavissati. sace kho Upāli rūpaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho Upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañ ca jīveyya na ca kilameyyā 'ti. atha kho Upālissa mātāpitunnaṃ etad ahosi: sace kho Upāli rūpaṃ sikkhissati, akkhīni dukkhā bhavissanti. ime kho samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. sace kho Upāli samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyya, evaṃ kho Upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañ ca jīveyya na ca kilameyyā 'ti. ||2|| assosi kho Upāli dārako mātāpitunnaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. atha kho Upāli dārako yena te dārakā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te dārake etad avoca: etha mayaṃ ayyo samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabbajissāmā 'ti. sace kho tvaṃ ayyo pabbajissasi, evaṃ mayam pi pabbajissāmā 'ti. atha kho te dārakā ekamekassa mātāpitaro upasaṃkamitvā etad avocuṃ: anujānātha maṃ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. atha kho tesaṃ dārakānaṃ mātāpitaro sabbe p'; ime dārakā samānacchandā kalyāṇādhippāyā 'ti anujāniṃsu.

[page 078]
78 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 49. 3-50. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ. ||3|| te rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya rodanti: yāguṃ detha, bhattaṃ detha, khādaniyaṃ dethā 'ti. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: āgametha āvuso yāva vibhāyati. sace yāgu bhavissati, pivissatha, sace bhattaṃ bhavissati, bhuñjissatha, sace khādaniyaṃ bhavissati, khādissatha, no ce bhavissati yāgu vā bhattaṃ vā khādaniyaṃ vā, piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjissathā 'ti. evam pi kho te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi vuccamānā rodant'; eva: yāguṃ detha, bhattaṃ detha, khādaniyaṃ dethā 'ti, senāsanaṃ ūhananti pi ummihanti pi. ||4||
assosi kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya dārakasaddaṃ, sutvāna āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: kiṃ nu kho so Ānanda dārakassa saddo 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādentīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādessanti. ||5|| ūnavīsativasso bhikkhave puggalo akkhamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasiriṃsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātiko hoti. vīsativasso kho bhikkhave puggalo khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa . . . pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave jānaṃ ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo 'ti. ||6||49||
tena kho pana samayena aññataraṃ kulaṃ ahivātakarogena kālaṃkataṃ hoti, tassa pitāputtakā sesā honti, te bhikkhūsu pabbajitvā ekato 'va piṇḍāya caranti. atha kho so dārako pituno bhikkhāya dinnāya upadhāvitvā etad avoca: mayham pi tāta dehi, mayham pi tāta dehīti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti:

[page 079]
I. 50. 1-53. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 79
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] abrahmacārino ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā, ayaṃ dārako bhikkhuniyā jāto 'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave ūnapannarasavasso dārako pabbājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||50||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Ānandassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ saddhaṃ pasannaṃ ahivātakarogena kālaṃkataṃ hoti, dve ca dārakā sesā honti, te porāṇakena āciṇṇakappena bhikkhū passitvā upadhāvanti, bhikkhū apasādenti. te bhikkhūhi apasādiyamānā rodanti. atha kho āyasmato Ānandassa etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na ūnapannarasavasso dārako pabbājetabbo 'ti, ime ca dārakā ūnapannarasavassā. kena nu kho upāyena ime dārakā na vinasseyyun ti.
atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi.
ussahanti pana te Ānanda dārakā kāke uṭṭepetun ti. ussahanti bhagavā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānami bhikkhave ūnapannarasavassaṃ dārakaṃ kākuṭṭepakaṃ pabbājetun ti. ||1||51||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa dve sāmaṇerā honti Kaṇḍako ca Mahako ca, te aññamaññaṃ dūsesuṃ. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma sāmaṇerā evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ ācarissantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā. yo upaṭṭhāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||52||
tena kho pana samayena bhagavā tatth'; eva Rājagahe vassaṃ vasi, tattha hemantaṃ, tattha gimhaṃ. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: āhundarikā samaṇānaṃ Sakyaputtiyānaṃ disā andhakārā, na imesaṃ disā pakkhāyantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: gacchānanda apāpuraṇaṃ ādāya anupariveṇiyaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ārocehi:

[page 080]
80 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 53. 2-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] icchat'; āvuso bhagavā Dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkamituṃ. yassāyasmato attho, so āgacchatū 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā apāpuraṇaṃ ādāya anupariveṇiyaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi: icchat'; āvuso bhagavā Dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkamituṃ. yassāyasmato attho, so āgacchatū 'ti. ||2|| bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: bhagavatā āvuso Ānanda paññattaṃ dasa vassāni nissāya vatthuṃ, dasavassena nissayaṃ dātuṃ. tattha ca no gantabbaṃ bhavissati, nissayo ca gahetabbo bhavissati, ittaro ca vāso bhavissati, puna ca paccāgantabbaṃ bhavissati, puna ca nissayo gahetabbo bhavissati. sace amhākaṃ ācariyupajjhāyā gamissanti, mayam pi gamissāma, no ce amhākaṃ ācariyupajjhāyā gamissanti, mayam pi na gamissāma.
lahucittakatā no āvuso Ānanda paññāyissatīti. ||3|| atha kho bhagavā ogaṇena bhikkhusaṃghena Dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā Dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā punad eva Rājagahaṃ paccāgacchi.
atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: kiṃ nu kho Ānanda tathāgato ogaṇena bhikkhusaṃghena Dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkanto 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena pañca vassāni nissāya vatthuṃ, avyattena yāvajīvaṃ. ||4|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ: na asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti . . . (= I.36,2) . . . imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ: asekhena . . . (= I.36,3) . . . imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. ||5|| aparehi pi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ: assaddho hoti . . . (= I.36,6) . . . imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatena {bhikkhunā} anissitena vatthabbaṃ: saddho hoti

[page 081]
I. 53. 6-13.] MAHĀVAGGA. 81
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . (= I.36,7) . . . imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
||6|| aparehi pi . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ: adhisīle . . . (= I.36,8) . . . imehi kho . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. pañcahi . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ: na adhisīle . . . (= I.36,9) . . . imehi kho . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
||7|| aparehi pi . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ: āpattiṃ . . . (= I.36,14) . . . imehi kho . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. pañcahi . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ: āpattiṃ . . . (= I.36,15) . . . imehi kho . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ. ||8||
aparehi pi . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ: āpattiṃ . . . (= I.36,16) . . . ūnapañcavasso hoti. imehi kho . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. pañcahi . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ: āpattiṃ . . . (= I.36,17) . . . pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā. imehi kho . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
||9|| chahi . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ: na asekhena . . . (= I.37,1) . . . ūnapañcavasso hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. chahi . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ: asekhena . . . (= I.37,2) . . . pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā. imehi kho . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ. ||10||
aparehi pi bhikkhave chah'; aṅgehi . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ: assaddho . . . (= I.37,5) . . . ūnapañcavasso hoti. imehi kho . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. chahi . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ: saddho . . . (= I.37,6) . . . pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā. imehi kho . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ. ||11|| aparehi pi . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ: adhisīle . . . (= I.37,7) . . . ūnapañcavasso hoti. imehi kho . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. chahi . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ: na adhisīle . . . (= I.37,8) . . . pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā. imehi kho . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ. ||12|| aparehi pi . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ: āpattiṃ . . . (= I.37,13) . . . ūnapañcavasso hoti. imehi kho . . . na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. chahi . . . anissitena vatthabbaṃ: āpattiṃ . . . (= I.37,14) . . . pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā. imehi kho . . . anissitena vatthabban ti. ||13||53||
abhayūvarabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

[page 082]
82 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 54. 1-5.
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Kapilavatthu tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Kapilavatthu tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapilavatthusmiṃ Nigrodhārāme. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Suddhodanassa Sakkassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho Rāhulamātā devī Rāhulakumāraṃ etad avoca: eso te Rāhula pitā, gacchassu dāyajjaṃ yācāhīti. ||1|| atha kho Rāhulo kumāro yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavato purato aṭṭhāsi sukhā te samaṇa chāyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. atha kho Rāhulo kumāro bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito -piṭṭhito anubandhi dāyajjaṃ me samaṇa dehi, dāyajjaṃ me samaṇa dehīti. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtaṃ āmantesi: tena hi tvaṃ Sāriputta Rāhulakumāraṃ pabbājehīti. kathāhaṃ bhante Rāhulakumāraṃ pabbājemīti. ||2|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajjaṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave pabbājetabbo: paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ ohārāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā evaṃ vadehīti vattabbo: buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyam pi . . . tatiyam pi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyam pi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyam pi saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmīti. anujānāmi bhikkhave imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajjan ti. ||3|| atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto Rāhulakumāraṃ pabbājesi. atha kho Suddhodano Sakko yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Suddhodano Sakko bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ekāhaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ varaṃ yācāmīti. atikkantavarā kho Gotama tathāgatā 'ti. yañ ca bhante kappati yañ ca anavajjan ti. vadehi Gotamā 'ti. ||4|| bhagavati me bhante pabbajite anappakaṃ dukkhaṃ ahosi, tathā Nande, adhimattaṃ Rāhule. puttapemaṃ bhante chaviṃ chindati,

[page 083]
I. 54. 5-56. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 83
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] chaviṃ chetvā cammaṃ chindati, cammaṃ chetvā maṃsaṃ chindati, maṃsaṃ chetvā nhāruṃ chindati, nhāruṃ chetvā aṭṭhiṃ chindati, aṭṭhiṃ chetvā aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca tiṭṭhati. sādhu bhante ayyā ananuññātaṃ mātāpitūhi puttaṃ na pabbājeyyun ti. ||5|| atha kho bhagavā Suddhodanaṃ Sakkaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. atha kho Suddhodano Sakko bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā {bhikkhū} āmantesi: na bhikkhave ananuññāto mātāpitūhi putto pabbājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||6||54||
atha kho bhagavā Kapilavatthusmiṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Sāvatthi tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Sāriputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ āyasmato Sāriputtassa santike dārakaṃ pāhesi imaṃ dārakaṃ thero pabbājetū 'ti. atha kho āyasmato Sāriputtassa etad ahosi: bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ na ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā 'ti, ayañ ca me Rāhulo sāmaṇero. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. anujānāmi bhikkhave vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena ekena dve sāmaṇere upaṭṭhāpetuṃ, yāvatake vā pana ussahati ovadituṃ anusāsituṃ, tāvatake upaṭṭhāpetun ti. ||1||55||
atha kho sāmaṇerānaṃ etad ahosi: kati nu kho amhākaṃ sikkhāpadāni, kattha ca amhehi sikkhitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sāmaṇerānaṃ dasa sikkhāpadāni, tesu ca sāmaṇerehi sikkhituṃ: pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, adinnādānā veramaṇī, abrahmacariyā veramaṇī, musāvādā veramaṇī, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇī, vikālabhojanā veramaṇī, naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā veramaṇī, mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā veramaṇī,

[page 084]
84 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 56. 1-58. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] uccāsayanamahāsayanā veramaṇī, jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā veramaṇī. anujānāmi {bhikkhave} sāmaṇerānaṃ imāni dasa sikkhāpadāni, imesu ca sāmaṇerehi sikkhitun ti. ||1||56||
tena kho pana samayena sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttino viharanti. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttino viharissantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatassa sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṃ kātuṃ: bhikkhūnaṃ alābhāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṃ anatthāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṃ avāsāya parisakkati, bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati, bhikkhū bhikkhūhi bhedeti. anujānāmi bhikkhave imehi pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatassa sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṃ kātun ti. ||1|| atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kiṃ nu kho daṇḍakammaṃ kātabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave āvaraṇaṃ kātun ti. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāmaṇerānaṃ sabbaṃ saṃghārāmaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti. sāmaṇerā ārāmaṃ pavisituṃ alabhamānā pakkamanti pi vibbhamanti pi titthiyesu pi saṃkamanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave sabbo saṃghārāmo āvaraṇaṃ kātabbo.
yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave yattha vā vasati, yattha vā paṭikkamati, tattha āvaraṇaṃ kātun ti.
||2|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāmaṇerānaṃ mukhadvārakaṃ āhāraṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti. manussā yāgupānam pi saṃghabhattam pi karontā sāmaṇere evaṃ vadanti: etha bhante yāguṃ pivatha, etha bhante bhattaṃ bhuñjathā 'ti. sāmaṇerā evaṃ vadanti: nāvuso labbhā, bhikkhūhi āvaraṇaṃ katan ti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti.
kathaṃ hi nāma bhaddantā sāmaṇerānaṃ mukhadvārakaṃ āhāraṃ āvaraṇaṃ karissantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ arocesuṃ. na bhikkhave mukhadvārako āhāro āvāraṇaṃ kātabbo. yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3||
daṇḍakammavatthuṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||57||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū upajjhāye anāpucchā sāmaṇerānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti.

[page 085]
I. 58. 1-61. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 85
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] upajjhāyā gavesanti kathaṃ nu kho amhākaṃ sāmaṇerā na dissantīti. bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: chabbaggiyehi āvuso bhikkhūhi āvaraṇaṃ katan ti. upajjhāyā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhe anāpucchā amhākaṃ sāmaṇerānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karissantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave upajjhāye anāpucchā āvaraṇaṃ kātabbaṃ. yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti.
||1||58||
tena kho pana samayena chabbagiyā bhikkhū therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sāmaṇere apalāḷenti. therā sāmaṃ dantakaṭṭham pi mukhodakam pi gaṇhantā kilamanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave aññassa parisā apalāḷetabbā. yo apalāḷeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||59||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa Kaṇḍako nāma sāmaṇero Kaṇḍakaṃ nāma bhikkhuniṃ dūsesi. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma sāmaṇero evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ ācarissatīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave dasah'; aṅgehi {samannāgataṃ} sāmaṇeraṃ nāsetuṃ: pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, abrahmacārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, majjapāyī hoti, buddhassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, saṃghassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, bhikkhunīdūsako hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave imehi dasah'; aṅgehi samannāgataṃ sāmaṇeraṃ nāsetun ti. ||1||60||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro paṇḍako bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti, so dahare-dahare bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadeti: etha maṃ āyasmanto dūsethā 'ti. bhikkhū apasādenti: nassa paṇḍaka, vinassa paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho 'ti. so bhikkhūhi apasādito mahante-mahante moligalle sāmaṇere upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadeti: etha maṃ āvuso dūsethā 'ti. sāmaṇerā apasādenti: nassa paṇḍaka, vinassa paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho 'ti. so sāmaṇerehi apasādito hatthibhaṇḍe assabhaṇḍe upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadeti: etha maṃ āvuso dūsethā 'ti.

[page 086]
86 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 61. 1-63. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] hatthibhaṇḍā assabhaṇḍā dūsesuṃ. ||1||
te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: paṇḍakā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā, ye pi imesaṃ na paṇḍakā, te pi paṇḍake dūsenti.
evaṃ ime sabbeva abrahmacārino 'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū hatthibhaṇḍānaṃ assabhaṇḍānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. paṇḍako bhikkhave anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo 'ti.
||2||61||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño sukhumālo hoti. atha kho tassa purāṇakulaputtassa khīṇakolaññassa etad ahosi: ahaṃ kho sukhumālo na paṭibalo anadhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ adhigantuṃ adhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ phātikātuṃ. kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena sukhañ ca jīveyyaṃ na ca kilameyyan ti. atha kho tassa purāṇakulaputtassa khīṇakolaññassa etad ahosi: ime kho samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sāmaṃ pattacīvaraṃ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvaseyyan ti. ||1|| atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño sāmaṃ pattacīvaraṃ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū abhivādeti. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: kativasso 'si tvaṃ āvuso 'ti. kiṃ etaṃ āvuso kativasso nāmā 'ti. ko pana te āvuso upajjhāyo 'ti.
kiṃ etaṃ āvuso upajjhāyo nāmā 'ti. bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Upāliṃ etad avocum: iṅghāvuso Upāli imaṃ pabbajitaṃ anuyuñjāhīti. ||2|| atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño āyasmatā Upālinā anuyuñjiyamāno etam atthaṃ ārocesi. āyasmā Upāli bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. theyyasaṃvāsako bhikkhave anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo. titthiyapakkantako bhikkhave anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo 'ti. ||3||62||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro nāgo nāgayoniyā aṭṭiyati harāyati jigucchati.

[page 087]
I. 63. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 87
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho tassa nāgassa etad ahosi: kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṃ khippañ ca manussattaṃ paṭilabheyyan ti. atha kho tassa nāgassa etad ahosi: ime kho samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. sace kho ahaṃ samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ, evāhaṃ nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṃ khippañ ca manussattaṃ paṭilabheyyan ti. ||1|| atha kho so nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. taṃ bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ. tena kho pana samayena so nāgo aññatarena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ paccantime vihāre paṭivasati. atha kho so bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati. atha kho so nāgo tassa bhikkhuno nikkhante vissaṭṭho niddaṃ okkami. sabbo vihāro ahinā puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā honti. ||2||
atha kho so bhikkhu vihāraṃ pavisissāmīti kavāṭaṃ paṇāmento addasa sabbaṃ vihāraṃ ahinā puṇṇaṃ, vātapānehi bhoge nikkhante. disvāna bhīto vissaraṃ akāsi. bhikkhū upadhāvitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avocuṃ: kissa tvaṃ āvuso vissaraṃ akāsīti. ayaṃ āvuso sabbo vihāro ahinā puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā 'ti. atha kho so nāgo tena saddena paṭibujjhitvā sake āsane nisīdi. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: ko 'si tvaṃ āvuso 'ti. ahaṃ bhante nāgo 'ti. kissa pana tvaṃ āvuso evarūpaṃ akāsīti. atha kho so nāgo bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||3|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā taṃ nāgaṃ etad avoca: tumhe khv'; attha nāgā avirūḷhidhammā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye. gaccha tvaṃ nāga tatth'; eva cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa uposathaṃ upavasa, evaṃ tvaṃ nāgayoniyā ca parimuccissasi khippañ ca manussattaṃ paṭilabhissasīti. atha kho so nāgo avirūḷhidhammo kirāhaṃ imasmiṃ dhammavinaye 'ti dukkhī dummano assūni pavattayamāno vissaraṃ karitvā pakkāmi.
||4|| atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: dve 'me bhikkhave paccayā nāgassa sabhāvapātukammāya, yadā ca sajātiyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, yadā ca vissaṭṭho niddaṃ okkamati. ime kho bhikkhave dve paccayā nāgassa sabhāvapātukammāya.

[page 088]
88 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 63. 5-66. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tiracchānagato bhikkhave anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo 'ti. ||5||63||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako mātaraṃ jīvitā voropesi. so tena pāpakena kammena aṭṭiyati harāyati jigucchati. atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etad ahosi: kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena imassa pāpassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyyan ti. atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etad ahosi: ime kho samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā.
sace kho ahaṃ samaṇesu Sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ, evāhaṃ imassa pāpassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyyan ti. ||1||
atha kho so māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Upāliṃ etad avocuṃ: pubbe pi kho āvuso Upāli nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhūsu pabbajito, iṅghāvuso Upāli imaṃ māṇavakaṃ anuyuñjāhīti.
atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā Upālinā anuyuñjiyamāno etam atthaṃ ārocesi. āyasmā Upāli bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
mātughātako bhikkhave anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo 'ti. ||2||64||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako pitaraṃ jīvitā voropesi. so tena pāpakena kammena . . . (= I.64,1,2) . . . bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. pitughātako bhikkhave anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo 'ti. ||1||65||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Sāketā Sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti. antarā magge corā nikkhamitvā ekacce bhikkhū acchindiṃsu, ekacce bhikkhū haniṃsu. Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā ekacce core aggahesuṃ, ekacce corā palāyiṃsu. ye te palāyiṃsu, te bhikkhūsu pabbajiṃsu, ye te gahitā, te vadhāya onīyanti.
||1|| addasaṃsu kho te pabbajitā te core vadhāya onīyamāne, disvāna evaṃ āhaṃsu: sādhu kho mayaṃ palāyimhā, sacāca mayaṃ gayheyyāma, mayam pi evam eva haññeyyāmā 'ti.

[page 089]
I. 66. 2-69. 4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 89
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: kim pana tumhe āvuso akatthā 'ti. atha kho te pabbajitā bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. arahanto ete bhikkhave bhikkhū. arahantaghātako bhikkhave anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo 'ti. ||2||66||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhuniyo Sāketā Sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti. antarā magge corā nikkhamitvā ekaccā bhikkhuniyo acchindiṃsu, ekaccā bhikkhuniyo dūsesuṃ. Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā . . . (I,66, 1.2) . . . bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. bhikkhunīdūsako {bhikkhave} anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo. saṃghabhedako bhikkhave anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo. lohituppādako bhikkhave anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo 'ti. ||1||67||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro ubhatovyañjanako bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti, so karoti pi kārāpeti pi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ubhatovyañjanako bhikkhave anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo 'ti. ||1||68||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakaṃ upasampādenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave anupajjhāyako upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū saṃghena upajjhāyena upasampādenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave saṃghena upajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gaṇena upajjhāyena upasampādenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave gaṇena upajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū paṇḍakupajjhāyena upasampādenti --gha--, theyyasaṃvāsakupajjhāyena upasampādenti, titthiyapakkantakupajjhāyena up., tiracchānagatupajjhāyena up.,

[page 090]
90 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 69. 4-70. 6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] {mātughātakupajjhāyena} up., pitughātakupajjhāyena up., arahantaghātakupajjhāyena up., bhikkhunīdūsakupajjhāyena up., saṃghabhedakupajjhāyena up., lohituppādakupajjhāyena up. ubhatovyañjanakupajjhāyena upasampādenti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesum. na bhikkhave paṇḍakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo, na theyyasaṃvāsakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo . . . na ubhatovyañjanakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||69||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū apattakaṃ upasampādenti. hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi titthiyā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave apattako upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū acīvarakaṃ upasampādenti.
naggā piṇḍāya caranti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi titthiyā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave acīvarako upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū apattacīvarakaṃ upasampādenti. naggā hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi titthiyā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave apattacīvarako upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena pattena upasampādenti. upasampanne pattaṃ paṭiharanti, hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi titthiyā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesum. na bhikkhave yācitakena pattena upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena cīvarena upasampādenti. upasampanne cīvaraṃ paṭiharanti, naggā piṇḍāya caranti, manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi titthiyā 'ti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave yācitakena cīvarena upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena pattacīvarena upasampādenti. upasampanne pattacīvaraṃ paṭiharanti,

[page 091]
I. 70. 6-72. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 91
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] naggā hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti.
manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi titthiyā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave yācitakena pattacīvarena upasampādetabbo. yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||6||70|| naupasampādetabbakavīsativāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū hatthacchinnaṃ pabbājenti --gha--, pādacchinnaṃ pabbājenti, hatthapādacchinnaṃ p., kaṇṇacchinnaṃ p., nāsacchinnaṃ p., kaṇṇanāsacchinnaṃ p., aṅgulicchinnaṃ p., aḷacchinnaṃ p., kaṇḍaracchinnaṃ p., phaṇahatthakaṃ p., khujjaṃ p., vāmanaṃ p., galagaṇḍiṃ p., lakkhaṇāhataṃ p., kasāhataṃ p., likhitakaṃ p., sīpadiṃ p., pāparogiṃ p., parisadūsakaṃ p., kāṇaṃ p., kuṇiṃ p., khañjaṃ p., pakkhahataṃ p., chinniriyāpathaṃ p., jarādubbalaṃ p., andhaṃ p., mūgaṃ p., badhiraṃ p., andhamūgaṃ p., andhabadhiraṃ p., mūgabadhiraṃ p., andhamūgabadhiraṃ pabbājenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1|| na bhikkhave hatthacchinno pabbājetabbo, na pādacchinno pabbājetabbo . . . na andhamūgabadhiro pabbājetabbo. yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2|| napabbājetabbadvattiṃsavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||71||
dāyajjabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū alajjīnaṃ nissayaṃ denti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave alajjīnaṃ nissayo dātabbo. yo dadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū alajjīnaṃ nissāya vasanti, te pi na cirass'; eva alajjino honti pāpabhikkhū. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave alajjīnaṃ nissāya vatthabbaṃ. yo vaseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na alajjīnaṃ nissayo dātabbo, na alajjīnaṃ nissāya vatthabban ti. kathaṃ nu kho mayaṃ jāneyyāma lajjiṃ vā alajjiṃ vā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave catūhapañcāhaṃ āgametuṃ yāva bhikkhusabhāgataṃ jānāmīti. ||2||72||

[page 092]
92 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 73. 1-74 1.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggapaṭipanno hoti. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na anissitena vatthabban ti, ahañ c'; amhi nissayakaraṇīyo addhānamaggapaṭipanno. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave addhānamaggapaṭipannena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabhamānena anissitena vatthun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū Kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti, te aññataraṃ āvāsaṃ upagacchiṃsu, tattha eko bhikkhu gilāno hoti. atha kho tassa gilānassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na anissitena vatthabban ti, ahañ c'; amhi nissayakaraṇīyo gilāno. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabhamānena anissitena vatthun ti. ||2|| atha kho tassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na anissitena vatthabban ti, ahañ c'; amhi nissayakaraṇīyo, ayañ ca bhikkhu gilāno. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānupaṭṭhākena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabhamānena yāciyamānena anissitena vatthun ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu araññe viharati, tassa ca tasmiṃ senāsane phāsu hoti. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na anissitena vatthabban ti, ahañ c'; amhi nissayakaraṇīyo, araññe viharāmi, mayhañ ca imasmiṃ senāsane phāsu hoti. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave āraññakena bhikkhunā phāsuvihāraṃ sallakkhentena nissayaṃ alabhamānena anissitena vatthuṃ yadā paṭirūpo nissayadāyako āgacchissati, tassa nissāya vasissāmīti. ||4||73||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Mahākassapassa upasampadāpekkho hoti. atha kho āyasmā Mahākassapo āyasmato Ānandassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: āgacchatu Ānando imaṃ anussāvessatīti. āyasmā Ānando evaṃ āha: nāhaṃ ussahāmi therassa nāmaṃ gahetuṃ, garu me thero 'ti.

[page 093]
I. 74. 1-76. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 93
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave gottena pi anussāvetun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Mahākassapassa dve upasampadāpekkhā honti, te vivadanti: ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmi, ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave dve ekānussāvane kātun ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ therānaṃ upasampadāpekkhā honti, te vivadanti: ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmi, ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmīti.
therā evaṃ āhaṃsu: handa mayaṃ āvuso sabbeva ekānussāvane karomā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave dve tayo ekānussāvane kātuṃ, tañ ca kho ekena upajjhāyena, na tv eva nānupajjhāyenā 'ti.
||3||74||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Kumārakassapo gabbhavīso upasampanno hoti. atha kho āyasmato Kumārakassapassa etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo 'ti, ahañ c'; amhi gabbhavīso.
upasampanno nu kho 'mhi na nu kho upasampanno 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. yaṃ bhikkhave mātu kucchismiṃ paṭhamaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ, paṭhamam viññāṇaṃ pātubhūtaṃ, tadupādāya sā 'v'; assa jāti. anujānāmi bhikkhave gabbhavīsaṃ upasampādetun ti. ||1||75||
tena kho pana samayena upasampannā dissanti kuṭṭhikāpi gaṇḍikāpi kilāsikāpi sosikāpi apamārikāpi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave upasampādentena tassa antarāyike dhamme pucchituṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave pucchitabbo: santi te evarūpā ābādhā kuṭṭhaṃ gaṇḍo kilāso soso apamāro, manusso 'si, puriso 'si, bhujisso 'si, anaṇo 'si, na 'si rājabhaṭo, anuññāto 'si mātāpitūhi, paripuṇṇavīsativasso 'si, paripuṇṇan te pattacīvaraṃ, kiṃnāmo 'si, konāmo te upajjhāyo 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ananusiṭṭhe upasampadāpekkhe antarāyike dhamme pucchanti. upasampadāpekkhā vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave paṭhamaṃ anusāsitvā pacchā antarāyike dhamme pucchitun ti. ||2||

[page 094]
94 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 76. 2-8.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tatth'; eva saṃghamajjhe anusāsanti, upasampadāpekkhā tath'; eva vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave ekamantaṃ anusāsitvā saṃghamajjhe antarāyike dhamme pucchituṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave anusāsitabbo: paṭhamaṃ upajjhaṃ gāhāpetabbo, upajjhaṃ gāhāpetvā pattacīvaraṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ, ayan te patto, ayaṃ saṃghāṭi, ayaṃ uttarāsaṅgo, ayaṃ antaravāsako, gaccha amumhi okāse tiṭṭhāhīti. ||3|| bālā avyattā anusāsanti, anusiṭṭhā upasampadāpekkhā vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave bālena avyattena anusāsitabbo. yo anusāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena anusāsitun ti. ||4|| asammatā anusāsanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave asammatena anusāsitabbo. yo anusāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave sammatena anusāsituṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo: attanā vā attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ parena vā paro sammannitabbo. kathañ ca attanā vā attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.
yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ anusāseyyan ti. evaṃ attanā vā attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ. ||5||
kathañ ca parena paro sammannitabbo. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.
yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ anusāseyyā 'ti. evaṃ parena paro sammannitabbo. ||6|| tena sammatena bhikkhunā upasampadāpekkho upasaṃkamitvā evam assa vacanīyo: suṇasi itthannāma. ayaṃ te saccakālo bhūtakālo. yaṃ jātaṃ taṃ saṃghamajjhe pucchante santaṃ atthīti vattabbaṃ, asantaṃ n'; atthīti vattabbaṃ. mā kho vitthāsi, mā kho maṅku ahosi. evan taṃ pucchissan ti: santi te evarūpā ābādhā . . . konāmo te upajjhāyo 'ti. ||7||
ekato āgacchanti. na ekato āgantabbaṃ. anusāsakena paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho.

[page 095]
I. 76. 8-77. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 95
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] anusiṭṭho so mayā. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo āgaccheyyā 'ti. āgacchāhīti vattabbo. ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā upasampadaṃ yācāpetabbo: saṃghaṃ bhante upasampadaṃ yācāmi, ullumpatu maṃ bhante saṃgho anukampaṃ upādāya, dutiyam pi bhante . . ., tatiyam pi bhante saṃghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācāmi, ullumpatu maṃ bhante saṃgho anukampaṃ upādāyā 'ti. ||8|| vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ antarāyike dhamme puccheyyan ti. suṇasi itthannāma. ayaṃ te saccakālo bhūtakālo. yaṃ jātaṃ taṃ pucchāmi. santaṃ atthīti vattabbaṃ, asantaṃ n'; atthīti vattabbaṃ. santi te evarūpā ābādhā . . . konāmo te upajjhāyo 'ti. ||9|| vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇ'; assa pattacīvaraṃ. itthannāmo saṃghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. esā ñatti. ||10||
suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇ'; assa pattacīvaraṃ. itthannāmo saṃghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. ||11|| dutiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi: suṇātu me . . . tatiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi: suṇātu me . . . yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. upasampanno saṃghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||12||76|| upasampadākammaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tāvad eva chāyā metabbā, utupamāṇaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ, divasabhāgo ācikkhitabbo, saṃgīti ācikkhitabbā,

[page 096]
96 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 77. 1-78. 3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] cattāro nissayā ācikkhitabbā: piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo, atirekalābho saṃghabhattaṃ uddesabhattaṃ nimantanaṃ salākabhattaṃ pakkhikaṃ uposathikaṃ pāṭipadikaṃ.
paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. atirekalābho khomaṃ kappāsikaṃ koseyyaṃ kambalaṃ sāṇaṃ bhaṅgaṃ. rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo.
atirekalābho vihāro aḍḍhayogo pāsādo hammiyaṃ guhā.
pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. atirekalābho sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitan ti. ||1||77|| cattāro nissayā niṭṭhitā.
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ upasampādetvā ekakaṃ ohāya pakkamiṃsu. so pacchā ekako āgacchanto antarā magge purāṇadutiyikāya samāgacchi.
sā evaṃ āha: kiṃ dāni pabbajito 'sīti. āma pabbajito 'mhīti. dullabho kho pabbajitānaṃ methuno dhammo, ehi methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevā 'ti. so tassā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā cirena āgamāsi. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: kissa tvaṃ āvuso evaṃ ciraṃ akāsīti. ||1|| atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave upasampādetvā dutiyaṃ dātuṃ cattāri ca akaraṇīyāni ācikkhituṃ: upasampannena bhikkhunā methuno dhammo na paṭisevitabbo antamaso tiracchānagatāya pi. yo bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. seyyathāpi nāma puriso sīsacchinno abhabbo tena sarīrabandhanena jīvituṃ, evam eva bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo, taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. ||2|| upasampannena bhikkhunā adinnaṃ theyyasaṃkhātaṃ na ādātabbaṃ antamaso tiṇasalākaṃ upādāya. yo bhikkhu pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṃkhātaṃ ādiyati, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. seyyathāpi nāma paṇḍupalāso bandhanā pamutto abhabbo haritattāya, evam eva bhikkhu pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṃkhātaṃ ādiyitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo, taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. ||3||

[page 097]
I. 78. 3-79. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 97
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] upasampannena bhikkhunā sañcicca pāṇo jīvitā no voropetabbo antamaso kunthakipillikaṃ upādāya. yo bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropeti antamaso gabbhapātanaṃ upādāya, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. seyyathāpi nāma puthusilā dvedhā bhinnā appaṭisandhikā hoti, evam eva bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropetvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo, taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. ||4|| upasampannena bhikkhunā uttarimanussadhammo na ullapitabbo antamaso suññāgāre abhiramāmīti. yo bhikkhu pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati jhānaṃ vā vimokkhaṃ vā samādhiṃ vā samāpattiṃ vā maggaṃ vā phalaṃ vā, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. seyyathāpi nāma tālo matthakacchinno abhabbo punavirūḷhiyā, evam eva bhikkhu pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo, taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyan ti. ||5||
cattāri akaraṇīyāni niṭṭhitāni. ||78||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako vibbhami, so puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yāci. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako vibbhamati, so puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yācati. so evam assa vacanīyo: passissasi taṃ āpattin ti. sac'; āhaṃ passissāmīti pabbājetabbo, sac'; āhaṃ na passissāmīti na pabbājetabbo. ||1|| pabbājetvā vattabbo passissasi taṃ āpattin ti. sac'; āhaṃ passissāmīti upasampādetabbo, sac'; āhaṃ na passissāmīti na upasampādetabbo. upasampādetvā vattabbo passissasi taṃ āpattin ti. sac'; āhaṃ passissāmīti osāretabbo, sac'; āhaṃ na passissāmīti na osāretabbo.
osāretvā vattabbo passasi taṃ āpattin ti. sace passati, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce passati, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo, alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṃvāse. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittako vibbhamati, so puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yācati. so evam assa vacanīyo: paṭikarissasi taṃ āpattin ti. sac'; āhaṃ paṭikarissāmīti pabbājetabbo,

[page 098]
98 MAHĀVAGGA. [I. 79. 3-4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sac'; āhaṃ na paṭikarissāmīti na pabbājetabbo. pabbājetvā vattabbo paṭikarissasi taṃ āpattin ti. sac'; āhaṃ paṭikarissāmīti upasampādetabbo, sac'; āhaṃ na paṭikarissāmīti na upasampādetabbo. upasampādetvā vattabbo paṭikarissasi taṃ āpattin ti. sac'; āhaṃ paṭikarissāmīti osāretabbo, sac'; āhaṃ na paṭikarissāmīti na osāretabbo. osāretvā vattabbo paṭikarohi taṃ āpattin ti. sace paṭikaroti, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭikaroti, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo, alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṃvāse. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako vibbhamati, so puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yācati. so evam assa vācanīyo: paṭinissajjissasi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. sac'; āhaṃ paṭinissajjissāmīti pabbājetabbo, sac'; āhaṃ na paṭinissajjissāmīti na pabbājetabbo. pabbājetvā vattabbo paṭinissajjissasi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. sac'; āhaṃ paṭinissajjissāmīti upasampādetabbo, sac'; āhaṃ na paṭinissajjissāmīti na upasampādetabbo. upasampādetvā vattabbo paṭinissajjissasi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. sac'; āhaṃ paṭinissajjissāmīti osāretabbo, sac'; āhaṃ na paṭinissajjissāmīti na osāretabbo.
osāretvā vattabbo paṭinissajjāhi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. sace paṭinissajjati, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjati, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo, alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṃvāse 'ti.
||4||79||
Mahākhandhako paṭhamo.
----------------------------------
vinayamhi mahatthesu pesalānaṃ sukhāvahe
niggahe ca pāpicchānaṃ lajjīnaṃ paggahesu ca |
sāsanādhāraṇe c'; eva sabbaññujinagocare
anaññavisaye kheme supaññatte asaṃsaye |
khandhake vinaye c'; eva parivāre ca mātike
yathatthakārī kusalo paṭipajjati yoniso. |
yo gavaṃ na vijānāti na so rakkhati gogaṇaṃ,
evaṃ sīlaṃ ajānanto kiṃ so rakkheyya saṃvaraṃ. |
pamuṭṭhamhi ca suttante abhidhamme ca tāvade

[page 099]
MAHĀVAGGA. 99
5 vinaye avinaṭṭhamhi puna tiṭṭhati sāsanaṃ. |
tasmā saṃgahaṇahetu uddānaṃ anupubbaso
pavakkhāmi yathāñāṇaṃ, suṇātha mama bhāsato. |
vatthu nidānaṃ āpatti nayā peyyālam eva ca
dukkaraṃ taṃ asesetum, nayato taṃ vijānāthā 'ti. |
bodhi ca, Rājāyatanaṃ, Ajapālo, Sahampati
Brahmā, Āḷāro, Uddako, bhikkhū ca, Upako isi, |
Koṇḍañño, Vappo, Bhaddiyo, Mahānāmo ca, Assaji,
Yaso, cattāro, paññāsaṃ, sabbe, pesesi so, disā, |
vatthuṃ, Mārehi, tiṃsā ca, Uruvelaṃ, tayo jaṭī,
10 agyāgāraṃ, Mahārājā, Sakko, Brahmā ca, kevalā, |
paṃsukūlaṃ, pokkharaṇī, silā ca, kakudho, silā,
jambu, ambo ca, āmalako, pāricchattapuppham āhari, |
phāliyantu, ujjalantu, vijjhāyantu ca Kassapa,
nimujjanti, mukhī, megho, Gayā, laṭṭhi ca, Māgadho, |
Upatisso, Kolito ca, abhiññātā ca, pabbajjaṃ,
dunnivatthā, paṇāmanā, kiso lūkho ca brāhmaṇo, |
anācāraṃ ācarati, udaraṃ, māṇavo, gaṇo,
vassaṃ, bālehi, pakkanto, dasa vassāni, nissayo, |
na vattanti, paṇāmetuṃ, bālā, passaddhi, pañca, cha,
15 yo so añño ca, naggo ca, acchinnaṃ, jaṭi, Sākiyo, |
Magadhesu pañca ābādhā, eko, coro ca aṅguli,
Māgadho ca anuññāsi, kārā, likhi, kasāhato, |
lakkhaṇā, iṇā, dāso ca, Bhaṇḍuko, Upāli, ahi,
saddhakulaṃ, Kaṇḍako ca, āhundarikam eva ca, |
vatthumhi, dārako, sikkhā, viharanti ca, kiṃ nu kho,
sabbaṃ, mukhaṃ, upajjhāye, apalāḷana-Kaṇḍako, |
paṇḍako, theyya-pakkanto, ahi ca, mātari, pitā,
arahanta-bhikkhunī, bhedā, ruhirena ca, vyañjanaṃ, |
anupajjhāya- saṃghena, gaṇa-paṇḍakā-'pattako,
20 acīvaraṃ, tadubhayaṃ, yācitena pi ye tayo, |
hatthā, pādā, hatthapādā, kaṇṇā, nāsā, tadubhayaṃ,
aṅguli, aḷa-kaṇḍaraṃ, phaṇaṃ, khujjañ ca, vāmanaṃ, |
galagaṇḍi, lakkhaṇā c'; eva, kasā, likhita-sīpadi,
pāpa-parisadūsañ ca, kāṇaṃ, kuṇiṃ tath'; eva ca, |

[page 100]
100 MAHĀVAGGA.
khañja-pakkhahatañ c'; eva, sacchinnairiyāpathaṃ,
jarāndha-mūga-badhiraṃ, andhamūgañ ca yaṃ tahiṃ, |
andhabadhiraṃ yaṃ vuttaṃ, mūgabadhiram eva ca,
andhamūgabadhirañ ca, alajjīnañ ca {nissayaṃ,} |
vatthabbañ ca, kataddhānaṃ, yācamānena, pekkhanā,
25 āgacchantaṃ, vivadenti, ekupajjhāyena, Kassapo, |
dissanti upasampannā ābādhehi ca pīḷitā,
ananusiṭṭhā vitthāyanti, tatth'; eva anusāsanā, |
saṃghe pi ca, atho bālo, asammato ca, ekato,
ullumpatupasampadā, nissayo, ekako, tayo 'ti. |
imamhi khandhake vatthu ekasataṃ bāsattati. |
Mahākhandhake uddānaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ.

[page 101]
101
MAHĀVAGGA.
II.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe pabbate. tena kho pana samayena aññatitthiyā paribbājakā cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā dhammaṃ bhāsanti. te manussā upasaṃkamanti dhammasavanāya. te labhanti aññatitthiyesu paribbājakesu pemaṃ, labhanti pasādaṃ, labhanti aññatitthiyā paribbājakā pakkhaṃ. ||1|| atha kho rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: etarahi kho aññatitthiyā paribbājakā cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā dhammaṃ bhāsanti. te manussā upasaṃkamanti dhammasavanāya. te labhanti aññatitthiyesu paribbājakesu pemaṃ, labhanti pasādaṃ, labhanti aññatitthiyā paribbājakā pakkhaṃ. yaṃ nūna ayyāpi cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipateyyun ti. ||2||
atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: idha mayhaṃ bhante rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: etarahi kho aññatitthiyā paribbājakā . . . aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipateyyun ti. sādhu bhante ayyāpi cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipateyyun ti. ||3|| atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

[page 102]
102 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 1. 4-3. 3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitun ti.
||4||1||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā anuññātaṃ cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitun ti te cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā tuṇhī nisīdanti. te manussā upasaṃkamanti dhammasavanāya. te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā tuṇhī nisīdissanti seyyathāpi mūgasūkarā. nanu nāma sannipatitehi dhammo bhāsitabbo 'ti.
assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā dhammaṃ bhāsitun ti. ||1||2||
atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ yāni mayā bhikkhūnaṃ paññattāni sikkhāpadāni tāni nesaṃ pātimokkhuddesaṃ anujāneyyaṃ, so nesaṃ bhavissati uposathakamman ti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: idha mayhaṃ bhikkhave rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ yāni mayā bhikkhūnaṃ paññattāni sikkhāpadāni tāni nesaṃ pātimokkhuddesaṃ anujāneyyaṃ, so nesaṃ bhavissati uposathakamman ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ. ||2|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave uddisitabbaṃ: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ajj'; uposatho pannaraso. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho uposathaṃ kareyya pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyya. kiṃ saṃghassa pubbakiccaṃ. pārisuddhiṃ āyasmanto ārocetha.

[page 103]
II. 3. 3-6] MAHĀVAGGA. 103
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] pātimokkhaṃ uddisissāmi, taṃ sabbeva santā sādhukaṃ suṇoma manasikaroma. yassa siyā āpatti, so āvikareyya, asantiyā āpattiyā tuṇhī bhavitabbaṃ, tuṇhibhāvena kho panāyasmante parisuddhā 'ti vedissāmi. yathā kho pana paccekapuṭṭhassa veyyākaraṇaṃ hoti, evaṃ eva evarūpāya parisāya yāvatatiyaṃ anussāvitaṃ hoti. yo pana bhikkhu yāvatatiyaṃ anussāviyamāne saramāno santiṃ āpattiṃ nāvikareyya, sampajānamusāvād'; assa hoti. sampajānamusāvādo kho panāyasmanto antarāyiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā.
tasmā saramānena bhikkhunā āpannena visuddhāpekkhena santī āpatti āvikātabbā, āvikatā hi 'ssa phāsu hotīti. ||3||
pātimokkhan ti ādiṃ etaṃ, mukhaṃ etaṃ, pamukhaṃ etaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, tena vuccati pātimokkhan ti. āyasmanto 'ti piyavacanaṃ etaṃ, garuvacanaṃ etaṃ, sagāravasappatissādhivacanaṃ etaṃ āyasmanto 'ti. uddisissāmīti ācikkhissāmi desessāmi paññāpessāmi paṭṭhapessāmi vivarissāmi vibhajissāmi uttānikarissāmi pakāsessāmi. tan ti pātimokkhaṃ vuccati. sabbeva santā 'ti yāvatikā tassā parisāya therā ca navā ca majjhimā ca, ete vuccanti sabbeva santā 'ti. sādhukaṃ suṇomā 'ti aṭṭhikatvā manasikatvā sabbaṃ cetasā samannāharāma. manasikaromā 'ti ekaggacittā avikkhittacittā avisāhaṭacittā nisāmema. ||4|| yassa siyā āpattīti therassa vā navassa vā majjhimassa vā pañcannaṃ vā āpattikkhandhānaṃ aññatarā āpatti sattannaṃ vā āpattikkhandhānaṃ aññatarā āpatti. so āvikareyyā 'ti so deseyya, so vivareyya, so uttānikareyya, so pakāseyya saṃghamajjhe vā gaṇamajjhe vā ekapuggale vā. asantī nāma āpatti anajjhāpannā vā hoti āpajjitvā vā vuṭṭhitā. tuṇhī bhavitabban ti adhivāsetabbaṃ, na vyāhātabbaṃ, parisuddhā 'ti vedissāmīti jānissāmi dhāressāmi. ||5|| yathā kho pana paccekapuṭṭhassa veyyākaraṇaṃ hotīti yathā ekena eko puṭṭho vyākareyya, evaṃ eva tassā parisāya jānitabbaṃ maṃ pucchatīti. evarūpā nāma parisā bhikkhuparisā vuccati.
yāvatatiyaṃ anussāvitaṃ hotīti sakim pi anussāvitaṃ hoti dutiyam pi anussāvitaṃ hoti tatiyam pi anussāvitaṃ hoti.
saramāno 'ti jānamāno sañjānamāno. santī nāma āpatti ajjhāpannā vā hoti āpajjitvā vā avuṭṭhitā. nāvikareyyā 'ti na deseyya na vivareyya na uttānikareyya na pakāseyya saṃghamajjhe vā gaṇamajjhe vā ekapuggale vā. ||6||

[page 104]
104 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 3. 6-5. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sampajānamusāvād'; assa hotīti, sampajānamusāvādo kiṃ hoti.
dukkaṭaṃ hoti, antarāyiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā 'ti.
kissa antarāyiko. paṭhamassa jhānassa adhigamāya antarāyiko, dutiyassa jhānassa adhigamāya antarāyiko, tatiyassa jhānassa adhigamāya antarāyiko, catutthassa jhānassa adhigamāya antarāyiko, jhānānaṃ vimokkhānaṃ samādhīnaṃ samāpattīnaṃ nekkhammānaṃ nissaraṇānaṃ pavivekānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ adhigamāya antarāyiko.
tasmā 'ti taṃkāraṇā. saramānenā 'ti jānamānena sañjānamānena. visuddhāpekkhenā 'ti vuṭṭhātukāmena visujjhitukāmena. ||7|| santī nāma āpatti ajjhāpannā vā hoti āpajjitvā vā avuṭṭhitā. āvikātabbā 'ti āvikātabbā saṃghamajjhe vā gaṇamajjhe vā ekapuggale vā. āvikatā hi 'ssa phāsu hotīti, kissa phāsu hoti. paṭhamassa jhānassa adhigamāya phāsu hoti, dutiyassa jhānassa adhigamāya phāsu hoti, tatiyassa jhānassa adhigamāya phāsu hoti, catutthassa jhānassa adhigamāya phāsu hoti, jhānānaṃ vimokkhānaṃ samādhīnaṃ samāpattīnaṃ nekkhammānaṃ nissaraṇānaṃ pavivekānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ adhigamāya phāsu hotīti. ||8||3||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā pātimokkhuddeso anuññāto 'ti devasikaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. bhagavato etaṃ atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave devasikaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave uposathe pātimokkhaṃ uddisitun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā uposathe pātimokkhuddeso anuññāto 'ti pakkhassa tikkhattuṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa. bhagavato etaṃ atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave pakkhassa tikkhattuṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave sakiṃ pakkhassa cātuddase vā pannarase vā pātimokkhaṃ uddisitun ti. ||2||4||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yathāparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti sakāya-sakāya parisāya.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave yathāparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ sakāya-sakāya parisāya.

[page 105]
II. 5. 1-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 105
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave samaggānaṃ uposathakamman ti. ||1|| atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ samaggānaṃ uposathakamman ti. kittāvatā nu kho sāmaggī hoti, yāvatā ekāvāso udāhu sabbā paṭhavīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave ettāvatā sāmaggī yāvatā ekāvāso 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Mahākappino Rājagahe viharati Maddakucchismiṃ migadāye. atha kho āyasmato Mahākappinassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: gaccheyyaṃ vāhaṃ uposathaṃ na vā gaccheyyaṃ, gaccheyyaṃ vā saṃghakammaṃ na vā gaccheyyaṃ, atha khv āhaṃ visuddho paramāya visuddhiyā 'ti. ||3|| atha kho bhagavā āyasmato Mahākappinassa cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Gijjhakūṭe pabbate antarahito Maddakucchismiṃ migadāye āyasmato Mahākappinassa pamukhe pāturahosi. nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane, āyasmāpi kho Mahākappino bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ||4|| ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Mahākappinaṃ bhagavā etad avoca: nanu te Kappina rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: gaccheyyaṃ vāhaṃ uposathaṃ na vā gaccheyyaṃ, gaccheyyaṃ vā saṃghakammaṃ na vā gaccheyyaṃ, atha khv āhaṃ visuddho paramāya visuddhiyā 'ti. evaṃ bhante. tumhe ce brāhmaṇā uposathaṃ na sakkarissatha, na garukarissatha, na mānessatha, na pūjessatha, atha ko carahi uposathaṃ sakkarissati garukarissati mānessati pūjessati. gaccha tvaṃ brāhmaṇa uposathaṃ, mā no agamāsi, gacch'; eva saṃghakammaṃ, mā no agamāsīti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Mahākappino bhagavato paccassosi. ||5|| atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Mahakappinaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Maddakucchismiṃ migadāye āyasmato Mahākappinassa pamukhe antarahito Gijjhakūṭe pabbate pāturahosi. ||6||5||

[page 106]
106 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 6. 1-8. 1.
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ ettāvatā sāmaggī yāvatā ekāvāso 'ti. kittāvatā nu kho ekāvāso hotīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sīmaṃ sammannituṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbā: paṭhamaṃ nimittā kittetabbā, pabbatanimittaṃ, pāsāṇanimittaṃ, vananimittaṃ, rukkhanimittaṃ, magganimittaṃ, vammikanimittaṃ, nadīnimittaṃ, udakanimittaṃ. nimitte kittetvā vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yāvatā samantā nimittā kittitā, yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho etehi nimittehi sīmaṃ sammanneyya samānasaṃvāsaṃ ekuposathaṃ. esā ñatti. ||1|| suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yāvatā samantā nimittā kittitā, saṃgho etehi nimittehi sīmaṃ sammannati samānasaṃvāsaṃ ekuposathaṃ. yassāyasmato khamati etehi nimittehi sīmāya sammuti samānasaṃvāsāya ekuposathāya, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya.
sammatā sīmā saṃghena etehi nimittehi samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||2||6||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā sīmāsammuti anuññātā 'ti atimahatiyo sīmāyo sammannanti catuyojanikāpi pañcayojanikāpi chayojanikāpi. bhikkhū uposathaṃ āgacchantā uddissamāne pi pātimokkhe āgacchanti uddiṭṭhamatte pi āgacchanti antarāpi parivasanti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave atimahatī sīmā sammannitabbā catuyojanikā vā pañcayojanikā vā chayojanikā vā. yo sammanneyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave tiyojanaparamaṃ sīmaṃ sammannitun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā {bhikkhū} nadīpāraṃ sīmaṃ sammannanti. uposathaṃ āgacchantā bhikkhū pi vuyhanti pattāpi vuyhanti cīvarāni pi vuyhanti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave nadīpārā sīmā sammannitabbā. yo sammanneyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anujānāmi bhikkhave yatth'; assa dhuvanāvā vā dhuvasetu vā, evarūpaṃ nadīpāraṃ sīmaṃ sammannitun ti. ||2||7||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupariveṇiyaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti asaṃketena.

[page 107]
II. 8. 1-9. 1] MAHĀVAGGA. 107
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āgantukā bhikkhū na jānanti kattha vā ajj'; uposatho kariyissatīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave anupariveṇiyaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ asaṃketena. yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave uposathāgāraṃ sammannitvā uposathaṃ kātuṃ yaṃ saṃgho ākaṅkhati vihāraṃ vā aḍḍhayogaṃ vā pāsādaṃ vā hammiyaṃ vā guhaṃ vā.
evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbaṃ: ||1|| vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ vihāraṃ uposathāgāraṃ sammanneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ vihāraṃ uposathāgāraṃ sammannati. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa vihārassa uposathāgārassa sammuti, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. sammato saṃghena itthannāmo vihāro uposathāgāraṃ. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse dve uposathāgārāni sammatāni honti.
bhikkhū ubhayattha sannipatanti idha uposatho kariyissati idha uposatho kariyissatīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ arocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave ekasmiṃ āvāse dve uposathāgārāni sammannitabbāni. yo sammanneyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave ekaṃ samūhanitvā ekattha uposathaṃ kātuṃ.
||3|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave samūhantabbaṃ: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ uposathāgāraṃ samūhaneyya. esā ñatti. {suṇātu} me bhante saṃgho. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ uposathāgāraṃ samūhanati.
yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa uposathāgārassa samugghāto, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya.
samūhataṃ saṃghena itthannāmaṃ uposathāgāraṃ. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||4||8||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse atikhuddakaṃ uposathāgāraṃ sammataṃ hoti. tadah'; uposathe mahā bhikkhusaṃgho sannipatito hoti. bhikkhū asammatāya bhūmiyā nisinnā pātimokkhaṃ assosuṃ. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ uposathāgāraṃ sammannitvā uposatho kātabbo 'ti,

[page 108]
108 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 9. 1-11. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] mayañ ca asammatāya bhūmiyā nisinnā pātimokkhaṃ assosumhā. kato nu kho amhākaṃ uposatho akato nu kho 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. sammatāya vā bhikkhave bhūmiyā nisinnā asammatāya vā, yato pātimokkhaṃ suṇāti, kato 'v'; ass'; uposatho. ||1|| tena hi bhikkhave saṃgho yāvamahantaṃ uposathapamukhaṃ ākaṅkhati, tāvamahantaṃ uposathapamukhaṃ sammannatu. evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbaṃ: paṭhamaṃ nimittā kittetabbā. nimitte kittetvā vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yāvatā samantā nimittā kittitā, yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho etehi nimittehi uposathapamukhaṃ sammanneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
yāvatā samantā nimittā kittitā, saṃgho etehi nimittehi uposathapamukhaṃ sammannati. yassāyasmato khamati etehi nimittehi uposathapamukhassa sammuti, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. sammataṃ saṃghena etehi nimittehi uposathapamukhaṃ. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||2||9||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe navakā bhikkhū paṭhamataraṃ sannipatitvā na tāva therā āgacchantīti pakkamiṃsu. uposatho vikāle ahosi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe therehi bhikkhūhi paṭhamataraṃ sannipatitun ti. ||1||10||
tena kho pana samayena Rājagahe sambahulā āvāsā samānasīmā honti. tattha bhikkhū vivadanti amhākaṃ āvāse uposatho kariyatu amhākaṃ āvāse uposatho kariyatū 'ti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. idha pana bhikkhave sambahulā āvāsā samānasīmā honti, tattha bhikkhū vivadanti amhākaṃ āvāse uposatho kariyatu amhākaṃ āvāse uposatho kariyatū 'ti. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi sabbeh'; eva ekajjhaṃ sannipatitvā uposatho kātabbo, yattha vā pana thero bhikkhu viharati tattha sannipatitvā uposatho kātabbo.
na tv eva vaggena saṃghena uposatho kātabbo. yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||11||

[page 109]
II. 12. 1-4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 109
tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Mahākassapo Andhakavindā Rājagahaṃ uposathaṃ āgacchanto antarā magge nadiṃ taranto manaṃ vuḷho ahosi, cīvarāni 'ssa allāni. bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Mahākassapaṃ etad avocuṃ: kissa te āvuso cīvarāni allānīti. idhāhaṃ āvuso Andhakavindā Rājagahaṃ uposathaṃ āgacchanto antarā magge nadiṃ taranto man'; amhi vuḷho, tena me cīvarāni allānīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. yā sā bhikkhave saṃghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, saṃgho taṃ sīmaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ sammannatu. ||1|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbā: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yā sā saṃghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho taṃ sīmaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ sammanneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yā sā saṃghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, saṃgho taṃ sīmaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ sammannati. yassāyasmato khamati etissā sīmāya ticīvarena avippavāsāya sammuti, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. sammatā sā sīmā saṃghena ticīvarena avippavāsā. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā ticīvarena avippavāsasammuti anuññātā 'ti antaraghare cīvarāni nikkhipanti. tāni cīvarāni nassanti pi ḍayhanti pi undurehi pi khajjanti, bhikkhū duccolā honti lūkhacīvarā. {bhikkhū} evaṃ āhaṃsu: kissa tumhe āvuso duccolā lūkhacīvarā 'ti.
idha mayaṃ āvuso bhagavatā ticīvarena avippavāsasammuti anuññātā 'ti antaraghare cīvarāni nikkhipimhā, tāni cīvarāni naṭṭhāni pi daḍḍhāni pi undurehi pi khāyitāni. tena mayaṃ duccolā lūkhacīvarā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. yā sā bhikkhave saṃghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, saṃgho taṃ sīmaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ sammannatu ṭhapetvā gāmañ ca gāmūpacārañ ca. ||3|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbā: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yā sā saṃghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho taṃ sīmaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ sammanneyya ṭhapetvā gāmañ ca gāmūpacārañ ca.

[page 110]
110 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 12. 4-7.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yā sā saṃghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, saṃgho taṃ sīmaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ sammannati ṭhapetvā gāmañ ca gāmūpacārañ ca. yassāyasmato khamati etissā sīmāya ticīvarena avippavāsāya sammuti ṭhapetvā gāmañ ca gāmūpacārañ ca, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. sammatā sā sīmā saṃghena ticīvarena avippavāsā ṭhapetvā gāmañ ca gāmūpacārañ ca. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
||4|| sīmaṃ bhikkhave sammannantena paṭhamaṃ samānasaṃvāsasīmā sammannitabbā, pacchā ticīvarena avippavāso sammannitabbo. sīmaṃ bhikkhave samūhanantena paṭhamaṃ ticīvarena avippavāso samūhantabbo, pacchā samānasaṃvāsasīmā samūhantabbā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave ticīvarena avippavāso samūhantabbo: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yo so saṃghena ticīvarena avippavāso sammato, yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho taṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ samūhaneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yo so saṃghena ticīvarena avippavāso sammato, saṃgho taṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ samūhanati. yassāyasmato khamati etassa ticīvarena avippavāsassa samugghāto, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. samūhato so saṃghena ticīvarena avippavāso. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||5|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave sīmā samūhantabbā: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yā sā saṃghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho taṃ sīmaṃ samūhaneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yā sā saṃghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, saṃgho taṃ sīmaṃ samūhanati. yassāyasmato khamati etissā sīmāya samānasaṃvāsāya ekuposathāya samugghāto, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. samūhatā sā sīmā saṃghena samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||6|| asammatāya bhikkhave sīmāya aṭṭhapitāya yaṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati, yā tassa vā gāmassa gāmasīmā nigamassa vā nigamasīmā, ayaṃ tattha samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā.

[page 111]
II. 12. 7- 14. 3] MAHĀVAGGA. 111
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] agāmake ce bhikkhave araññe, samantā sattabbhantarā ayaṃ tattha samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā. sabbā bhikkhave nadī asīmā, sabbo samuddo asīmo, sabbo jātassaro asīmo. nadiyā vā bhikkhave samudde vā jātassare vā yaṃ majjhimassa purisassa samantā udakukkhepā, ayaṃ tattha samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā 'ti. ||7||12||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sīmāya sīmaṃ sambhindanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
yesaṃ bhikkhave sīmā paṭhamaṃ sammatā, tesaṃ taṃ kammaṃ dhammikaṃ akuppaṃ ṭhānārahaṃ. yesaṃ bhikkhave sīmā pacchā sammatā, tesaṃ taṃ kammaṃ adhammikaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahaṃ. na bhikkhave sīmāya sīmā sambhinditabbā. yo sambhindeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti.
||1|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sīmāya sīmaṃ ajjhottharanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ arocesuṃ. yesaṃ bhikkhave sīmā paṭhamaṃ sammatā, tesaṃ taṃ kammaṃ dhammikaṃ akuppaṃ ṭhānārahaṃ. yesaṃ bhikkhave sīmā pacchā sammatā, tesaṃ taṃ kammaṃ adhammikaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahaṃ. na bhikkhave sīmāya sīmā ajjhottharitabbā. yo ajjhotthareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anujānāmi bhikkhave sīmaṃ sammannantena sīmantarikaṃ ṭhapetvā sīmaṃ sammannitun ti. ||2||13||
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kati nu kho uposathā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ arocesuṃ. dve 'me bhikkhave uposathā cātuddasiko ca pannarasiko ca, ime kho bhikkhave dve uposathā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kati nu kho uposathakammānīti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. cattār'; imāni bhikkhave uposathakammāni, adhammena vaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, adhammena samaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, dhammena vaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, dhammena samaggaṃ uposathakamman ti. tatra bhikkhave yam idaṃ adhammena vaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, na bhikkhave evarūpaṃ uposathakammaṃ kātabbaṃ na ca mayā evarūpaṃ uposathakammaṃ anuññātaṃ. ||2|| tatra bhikkhave yam idaṃ adhammena samaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, na bhikkhave evarūpaṃ

[page 112]
112 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 14. 3-15. 4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . anuññātaṃ. tatra bhikkhave yam idaṃ dhammena vaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, na bhikkhave evarūpaṃ . . . anuññātaṃ. tatra bhikkhave yam idaṃ dhammena samaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, evarūpaṃ bhikkhave uposathakammaṃ kātabbaṃ evarūpañ ca mayā uposathakammaṃ anuññātaṃ. tasmāt iha bhikkhave evarūpaṃ uposathakammaṃ karissāma yad idaṃ dhammena samaggan ti, evañ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabban ti. ||3||14||
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kati nu kho pātimokkhuddesā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
pañc'; ime bhikkhave pātimokkhuddesā: nidānaṃ uddisitvā avasesaṃ sutena sāvetabbaṃ, ayaṃ paṭhamo pātimokkhuddeso. nidānaṃ uddisitvā cattāri pārājikāni uddisitvā avasesaṃ sutena sāvetabbaṃ, ayaṃ dutiyo {pātimokkhuddeso.} nidānaṃ uddisitvā cattāri pārājikāni uddisitvā terasa saṃghādisese uddisitvā avasesaṃ sutena sāvetabbaṃ, ayaṃ tatiyo pātimokkhuddeso. nidānaṃ uddisitvā cattāri pārājikāni uddisitvā terasa saṃghādisese uddisitvā dve aniyate uddisitvā avasesaṃ sutena sāvetabbaṃ, ayaṃ catuttho pātimokkhuddeso. vitthāren'; eva pañcamo. ime kho bhikkhave pañca pātimokkhuddesā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā saṃkhittena pātimokkhuddeso anuññāto 'ti sabbakālaṃ saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena Kosalesu janapadesu aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe savarabhayaṃ ahosi. bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu vitthārena pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sati antarāye saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisitun ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū asati pi antarāye saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave asati antarāye saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave sati antarāye saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ. tatr'; ime antarāyā: rājantarāyo corantarāyo agyantarāyo udakantarāyo manussantarāyo amanussantarāyo vāḷantarāyo siriṃsapantarāyo jīvitantarāyo brahmacariyantarāyo.

[page 113]
II. 15. 4-10.] MAHĀVAGGA. 113
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] anujānāmi bhikkhave evarūpesu antarāyesu saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ, asati antarāye vitthārenā 'ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṃghamajjhe anajjhiṭṭhā dhammaṃ bhāsanti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe anajjhiṭṭhena dhammo bhāsitabbo. yo bhāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave therena bhikkhunā sāmaṃ vā dhammaṃ bhāsituṃ paraṃ vā ajjhesitun ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṃghamajjhe asammatā vinayaṃ pucchanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe asammatena vinayo pucchitabbo. yo puccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe sammatena vinayaṃ pucchituṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo: attanā vā attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ parena vā paro sammannitabbo. ||6|| kathañ ca attanā vā attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ vinayaṃ puccheyyan ti. evaṃ attanā vā attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ. kathañ ca parena paro sammannitabbo. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ vinayaṃ puccheyyā 'ti. evaṃ parena paro sammannitabbo 'ti. ||7||
tena kho pana samayena pesalā bhikkhū saṃghamajjhe sammatā vinayaṃ pucchanti. chabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ, vadhena tajjenti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe sammatena pi parisaṃ oloketvā puggalaṃ tulayitvā vinayaṃ pucchitun ti. ||8|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṃghamajjhe asammatā vinayaṃ vissajjenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe asammatena vinayo vissajjetabbo. yo vissajjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe sammatena vinayaṃ vissajjetuṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo: attanā vā attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ parena vā paro sammannitabbo. ||9|| kathañ ca attanā vā attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ.

[page 114]
114 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 15. 10-16. 4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmena vinayaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyyan ti. evaṃ attanā vā attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ. kathañ ca parena paro sammannitabbo. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo itthannāmena vinayaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyyā 'ti. evaṃ parena paro sammannitabbo 'ti. ||10|| tena kho pana samayena pesalā bhikkhū saṃghamajjhe sammatā vinayaṃ vissajjenti. chabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ, vadhena tajjenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe sammatena pi parisaṃ oloketvā puggalaṃ tulayitvā vinayaṃ vissajjetun ti. ||11||15||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū anokāsakataṃ bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā codenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave anokāsakato bhikkhu āpattiyā codetabbo. yo codeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave okāsaṃ kārāpetvā āpattiyā codetuṃ karotu āyasmā okāsaṃ ahaṃ taṃ vattukāmo 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena pesalā bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū okāsaṃ kārāpetvā āpattiyā codenti. chabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ, vadhena tajjenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave kate pi okāse puggalaṃ tulayitvā āpattiyā codetun ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pur'; amhākaṃ pesalā bhikkhū okāsaṃ kārāpentīti paṭigacc'; eva suddhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anāpattikānaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe okāsaṃ kārāpenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave suddhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anāpattikānaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe okāso kārāpetabbo. yo kārāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anujānāmi bhikkhave puggalaṃ tulayitvā okāsaṃ kārāpetun ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṃghamajjhe adhammakammaṃ karonti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe adhammakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti.
karonti yeva adhammakammaṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

[page 115]
II. 16. 4-17. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 115
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] anujānāmi bhikkhave adhammakamme kayiramāne paṭikkositun ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena pesalā bhikkhū chabbaggiyehi {bhikkhūhi} adhammakamme kayiramāne paṭikkosanti. chabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ, vadhena tajjenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave diṭṭhim pi āvikātun ti. tesaṃ yeva santike diṭṭhiṃ āvikaronti. chabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ, vadhena tajjenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave catuhi pañcahi paṭikkosituṃ, dvīhi tīhi diṭṭhiṃ āvikātuṃ, ekena adhiṭṭhātuṃ na me taṃ khamatīti.
||5|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṃghamajjhe pātimokkhaṃ uddisamānā sañcicca na sāventi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave pātimokkhuddesakena sañcicca na sāvetabbaṃ. yo na sāveyya, apatti dukkatassā 'ti. ||6|| tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Udāyi saṃghassa pātimokkhuddesako hoti kākassarako. atha kho āyasmato Udāyissa etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ pātimokkhuddesakena sāvetabban ti, ahañ c'; amhi kākassarako. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pātimokkhuddesakena vāyamituṃ kathaṃ sāveyyan ti, vāyamantassa anāpattīti. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena Devadatto sagahaṭṭhāya parisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisati.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave sagahaṭṭhāya parisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||8|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṃghamajjhe anajjhiṭṭhā pātimokkham uddisanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe anajjhiṭṭhena pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave therādhikaṃ pātimokkhan ti. ||9||16||
aññatitthiyabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Codanāvatthu tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Codanāvatthu tad avasari. tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū viharanti,

[page 116]
116 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 17. 1-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tattha thero bhikkhu bālo hoti avyatto, so na jānāti uposathaṃ vā uposathakammaṃ vā pātimokkhaṃ vā pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. ||1|| atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ therādhikaṃ pātimokkhan ti, ayañ ca amhākaṃ thero bālo avyatto, na jānāti uposathaṃ vā . . . pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave yo tattha bhikkhu vyatto paṭibalo tassādheyyaṃ pātimokkhan ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe sambahulā bhikkhū viharanti bālā avyattā, te na jānanti uposathaṃ vā uposathakammaṃ vā pātimokkhaṃ vā pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. te theraṃ ajjhesiṃsu uddisatu bhante thero pātimokkhan ti.
so evaṃ āha: na me āvuso vattatīti. dutiyatheraṃ ajjhesiṃsu uddisatu bhante thero pātimokkhan ti. so pi evaṃ āha: na me āvuso vattatīti. tatiyatheraṃ ajjhesiṃsu uddisatu bhante thero pātimokkhan ti. so pi evaṃ āha: na me āvuso vattatīti. eten'; eva upāyena yāva saṃghanavakaṃ ajjhesiṃsu uddisatu āyasmā pātimokkhan ti. so pi evaṃ āha: na me bhante vattatīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe sambahulā bhikkhū viharanti bālā avyattā, te na jānanti uposathaṃ vā . . . pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. te theraṃ ajjhesanti uddisatu bhante thero pātimokkhan ti. so evaṃ vadeti: na me āvuso vattatīti. dutiyatheraṃ ajjhesanti uddisatu bhante thero pātimokkhan ti. so pi evaṃ vadeti: na me āvuso vattatīti. ||4|| tatiyatheraṃ ajjhesanti uddisatu bhante thero pātimokkhan ti. so pi evaṃ vadeti: na me āvuso vattatīti. eten'; eva upāyena yāva saṃghanavakaṃ ajjhesanti uddisatu āyasmā pātimokkhan ti. so pi evaṃ vadeti: na me bhante vattatīti. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi eko bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṃ pāhetabbo gācchāvuso saṃkhittena vā vitthārena vā pātimokkhaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā āgacchā 'ti. ||5|| atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu kho pāhetabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave therena bhikkhunā navaṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetun ti. therena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na gacchanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave therena āṇattena agilānena na gantabbaṃ.

[page 117]
II. 17. 6-19. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 117
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yo na gaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||6||17||
atha kho bhagavā Codanāvatthusmiṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā punad eva Rājagahaṃ paccāgacchi. tena kho pana samayena manussā bhikkhū piṇḍāya carante pucchanti: katimī bhante pakkhassā 'ti. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: na kho mayaṃ āvuso jānāmā 'ti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: pakkhagaṇanamattam p'; ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā na jānanti, kiṃ pan'; ime aññaṃ kiñci kalyāṇaṃ jānissantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pakkhagaṇanaṃ uggahetun ti. ||1|| atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu kho pakkhagaṇanā uggahetabbā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sabbeh'; eva pakkhagaṇanaṃ uggahetun ti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena manussā bhikkhū piṇḍāya carante pucchanti: kīvatikā bhante bhikkhū 'ti. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: na kho mayaṃ āvuso jānāmā 'ti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: aññamaññam p'; ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā na jānanti, kiṃ pan'; ime aññaṃ kiñci kalyāṇaṃ jānissantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave bhikkhū gaṇetun ti. ||3|| atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kadā nu kho bhikkhū gaṇetabbā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe gaṇamaggena vā gaṇetuṃ salākaṃ vā gahetun ti. ||4||18||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ajānantā ajj'; uposatho 'ti dūraṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya caranti. te uddissamāne pi pātimokkhe āgacchanti uddiṭṭhamatte pi āgacchanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave ārocetuṃ ajj'; uposatho 'ti. atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu kho ārocetabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave therena bhikkhunā kālavato ārocetun ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro thero kālavato na ssarati.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave bhattakāle pi ārocetun ti. bhattakāle pi na ssari. bhagavato etam atthaṃ arocesuṃ. anujānāmi {bhikkhave} yaṃ kālaṃ sarati, taṃ kālaṃ ārocetun ti. ||1||19||

[page 118]
118 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 20. 1-5.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse uposathāgāraṃ uklāpaṃ hoti. āgantukā bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū uposathāgāraṃ na sammajjissantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave uposathāgāraṃ sammajjitun ti. ||1||
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu kho uposathāgāraṃ sammajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave therena bhikkhunā navaṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetun ti. therena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na sammajjanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave therena āṇattena agilānena na sammajjitabbaṃ. yo na sammajjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena uposathāgāre āsanaṃ apaññattaṃ hoti. bhikkhū chamāyaṃ nisīdanti. gattāni pi cīvarāni pi paṃsukitāni honti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave uposathāgāre āsanaṃ paññāpetun ti. atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu kho uposathāgāre āsanaṃ paññāpetabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave therena bhikkhunā navaṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetun ti. therena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na paññāpenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave therena āṇattena agilānena na paññāpetabbaṃ. yo na paññāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena uposathāgāre padīpo na hoti. bhikkhū andhakāre kāyam pi cīvaram pi akkamanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave uposathāgāre padīpaṃ kātun ti.
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu kho uposathāgāre padīpo kātabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave therena bhikkhunā navaṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetun ti. therena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na padīpenti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave therena āṇattena agilānena na padīpetabbo. yo na padīpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse āvāsikā bhikkhū n'; eva pāniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpenti na paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpenti. āgantukā bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āvāsikā bhikkhū n'; eva pāniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpessanti na paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpessantīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetun ti. ||5||

[page 119]
II. 20. 5-21. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 119
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu kho pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave therena bhikkhunā navaṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetun ti. therena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na upaṭṭhāpenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave therena āṇattena agilānena na upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. yo na upaṭṭhāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||6||20||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bālā avyattā disaṃgamikā ācariyupajjhāye na āpucchiṃsu. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. idha pana bhikkhave sambahulā bhikkhū bālā avyattā disaṃgamikā ācariyupajjhāye na āpucchanti. tehi bhikkhave ācariyupajjhāyehi pucchitabbā: kahaṃ gamissatha, kena saddhiṃ gamissathā 'ti. te ce bhikkhave bālā avyattā aññe bāle avyatte apadiseyyuṃ, na bhikkhave ācariyupajjhāyehi anujānitabbā. anujāneyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. te ce bhikkhave bālā avyattā ananuññātā ācariyupajjhāyehi gaccheyyuṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
||1|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū viharanti bālā avyattā. te na jānanti uposathaṃ vā uposathakammaṃ vā pātimokkhaṃ vā pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. tattha añño bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito vyatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi so bhikkhu saṃgahetabbo anuggahetabbo upalāpetabbo upaṭṭhāpetabbo cuṇṇena mattikāya dantakaṭṭhena mukhodakena. no ce saṃgaṇheyyuṃ anugaṇheyyuṃ upalāpeyyuṃ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṃ cuṇṇena mattikāya dantakaṭṭhena mukhodakena, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe sambahulā bhikkhū viharanti bālā avyattā. te na jānanti uposathaṃ vā . . . pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi eko bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṃ pāhetabbo gacchāvuso saṃkhittena vā vitthārena vā pātimokkhaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā āgacchā 'ti. evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce labhetha, tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi sabbeh'; eva yattha jānanti uposathaṃ vā . . . pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā, so āvāso gantabbo.

[page 120]
120 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 21. 3-22. 3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] no ce gaccheyyuṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū vassaṃ vasanti bālā avyattā. te na jānanti uposathaṃ vā . . . pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi eko bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṃ pāhetabbo gacchāvuso saṃkhittena vā vitthārena vā pātimokkhaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā āgacchā 'ti. evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce labhetha, eko bhikkhu sattāhakālikaṃ pāhetabbo gacchāvuso saṃkhittena vā vitthārena vā pātimokkhaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā āgacchā 'ti. evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ.
no ce labhetha, na bhikkhave tehi bhikkhūhi tasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ vasitabbaṃ. vaseyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||21||
atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: sannipatatha bhikkhave, saṃgho uposathaṃ karissatīti. evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: atthi bhante bhikkhu gilāno, so anāgato 'ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānena bhikkhunā pārisuddhiṃ dātuṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave dātabbā: tena gilānena bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: pārisuddhiṃ dammi, pārisuddhiṃ me hara, pārisuddhiṃ me ārocehīti kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, dinnā hoti pārisuddhi, na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāyā viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na dinnā hoti pārisuddhi. ||1|| evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce labhetha, so bhikkhave gilāno bhikkhu mañcena vā pīṭhena vā saṃghamajjhe ānetvā uposatho kātabbo. sace bhikkhave gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: sace kho mayaṃ gilānaṃ ṭhānā cāvessāma, ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati kālaṃkiriyā vā bhavissatīti, na bhikkhave gilāno ṭhānā cāvetabbo, saṃghena tattha gantvā uposatho kātabbo, na tv eva vaggena saṃghena uposatho kātabbo. kareyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2|| pārisuddhihārako ce bhikkhave dinnāya pārisuddhiyā tatth'; eva pakkamati, aññassa dātabbā pārisuddhi. pārisuddhihārako ce bhikkhave dinnāya pārisuddhiyā tatth'; eva vibbhamati, kālaṃ karoti, sāmaṇero paṭijānāti,

[page 121]
II. 22. 3-23. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 121
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sikkhaṃ paccakkhātako paṭijānāti, antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannako paṭijānāti, ummattako p., khittacitto p., vedanaṭṭo p., āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako p., āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittako p., pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako p., paṇḍako p., theyyasaṃvāsako p., titthiyapakkantako p., tiracchānagato p., mātughātako p., pitughātako p., arahantaghātako p., bhikkhunīdūsako p., saṃghabhedako p., lohituppādako p., ubhatovyañjanako paṭijānāti, aññassa dātabbā pārisuddhi. ||3|| pārisuddhihārako ce bhikkhave dinnāya pārisuddhiyā antarā magge pakkamati, anāhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi. pārisuddhihārako ce bhikkhave dinnāya pārisuddhiyā antarā magge vibbhamati, kālaṃ karoti --pa-- ubhatovyañjanako paṭijānāti, anāhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi. pārisuddhihārako ce bhikkhave dinnāya pārisuddhiyā saṃghappatto pakkamati, āhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi.
pārisuddhihārako ce bhikkhave dinnāya pārisuddhiyā saṃghappatto vibbhamati, kālaṃ karoti --la-- ubhatovyañjanako paṭijānāti, āhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi. pārisuddhihārako ce bhikkhave dinnāya pārisuddhiyā saṃghappatto sutto na āroceti, pamatto na āroceti, samāpanno na āroceti, āhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi, pārisuddhihārakassa anāpatti. pārisuddhihārako ce bhikkhave dinnāya pārisuddhiyā saṃghappatto sañcicca na āroceti, āhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi, pārisuddhihārakassa āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||22||
atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: sannipatatha bhikkhave, saṃgho kammaṃ karissatīti. evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: atthi bhante bhikkhu gilāno, so anāgato 'ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānena bhikkhunā chandaṃ dātuṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave dātabbo: tena gilānena bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: chandaṃ dammi, chandaṃ me hara, chandaṃ me ārocehīti kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, dinno hoti chando, na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na dinno hoti chando. ||1|| evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce labhetha, so bhikkhave gilāno bhikkhu mañcena vā pīṭhena vā saṃghamajjhe ānetvā kammaṃ kātabbaṃ.

[page 122]
122 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 23. 3-24. 3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sace bhikkhave gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: sace kho mayaṃ gilānaṃ ṭhānā cāvessāma, ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati kālaṃkiriyā vā bhavissatīti, na bhikkhave gilāno ṭhānā cāvetabbo, saṃghena tattha gantvā kammaṃ kātabbaṃ, na tv eva vaggena saṃghena kammaṃ kātabbaṃ. kareyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2|| chandahārako ce bhikkhave dinne chande tatth'; eva pakkamati, aññassa dātabbo chando. chandahārako ce bhikkhave dinne chande tatth'; eva vibbhamati, kālaṃ karoti . . . ubhatovyañjanako paṭijānāti, aññassa dātabbo chando.
chandahārako ce bhikkhave dinne chande antarā magge pakkamati, anāhaṭo hoti chando. chandahārako ce . . . (comp. II.22.4) . . . chandahārakassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anujānāmi bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe pārisuddhiṃ dentena chandam pi dātuṃ santi saṃghassa karaṇīyan ti. ||3||23||
tena kho pana samayena aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ tadah'; uposathe ñātakā gaṇhiṃsu. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhuṃ tadah'; uposathe ñātakā gaṇhanti. te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evam assu vacanīyā: iṅgha tumhe āyasmanto imaṃ bhikkhuṃ muhuttaṃ muñcatha yāvāyaṃ bhikkhu uposathaṃ karotīti. ||1|| evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce labhetha, te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evam assu vacanīyā: iṅgha tumhe āyasmanto muhuttaṃ ekamantaṃ hotha yāvāyaṃ bhikkhu pārisuddhiṃ detīti. evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce labhetha, te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evam assu vacanīyā: iṅgha tumhe āyasmanto imaṃ bhikkhuṃ muhuttaṃ nissīmaṃ netha yāva saṃgho uposathaṃ karotīti. evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce labhetha, na tv eva vaggena saṃghena uposatho kātabbo. kareyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhuṃ tadah'; uposathe rājāno gaṇhanti --la-- corā gaṇhanti, dhuttā gaṇhanti, bhikkhū paccatthikā gaṇhanti. te bhikkhū paccatthikā bhikkhūhi evam assu {vacanīyā:} iṅgha . . . (comp. 1.2.) . . . na tv eva vaggena saṃghena uposatho kātabbo. kareyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3||24||

[page 123]
II. 25. 1-4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 123
atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: sannipatatha bhikkhave, atthi saṃghassa karaṇīyan ti. evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: atthi bhante Gaggo nāma bhikkhu ummattako, so anāgato 'ti. dve 'me bhikkhave ummattakā: atthi bhikkhu ummattako sarati pi uposathaṃ na pi sarati, sarati pi saṃghakammaṃ na pi sarati, atthi n'; eva sarati, āgacchati pi uposathaṃ na pi āgacchati, āgacchati pi saṃghakammaṃ na pi āgacchati, atthi n'; eva āgacchati. ||1|| tatra bhikkhave yv'; āyaṃ ummattako sarati pi uposathaṃ na pi sarati, sarati pi saṃghakammaṃ na pi sarati, āgacchati pi uposathaṃ na pi āgacchati, āgacchati pi saṃghakammaṃ na pi āgacchati, anujānāmi bhikkhave evarūpassa ummattakassa ummattakasammutiṃ dātuṃ. ||2|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave dātabbā: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. Gaggo bhikkhu ummattako sarati pi uposathaṃ na pi sarati, sarati pi saṃghakammaṃ na pi sarati, āgacchati pi uposathaṃ na pi āgacchati, āgacchati pi saṃghakammaṃ na pi āgacchati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho Gaggassa bhikkhuno ummattakassa ummattakasammutiṃ dadeyya sareyya vā Gaggo bhikkhu uposathaṃ na vā sareyya, sareyya vā saṃghakammaṃ na vā sareyya, āgaccheyya vā uposathaṃ na vā āgaccheyya, āgaccheyya vā saṃghakammaṃ na vā āgaccheyya, saṃgho saha vā Gaggena vinā vā Gaggena uposatham kareyya saṃghakammaṃ kareyya. esā ñatti. ||3||
suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. Gaggo bhikkhu ummattako sarati pi uposathaṃ . . . na pi āgacchati. saṃgho Gaggassa bhikkhuno ummattakassa ummattakasammutiṃ deti sareyya vā Gaggo . . . na vā āgaccheyya, saṃgho saha vā Gaggena vinā vā Gaggena uposathaṃ karissati saṃghakammaṃ karissati. yassāyasmato khamati Gaggassa bhikkhuno ummattakassa ummattakasammutiyā dānaṃ sareyya vā . . . saṃghakammaṃ karissati, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. dinnā saṃghena Gaggassa bhikkhuno ummattakassa ummattakasammuti sareyya vā . . . saṃghakammaṃ karissati. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||4||25||

[page 124]
124 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 26. 1-6.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe cattāro bhikkhū viharanti. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ uposatho kātabbo 'ti, mayañ c'; amhā cattāro janā. kathaṃ nu kho amhehi uposatho kātabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ arocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave catunnaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisitun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe tayo bhikkhū viharanti. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā anuññātaṃ catunnaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ, mayañ c'; amhā tayo janā. kathaṃ nu kho amhehi uposatho kātabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave tiṇṇaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ. ||2|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave kātabbo: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena te bhikkhū ñāpetabbā: suṇantu me āyasmanto. ajj'; uposatho pannaraso.
yad'; āyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, mayaṃ aññamaññaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kareyyāmā 'ti. therena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā te bhikkhū evam assu vacanīyā: parisuddho ahaṃ āvuso, parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhāretha, parisuddho ahaṃ āvuso, parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhāretha, parisuddho ahaṃ āvuso, parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhārethā 'ti. ||3|| navakena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā te bhikkhū evam assu vacanīyā: parisuddho ahaṃ bhante, parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhāretha, parisuddho ahaṃ bhante, parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhāretha, parisuddho ahaṃ bhante, parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhārethā 'ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe dve bhikkhū viharanti. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā anuññātaṃ catunnaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ, tiṇṇannaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ, mayañ c'; amhā dve janā. kathaṃ nu kho amhehi uposatho kātabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ. ||5|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave kātabbo: therena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā navo bhikkhu evam assa vacanīyo: parisuddho ahaṃ āvuso, parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhārehi, parisuddho ahaṃ āvuso, parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhārehi,
[page 125]
II. 26. 6-27. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 125
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] parisuddho ahaṃ āvuso, parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhārehīti. ||6|| navakena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā thero bhikkhu evam assa vacanīyo: parisuddho ahaṃ bhante, parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhāretha, parisuddho ahaṃ bhante, parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhāretha, parisuddho ahaṃ bhante, parisuddho 'ti maṃ dhārethā 'ti. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe eko bhikkhu viharati.
atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā anuññātaṃ catunnaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ, tiṇṇannaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ, dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ, ahañ c'; amhi ekako. kathaṃ nu kho mayā uposatho kātabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||8|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe eko bhikkhu viharati. tena bhikkhave bhikkhunā yattha bhikkhū paṭikkamanti upaṭṭhānasālāya vā maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā, so deso sammajjitvā pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā āsanaṃ paññāpetvā padīpaṃ katvā nisīditabbaṃ. sace aññe bhikkhū āgacchanti, tehi saddhiṃ uposatho kātabbo, no ce āgacchanti, ajja me uposatho 'ti adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. no ce adhiṭṭhaheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||9|| tatra bhikkhave yattha cattāro bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pārisuddhiṃ āharitvā tīhi pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. uddiseyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. tatra bhikkhave yattha tayo bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pārisuddhiṃ āharitvā dvīhi pārisuddhiuposatho kātabbo. kareyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. tatra bhikkhave yattha dve bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pārisuddhiṃ āharitvā ekena adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. adhiṭṭhaheyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||10||26||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu tadah'; uposathe āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na sāpattikena uposatho kātabbo 'ti, ahañ c'; amhi āpattiṃ āpanno. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu tadah'; uposathe āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. tena bhikkhave bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo:

[page 126]
126 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 27. 1-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ahaṃ āvuso itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno, taṃ paṭidesemīti. tena vattabbo: passasīti. āma passāmīti. āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsīti. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu tadah'; uposathe āpattiyā vematiko hoti. tena bhikkhave bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ . . . evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ āvuso itthannāmāya āpattiyā vematiko, yadā nibbematiko bhavissāmi, tadā taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmīti vatvā uposatho kātabbo pātimokkhaṃ sotabbaṃ, na tv eva tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ desenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave sabhāgā āpatti desetabbā. yo deseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ paṭigaṇhanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave sabhāgā āpatti paṭiggahetabbā.
yo paṭigaṇheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne āpattiṃ sarati. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na sāpattikena uposatho kātabbo 'ti, ahañ c'; amhi āpattiṃ āpanno. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne āpattiṃ sarati. tena bhikkhave bhikkhunā sāmantā bhikkhu evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ āvuso itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno, ito vuṭṭhahitvā taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmīti vatvā uposatho kātabbo pātimokkhaṃ sotabbaṃ, na tv eva tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo. ||4|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne āpattiyā vematiko hoti. tena bhikkhave bhikkhunā sāmantā bhikkhu evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ āvuso itthannāmāya āpattiyā vematiko, yadā nibbematiko bhavissāmi, tadā taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmīti vatvā uposatho kātabbo pātimokkhaṃ sotabbaṃ, na tv eva tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo 'ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe sabbo saṃgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti.
atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na sabhāgā āpatti desetabbā, na sabhāgā āpatti paṭiggahetabbā 'ti,

[page 127]
II. 27. 6-11.] MAHĀVAGGA. 127
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ayañ ca sabbo saṃgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno.
kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe sabbo saṃgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi eko bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṃ pāhetabbo gacchāvuso taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikaritvā āgaccha, mayaṃ te santike āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmā 'ti. ||6||
evañ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce labhetha, vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ sabbo saṃgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno. yadā aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ suddhaṃ anāpattikaṃ passissati, tadā tassa santike taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissatīti vatvā uposatho kātabbo pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ, na tv eva tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo. ||7|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe sabbo saṃgho sabhāgāya āpattiyā vematiko hoti. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ sabbo saṃgho sabhāgāya āpattiyā vematiko.
yadā nibbematiko bhavissati, tadā taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissatīti vatvā uposatho kātabbo pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ, na tv eva tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo. ||8|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassupagato saṃgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi eko bhikkhu . . . (= 6.7) . . . no ce labhetha, eko bhikkhu sattāhakālikaṃ pāhetabbo gacchāvuso taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikaritvā āgaccha, mayaṃ te santike taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmā 'ti. ||9|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse sabbo saṃgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti, so na jānāti tassā āpattiyā nāmaṃ gottaṃ. tatth'; añño bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito vyatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo, tam enaṃ aññataro bhikkhu yena so bhikkhu ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: yo nu kho āvuso evañ c'; evañ ca karoti, kiṃ nāma so āpattiṃ āpajjatīti. ||10|| so evaṃ āha: yo kho āvuso evañ c'; evañ ca karoti, imaṃ nāma so āpattiṃ āpajjati. imaṃ nāma tvaṃ āvuso āpattiṃ āpanno paṭikarohi taṃ āpattin ti. so evaṃ āha: na kho ahaṃ āvuso eko 'va imaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno, ayaṃ sabbo saṃgho imaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti.

[page 128]
128 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 27 11-28. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so evaṃ āha: kin te āvuso karissati paro āpanno vā anāpanno vā. iṅgha tvaṃ āvuso sakāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhahā 'ti. ||11|| atha kho so bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno vacanena taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikaritvā yena te bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te bhikkhū etad avoca: yo kira āvuso evañ c'; evañ ca karoti, imaṃ nāma so āpattiṃ āpajjati. imaṃ nāma tumhe āvuso āpattiṃ āpannā paṭikarotha taṃ āpattin ti. atha kho te bhikkhū na icchiṃsu tassa bhikkhuno vacanena taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikātuṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||12|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse sabbo saṃgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti, so na jānāti tassā āpattiyā nāmaṃ gottaṃ. tatth'; añño bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto . . . sikkhākāmo, tam enaṃ aññataro bhikkhu yena so bhikkhu ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ evaṃ vadeti: yo nu kho āvuso evañ c'; evañ ca karoti kiṃ nāma so āpattiṃ āpajjatīti. ||13|| so evaṃ vadeti: yo kho āvuso evañ c'; evañ ca karoti, imaṃ nāma so āpattiṃ āpajjati. imaṃ nāma tvaṃ āvuso āpattiṃ āpanno paṭikarohi taṃ āpattin ti. so evaṃ vadeti: na kho ahaṃ āvuso eko 'va imaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno, ayaṃ sabbo saṃgho imaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. so evaṃ vadeti: kin te āvuso karissati paro āpanno vā anāpanno vā. iṅgha tvaṃ āvuso sakāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhahā 'ti. ||14||
so ce bhikkhave bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno vacanena taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikaritvā yena te bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te bhikkhū evaṃ vadeti: yo kira āvuso evañ c'; evañ ca karoti, imaṃ nāma so āpattiṃ āpajjati, imaṃ nāma tumhe āvuso āpattiṃ āpannā paṭikarotha taṃ āpattin ti, te ce bhikkhave bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno vacanena taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikareyyuṃ, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭikareyyuṃ, na te bhikkhave bhikkhū tena bhikkhunā akāmā vacanīyā 'ti. ||15||27||
Codanāvatthubhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatiṃsu cattāro vā atirekā vā, te na jāniṃsu atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti.

[page 129]
II. 28. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 129
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ akaṃsu pātimokkhaṃ uddisiṃsu. tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchiṃsu bahutarā. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā, te na jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti. te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ anāpatti. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . (= 2) . . . tehi uddissamāne {pātimokkhe} ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. uddiṭṭhaṃ suddiṭṭhaṃ, avasesaṃ sotabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . (= 2) . . . tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. uddiṭṭhaṃ suddiṭṭhaṃ, avasesaṃ sotabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ anāpatti. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. uddiṭṭhaṃ suddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā, uddesakānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū {āgacchanti} thokatarā. uddiṭṭhaṃ suddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā, uddesakānaṃ anāpatti. ||4|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe avuṭṭhitāya parisāya ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe avuṭṭhitāya parisāya ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū {āgacchanti} samasamā.

[page 130]
130 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 28. 5-29. 3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] uddiṭṭhaṃ suddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā, uddesakānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe avuṭṭhitāya parisāya ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. uddiṭṭhaṃ suddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā, uddesakānaṃ anāpatti.
||5|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave . . . (= 5) . . ., . . . ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya . . . samasamā . . ., . . . ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya . . . thokatarā . . . ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā . . . samasamā . . . thokatarā . . . (= 6) . . . ||7||
anāpattipannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||28||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā, te jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti. te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā vaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave {bhikkhūhi} puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . (= 1) . . . tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. uddiṭṭhaṃ suddiṭṭhaṃ, avasesaṃ sotabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . (= 1) . . . tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. uddiṭṭhaṃ suddiṭṭhaṃ, avasesaṃ sotabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe . . . tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe --gha-- avuṭṭhitāya parisāya --la-- ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya --la-- sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā --la-- samasamā --la-- thokatarā.

[page 131]
II. 29. 3-32. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 131
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] uddiṭṭhaṃ suddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā, uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||3||
vaggāvaggasaññinopannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||29||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā, te jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti. te kappati nu kho amhākaṃ uposatho kātuṃ na nu kho kappatīti vematikā uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti.
tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.
||1|| idha pana . . . (comp. II.29.2.3) . . . uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2||
vematikāpannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||30||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā, te jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti. te kappat'; eva amhākaṃ uposatho kātuṃ, n'; amhākaṃ na kappatīti kukkuccapakatā uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1|| idha pana . . . (comp. II. 29.2.3) . . . uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2||
kukkuccapakatāpannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||31||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā, te jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti. te nassante te vinassante te ko tehi attho 'ti bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ, uddesakānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa. ||1||

[page 132]
132 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 32. 1-34. 4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] idha pana . . . (comp. II.29.2,3; instead of āpatti dukkaṭassa read āpatti thullaccayassa) . . . āpatti thullaccayassa. ||2||
bhedapurekkhārāpannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||32||
pañcasattatikaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadah'; uposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā, te jānanti aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkamantīti. te jānanti aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkantā 'ti. te passanti aññe āvāsike bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkamante. te passanti aññe āvāsike bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkante. te suṇanti aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkamantīti. te suṇanti aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkantā 'ti. āvāsikena āvāsikā ekasatapañcasattati tikanayato, āvāsikena āgantukā, āgantukena āvāsikā, āgantukena āgantukā, peyyālamukhena satta tikasatāni honti. ||1||33||
idha pana bhikkhave āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cātuddaso hoti, āgantukānaṃ pannaraso. sace āvāsikā bahutarā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ. sace samasamā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ. sace āgantukā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ.
||1|| idha pana bhikkhave āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pannaraso hoti, āgantukānaṃ cātuddaso. sace āvāsikā bahutarā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ. sace samasamā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ.
sace āgantukā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭipado hoti, āgantukānaṃ pannaraso. sace āvāsikā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṃ nākāmā dātabbā sāmaggī, āgantukehi nissīmaṃ gantvā uposatho kātabbo. sace samasamā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṃ nākāmā dātabbā sāmaggī, āgantukehi nissīmaṃ gantvā uposatho kātabbo. sace āgantukā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṃ sāmaggī vā dātabbā nissīmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pannaraso hoti, āgantukānaṃ pāṭipado.

[page 133]
II. 34. 4-9.] MAHĀVAGGA. 133
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sace āvāsikā bahutarā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ sāmaggī vā dātabbā nissīmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ. sace samasamā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ sāmaggī vā dātabbā nissīmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ. sace āgantukā bahutarā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ nākāmā dātabbā sāmaggī, āvāsikehi nissīmaṃ gantvā uposatho kātabbo. ||4||
idha pana bhikkhave āgantukā bhikkhū passanti āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āvāsikākāraṃ āvāsikaliṅgaṃ āvāsikanimittaṃ āvāsikuddesaṃ supaññattaṃ mañcapīṭhaṃ bhisibimbohanaṃ pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ sūpatiṭṭhitaṃ pariveṇaṃ susammaṭṭhaṃ, passitvā vematikā honti atthi nu kho āvāsikā bhikkhū n'; atthi nu kho 'ti. ||5|| te vematikā na vicinanti, avicinitvā uposathaṃ karonti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā na passanti, apassitvā uposathaṃ karonti, anāpatti. te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā passanti, passitvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti, anāpatti. te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā passanti, passitvā pāṭekkaṃ uposathaṃ karonti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā passanti, passitvā nassante te vinassante te ko tehi attho 'ti bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti, āpatti thullaccayassa. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave āgantukā bhikkhū suṇanti āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āvāsikākāraṃ āvāsikaliṅgaṃ āvāsikanimittaṃ āvāsikuddesaṃ caṅkamantānaṃ padasaddaṃ sajjhāyasaddaṃ ukkāsitasaddaṃ khipitasaddaṃ, sutvā vematikā honti atthi nu kho āvāsikā bhikkhū n'; atthi nu kho 'ti. te . . . (= 6) . . . āpatti thullaccayassa. ||7|| idha pana bhikkhave āvāsikā bhikkhū passanti āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āgantukākāraṃ āgantukaliṅgaṃ āgantukanimittaṃ āgantukuddesaṃ aññātakaṃ pattaṃ aññātakaṃ cīvaraṃ aññātakaṃ nisīdanaṃ pādānaṃ dhotaṃ udakanissekaṃ, passitvā vematikā honti atthi nu kho āgantukā bhikkhū n'; atthi nu kho 'ti. te . . . (= 6) . . . āppati thullaccayassa. ||8|| idha pana bhikkhave āvāsikā bhikkhū suṇanti āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āgantukākāraṃ āgantukaliṅgaṃ āgantukanimittaṃ āgantukuddesaṃ āgacchantānaṃ padasaddaṃ upāhanapappoṭhanasaddaṃ ukkāsitasaddaṃ khipitasaddaṃ, sutvā vematikā honti atthi nu kho āgantukā bhikkhū n'; atthi nu kho 'ti. te . . . (= 6) . . . āpatti thullaccayassa. ||9||

[page 134]
134 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 34. 9-35. 3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] idha pana bhikkhave āgantukā bhikkhū passanti āvāsike bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsake. te samānasaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhanti, samānasaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhitvā na pucchanti, apucchitvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti, anāpatti. te pucchanti, pucchitvā nābhivitaranti, anabhivitaritvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. te pucchanti, pucchitvā nābhivitaranti, anabhivitaritvā pāṭekkaṃ uposathaṃ karonti, anāpatti. ||10|| idha pana bhikkhave āgantukā bhikkhū passanti āvāsike bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsake. te nānāsaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhanti, nānāsaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhitvā na pucchanti, apucchitvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. te pucchanti, pucchitvā abhivitaranti, abhivitaritvā pāṭekkaṃ uposathaṃ karonti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. te pucchanti, pucchitvā abhivitaranti, abhivitaritvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti, anāpatti. ||11|| idha pana bhikkhave āvāsikā bhikkhū passanti āgantuke bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsake. te {samānasaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ} paṭilabhanti . . . (= 10) . . . anāpatti. ||12|| idha pana bhikkhave āvāsikā bhikkhū passanti āgantuke bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsake. te nānāsaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhanti . . . (= 11) . . . anāpatti.
||13||34||
no bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo aññatra saṃghena aññatra antarāyā.
na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā abhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo aññatra saṃghena aññatra antarāyā.
na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo aññatra saṃghena aññatra antarāyā. ||1|| na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā anāvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo aññatra saṃghena aññatra antarāyā. na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā anāvāsā abhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo aññatra saṃghena aññatra antarāyā. na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā anāvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo aññatra saṃghena aññatra antarāyā. ||2|| na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā abhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo aññatra saṃghena aññatra antarāyā. na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā abhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo aññatra saṃghena aññatra antarāyā.

[page 135]
II. 35. 3-36. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 135
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā abhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo aññatra saṃghena aññatra antarāyā. ||3|| na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo yatth'; assu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā aññatra saṃghena aññatra antarāyā. na {bhikkhave} tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo yatth'; assu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā aññatra saṃghena annatra antarāyā. na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā . . . (comp. 1,2,3) . . . na bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo yatth'; assu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā aññatra saṃghena aññatra antarāyā. ||4|| gantabbo bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso yatth'; assu bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsakā, yaṃ jaññā sakkomi ajj'; eva gantun ti. gantabbo bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko anāvāso yatth'; assu bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsakā, yaṃ jaññā sakkomi ajj'; eva gantun ti . . . gantabbo bhikkhave tadah'; uposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā yatth'; assu bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsakā, yaṃ jaññā sakkomi ajj'; eva gantun ti. ||5||35||
na bhikkhave bhikkhuniyā nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
--la-- na bhikkhave sikkhamānāya, na sāmaṇerassa, na sāmaṇeriyā, na sikkhaṃ paccakkhātakassa, na antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ.
yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1|| na āpattiyā adassane ukkhittakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ.
yo uddiseyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo. na āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittakassa nisinnaparisāya, na pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo. ||2||
na paṇḍakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ.
yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na theyyasaṃvāsakassa

[page 136]
136 MAHĀVAGGA. [II. 36. 3-4.
--la-- na titthiyapakkantakassa, na tiracchānagatassa, na mātughātakassa, na pitughātakassa, na arahantaghātakassa, na bhikkhunīdūsakassa, na saṃghabhedakassa, na lohituppādakassa, na ubhatovyañjanakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. yo uddiseyya, āpatti {dukkaṭassa.} ||3|| na bhikkhave pārivāsikassa pārisuddhidānena uposatho kātabbo aññatra avuṭṭhitāya parisāya. na ca bhikkhave anuposathe uposatho kātabbo aññatra saṃghasāmaggiyā 'ti. ||4||36||
uposathakkhandhake tatiyaṃ bhāṇavāraṃ.
imasmiṃ khandhake vatthu chāsīti. tassa uddānaṃ:
titthiyā Bimbisāro ca, sannipatanti tuṇhikā,
dhammaṃ, raho, pātimokkhaṃ, devasikaṃ, tadā sakiṃ, |
yathāparisāya, samaggaṃ, sāmaggī, Maddakucchi ca,
sīmā, mahatī, nadiyā, anu, dve, khuddakāni ca, |
navā, Rājagahe c'; eva, sīmā avippavāsanā,
sammanne paṭhamaṃ sīmaṃ pacchā sīmaṃ samūhane, |
asammatā gāmasīmā, nadiyā samudde sare
udakukkhepo, bhindanti, tath'; ev'; ajjhottharanti ca, |
kati, kammāni, uddeso, savarā, asati pi ca,
5 dhammaṃ, vinayaṃ, tajjenti, puna vinaya-tajjanā, |
codanā, kate okāse, adhamma-paṭikkosanā,
catupañcaparā, āvi, sañcicca, ce pi vāyame, |
sagahaṭṭhā, anajjhiṭṭhā, Codanamhi, na jānati,
sambahulā na jānanti, sajjukaṃ, na ca gacchare, |
katimī, kīvatikā, dūre ārocetuñ ca, na ssari,
uklāpaṃ, āsanaṃ, padīpo, disā, añño bahussuto, |
sajjukaṃ, vassuposatho, suddhikammañ ca, ñātakā,
Gaggo, catu-tayo, dve-'ko, āpatti, sabhāgā, sari, |
sabbo saṃgho, vematiko, na jānanti, bahussuto,
10 bahū, samasamā, thokā, parisāya avuṭṭhitāya ca, |
ekaccā vuṭṭhitā, sabbā, jānanti ca, vematikā,
kappat'; evā 'ti kukkuccā, jānaṃ, passaṃ, suṇanti ca, |
āvāsikena āgantu, cātupannaraso puna,
pāṭipado pannaraso, liṅgasaṃvāsakā ubho, |
pārivāsānuposatho, aññatra saṃghasāmaggiyā.
ete vibhattā uddānā vatthuvibhūtakāraṇā ti. |

[page 137]
137
MAHĀVAGGA.
III.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ vassāvāso apaññatto hoti. te 'dha bhikkhū hemantam pi gimham pi vassam pi cārikaṃ caranti.
||1|| manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā hemantam pi gimham pi vassam pi cārikaṃ carissanti haritāni tiṇāni sammaddantā ekindriyaṃ jīvaṃ viheṭhentā bahū khuddake pāṇe saṃghātaṃ āpādentā. ime hi nāma aññatitthiyā durakkhātadhammā vassāvāsaṃ alliyissanti saṃkāpayissanti, ime hi nāma sakuntakā rukkhaggesu kulāvakāni karitvā vassāvāsaṃ alliyissanti saṃkāpayissanti, ime pana samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā hemantam pi gimham pi vassam pi cārikaṃ caranti haritāni tiṇāni sammaddantā ekindriyaṃ jīvaṃ viheṭhentā bahū khuddake pāṇe saṃghātaṃ āpādentā 'ti. ||2|| assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ.
atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave vassaṃ upagantun ti. ||3||1||
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kadā nu kho vassaṃ upagantabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave vassāne vassaṃ upagantun ti. ||1|| atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kati nu kho vassupanāyikā 'ti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. dve 'mā bhikkhave vassupanāyikā purimikā pacchimikā 'ti. aparajjugatāya āsāḷhiyā purimikā upagantabbā, māsagatāya āsāḷhiyā pacchimikā upagantabbā. imā kho bhikkhave dve vassupanāyikā 'ti. ||2||2||

[page 138]
138 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 3. 1-4.
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vassaṃ upagantvā antarā vassaṃ cārikaṃ caranti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā hemantam pi gimham pi vassam pi cārikaṃ carissanti haritāni tiṇāni sammaddantā ekindriyaṃ jīvaṃ viheṭhentā bahū khuddake pāṇe saṃghātaṃ āpādentā. ime hi nāma aññatitthiyā durakkhātadhammā vassāvāsaṃ alliyissanti saṃkāpayissanti, ime hi nāma sakuntakā rukkhaggesu kulāvakāni karitvā vassāvāsaṃ alliyissanti saṃkāpayissanti, ime pana samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā hemantam pi gimham pi vassam pi cārikaṃ caranti haritāni tiṇāni sammaddantā ekindriyaṃ jīvaṃ viheṭhentā bahū khuddake pāṇe saṃghātaṃ āpādentā 'ti. ||1|| assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vassaṃ upagantvā antarā vassaṃ cārikaṃ carissantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave vassaṃ upagantvā purimaṃ vā temāsaṃ pacchimaṃ vā temāsaṃ avasitvā cārikā pakkamitabbā.
yo pakkameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2||3||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū na icchanti vassaṃ upagantuṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. {na} bhikkhave vassaṃ na upagantabbaṃ. yo na upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū tadahu vassupanāyikāya vassaṃ anupagantukāmā sañcicca āvāsaṃ atikkamanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave tadahu vassupanāyikāya vassaṃ anupagantukāmena sañcicca āvāso atikkamitabbo. yo atikkameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro vassaṃ ukkaḍḍhitukāmo bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi, yadi pan'; ayyā āgame juṇhe vassaṃ upagaccheyyun ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ: anujānāmi bhikkhave rājūnaṃ anuvattitun ti. ||3||4||

[page 139]
III. 5. 1-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 139
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Sāvatthi tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena Kosalesu janapadesu Udenena upāsakena saṃghaṃ uddissa viharo kārāpito hoti. so bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi, āgacchantu bhaddantā, icchāmi dānañ ca dātuṃ dhammañ ca sotuṃ bhikkhū ca passitun ti. ||1|| bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: bhagavatā āvuso paññattaṃ na vassaṃ upagantvā purimaṃ vā temāsaṃ pacchimaṃ vā temāsaṃ avasitvā cārikā pakkamitabbā 'ti. āgametu Udeno upāsako yāva bhikkhū vassaṃ vasanti, vassaṃ vutthā gamissanti. sace pan'; assa accāyikaṃ karaṇīyaṃ, tatth'; eva āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santike vihāraṃ patiṭṭhāpetū 'ti. ||2|| Udeno upāsako ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhaddantā mayā pahite na āgacchissanti, ahaṃ hi dāyako kārako saṃghupaṭṭhāko 'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū Udenassa upāsakassa ujjhāyantassa khīyantassa vipācentassa. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||3|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave sattannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite gantuṃ, na tv eva appahite, bhikkhussa bhikkhuniyā sikkhamānāya sāmaṇerassa sāmaṇeriyā upāsakassa upāsikāya. anujānāmi bhikkhave imesaṃ sattannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite gantuṃ, na tv eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||4||
idha pana bhikkhave upāsakena saṃghaṃ uddissa vihāro kārāpito hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, āgacchantu bhaddantā, icchāmi dānañ ca dātuṃ dhammañ ca sotuṃ bhikkhū ca passitun ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite, na tv eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||5|| idha pana bhikkhave upāsakena saṃghaṃ uddissa aḍḍhayogo kārāpito hoti, pāsādo kārāpito hoti, hammiyaṃ kārāpitaṃ h., guhā kārāpitā h., pariveṇaṃ kārāpitaṃ h., koṭṭhako kārāpito h., upaṭṭhānasālā kārāpitā h., aggisālā kārāpitā h., kappiyakuṭī kārāpitā h., vaccakuṭī kārāpitā h., caṅkamo kārāpito h., caṅkamanasālā kārāpitā h., udapāno kārāpito h., udapānasālā kārāpitā h., jantāgharaṃ kārāpitaṃ h.,

[page 140]
140 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 5. 6-9.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] jantāgharasālā kārāpitā h., pokkharaṇī kārāpitā h., maṇḍapo kārāpito h., ārāmo kārāpito h., ārāmavatthuṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, āgacchantu bhaddantā, icchāmi dānañ ca dātuṃ dhammañ ca sotuṃ bhikkhū ca passitun ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite, na tv eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave upāsakena sambahule bhikkhū uddissa --la-- ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa vihāro kārāpito h., aḍḍhayogo k. h., pāsādo k. h., . . . (= 6) . . . sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||7|| idha pana bhikkhave upāsakena bhikkhunīsaṃghaṃ uddissa --la-- sambahulā bhikkhuniyo uddissa --la-- ekaṃ bhikkhuniṃ uddissa --la-- sambahulā sikkhamānāyo uddissa --la-- ekaṃ sikkhamānaṃ uddissa -- la -sambahule sāmaṇere uddissa --la-- ekaṃ sāmaṇeram uddissa --la-- sambahulā sāmaṇeriyo uddissa --la-- ekaṃ sāmaṇeriṃ uddissa vihāro kārāpito hoti, aḍḍhayogo k. h., pāsādo k. h., hammiyaṃ k. h., guhā k. h., pariveṇaṃ k. h., koṭṭhako k. h., upaṭṭhānasālā k. h., aggisālā k. h., kappiyakuṭī k. h., caṅkamo k. h., caṅkamanasālā k. h., udapāno k. h., udapānasālā k. h., pokkharaṇī k. h., maṇḍapo k. h., ārāmo k. h., ārāmavatthuṃ k. hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, āgacchantu bhaddantā, icchāmi dānañ ca dātuṃ dhammañ ca sotuṃ bhikkhū ca passitun ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite, na tv eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||8||
idha pana bhikkhave upāsakena attano atthāya nivesanaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti --la-- sayanigharaṃ k. h., uddosito k. h., aṭṭo k. h., mālo k. h., āpaṇo k. h., āpaṇasālā k. h., pāsādo k. h., hammiyaṃ k. h., guhā k. h., pariveṇaṃ k. h., koṭṭhako k. h., upaṭṭhānasālā k. h., aggisālā k. h., rasavatī k. h., vaccakuṭī k. h., caṅkamo k. h., caṅkamanasālā k. h., udapāno k. h., udapānasālā k. h., jantāgharaṃ k. h., jantāgharasālā k. h., pokkharaṇī k. h., maṇḍapo k. h., ārāmo k. h., ārāmavatthuṃ k. h., puttassa vā vāreyyaṃ hoti, dhītuyā vā vāreyyaṃ hoti, gilāno vā hoti, abhiññātaṃ vā suttantaṃ bhaṇati. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, āgacchantu bhaddantā imaṃ suttantaṃ pariyāpuṇissanti pur'; āyaṃ suttanto palujjatīti.

[page 141]
III. 5. 9-13.] MAHĀVAGGA. 141
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] aññataraṃ vā pan'; assa kiccaṃ hoti karaṇīyaṃ vā. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, āgacchantu bhaddantā, icchāmi dānañ ca dātuṃ dhammañ ca sotuṃ bhikkhū ca passitun ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite, na tv eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||9|| idha pana bhikkhave upāsikāya saṃghaṃ uddisa vihāro kārāpito hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi dānañ ca dātuṃ dhammañ ca sotuṃ bhikkhū ca passitun ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite, na tv eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||10|| idha pana bhikkhave upāsikāya saṃghaṃ uddissa aḍḍhayogo kārāpito . . . (= 6) . . . ārāmavatthuṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ . . . (= 10) . . . sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||11|| idha pana bhikkhave upāsikāya sambahule bhikkhū uddissa -- la -ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa --la-- bhikkhunīsaṃghaṃ uddissa --la-- sambahulā bhikkhuniyo uddissa --la-- ekaṃ bhikkhuniṃ uddissa --la-- sambahulā sikkhamānāyo uddissa, ekaṃ sikkhamānaṃ uddissa, sambahule sāmaṇere uddissa, ekaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ uddissa, sambahulā sāmaṇeriyo uddissa, ekaṃ sāmaṇeriṃ uddissa --la-- attano atthāya nivesanaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti --la-- sayanigharaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti . . . (= 9) . . . gilānā vā hoti, abhiññātaṃ vā suttantaṃ bhaṇati. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, āgacchantu ayyā imaṃ suttantaṃ pariyāpuṇissanti pur'; āyaṃ suttanto palujjatīti. aññataraṃ vā pan'; assā kiccaṃ hoti karaṇīyaṃ vā. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi dānañ ca dātuṃ dhammañ ca sotuṃ bhikkhū ca passitun ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite, na tv eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||12|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ uddissa, bhikkhuniyā saṃghaṃ uddissa, sikkhamānāya saṃghaṃ uddissa, sāmaṇerena saṃghaṃ uddissa, sāmaṇeriyā saṃghaṃ uddissa, sambahule bhikkhū uddissa, ekam bhikkhuṃ uddissa, bhikkhunīsaṃghaṃ uddissa, sambahulā bhikkhuniyo uddissa, ekaṃ bhikkhuniṃ uddissa, sambahulā sikkhamānāyo uddissa, ekaṃ sikkhamānaṃ uddissa, sambahule sāmaṇere uddissa, ekaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ uddissa, sambahulā sāmaṇeriyo uddissa,

[page 142]
142 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 5. 13-6. 5.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ekaṃ sāmaṇeriṃ uddissa, attano atthāya vihāro kārāpito hoti . . . (= 8) . . . ārāmāvatthuṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi dānañ ca dātuṃ dhammañ ca sotuṃ bhikkhū ca passitun ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite, na tv eva appahite.
sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo 'ti. ||13||5||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.
so {bhikkhūnaṃ} santike dūtaṃ pāhesi, ahaṃ hi gilāno, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pañcannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi gantuṃ, pag eva pahite, bhikkhussa bhikkhuniyā sikkhamānāya sāmaṇerassa sāmaṇeriyā. anujānāmi bhikkhave imesaṃ pañcannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi gantuṃ, pag eva pahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu gilāno hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilāno, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, gilānabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā 'ti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa anabhirati uppannā hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, anabhirati me uppannā, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, anabhiratiṃ vūpakāsessāmi vā vūpakāsāpessāmi vā dhammakathaṃ vāssa karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, kukkuccaṃ me uppannaṃ, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, kukkuccaṃ vinodessāmi vā vinodāpessāmi vā dhammakathaṃ vāssa karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||4|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya,

[page 143]
III. 6. 5-10.] MAHĀVAGGA. 143
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] diṭṭhigataṃ me uppannaṃ, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, diṭṭhigataṃ vivecessāmi vā vivecāpessāmi vā dhammakathaṃ vāssa karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||5|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno parivāsāraho, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, parivāsadānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi mūlāya paṭikassanāraho, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, mūlāya paṭikassanaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||7|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu mānattāraho hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi mānattāraho, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, mānattadānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||8|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu abbhānāraho hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi abbhānāraho, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, abbhānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmīti.
sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||9|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa saṃgho kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti tajjaniyaṃ vā nissayaṃ vā pabbājaniyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇiyaṃ vā ukkhepaniyaṃ vā. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, saṃgho me kammaṃ kattukāmo, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, kin ti nu kho saṃgho kammaṃ na kareyya lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyā 'ti.

[page 144]
144 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 6. 10-16.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sattāham sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||10|| kataṃ vā pan'; assa hoti saṃghena kammaṃ tajjaniyaṃ vā . . . ukkhepaniyaṃ vā. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, saṃgho me kammaṃ akāsi, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, kin ti nu kho sammāvatteyya lomaṃ pāteyya netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṃgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyā 'ti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||11|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhunī gilānā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilānā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, gilānabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, {pucchissāmi} vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā 'ti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||12|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhuniyā anabhirati uppannā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, anabhirati me uppannā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, anabhiratiṃ vūpakāsessāmi vā vūpakāsāpessāmi vā dhammakathaṃ vāssā karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||13||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhuniyā kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, kukkuccaṃ me uppannaṃ, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, kukkuccaṃ vinodessāmi vā vinodāpessāmi vā dhammakathaṃ vāssā karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||14|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhuniyā diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, diṭṭhigataṃ me uppannaṃ, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, diṭṭhigataṃ vivecessāmi vā vivecāpessāmi vā dhammakathaṃ vāssā karissāmīti.
sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||15|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhunī garudhammaṃ ajjhāpannā hoti mānattārahā. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi garudhammaṃ ajjhāpannā mānattārahā,

[page 145]
III. 6. 16-22.] MAHĀVAGGA. 145
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, mānattadānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||16|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhunī mūlāya paṭikassanārahā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi mūlāya paṭikassanārahā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, mūlāya paṭikassanaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||17|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhunī abbhānārahā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi abbhānārahā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, abbhānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||18||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhuniyā saṃgho kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti tajjaniyaṃ vā nissayaṃ vā pabbājaniyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇiyaṃ vā ukkhepaniyaṃ vā. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, saṃgho me kammaṃ kattukāmo, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, kin ti nu kho saṃgho kammaṃ na kareyya lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyā 'ti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||19|| kataṃ vā pan'; assā hoti saṃghena kammaṃ tajjaniyaṃ vā . . . ukkhepaniyaṃ vā. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, saṃgho me kammaṃ akāsi, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, kin ti nu kho sammāvatteyya lomaṃ pāteyya netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṃgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyā 'ti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||20|| idha pana bhikkhave sikkhamānā gilānā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilānā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena apahite pi, pag eva pahite, gilānabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā 'ti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||21|| idha pana bhikkhave sikkhamānāya anabhirati uppannā hoti

[page 146]
146 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 6. 22-27.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] --la-- sikkhamānāya kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, sikkhamānāya diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, {sikkhamānāya} sikkhā kupitā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, sikkhā me kupitā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, sikkhāsamādānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||22|| idha pana bhikkhave sikkhamānā upasampajjitukāmā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi upasampajjitukāmā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, upasampadaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||23|| idha pana bhikkhave sāmaṇero gilāno hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilāno, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, gilānabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā 'ti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||24|| idha pana bhikkhave sāmaṇerassa anabhirati uppannā hoti --la-- sāmaṇerassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, sāmaṇerassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, sāmaṇero vassaṃ pucchitukāmo hoti, so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi vassaṃ pucchitukāmo, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, pucchissāmi vā ācikkhissāmi vā 'ti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||25||
idha pana bhikkhave sāmaṇero upasampajjitukāmo hoti.
so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi upasampajjitukāmo, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, upasampadaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||26|| idha pana bhikkhave sāmaṇerī gilānā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilānā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti,

[page 147]
III. 6. 27-7. 4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 147
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, gilānabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā 'ti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||27|| idha pana bhikkhave sāmaṇeriyā anabhirati uppannā hoti --la-- sāmaṇeriyā kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, sāmaṇeriyā diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, sāmaṇerī vassaṃ pucchitukāmā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi vassaṃ pucchitukāmā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, pucchissāmi vā ācikkhissāmi vā 'ti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||28|| idha pana bhikkhave sāmaṇerī sikkhaṃ samādiyitukāmā hoti. sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi sikkhaṃ samādiyitukāmā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi, pag eva pahite, sikkhāsamādānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmīti. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo 'ti. ||29||6||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mātā gilānā hoti. sā puttassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi, ahaṃ hi gilānā, āgacchatu me putto, icchāmi puttassa āgatan ti.
atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ sattannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite gantuṃ, na tv eva appahite, pañcannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi gantuṃ, pag eva pahite, ayañ ca me mātā gilānā sā ca anupāsikā. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1|| anujānāmi bhikkhave sattannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi gantuṃ, pag eva pahite, bhikkhussa bhikkhuniyā sikkhamānāya sāmaṇerassa sāmaṇeriyā mātuyā ca pitussa ca. anujānāmi bhikkhave imesaṃ {sattannaṃ} sattāhakaraṇīyena appahite pi gantuṃ, pag eva pahite.
sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa mātā gilānā hoti. sā ce puttassa santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilānā, āgacchatu me putto, icchāmi puttassa āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ . . . (= III.6.2) . . . sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa pitā gilāno hoti.

[page 148]
148 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 7. 4-9. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so ce puttassa santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilāno, āgacchatu me putto, icchāmi puttassa āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ . . . (= III.6.2) . . . sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||4|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa bhātā gilāno hoti. so ce bhātuno santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilāno, āgacchatu me bhātā, icchāmi bhātuno āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite, na tv eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo.
||5|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa bhaginī gilānā hoti. sā ce bhātuno santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilānā, āgacchatu . . . (= 5) . . . sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa ñātako gilāno hoti. so ce bhikkhussa santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilāno, āgacchatu bhaddanto, icchāmi bhaddantassa āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite, na tv eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo. ||7|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhugatiko gilāno hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtam pahiṇeyya, ahaṃ hi gilāno, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgatan ti, gantabbaṃ bhikkhave sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite, na tv eva appahite. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo 'ti. ||8||7||
tena kho pana samayena saṃghassa vihāro udriyati. aññatarena upāsakena araññe bhaṇḍaṃ chedāpitaṃ hoti. so bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi, sace bhaddantā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avahareyyuṃ, dajjāhaṃ taṃ bhaṇḍan ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave saṃghakaraṇīyena gantuṃ. sattāhaṃ sannivaṭṭo kātabbo 'ti. ||1||8||
vassāvāsabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena Kosalesu janapadesu aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassupagatā bhikkhū vāḷehi ubbāḷhā honti, gaṇhiṃsu pi paripātiṃsu pi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatā bhikkhū vāḷehi ubbāḷhā honti, gaṇhanti pi paripātenti pi. es'; eva antarāyo 'ti pakkamitabbaṃ. anāpatti vassacchedassa. idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatā bhikkhū siriṃsapehi ubbāḷhā honti, ḍasanti pi paripātenti pi. es'; eva . . . vassacchedassa. ||1||

[page 149]
III. 9. 1-11. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 149
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatā bhikkhū corehi ubbālha honti, vilumpanti pi ākoṭenti pi. es'; eva . . . vassacchedassa. idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatā bhikkhū pisācehi ubbāḷhā honti, āvisanti pi ojam pi haranti.
es'; eva . . . vassacchedassa. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatānaṃ {bhikkhūnaṃ} gāmo agginā daḍḍho hoti, bhikkhū piṇḍakena kilamanti. es'; eva . . . vassacchedassa.
idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ senāsanaṃ agginā daḍḍhaṃ hoti, bhikkhū senāsanena kilamanti. es'; eva . . . vassacchedassa. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ gāmo udakena vuḷho hoti, bhikkhū piṇḍakena kilamanti. es'; eva . . . vassacchedassa. idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ senāsanaṃ udakena vuḷhaṃ hoti, bhikkhū senāsanena kilamanti. es'; eva . . . vassacchedassā 'ti.
||4||9||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassupagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ gāmo corehi vuṭṭhāsi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave yena gāmo tena gantun ti. gāmo dvedhā bhijjittha. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave yena bahutarā tena gantun ti. bahutarā assaddhā honti appasannā.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave yena saddhā pasannā tena gantun ti. ||1||10||
tena kho pana samayena Kosalesu janapadesu aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassupagatā bhikkhū na labhiṃsu lūkhassa vā pāṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatā bhikkhū na labhanti lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. es'; eva antarāyo 'ti pakkamitabbaṃ. anāpatti vassacchedassa. idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatā bhikkhū labhanti lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, na labhanti sappāyāni bhojanāni. es'; eva . . . vassacchedassa. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatā bhikkhū labhanti lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, labhanti sappāyāni bhojanāni,

[page 150]
150 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 11. 2-7.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na labhanti sappāyāni bhesajjāni. es'; eva . . . vassacchedassa. idha pana bhikkhave vassupagatā bhikkhū labhanti lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, labhanti sappāyāni bhojanāni, labhanti sappāyāni bhesajjāni, na labhanti paṭirūpaṃ upaṭṭhākaṃ. es'; eva . . . vassacchedassa. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupagataṃ bhikkhuṃ itthi nimanteti: ehi bhante hiraññaṃ vā te demi, suvaṇṇaṃ vā te demi, khettaṃ vā t. d., vatthuṃ vā t. d., gāvuṃ vā t. d., gāviṃ vā t. d., dāsaṃ vā t. d., dāsiṃ vā t. d., dhītaraṃ vā t. d. bhariyatthāya, ahaṃ vā te bhariyā homi, aññaṃ vā te bhariyaṃ ānemīti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: lahuparivattaṃ kho cittaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā, siyāpi me brahmacariyassa antarāyo 'ti, pakkamitabbaṃ.
anāpatti vassacchedassa. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupagataṃ bhikkhuṃ vesī nimanteti --la-- thullakumārī nimanteti, paṇḍako nimanteti, ñātakā nimantenti, rājāno nimantenti, corā nimantenti, dhuttā nimantenti: ehi bhante hiraññaṃ vā te dema . . . dhītaraṃ vā te dema bhariyatthāya, aññaṃ vā te bhariyaṃ ānessāmā 'ti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: lahuparivattaṃ . . . vassacchedassa. idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu asāmikaṃ nidhiṃ passati. tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: lahuparivattaṃ . . . vassacchedassa. ||4|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu passati sambahule bhikkhū saṃghabhedāya parakkamante. tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: garuko kho saṃghabhedo vutto bhagavatā, mā mayi sammukhībhūte saṃgho bhijjīti, pakkamitabbaṃ. anāpatti vassacchedassa. idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu suṇāti: sambahulā kira bhikkhū saṃghabhedāya parakkamantīti. tatra ce . . . vassacchedassa. ||5|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu suṇāti: amukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū saṃghabhedāya parakkamantīti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: te kho me bhikkhū mittā, ty āhaṃ vakkhāmi: garuko kho āvuso saṃghabhedo vutto bhagavatā, māyasmantānaṃ saṃghabhedo ruccitthā 'ti, karissanti me {vacanaṃ} sussūsissanti sotaṃ odahissantīti, pakkamitabbaṃ. anāpatti vassacchedassa. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu saṇāti: amukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū saṃghabhedāya parakkamantīti.

[page 151]
III. 11. 7-12. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 151
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: te kho me bhikkhū na mittā, api ca ye tesaṃ mittā te me mittā, ty āhaṃ vakkhāmi, te vuttā te vakkhanti: garuko . . . (= 6) . . . vassacchedassa. ||7|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu suṇāti: amukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saṃgho bhinno 'ti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: te kho me bhikkhū mittā, ty āhaṃ vakkhāmi: garuko . . . (= 6) . . . vassacchedassa. ||8|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu suṇāti: amukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saṃgho bhinno 'ti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: te kho me bhikkhū na mittā, api ca ye tesaṃ mittā te me mittā, ty āhaṃ vakkhāmi, te vuttā te vakkhanti: garuko . . . (= 6) . . . vassacchedassa. ||9||
idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu suṇāti: amukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhuniyo saṃghabhedāya parakkamantīti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: tā kho me bhikkhuniyo mittā, tāhaṃ vakkhāmi: garuko kho bhaginiyo saṃghabhedo vutto bhagavatā, mā bhaginīnaṃ saṃghabhedo ruccitthā 'ti, karissanti me vacanaṃ sussūsissanti sotaṃ odahissantīti, pakkamitabbaṃ. anāpatti vassacchedassa. ||10||
idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu suṇāti: amukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhuniyo saṃghabhedāya parakkamantīti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: tā kho me bhikkhuniyo na mittā, api ca yā tāsaṃ mittā tā me mittā, tāhaṃ vakkhāmi, tā vuttā tā vakkhanti: garuko . . . (= 10) . . . vassacchedassa. ||11|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu suṇāti: amukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulāhi bhikkhunīhi saṃgho bhinno 'ti. tatra ce {bhikkhuno} evaṃ hoti: tā kho me bhikkhuniyo mittā, tāhaṃ vakkhāmi: garuko . . . (= 10) . . . vassacchedassa. ||12|| idha pana bhikkhave vassupagato bhikkhu suṇāti: amukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulāhi bhikkhunīhi saṃgho bhinno 'ti. tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: tā kho me bhikkhuniyo na mittā, api ca yā tāsaṃ mittā tā me mittā, tāhaṃ vakkhāmi, tā vuttā tā vakkhanti: garuko . . . (= 10) . . . vassacchedassa.
||13||11||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vaje vassaṃ upagantukāmo hoti.

[page 152]
152 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 12. 1-8.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave vaje vassaṃ upagantun ti. vajo vuṭṭhāsi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave yena vajo tena gantum ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upakaṭṭhāya vassupanāyikāya satthena gantukāmo hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave satthe vassaṃ upagantun ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upakaṭṭhāya vassupanāyikāya nāvāya gantukāmo hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave nāvāya vassaṃ upagantun ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū rukkhasusire vassaṃ upagacchanti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti, seyyathāpi pisācillikā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave rukkhasusire vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū rukkhaviṭabhiyā vassaṃ upagacchanti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti, seyyathāpi migaluddakā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave rukkhaviṭabhiyā vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ajjhokāse vassaṃ upagacchanti, deve vassante rukkhamūlam pi nimbakosam pi upadhāvanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave ajjhokāse vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū asenāsanakā vassaṃ upagacchanti, sītena pi kilamanti uṇhena pi kilamanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave asenāsanakena vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||6|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū chavakuṭikāya vassaṃ upagacchanti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti, seyyathāpi chavaḍāhakā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave chavakuṭikāya vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū chatte vassaṃ upagacchanti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti, seyyathāpi gopālakā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave chatte vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti.

[page 153]
III. 12. 8-14. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 153
||8|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū cāṭiyā vassaṃ upagacchanti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti, seyyathāpi titthiyā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave cāṭiyā vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||9||12||
tena kho pana samayena Sāvatthiyā saṃghena katikā katā hoti antarā vassaṃ na pabbājetabban ti. Visākhāya Migāramātuyā nattā bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: saṃghena kho āvuso kātikā katā antarā vassaṃ na pabbājetabban ti, āgamehi āvuso yāva bhikkhū vassaṃ vasanti, vassaṃ vutthā pabbājessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṃ vutthā Visākhāya Migāramātuyā nattāraṃ etad avocuṃ: ehi dāni āvuso pabbajāhīti. so evaṃ āha: sac'; āhaṃ bhante pabbajito assaṃ, abhirameyyām'; āhaṃ, na dān'; āhaṃ bhante pabbajissāmīti. ||1||
Visākhā Migāramātā ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: kathañ hi nāma ayyā evarūpaṃ katikaṃ karissanti na antarā vassaṃ pabbājetabban ti, kaṃ kālaṃ dhammo na caritabbo 'ti.
assosuṃ kho bhikkhū Visākhāya Migāramātuyā ujjhāyantiyā khīyantiyā vipācentiyā. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave evarūpā katikā kātabbā antarā vassaṃ na pabbājetabban ti. yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2||13||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmatā Upanandena Sakyaputtena rañño Pasenadissa Kosalassa vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya. so taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto addasa antarā magge dve āvāse bahucīvarake, tassa etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ imesu dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ vaseyyaṃ, evaṃ me bahu cīvaraṃ uppajjissatīti. so tesu dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ vasi. rājā Pasenadi Kosalo ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: kathañ hi nāma ayyo Upanando Sakyaputto amhākaṃ vassāvāsaṃ paṭisuṇitvā visaṃvādessati. nanu bhagavatā anekapariyāyena musāvādo garahito, musāvādā veramaṇī pasatthā 'ti.
||1|| assosuṃ kho bhikkhū rañño Pasenadissa Kosalassa ujjhāyantassa khīyantassa vipācentassa. ye te bhikkhū appicchā, te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto rañño Pasenadissa Kosalassa vassāvāsaṃ paṭisuṇitvā visaṃvādessati.

[page 154]
154 MAHĀVAGGA. [III. 14. 2-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] nanu bhagavatā anekapariyāyena musāvādo garahito, musāvādā veramaṇī pasatthā 'ti. ||2|| atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Upananda rañño Pasenadissa Kosalassa vassāvāsaṃ paṭisuṇitvā visaṃvādesīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa rañño Pasenadissa Kosalassa vassāvāsaṃ paṭisuṇitvā visaṃvādessasi. nanu mayā moghapurisa anekapariyāyena musāvādo garahito musāvādā veramaṇī pasatthā. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --la-- vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāyā. so taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto passati antarā magge dve āvāse bahucīvarake, tassa evaṃ hoti: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ imesu dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ vaseyyaṃ, evaṃ me bahuṃ cīvaraṃ uppajjissatīti. so tesu dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ vasati.
tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||4|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya. so taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipadena vihāraṃ upeti senāsanaṃ paññāpeti pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti pariveṇaṃ sammajjati, so tadah'; eva akaraṇīyo pakkamati.
tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa. idha pana . . . (= 5) . . . so tadah'; eva sakaraṇīyo pakkamati. tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||5|| idha pana . . . so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā akaraṇīyo pakkamati. tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno purimikā ca na {paññāyati} paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa. idhapana . . . so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sakaraṇīyo pakkamati. tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa. idha pana . . . so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati. so taṃ sattāhaṃ bahiddhā vītināmeti. tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa. idha pana . . . so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati.

[page 155]
III. 14. 6-11.] MAHĀVAGGA. 155
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so taṃ sattāhaṃ anto sannivaṭṭaṃ karoti. tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno purimikā ca paññāyati paṭissave ca anāpatti. ||6|| idha pana . . . so sattāhaṃ anāgatāya pavāraṇāya sakaraṇīyo pakkamati. āgaccheyya vā so bhikkhave bhikkhu taṃ āvāsaṃ na vā āgaccheyya, tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno purimikā ca paññāyati paṭissave ca anāpatti. ||7||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya. so taṃ āvāsaṃ gantvā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipadena vihāraṃ upeti senāsanaṃ paññāpeti pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. so tadah'; eva akaraṇīyo pakkamati. tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||8||
idha pana . . . (= 8) . . . so tadah'; eva sakaraṇīyo pakkamati --la-- so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā akaraṇīyo pakkamati --la-- so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sakaraṇīyo pakkamati -- la -so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati. so taṃ sattāham bahiddhā vītināmeti. tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||9||
so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati. so taṃ sattāhaṃ anto sannivaṭṭaṃ karoti. tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno purimikā ca paññāyati paṭissave ca anāpatti. so sattāhaṃ anāgatāya . . . (= 7) . . . anāpatti. ||10|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya. so taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipadena vihāraṃ upeti senāsanaṃ paññāpeti pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. so tadah'; eva akaraṇīyo pakkamati. tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca na paññāyati paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.
idha pana . . . (the whole passage is identical with 5-10; read instead of purimikā and purimikāya: pacchimikā and pacchimikāya, instead of anāgatāya pavāraṇāya: anāgatāya komudiyā cātumāsiniyā) . . . paṭissave ca anāpattīti. ||11||14||
vassupanāyikakkhandhako tatiyo.
tassa uddānaṃ:
upagantuṃ, kadā c'; eva, kati, antarā vassa ca,
na icchanti ca, sañcicca, ukkaḍḍhituṃ, upāsako, |

[page 156]
156 MAHĀVAGGA.
gilāno, mātā ca, pitā, bhātā ca, atha ñātako,
bhikkhugatiko, vihāro, vāḷā cāpi, siriṃsapā, |
corā c'; eva, pisācā ca, daḍḍho, tadubhayena ca,
vuḷho dakena, vuṭṭhāsi, bahutarā ca, dāyakā, |
lūkhapaṇītasappāya-bhesajj'-upaṭṭhakena ca,
itthi, vesī, kumārī ca, paṇḍako, ñātakena ca, |
rājā, corā, dhuttā, nidhi, bhedā, aṭṭhavidhena ca,
5 vajā, satthā ca, nāvā ca, susire, viṭabhāya ca, |
ajjhokāse vassāvāso, asenāsanakena ca,
chavakuṭikā, chatte ca, cāṭiyā ca upenti te, |
katikā, paṭisuṇitvā, bahiddhā ca uposathā,
purimikā, pacchimikā, yathānayena yojaye, |
akaraṇīyo pakkamati, sakaraṇīyo tath'; eva ca,
dvīhatīhā ca puna, sattāhakaraṇīyena ca, |
sattāhanāgatā c'; eva, āgaccheyya na eyya vā,
vatthuddāne antarikā tantimaggaṃ nisāmaye 'ti. |
imamhi khandhake vatthu dvepaṇṇāsa.

[page 157]
157
MAHĀVAGGA.
IV.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū Kosalesu janapadesu aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vaseyyāma na ca piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā 'ti. ||1||
atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: sace kho mayaṃ aññamaññaṃ n'; eva ālapeyyāma na sallapeyyāma, yo paṭhamaṃ gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkameyya, so āsanaṃ paññāpeyya, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipeyya, avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā upaṭṭhāpeyya, pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeyya, ||2|| yo pacchā gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkameyya, sac'; assa bhuttāvaseso, sace ākaṅkheyya, bhuñjeyya, no ce ākaṅkheyya, appaharite vā chaḍḍeyya appāṇake vā udake opilāpeyya, so āsanaṃ uddhareyya, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmeyya, avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā paṭisāmeyya, pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ paṭisāmeyya, bhattaggaṃ sammajjeyya, ||3|| yo passeyya pāniyaghaṭaṃ vā paribhojaniyaghaṭaṃ vā vaccaghaṭaṃ vā rittaṃ tucchaṃ, so upaṭṭhāpeyya, sac'; assa avisayhaṃ hatthavikārena, dutiyaṃ āmantetvā hatthavilaṅghakena upaṭṭhāpeyya, na tv eva tappaccayā vācaṃ bhindeyya, evaṃ kho mayaṃ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vaseyyāma na ca piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā 'ti. ||4|| atha kho te bhikkhū aññamaññaṃ n'; eva ālapiṃsu na sallapiṃsu. yo paṭhamaṃ gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati, so āsanaṃ paññāpeti, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipati, avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā upaṭṭhāpeti, pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti. ||5||

[page 158]
158 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 1. 5-11.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yo pacchā gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati, sace hoti bhuttāvaseso, sace ākaṅkhati, bhuñjati, no ce ākaṅkhati, appaharite vā chaḍḍeti appāṇake vā udake opilāpeti, so āsanaṃ uddharati pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmeti, avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā paṭisāmeti, pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ paṭisāmeti, bhattaggaṃ sammajjati. ||6|| yo passati pāniyaghaṭaṃ vā paribhojaniyaghaṭaṃ vā vaccaghaṭaṃ vā rittaṃ tucchaṃ, so upaṭṭhāpeti. sac'; assa hoti avisayhaṃ hatthavikārena, dutiyaṃ āmantetvā hatthavilaṅghakena upaṭṭhāpeti, na tv eva tappaccayā vācaṃ bhindati. ||7||
āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamituṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṃ vutthā temāsaccayena senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Sāvatthī tena pakkamiṃsu. anupubbena yena Sāvatthī Jetavanaṃ Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo, yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. ||8|| atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etad avoca: kacci bhikkhave khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasittha na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā 'ti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, samaggā ca mayaṃ bhante sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasimhā na ca piṇḍakena kilamimhā 'ti. ||9|| jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti, kalaṃ viditvā {na} pucchanti, atthasaṃhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti no anatthasaṃhitaṃ, anatthasaṃhite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ. dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti, dhammaṃ vā desessāma, {sāvakānaṃ} vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpessāmā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etad avoca: yathākathaṃ pana tumhe bhikkhave samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasittha na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā 'ti. ||10|| idha mayaṃ bhante sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū Kosalesu janapadesu aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ upagacchimhā. tesaṃ no bhante amhākaṃ etad ahosi: kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vaseyyāma na ca piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā 'ti.

[page 159]
IV. 1. 11-14.] MAHĀVAGGA. 159
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tesaṃ no bhante amhākaṃ etad ahosi: sace kho mayam . . . evaṃ kho mayaṃ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vaseyyāma na ca piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā 'ti. atha kho mayaṃ bhante aññamaññaṃ n'; eva ālapimhā na sallapimhā. yo paṭhamaṃ gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati, so āsanaṃ paññāpeti, pādodakaṃ . . . vācaṃ bhindati. evaṃ kho mayaṃ bhante samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasimhā na ca piṇḍakena kilamimhā 'ti. ||11|| atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: aphāsuñ ñeva kira 'me bhikkhave moghapurisā vutthā samānā phāsu '; mha vutthā 'ti paṭijānanti, pasusaṃvāsañ ñeva kira 'me bhikkhave moghapurisā vutthā samānā phāsu 'mha vutthā 'ti paṭijānanti, eḷakasaṃvāsañ ñeva kira 'me bhikkhave moghapurisā vutthā samānā phāsu '; mha vutthā 'ti paṭijānanti, pamattasaṃvāsañ ñeva kira 'me bhikkhave moghapurisā vutthā samānā phāsu 'mha vutthā 'ti paṭijānanti. kathaṃ hi nām'; ime bhikkhave moghapurisā mūgabbataṃ titthiyasamādānaṃ samādiyissanti. ||12|| n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya.
vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave mūgabbataṃ titthiyasamādānaṃ samādiyitabbaṃ.
yo samādiyeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tīhi ṭhānehi pavāretuṃ diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. sā vo bhavissati aññamaññānulomatā āpattivuṭṭhānatā vinayapurekkhāratā. ||13||
evañ ca pana bhikkhave pavāretabbaṃ. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ajja pavāraṇā. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ saṃgho pavāreyyā 'ti. therena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: saṃghaṃ āvuso pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā, vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anukampaṃ upādāya, passanto paṭikarissāmi. dutiyam pi . . . tatiyam pi āvuso saṃghaṃ pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā, vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anukampaṃ upādāya, passanto paṭikarissāmīti. navakena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: saṃghaṃ bhante pavāremi diṭṭhena vā

[page 160]
160 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 1. 14-3. 3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . dutiyam pi . . . tatiyam pi . . . passanto paṭikarissāmīti. ||14||1||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū theresu bhikkhūsu ukkuṭikaṃ nisinnesu pavārayamānesu āsanesu acchanti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū theresu bhikkhūsu ukkuṭikaṃ nisinnesu pavārayamānesu āsanesu acchissantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave chabbaggiyā bhikkhū theresu . . . acchantīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā theresu . . . acchissanti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave theresu bhikkhūsu ukkuṭikaṃ nisinnesu pavārayamānesu āsanesu acchitabbaṃ. yo accheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave sabbeh'; eva ukkuṭikaṃ nisinnehi pavāretun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro thero jarādubbalo yāva sabbe pavārentīti ukkuṭikaṃ nisinno āgamayamāno mucchito papati.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave tadantarā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdituṃ yāva pavāreti, pavāretvā āsane nisīditun ti. ||2||2||
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kati nu kho pavāraṇā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. dve 'mā bhikkhave pavāraṇā cātuddasikā pannarasikā ca. imā kho bhikkhave dve pavāraṇā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kati nu kho pavāraṇakammānīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. cattār'; imāni bhikkhave pavāraṇakammāni, adhammena vaggaṃ pavāraṇakammaṃ . . . (= II.14. 2,3. Read pavāraṇakammaṃ instead of uposathakammaṃ) . . . sikkhitabban ti. ||2|| atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: sannipatatha bhikkhave, saṃgho pavāressatīti.
evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: atthi bhante bhikkhu gilāno, so anāgato 'ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānena bhikkhunā pavāraṇaṃ dātuṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave dātabbā. tena gilānena bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo:

[page 161]
IV. 3. 3-4. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 161
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] pavāraṇaṃ dammi, pavāraṇaṃ me hara, mam'; atthāya pavārehīti. kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, dinnā hoti pavāraṇā. na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na dinnā hoti pavāraṇā. ||3|| evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce labhetha, so bhikkhave gilāno bhikkhu mañcena vā pīṭhena vā saṃghamajjhe ānetvā pavāretabbaṃ. sace bhikkhave gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: sace kho mayaṃ gilānaṃ ṭhānā cāvessāma, ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati kālaṃkiriyā vā bhavissatīti, na bhikkhave gilāno ṭhānā cāvetabbo, saṃghena tattha gantvā pavāretabbaṃ, na tv eva vaggena saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. pavāreyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||4|| pavāraṇāhārako ce bhikkhave dinnāya pavāraṇāya . . . (= II.22.3,4. Read pavāraṇā, pavāraṇāya, pavāraṇāhārako instead of pārisuddhi, pārisuddhiyā, pārisuddhihārako) . . . pavāraṇāhārakassa āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave tadahu pavāraṇāya pavāraṇaṃ dentena chandam pi dātuṃ santi saṃghassa karaṇīyan ti. ||5||3||
tena kho pana samayena aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ tadahu pavāraṇāya ñātakā gaṇhiṃsu. bhagavato etam atthaṃ arocesuṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhuṃ tadahu pavāraṇāya ñātakā gaṇhanti. te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evam assu vacanīyā: iṅgha tumhe āyasmanto imaṃ bhikkhuṃ muhuttaṃ muñcatha yāvāyaṃ bhikkhu pavāretīti. ||1|| evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce labhetha, te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evam assu vacanīyā: iṅgha tumhe āyasmanto muhuttaṃ ekamantaṃ hotha yāvāyaṃ bhikkhu pavāraṇaṃ detīti. evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce labhetha, te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evam assu vacanīyā: iṅgha tumhe āyasmanto imaṃ bhikkhuṃ muhuttaṃ nissīmaṃ netha yāva saṃgho pavāretīti. evaṃ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce labhetha, na tv eva vaggena saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. pavāreyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhuṃ tadahu pavāraṇāya rājāno gaṇhanti, corā gaṇhanti,

[page 162]
162 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 4. 3-5. 4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] dhuttā gaṇhanti, bhikkhū paccatthikā gaṇhanti. te bhikkhū paccatthikā bhikkhūhi evam assu vacanīyā: iṅgha . . . (comp. 1.2) . . . na tv eva vaggena saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. pavāreyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3||4||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya pañca bhikkhū viharanti. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ saṃghena pavāretabban ti, mayañ c'; amhā pañca janā. kathaṃ nu kho amhehi pavāretabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave pañcannaṃ saṃghe pavāretun ti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya cattāro bhikkhū viharanti. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā anuññātaṃ pañcannaṃ saṃghe pavāretuṃ, mayañ c'; amhā cattāro janā. kathaṃ nu kho amhehi pavāretabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave catunnaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ. ||2|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave pavāretabbaṃ: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena te bhikkhū ñāpetabbā: suṇantu me āyasmanto. ajja pavāraṇā. yad'; āyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ mayaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāreyyāmā 'ti. therena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā te bhikkhū evam assu vacanīyā: ahaṃ āvuso āyasmante pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā, vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anukampaṃ upādāya, passanto paṭikarissāmi. dutiyam pi . . . tatiyam pi āvuso . . . paṭikarissāmīti. navakena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā te bhikkhū evam assu vacanīyā: ahaṃ bhante āyasmante pavāremi diṭṭhena vā . . . dutiyam pi . . . tatiyam pi . . . paṭikarissāmīti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya tayo bhikkhū viharanti. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā anuññātaṃ pañcannaṃ saṃghe pavāretuṃ, catunnaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ, mayañ c'; amhā tayo janā. kathaṃ nu kho amhehi pavāretabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave tiṇṇannaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave pavāretabbaṃ. vyattena . . . (= 3)

[page 163]
IV. 5. 4-9.] MAHĀVAGGA. 163
. . . paṭikarissāmīti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena aññata-
rasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya dve bhikkhū viharanti.
atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā anuññātaṃ pañcannaṃ saṃghe pavāretuṃ, catunnaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ, tiṇṇannaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ, mayañ c'; amhā dve janā. kathaṃ nu kho amhehi pavāretabban ti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave dvinnaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ. ||5|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave pavāretabbaṃ. therena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā navo bhikkhu evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ āvuso āyasmantaṃ pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā, vadatu maṃ āyasmā anukampaṃ upādāya, passanto paṭikarissāmi. dutiyam pi . . . tatiyam pi āvuso . . . paṭikarissāmīti. navakena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ . . . paggahetvā thero bhikkhu evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ bhante āyasmantaṃ pavāremi diṭṭhena vā . . . dutiyam pi . . . tatiyam pi . . . paṭikarissāmīti. ||6|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ
āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya eko bhikkhu viharati. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā anuññātaṃ pañcannaṃ saṃghe pavāretuṃ, catunnaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ, tiṇṇannaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ, dvinnaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ, ahañ c'; amhi ekako. kathaṃ nu kho mayā pavāretabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
||7|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya eko bhikkhu viharati. tena bhikkhave bhikkhunā yattha bhikkhū paṭikkamanti upaṭṭhānasālāya vā maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā, sa deso sammajjitvā pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā āsanaṃ paññāpetvā padīpaṃ katvā nisīditabbaṃ. sace aññe bhikkhū āgacchanti, tehi saddhiṃ pavāretabbaṃ, no ce āgacchanti, ajja me pavāraṇā 'ti adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. no ce adhiṭṭhaheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||8||
tatra bhikkhave yattha pañca bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pavāraṇaṃ āharitvā catūhi saṃghe pavāretabbaṃ. pavāreyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. tatra bhikkhave yattha cattāro bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pavāraṇaṃ āharitvā tīhi aññamaññaṃ pavāretabbaṃ. pavāreyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. tatra bhikkhave yattha tayo bhikkhū viharanti,

[page 164]
164 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 5. 9-7. 2.
na ekassa pavāraṇaṃ āharitvā dvīhi aññamaññaṃ pavāretabbaṃ. pavāreyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. tatra bhikkhave yattha dve bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pavāraṇaṃ āharitvā ekena adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. adhiṭṭhaheyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||9||5||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na sāpattikena pavāretabban ti, ahañ c'; amhi āpattiṃ āpanno. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
idha pana . . . (comp. II.27.1,2. Read tadahu pavāraṇāya instead of tadah'; uposathe) . . . paṭikarissāmīti vatvā pavāretabbaṃ, na tv eva tappaccayā pavāraṇāya antarāyo kātabbo 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pavārayamāno āpattiṃ sarati. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na sāpattikena pavāretabban ti, ahañ c'; amhi āpattiṃ āpanno. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu pavārayamāno āpattiṃ sarati. tena bhikkhave bhikkhunā sāmantā bhikkhu evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ āvuso itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno, ito vuṭṭhahitvā taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmīti vatvā pavāretabbaṃ, na tv eva tappaccayā pavāraṇāya antarāyo kātabbo. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu pavārayamāno āpattiyā vematiko hoti. tena bhikkhave bhikkhunā . . . (comp. II.27.4-8) . . . paṭikarissatīti vatvā pavāretabbaṃ, na tv eva tappaccayā pavāraṇāya antarāyo kātabbo 'ti. ||3||6||
paṭhamabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatiṃsu pañca vā atirekā vā, te na jāniṃsu atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti. te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino pavāresuṃ. tehi pavāriyamāne ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchiṃsu bahutarā. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti pañca vā atirekā vā,

[page 165]
IV. 7. 2-8. 2] MAHĀVAGGA. 165
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te na jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti. te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino pavārenti. tehi pavāriyamāne ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.
||2|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya . . . tehi pavāriyamāne ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. pavāritā supavāritā, avasesehi pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya . . . tehi pavāriyamāne ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. pavāritāsupavāritā, avasesehi pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.
||3|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya . . . tehi pavāritamatte ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana . . . tehi pavāritamatte ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. pavāritā supavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana . . . tehi pavāritamatte ath'; aññe āvasikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. pavāritā supavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ anāpatti. ||4|| idha pana . . . tehi pavāritamatte avuṭṭhitāya parisāya ath'; aññe . . . (= 4) . . . pavāritānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana . . . tehi pavāritamatte ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya . . . (= 4) . . . pavāritānaṃ anāpatti. idha pana . . . tehi pavāritamatte sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya . . . (= 4) . . . pavāritānaṃ anāpatti. ||5||
anāpattipannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||7||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti pañca vā atirekā vā, te jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti. te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā vaggasaññino pavārenti. tehi pavāriyamāne ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1||
idha pana . . . tehi pavāriyamāne ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā.

[page 166]
166 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 8. 2-11. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] pavāritā supavāritā, avasesehi pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. idha pana . . . tehi pavāriyamāne ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. pavāritā supavāritā, avasesehi pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2|| idha pana . . . tehi pavāritamatte --la-- avuṭṭhitāya parisāya -- la -ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya --la-- sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā --la-- samasamā --la-- thokatarā. pavāritā supavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||3||
vaggāvaggasaññinopannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||8||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti pañca vā atirekā vā, te jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti. te kappati nu kho amhākaṃ pavāretuṃ na nu kho kappatīti vematikā pavārenti. tehi pavāriyamāne ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1|| idha pana . . . (comp. IV.8.2,3) . . . tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2||
vematikāpannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||9||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti pañca vā atirekā vā, te jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti. te kappat'; eva amhākaṃ pavāretuṃ, n'; amhākaṃ na kappatīti kukkuccapakatā pavārenti. tehi pavāriyamāne ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā.
tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1|| idha pana . . . (comp. IV.8.2,3) . . . tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2||
kukkuccapakatāpannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||10||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti pañca vā atirekā vā,

[page 167]
IV. 11. 1-14. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 167
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te jānanti atth'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā 'ti. te nassante te vinassante te ko tehi attho 'ti bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. tehi pavāriyamāne ath'; aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ apatti thullaccayassa. ||1|| idha pana . . . (comp. IV.8.2,3. Read āpatti thullaccayassa instead of āpatti dukkaṭassa; in the case of āgacchanti samasamā read pavāritā supavāritā, avasesehi pavāretabbaṃ) . . . tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa. ||2||
bhedapurekkhārāpannarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||11||
pañcasattatikaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti pañca vā atirekā vā, te jānanti aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkamantīti. te jānanti aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkantā 'ti. te passanti aññe āvāsike bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkamante. te passanti aññe āvāsike bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkante. te suṇanti aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkamantīti. te suṇanti aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkantā 'ti. āvāsikena āvāsikā ekasatapañcasattati tikanayato, āvāsikena āgantukā, āgantukena āvāsikā, āgantukena āgantukā, peyyālamukhena satta tikasatāni honti. ||1||12||
idha pana bhikkhave āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cātuddaso hoti, āgantukānaṃ pannaraso . . . (= II.34.1-35,5.
Read pavāretabbaṃ, pavārenti, tadahu pavāraṇāya instead of uposatho kātabbo, uposathaṃ karonti, tadah'; uposathe) . . . ajj'; eva gantun ti. ||1||13||
na bhikkhave bhikkhuniyā nisinnaparisāya pavāretabbaṃ. yo pavāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na bhikkhave sikkhamānāya, na sāmaṇerassa, na sāmaṇeriyā, na sikkhaṃ paccakkhātakassa, na antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannakassa nisinnaparisāya pavāretabbaṃ. yo pavāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1||

[page 168]
168 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 14. 1-15. 3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na āpattiyā adassane ukkhittakassa nisinnaparisāya pavāretabbaṃ. yo pavāreyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo.
na āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittakassa, na pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittakassa nisinnaparisāya pavāretabbaṃ. yo pavāreyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo. ||2|| na paṇḍakassa nisinnaparisāya pavāretabbaṃ. yo pavāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na theyyasaṃvāsakassa, na titthiyapakkantakassa, na tiracchānagatassa, na mātughātakassa, na pitughātakassa, na arahantaghātakassa, na bhikkhunīdūsakassa, na saṃghabhedakassa, na lohituppādakassa, na ubhatovyañjanakassa nisinnaparisāya pavāretabbaṃ. yo pavāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||3|| na bhikkhave pārivāsikassa pavāraṇādānena pavāretabbaṃ aññatra avuṭṭhitāya parisāya. na ca bhikkhave apavāraṇāya pavāretabbaṃ aññatra saṃghasāmaggiyā 'ti. ||4||14||
tena kho pana samayena Kosalesu janapadesu aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya savarabhayakaṃ ahosi.
bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu tevācikaṃ pavāretuṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave dvevācikaṃ pavāretun ti. bāḷhataraṃ savarabhayakaṃ ahosi.
bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu dvevācikaṃ pavāretuṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave ekavācikaṃ pavāretun ti. bāḷhataraṃ savarabhayakaṃ ahosi.
bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu ekavācikaṃ pavāretuṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesum. anujānāmi bhikkhave samānavassikaṃ pavāretun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya manussehi dānaṃ dentehi yebhuyyena ratti khepitā hoti. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: manussehi dānaṃ dentehi yebhuyyena ratti khepitā. sace saṃgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, apavārito 'va saṃgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya manussehi dānaṃ dentehi yebhuyyena ratti khepitā hoti. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: manussehi . . . vibhāyissatīti, vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. manussehi dānaṃ dentehi yebhuyyena ratti khepitā.

[page 169]
IV. 15. 3-7.] MAHĀVAGGA. 169
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sace saṃgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, apavārito 'va saṃgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho dvevācikaṃ ekavācikaṃ samānavassikaṃ pavāreyyā 'ti. ||3||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya bhikkhūhi dhammaṃ bhaṇantehi suttantikehi suttantaṃ saṃgāyantehi vinayadharehi vinayaṃ vinicchinantehi dhammakathikehi dhammaṃ sākacchantehi bhikkhūhi kalahaṃ karontehi yebhuyyena ratti khepitā hoti. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: bhikkhūhi kalahaṃ karontehi yebhuyyena ratti khepitā. sace saṃgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, apavārito 'va saṃgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissatīti, vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. bhikkhūhi kalahaṃ . . . khepitā. sace saṃgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, apavārito 'va saṃgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho dvevācikaṃ ekavācikaṃ samānavassikaṃ pavāreyyā 'ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena Kosalesu janapadesu aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya mahā bhikkhusaṃgho sannipatito hoti parittañ ca anovassikaṃ hoti mahā ca megho uggato hoti. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: ayaṃ kho mahā bhikkhusaṃgho sannipatito parittañ ca anovassikaṃ mahā ca megho uggato. sace saṃgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, apavārito 'va saṃgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ megho pavassissati. kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||5||
idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya mahā bhikkhusaṃgho sannipatito hoti parittañ ca anovassikaṃ hoti mahā ca megho uggato hoti. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho mahā . . . (= 5) . . . pavassissatīti, vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ mahā . . . pavassissati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho dvevācikaṃ ekavācikaṃ samānavassikaṃ pavāreyyā 'ti. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya rājantarāyo hoti --la-- corantarāyo h., agyantarāyo h., udakant. h., manussant. h., amanussant.
h., vāḷant. h., siriṃsapant. h., jīvitant. h., brahmacariyantarāyo hoti. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho brahmacariyantarāyo.

[page 170]
170 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 15. 7-16. 4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sace saṃgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, apavārito 'va saṃgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ brahmacariyantarāyo bhavissatīti, vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ brahmacariyantarāyo. sace saṃgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, apavārito 'va saṃgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ brahmacariyantarāyo bhavissati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho dvevācikaṃ ekavācikaṃ samānavassikaṃ pavāreyyā 'ti. ||7||15||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sāpattikā pavārenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave sāpattikena pavāretabbaṃ. yo pavāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave yo sāpattiko pavāreti, tassa okāsaṃ kārāpetvā āpattiyā codetun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū okāsaṃ kārāpiyamānā na icchanti okāsaṃ kātuṃ.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave okāsaṃ akarontassa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapetuṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave ṭhapetabbā. tadahu pavāraṇāya cātuddase vā pannarase vā tasmiṃ puggale sammukhībhūte saṃghamajjhe udāharitabbaṃ: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. itthannāmo puggalo sāpattiko, tassa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemi, na tasmiṃ sammukhībhūte pavāretabban ti ṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū pur'; amhākaṃ pesalā bhikkhū pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapentīti paṭigacc'; eva suddhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anāpattikānaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapenti pavāritānam pi pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave suddhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anāpattikānaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe pavāraṇā ṭhapetabbā. yo ṭhapeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na bhikkhave pavāritānam pi pavāraṇā ṭhapetabbā. yo ṭhapeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||3|| evaṃ kho bhikkhave ṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā, evaṃ aṭṭhapitā. kathañ ca bhikkhave aṭṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā. tevācikāya ce bhikkhave pavāraṇāya bhāsitāya lapitāya pariyositāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, aṭṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā. dvevācikāya ce bhikkhave, ekavācikāya ce bhikkhave, samānavassikāya ce bhikkhave pavāraṇāya bhāsitāya lapitāya pariyositāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, aṭṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā.

[page 171]
IV. 16. 4-10.] MAHĀVAGGA. 171
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evaṃ kho bhikkhave aṭṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā. ||4|| kathañ ca bhikkhave ṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā. tevācikāya ce bhikkhave pavāraṇāya bhāsitāya lapitāya apariyositāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, ṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā.
dvevācikāya ce bhikkhave, ekavācikāya ce bhikkhave, samānavassikāya ce bhikkhave pavāraṇāya bhāsitāya lapitāya apariyositāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, ṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā.
evaṃ kho bhikkhave ṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā. ||5|| idha pana bhikkhave tadahu pavāraṇāya bhikkhu bhikkhussa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti. taṃ ce bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jānanti ayaṃ kho āyasmā aparisuddhakāyasamācāro aparisuddhavacīsamācāro aparisuddhāajīvo bālo avyatto na paṭibalo anuyuñjiyamāno anuyogaṃ dātun ti, alaṃ bhikkhu, mā bhaṇḍanaṃ mā kalahaṃ mā viggahaṃ mā vivādan ti omadditvā saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave tadahu pavāraṇāya bhikkhu bhikkhussa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti. taṃ ce bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jānanti ayaṃ kho āyasmā parisuddhakāyasamācāro aparisuddhavacīsamācāro aparisuddhaājīvo bālo avyatto na paṭibalo anuyuñjiyamāno anuyogaṃ dātun ti, alaṃ bhikkhu . . . pavāretabbaṃ. ||7|| idha pana bhikkhave tadahu pavāraṇāya bhikkhu bhikkhussa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti. taṃ ce bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jānanti ayaṃ kho āyasmā parisuddhakāyasamācāro parisuddhavacīsamācāro aparisuddhāajīvo bālo avyatto na paṭibalo anuyuñjiyamāno anuyogaṃ dātun ti, alaṃ bhikkhu . . . pavāretabbaṃ.
||8|| idha pana bhikkhave tadahu pavāraṇāya bhikkhu bhikkhussa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti. taṃ ce bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jānanti ayaṃ kho āyasmā parisuddhakāyasamācāro parisuddhavacīsamācāro parisuddhāajīvo bālo avyatto na paṭibalo anuyuñjiyamāno anuyogaṃ dātun ti, alaṃ bhikkhu . . . pavāretabbaṃ. ||9|| idha pana bhikkhave tadahu pavāraṇāya bhikkhu bhikkhussa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti. taṃ ce bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jānanti ayaṃ kho āyasmā parisuddhakāyasamācāro parisuddhavacīsamācāro parisuddhāajīvo paṇḍito vyatto paṭibalo anuyuñjiyamāno anuyogaṃ dātun ti, so evam assa vacanīyo: yaṃ kho tvaṃ āvuso imassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapesi, kimhi naṃ ṭhapesi, sīlavipattiyā ṭhapesi, ācāravipattiyā ṭhapesi, diṭṭhivipattiyā ṭhapesīti. ||10||

[page 172]
172 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 16. 10-15.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so ce evaṃ vadeyya: sīlavipattiyā ṭhapemi, ācāravip. ṭh., diṭṭhivip. ṭhapemīti, so evam assa vacanīyo: jānāti panāyasmā sīlavipattiṃ, jānāti ācāravipattiṃ, jānāti diṭṭhivipattin ti. so ce evaṃ vadeyya: jānāmi kho ahaṃ āvuso sīlavipattiṃ, jānāmi ācāravipattiṃ, jānāmi diṭṭhivipattin ti, so evam assa vacanīyo: katamā panāvuso sīlavipatti, katamā ācāravipatti, katamā diṭṭhivipattīti. ||11|| so ce evaṃ vadeyya: cattāri ca pārājikāni terasa saṃghādisesā ayaṃ sīlavipatti, thullaccayaṃ pācittiyaṃ pāṭidesanīyaṃ dukkaṭaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ ayaṃ ācāravipatti, micchādiṭṭhi antaggāhikā diṭṭhi ayaṃ diṭṭhivipattīti, so evam assa vacanīyo: yaṃ kho tvaṃ āvuso imassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapesi, diṭṭhena ṭhapesi, sutena ṭhapesi, parisaṅkāya ṭhapesīti. ||12|| so ce evaṃ vadeyya: diṭṭhena vā ṭhapemi, sutena vā ṭhapemi, parisaṅkāya vā ṭhapemīti, so evam assa vacanīyo: yaṃ kho tvaṃ āvuso imassa bhikkhuno diṭṭhena pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapesi, kiṃ te diṭṭhaṃ, kinti te diṭṭhaṃ, kadā te diṭṭhaṃ, kattha te diṭṭhaṃ, pārājikaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho, saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho, thullaccayaṃ pācittiyaṃ pāṭidesanīyaṃ dukkaṭaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho, kattha ca tvaṃ ahosi, kattha cāyaṃ bhikkhu ahosi, kiṃ ca tvaṃ karosi, kiṃ cāyaṃ bhikkhu karotīti. ||13|| so ce evaṃ vadeyya: na kho ahaṃ āvuso imassa bhikkhuno diṭṭhena pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemi, api ca sutena pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemīti, so evam assa vacanīyo: yaṃ kho tvaṃ āvuso imassa bhikkhuno sutena pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapesi, kiṃ te sutaṃ, kinti te sutaṃ, kadā te sutaṃ, kattha te sutaṃ, pārājikaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti sutaṃ, saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti sutaṃ, thullaccayaṃ pācittiyaṃ pāṭidesanīyaṃ {dukkaṭaṃ} dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti sutaṃ, bhikkhussa sutaṃ, bhikkhuniyā s., sikkhamānāya s., sāmaṇerassa s., sāmaṇeriyā s., upāsakassa s., upāsikāya s., rājūnaṃ s., rājamahāmattānaṃ s., titthiyānaṃ s., titthiyasāvakānaṃ sutan ti. ||14|| so ce evaṃ vadeyya: na kho ahaṃ āvuso imassa bhikkhuno sutena pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemi, api ca parisaṅkāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemīti, so evam assa vacanīyo: yaṃ kho tvaṃ āvuso imassa bhikkhuno parisaṅkāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapesi, kiṃ parisaṅkasi, kinti parisaṅkasi, kadā parisaṅkasi, kattha parisaṅkasi, pārājikaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti parisaṅkasi,

[page 173]
IV. 16. 15-20.] MAHĀVAGGA. 173
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti parisaṅkasi, thullaccayaṃ pācittiyaṃ pāṭidesanīyaṃ dukkaṭaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti parisaṅkasi, bhikkhussa sutvā parisaṅkasi . . . titthiyasāvakānaṃ sutvā parisaṅkasīti. ||15|| so ce evaṃ vadeyya: na kho ahaṃ āvuso imassa bhikkhuno parisaṅkāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemi, api ca ahaṃ na jānāmi kena ahaṃ imassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemīti, so ce bhikkhave codako bhikkhu anuyogena viññūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ cittaṃ na ārādheti ananuvādo cudito bhikkhū 'ti alaṃ vacanāya. so ce bhikkhave codako bhikkhu anuyogena viññūnaṃ {sabrahmacārīnaṃ} cittaṃ ārādheti sānuvādo cudito bhikkhū 'ti alaṃ vacanāya. ||16|| so ce bhikkhave codako bhikkhu amūlakena pārājikena anuddhaṃsitaṃ paṭijānāti, saṃghādisesaṃ ropetvā saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. so ce bhikkhave codako bhikkhu amūlakena saṃghādisesena anuddhaṃsitaṃ paṭijānāti, yathādhammaṃ kārāpetvā saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. so ce bhikkhave codako bhikkhu amūlakena thullaccayena pācittiyena pāṭidesanīyena dukkaṭena dubbhāsitena anuddhaṃsitaṃ paṭijānāti, yathādhammaṃ kārāpetvā saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. ||17|| so ce bhikkhave cudito bhikkhu pārājikaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti paṭijānāti, nāsetvā saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. so ce bhikkhave cudito bhikkhu saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti paṭijānāti, saṃghādisesaṃ ropetvā saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. so ce bhikkhave cudito bhikkhu thullaccayaṃ pācittiyaṃ pāṭidesanīyaṃ dukkaṭaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti paṭijānāti, yathādhammaṃ kārāpetvā saṃghena pavāretabbaṃ. ||18|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya thullaccayaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti. ekacce bhikkhū thullaccayadiṭṭhino honti, ekacce bhikkhū saṃghādisesadiṭṭhino honti. ye te bhikkhave bhikkhū thullaccayadiṭṭhino, tehi so bhikkhave bhikkhu ekamantaṃ apanetvā yathādhammaṃ kārāpetvā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam assa vacanīyo: yaṃ kho so āvuso bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno, sāssa yathādhammaṃ paṭikatā. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho pavāreyyā 'ti. ||19||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya thullaccayaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti. ekacce bhikkhū thullaccayadiṭṭhino honti, ekacce bhikkhū pācittiyadiṭṭhino honti. ekacce bhikkhū thullaccayadiṭṭhino honti,

[page 174]
174 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 16. 20-26.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ekacce bhikkhū pāṭidesanīyadiṭṭhino honti. ek. bh. thullaccayad. h., ek. bh. dukkaṭad. h., ek. bh. thullaccayad. h., ek. bh. dubbhāsitad. h.
ye te bhikkhave bhikkhū thullaccayadiṭṭhino, tehi . . . (= 19) . . . saṃgho pavāreyyā 'ti. ||20|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya pācittiyaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti, pāṭidesanīyaṃ ajjhāp. hoti, dukkaṭaṃ ajjhāp. hoti, dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāp. hoti. ekacce bhikkhū dubbhāsitadiṭṭhino honti, ekacce bhikkhū saṃghādisesadiṭṭhino honti. ye te bhikkhave bhikkhū dubbhāsitadiṭṭhino, tehi . . . (= 19) . . . saṃgho pavāreyyā 'ti. ||21|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti.
ekacce bhikkhū dubbhāsitadiṭṭhino honti, ek. bh. thullaccayad. h., ek. bh. dubbhāsitad. h., ek. bh. pācittiyad. h., ek.
bh. dubbhāsitad. h., ek. bh. pāṭidesanīyad. h., ek. bh. dubbhāsitad. h., ek. bh. dukkaṭad. honti. ye te bhikkhave bhikkhū dubbhāsitadiṭṭhino, tehi . . . saṃgho pavāreyyā 'ti. ||22||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya saṃghamajjhe udāhareyya: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. idaṃ vatthuṃ paññāyati na puggalo. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, vatthuṃ ṭhapetvā saṃgho pavāreyyā 'ti. so evam assa vacanīyo: bhagavatā kho āvuso visuddhānaṃ pavāraṇā paññattā. sace vatthuṃ paññāyati na puggalo, idān'; eva naṃ vadehīti. ||23|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya saṃghamajjhe udāhareyya: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ puggalo paññāyati na vatthuṃ. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, puggalaṃ ṭhapetvā saṃgho pavāreyyā 'ti. so evam assa vacanīyo: bhagavatā kho āvuso samaggānaṃ pavāraṇā paññattā. sace puggalo paññāyati na vatthuṃ, idān'; eva naṃ vadehīti. ||24|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya saṃghamajjhe udāhareyya: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. idaṃ vatthuñ ca puggalo ca paññāyati.
yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, vatthuñ ca puggalañ ca ṭhapetvā saṃgho pavāreyyā 'ti. so evam assa vacanīyo: bhagavatā kho āvuso visuddhānañ ca samaggānañ ca pavāraṇā paññattā.
sace vatthuñ ca puggalo ca paññāyati, idān'; eva naṃ vadehīti. ||25|| pubbe ce bhikkhave pavāraṇāya vatthuṃ paññāyati, pacchā puggalo, kallaṃ vacanāya. pubbe ce bhikkhave pavāraṇāya puggalo paññāyati,

[page 175]
IV. 16. 26-17. 4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 175
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] pacchā vatthuṃ, kallaṃ vacanāya. pubbe ce bhikkhave pavāraṇāya vatthuñ ca puggalo ca paññāyati, taṃ ce katāya pavāraṇāya ukkoṭeti, ukkoṭanakaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||26||16||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū Kosalesu janapadesu aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. tesaṃ sāmantā aññe bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṃghe adhikaraṇakārakā vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu mayaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vassaṃ vutthānaṃ pavāraṇāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapessāmā 'ti. assosuṃ kho te bhikkhū: amhākaṃ kira sāmantā aññe bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . adhikaraṇakārakā vassaṃ upagatā mayaṃ . . . ṭhapessāmā 'ti.
kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ upagacchanti. tesaṃ sāmantā aññe bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . adhikaraṇakārakā vassaṃ upagacchanti mayaṃ . . . ṭhapessāmā 'ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave tehi bhikkhūhi dve tayo uposathe cātuddasike kātuṃ kathaṃ mayaṃ tehi bhikkhūhi paṭhamataraṃ pavāreyyāmā 'ti. te ce bhikkhave bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . adhikaraṇakārakā āvāsaṃ āgacchanti, tehi bhikkhave āvāsikehi bhikkhūhi lahuṃ-lahuṃ sannipatitvā pavāretabbaṃ, pavāretvā vattabbā: pavāritā kho mayaṃ āvuso, yathāyasmantā maññanti tathā karontū 'ti. ||2|| te ce bhikkhave bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . adhikaraṇakārakā asaṃvihitā taṃ āvāsaṃ āgacchanti, tehi bhikkhave āvāsikehi bhikkhūhi āsanaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, pāniyena pucchitabbā, tesaṃ vikkhitvā nissīmaṃ gantvā pavāretabbaṃ, pavāretvā vattabbā: pavāritā kho mayaṃ āvuso, yathāyasmantā maññanti tathā karontū 'ti. ||3|| evañ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce labhetha, āvāsikena bhikkhunā vyattena paṭibalena āvāsikā bhikkhū ñāpetabbā: suṇantu me āyasmantā āvāsikā. yad'; āyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, idāni uposathaṃ kareyyāma pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyyāma,

[page 176]
176 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 17. 4-I8. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āgame kāḷe pavāreyyāmā 'ti. te ce bhikkhave bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . adhikaraṇakārakā te bhikkhū evaṃ vadeyyuṃ: sādh'; āvuso idān'; eva no pavārethā 'ti, te evaṃ assu vacanīyā: anissarā kho tumhe āvuso amhākaṃ pavāraṇāya, na tāva mayaṃ pavāressāmā 'ti. ||4|| te ce bhikkhave bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . adhikaraṇakārakā taṃ kāḷaṃ anuvaseyyuṃ, āvāsikena bhikkhave bhikkhunā vyattena paṭibalena āvāsikā bhikkhū ñāpetabbā: suṇantu me āyasmantā . . . uddiseyyāma, āgame juṇhe pavāreyyāmā 'ti. te ce bhikkhave bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . adhikaraṇakārakā te bhikkhū evaṃ vadeyyuṃ: sādh'; āvuso idān'; eva no pavārethā 'ti, te evaṃ assu vacanīyā: anissarā kho tumhe āvuso amhākaṃ pavāraṇāya, na tāva mayaṃ pavāressāmā 'ti.
||5|| te ce bhikkhave bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . adhikaraṇakārakā tam pi juṇhaṃ anuvaseyyuṃ, tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi sabbeh'; eva āgame juṇhe komudiyā cātumāsiniyā akāmā pavāretabbaṃ. ||6|| tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhūhi pavāriyamāne gilāno agilānassa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, so evam assa vacanīyo: āyasmā kho gilāno, gilāno ca ananuyogakkhamo vutto bhagavatā. āgamehi āvuso yāva ārogo hosi, ārogo ākaṅkhamāno codessasīti. evaṃ ce vuccamāno codeti, anādariye pācittiyaṃ. ||7|| tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhūhi pavāriyamāne agilāno gilānassa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, so evam assa vacanīyo: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu gilāno, gilāno ca ananuyogakkhamo vutto bhagavatā. āgamehi āvuso yāvāyaṃ bhikkhu ārogo hoti, ārogaṃ ākaṅkhamāno codessasīti. evaṃ ce vuccamāno codeti, anādariye pācittiyaṃ. ||8|| tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhūhi pavāriyamāne gilāno gilānassa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, so evam assa vacanīyo: āyasmantā kho gilānā, gilāno ca ananuyogakkhamo vutto bhagavatā. āgamehi āvuso yāva ārogā hotha, ārogaṃ ākaṅkhamāno codessasīti. evaṃ ce vuccamāno codeti, anādariye pacittiyaṃ. ||9|| tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhūhi pavāriyamāne agilāno agilānassa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, ubho saṃghena samanuyuñjitvā samanuggāhitvā yathādhammaṃ kārāpetvā saṃghena pavāretabban ti. ||10||17||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū Kosalesu janapadesu aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu.

[page 177]
IV. 18. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 177
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tesaṃ samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ viharataṃ aññataro phāsuvihāro adhigato hoti. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: amhākaṃ kho samaggānaṃ . . . adhigato. sace mayaṃ idāni pavāressāma, siyāpi bhikkhū pavāretvā cārikaṃ pakkameyyuṃ, evaṃ mayaṃ imamhā phāsuvihārā paribāhirā bhavissāma. kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ upagacchanti. tesaṃ samaggānaṃ . . . adhigato hoti. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: amhākaṃ kho samaggānaṃ . . . paribāhirā bhavissāmā 'ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave tehi bhikkhūhi pavāraṇāsaṃgahaṃ kātuṃ. ||2|| evañ ca pana bhikkhave kātabbo. sabbeh'; eva ekajjhaṃ sannipatitabbaṃ, sannipatitvā vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. amhākaṃ samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ viharataṃ aññataro phāsuvihāro adhigato. sace mayaṃ idāni pavāressāma, siyāpi bhikkhū pavāretvā cārikaṃ pakkameyyuṃ, evaṃ mayaṃ imamhā phāsuvihārā paribāhirā bhavissāma. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho pavāraṇāsaṃgahaṃ kareyya, idāni uposathaṃ kareyya pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyya, āgame komudiyā cātumāsiniyā saṃgho pavāreyya. esā ñatti. ||3|| suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. amhākaṃ samaggānaṃ . . . paribāhirā bhavissāma. saṃgho pavāraṇāsaṃgahaṃ karoti, idāni uposathaṃ karissati pātimokkhaṃ uddisissati, āgame komudiyā cātumāsiniyā pavāressati. yassāyasmato khamati pavāraṇāsaṃgahassa karaṇaṃ idāni uposathaṃ karissati pātimokkhaṃ uddisissati, āgame komudiyā cātumāsiniyā pavāressati, so tuṇh'; assa. yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya. kato {saṃghena} pavāraṇāsaṃgaho idāni uposathaṃ karissati pātimokkhaṃ uddisissati, āgame komudiyā cātumāsiniyā pavāressati. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||4||
tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhūhi kate pavāraṇāsaṃgahe aññataro bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya: icchām'; ahaṃ āvuso janapadacārikaṃ pakkamituṃ, atthi me janapade karaṇīyan ti, so evam assa vacanīyo: sādh'; āvuso pavāretvā gacchāhīti. so ce bhikkhave bhikkhu pavārayamāno aññatarassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti,

[page 178]
178 MAHĀVAGGA. [IV. 18. 5-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so evam assa vacanīyo: anissaro kho me tvaṃ āvuso pavāraṇāya, na tāvāhaṃ pavāressāmīti. tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno pavārayamānassa aññataro bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, ubho saṃghena samanuyuñjitvā samanuggāhitvā yathādhammaṃ kārāpetabbā. ||5||
so ce bhikkhave bhikkhu janapade taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā punad eva anto komudiyā cātumāsiniyā taṃ āvāsaṃ āgacchati, tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhūhi pavāriyamāne aññataro bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, so evam assa vacanīyo: anissaro kho me tvaṃ āvuso pavāraṇāya, pavārito ahan ti. tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhūhi pavāriyamāne so bhikkhu aññatarassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, ubho saṃghena samanuyuñjitvā samanuggāhitvā yathādhammaṃ kārāpetvā saṃghena pavāretabban ti. ||6||18||
pavāraṇakkhandhakaṃ catutthaṃ.
imamhi khandhake vatthu chacattārisā. tassa uddānaṃ:
vassaṃ vutthā Kosalesu agamuṃ satthu dassanaṃ
aphāsupasusaṃvāsaṃ aññamaññānulomatā, |
pavārentāpaṇā, dve ca, kammaṃ, gilāna-ñātakā,
rājā, corā ca, dhuttā ca, bhikkhū paccatthikā tathā, |
pañca, catu, tayo, dve,'ko, āpanno, vemati, sari,
sabbo saṃgho, vematiko, bahū samā ca thokikā, |
āvāsikā, cātuddasā, liṅga-saṃvāsakā ubho,
gantabbaṃ, na nisinnāya, chandadān', apavāraṇā, |
savarehi, khepitā, megho, antarā ca, pavāraṇā, |
5 na karonti, pur'; amhākaṃ, aṭṭhapitā ca, bhikkhuno, |
kimhi vā 'ti katamañ ca diṭṭhena sutasaṅkāya,
codako cuditako ca, thullaccaya-vatthu-bhaṇḍanaṃ, |
pavāraṇāsaṃgaho ca, anissaro, pavāraye 'ti.

[page 179]
179
MAHĀVAGGA.
V.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe pabbate. tena kho pana samayena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro asītiyā gāmasahassesu issarādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāreti. tena kho pana samayena Campāyaṃ Soṇo nāma Koḷiviso seṭṭhiputto sukhumālo hoti, tassa pādatalesu lomāni jātāni honti. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro tāni asītiṃ gāmikasahassāni sannipātāpetvā kenacid eva karaṇīyena Soṇassa Koḷivisassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi, āgacchatu Soṇo icchāmi Soṇassa āgatan ti. ||1||
atha kho Soṇassa Koḷivisassa mātāpitaro Soṇaṃ Koḷivisaṃ etad avocuṃ: rājā te tāta Soṇa pāde dakkhitukāmo. mā kho tvaṃ tāta Soṇa yena rājā tena pāde abhippasāreyyāsi, rañño purato pallaṅkena nisīda, nisinnassa te rājā pāde dakkhissatīti. atha kho Soṇaṃ Koḷivisaṃ sivikāya ānesuṃ.
atha kho Soṇo Koḷiviso yena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ abhivādetvā rañño purato pallaṅkena nisīdi. addasa kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro Soṇassa Koḷivisassa pādatalesu lomāni jātāni. ||2|| atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro tāni asītiṃ gāmikasahassāni diṭṭhadhammike atthe anusāsitvā uyyojesi: tumhe khv'; attha bhaṇe mayā diṭṭhadhammike atthe anusāsitā, gacchatha taṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāsatha, so no bhagavā samparāyike atthe anusāsissatīti. atha kho tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni yena Gijjhakūṭo pabbato ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Sāgato bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti. atha kho tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni yenāyasmā Sāgato ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Sāgataṃ etad avocuṃ:

[page 180]
180 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 1. 4-9.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] imāni bhante asīti gāmikasahassāni idh'; upasaṃkantāni bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. sādhu mayaṃ bhante labheyyāma bhagavantaṃ dassanāyā 'ti. tena hi tumhe āyasmanto muhuttaṃ idh'; eva tāva hotha yāvāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ paṭivedemīti. ||4|| atha kho āyasmā Sāgato tesaṃ asītiyā gāmikasahassānaṃ purato pekkhamānānaṃ pāṭikāya nimujjitvā bhagavato purato ummujjitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: imāni bhante asīti gāmikasahassāni idh'; upasaṃkantāni bhagavantaṃ dassanāya, yassa dāni bhante bhagavā kālaṃ maññatīti. tena hi tvaṃ Sāgata vihārapacchāyāyaṃ āsanaṃ paññāpehīti. ||5|| evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Sāgato bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā pīṭhaṃ gahetvā bhagavato purato nimujjitvā tesaṃ asītiyā gāmikasahassānaṃ purato pekkhamānānaṃ pāṭikāya ummujjitvā vihārapacchāyāyaṃ āsanaṃ paññāpesi. atha kho bhagavā vihārā nikkhamitvā vihārapacchāyāyaṃ paññatte āsane nisīdi. ||6|| atha kho tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ {nisīdiṃsu}. atha kho tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni āyasmantaṃ yeva Sāgataṃ samannāharanti, no tathā bhagavantaṃ. atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ āsītiyā gāmikasahassānaṃ cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya āyasmantaṃ Sāgataṃ āmantesi: tena hi tvaṃ Sāgata bhiyyosomattāya uttarimanussadhammaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassehīti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Sāgato bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe caṅkamati pi tiṭṭhati pi nisīdati pi seyyam pi kappeti dhūpāyati pi pajjalati pi antaradhāyati pi. ||7||
atha kho āyasmā Sāgato ākāse antalikkhe anekavihitaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: satthā me bhante bhagavā, sāvako 'ham asmi, satthā me bhante bhagavā, sāvako 'ham asmīti. atha kho tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, sāvako pi nāma evaṃ mahiddhiko bhavissati evaṃ mahānubhāvo, aho nūna satthā 'ti bhagavantaṃ yeva samannāharanti, no tathā āyasmantaṃ Sāgataṃ. ||8|| atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ asītiyā gāmikasahassānaṃ cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi.

[page 181]
V. 1. 9-12.] MAHĀVAGGA. 181
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi, dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammad eva rajanaṃ {paṭigaṇheyya,} evam eva tesaṃ asītiyā gāmikasahassānaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman ti. ||9|| te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ bhante, seyyathāpi bhante nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti, evam eva bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. ete mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, upāsake no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate 'ti. ||10|| atha kho Soṇassa Koḷivisassa etad ahosi: yathā -yathā kho ahaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, na yidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyyan ti. atha kho tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. ||11|| atha kho Soṇo Koḷiviso acirapakkantesu tesu asītiyā gāmikasahassesu yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Soṇo Koḷiviso bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: yathā-yathāhaṃ bhante bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ . . . brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. icchām'; ahaṃ bhante kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ, pabbājetu maṃ bhante bhagavā 'ti. alattha kho Soṇo Koḷiviso bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ. acirūpasampanno ca panāyasmā Soṇo Sītavane viharati. ||12||

[page 182]
182 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 1. 12-16.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tassa accāraddhaviriyassa caṅkamato pādā bhijjiṃsu, caṅkamo lohitena phuṭo hoti seyyathāpi gavāghātanaṃ. atha kho āyasmato Soṇassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ye kho keci bhagavato sāvakā āraddhaviriyā viharanti, ahaṃ tesaṃ aññataro, atha ca pana me nānupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati, saṃvijjanti kho pana me kule bhogā. sakkā bhoge ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca kātuṃ. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjeyyaṃ puññāni ca kareyyan ti. ||13|| atha kho bhagavā āyasmato Soṇassa cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Gijjhakūṭe pabbate antarahito Sītavane pāturahosi. atha kho bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto yenāyasmato Soṇassa caṅkamo ten'; upasaṃkami. addasa kho bhagavā āyasmato Soṇassa caṅkamaṃ lohitena phuṭaṃ, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi: kassa nv āyaṃ bhikkhave caṅkamo lohitena phuṭo seyyathāpi gavāghātanan ti. āyasmato bhante Soṇassa accāraddhaviriyassa caṅkamato pādā bhijjiṃsu, tassāyaṃ caṅkamo lohitena phuṭo seyyathāpi {gavāghātanan} ti. ||14|| atha kho bhagavā yenāyasmato Soṇassa vihāro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. āyasmāpi kho Soṇo bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Soṇaṃ bhagavā etad avoca: nanu te Soṇa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ye kho keci . . . puññāni ca kareyyan ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti. taṃ kiṃ maññasi Soṇa, kusalo tvaṃ pubbe agārikabhūto vīṇāya tantissare 'ti. evaṃ bhante. taṃ kiṃ maññasi Soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo accāyatā honti, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatī vā hoti kammaññā vā 'ti.
no h'; etaṃ bhante. ||15|| taṃ kiṃ maññasi Soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo atisithilā honti, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye {saravatī} vā hoti kammaññā vā 'ti. no h'; etaṃ bhante. taṃ kiṃ maññasi Soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo n'; eva accāyatā honti nātisithilā same guṇe patiṭṭhitā, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatī va hoti kammaññā vā 'ti. evaṃ bhante.
evam eva kho Soṇa accāraddhaviriyaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati,

[page 183]
V. 1. 16-22.] MAHĀVAGGA. 183
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atilīnaviriyaṃ kosajjāya saṃvattati. ||16|| tasmāt iha tvaṃ Soṇa viriyasamataṃ adhiṭṭhaha indriyānaṃ ca samataṃ paṭivijjha tattha ca nimittaṃ gaṇhāhīti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Soṇo bhagavato paccassosi. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Soṇaṃ iminā ovādena ovaditvā seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Sītavane āyasmato Soṇassa sammukhe antarahito Gijjhakūṭe pabbate pāturahosi. ||17|| atha kho āyasmā Soṇo aparena samayena viriyasamataṃ adhiṭṭhāsi indriyānaṃ ca samataṃ paṭivijjhi tattha ca nimittaṃ aggahesi. atha kho āyasmā Soṇo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirass'; eva yass'; atthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tad anuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi, khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā 'ti abbhaññāsi, aññataro ca panāyasmā Soṇo arahataṃ ahosi. ||18|| atha kho āyasmato Soṇassa arahattaṃ pattassa etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhagavato santike aññaṃ vyākareyyan ti. atha kho āyasmā Soṇo yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Soṇo bhagavantam etad avoca: ||19|| yo so bhante bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano sammadaññāvimutto, so cha ṭṭhānāni adhimutto hoti: nekkhammādhimutto hoti, pavivekādhimutto hoti, avyāpajjhādhimutto hoti, upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti, taṇhakkhayādhimutto hoti, asammohādhimutto hoti. ||20|| siyā kho pana bhante idh'; ekaccassa āyasmato evam assa: kevalaṃ saddhāmattakaṃ nūna ayam āyasmā nissāya nekkhammādhimutto 'ti. na kho pan'; etaṃ bhante evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. khīṇāsavo bhante bhikkhu vusitavā katakaraṇīyo karaṇīyam attānaṃ asamanupassanto katassa vā paṭicayaṃ khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā nekkhammādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā nekkhammādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā nekkhammādhimutto hoti. ||21|| siyā kho pana bhante idh'; ekaccassa āyasmato evam assa: lābhasakkārasilokaṃ nūna ayam āyasmā nikāmayamāno pavivekādhimutto 'ti.

[page 184]
184 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 1. 22-27.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na kho pan'; etaṃ . . . khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā pavivekādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā pavivekādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā pavivekādhimutto hoti. ||22|| siyā kho pana bhante idh'; ekaccassa āyasmato evam assa: sīlabbataparāmāsaṃ nūna ayam āyasmā sārato paccāgacchanto avyāpajjhādhimutto 'ti. na kho pan'; etaṃ . . . khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā avyāpajjhādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā avyāpajjhādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā avyāpajjhādhimutto hoti, ||23|| khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā taṇhakkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā taṇhakkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā taṇhakkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā asammohādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā asammohādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā asammohādhimutto hoti.
||24|| evaṃ sammāvimuttacittassa bhante bhikkhuno bhusā ce pi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, n'; ev'; assa cittaṃ pariyādiyanti, amissikatam ev'; assa cittaṃ hoti ṭhitaṃ ānejjappattaṃ vayañ c'; assānupassati. bhusā ce pi sotaviññeyyā saddā, ghānaviññeyyā gandhā, {jivhāviññeyyā} rasā, {kāyaviññeyyā} phoṭṭhabbā, manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, n'; ev'; assa cittaṃ pariyādiyanti, amissikatam ev'; assa cittaṃ hoti ṭhitaṃ ānejjappattaṃ vayañ c'; assānupassati. ||25|| seyyathāpi bhante selo pabbato acchiddo asusiro ekaghano puratthimāya ce pi disāya āgaccheyya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi, n'; eva naṃ saṃkampeyya na sampakampeyya na sampavedheyya, pacchimāya ce pi disāya --la-- uttarāya ce pi disāya --la-- dakkhiṇāya ce pi disāya . . . na sampavedheyya, evam eva kho bhante evaṃ sammāvimuttacittassa bhikkhuno bhusā ce pi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā . . . {manoviññeyyā} dhammā manassa āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, n'; ev'; assa cittam . . . vayañ c'; assānupassatīti. ||26||
nekkhammaṃ adhimuttassa pavivekañ ca cetaso
avyāpajjhādhimuttassa upādānakkhayassa ca |

[page 185]
V. 1. 27-2. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 185
taṇhakkhayādhimuttassa asammohañ ca cetaso
disvā āyatanuppādaṃ sammā cittaṃ vimuccati. |
tassa sammāvimuttassa santacittassa bhikkhuno
katassa paṭicayo n'; atthi karaṇīyañ ca na vijjati. |
selo yathā ekaghano vātena na samīrati,
evaṃ rūpā rasā saddā gandhā phassā ca kevalā |
iṭṭhā dhammā aniṭṭhā ca na pavedhenti tādino.
ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ vippamuttaṃ vayañ c'; assānupassatīti. ||27||
atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: evaṃ kho bhikkhave kulaputtā aññaṃ vyākaronti. attho ca vutto attā ca anupanīto.
atha ca pan'; idh'; ekacce moghapurisā hasamānakaṃ maññe aññaṃ vyākaronti, te pacchā vighātaṃ āpajjantīti. ||28|| atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Soṇaṃ āmantesi: tvaṃ kho 'si Soṇa sukhumālo. anujānāmi te Soṇa ekapalāsikaṃ upāhanan ti. ahaṃ kho bhante asītisakaṭavāhe hiraññaṃ ohāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito sattahatthikañ ca anīkaṃ. tassa me bhavissanti vattāro: Soṇo Koḷiviso asītisakaṭavāhe hiraññaṃ ohāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito sattahatthikañ ca anīkaṃ, so dān'; āyaṃ ekapalāsikāsu upāhanāsu satto 'ti. ||29|| sace bhagavā bhikkhusaṃghassa anujānissati, aham pi paribhuñjissāmi, no ce bhagavā bhikkhusaṃghassa anujānissati, aham pi na paribhuñjissāmīti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave ekapalāsikaṃ upāhanaṃ. na bhikkhave diguṇā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na tiguṇā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na gaṇaṃgaṇūpāhanā dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||30||1||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sabbanīlikā upāhanāyo dhārenti --la-- sabbapītikā upāhanāyo dhārenti, sabbalohitikā up. dh., sabbamañjeṭṭhikā up. dh., sabbakaṇhā up. dh., sabbamahāraṅgarattā up. dh., sabbamahānāmarattā up. dhārenti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave sabbanīlikā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na sabbapītikā upāhanā dhāretabbā . . . na sabbamahānāmarattā upāhanā dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū nīlakavaṭṭikā upāhanāyo dhārenti,

[page 186]
186 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 2. 2-3. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] pītakavaṭṭikā up. dh., lohitakavaṭṭikā up. dh., mañjeṭṭhakavaṭṭikā up. dh., kaṇhavaṭṭikā up. dh., mahāraṅgarattavaṭṭikā up. dh., mahānāmarattavaṭṭikā up. dhārenti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave nīlakavaṭṭikā upāhanā dhāretabbā . . . na mahānāmarattavaṭṭikā upāhanā dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū khallakabaddhā upāhanāyo dhārenti, puṭabaddhā up. dhārenti, pāliguṇṭhimā up. dh., tūlapuṇṇikā up. dh., tittirapattikā up. dh., meṇḍavisāṇabandhikā up. dh., ajavisāṇabandhikā up. dh., vicchikālikā up. dh., morapicchaparisibbitā up. dh., citrā up. dhārenti.
manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave khallakabaddhā upāhanā dhāretabbā . . . na citrā upāhanā dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sīhacammaparikkhaṭā upāhanāyo dhārenti, vyagghacammaparikkhaṭā up. dh., dīpicammap. up. dh., ajinacammap. up. dh., uddacammap. up. dh., majjāricammap. up. dh., kāḷakacammap. up. dh., ulūkacammap. up. dhārenti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave sīhacammaparikkhaṭā upāhanā dhāretabbā . . . na ulūkacammap. up. dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||2||
atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi aññatarena bhikkhunā pacchāsamaṇena. atha kho so bhikkhu khañjamāno bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito anubandhi. addasa kho aññataro upāsako gaṇaṃgaṇūpāhanaṃ ārohitvā bhagavantaṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, disvā upāhanā orohitvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā yena so bhikkhu ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā etad avoca: ||1|| kissa bhante ayyo khañjatīti.
pādā me āvuso phālitā 'ti. handa bhante upāhanāyo 'ti.

[page 187]
V. 3. 2-5. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 187
alaṃ āvuso paṭikkhittā bhagavatā gaṇaṃgaṇūpāhanā 'ti.
gaṇhāh'; etā bhikkhu upāhanāyo 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave omukkaṃ gaṇaṃgaṇūpāhanaṃ. na bhikkhave navā gaṇaṃgaṇūpāhanā dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2||3||
tena kho pana samayena bhagavā ajjhokāse anupāhano caṅkamati. satthā anupāhano caṅkamatīti therāpi bhikkhū anupāhanā caṅkamanti. chabbaggiyā bhikkhū satthari anupāhane caṅkamamāne theresu pi bhikkhūsu anupāhanesu caṅkamamānesu saupāhanā caṅkamanti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū satthari anupāhane caṅkamamāne theresu pi bhikkhūsu anupāhanesu caṅkamamānesu saupāhanā caṅkamissantīti. ||1|| atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave chabbaggiyā bhikkhū satthari . . . saupāhanā caṅkamantīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā satthari . . . saupāhanā caṅkamissanti. ime hi nāma bhikkhave gihī odātavasanā abhijīvanikassa sippassa kāraṇā ācariyesu sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttikā viharissanti. ||2|| idha kho taṃ bhikkhave sobhetha yaṃ tumhe evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā ācariyesu ācariyamattesu upajjhāyesu upajjhāyamattesu sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttikā vihareyyātha. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --la-- vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave ācariyesu ācariyamattesu upajjhāyesu upajjhāyamattesu anupāhanesu caṅkamamānesu saupāhanena caṅkamitabbaṃ. yo caṅkameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na ca bhikkhave ajjhārāme upāhanā dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3||4||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno pādakhīlābādho hoti. taṃ bhikkhuṃ pariggahetvā uccāram pi passāvam pi nikkhāmenti. addasa kho bhagavā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto te bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ pariggahetvā uccāram pi passāvam pi nikkhāmente,

[page 188]
188 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 5. 1-6. 4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] disvāna yena te bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te bhikkhū etad avoca: ||1|| kiṃ imassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno ābādho 'ti.
imassa bhante āyasmato pādakhīlābādho, imaṃ mayaṃ pariggahetvā uccāram pi passāvam pi nikkhāmemā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave yassa pādā vā dukkhā pādā vā phālitā pādakhīlā vā ābādho upāhanaṃ dhāretun ti.
||2||5||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū adhotehi pādehi mañcam pi pīṭham pi abhirūhanti, cīvaram pi senāsanam pi dussati.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave idāni mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā abhirūhissāmīti upāhanaṃ dhāretun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū rattiyā uposathaggam pi sannisajjam pi gacchantā andhakāre khānum pi kaṇṭakam pi akkamanti, pādā dukkhā honti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave ajjhārāme upāhanaṃ dhāretuṃ ukkaṃ padīpaṃ kattaradaṇḍan ti.
||2|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya kaṭṭhapādukāyo abhirūhitvā ajjhokāse caṅkamanti uccāsaddā mahāsaddā khaṭakhaṭasaddā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathentā seyyath'; īdaṃ: rājakathaṃ, corakathaṃ, mahāmattak., senāk., bhayak., yuddhak., annak., pānak., vatthak., sayanak., mālāk., gandhak., ñātik., yānak., gāmak., nigamak., nagarak., janapadak., itthik., sūrak., visikhāk., kumbhaṭṭhānak., pubbapetak., nānatthak., lokakkhāyikaṃ samuddakkhāyikaṃ itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā kīṭakam pi akkamitvā mārenti bhikkhū pi samādhimhā cāventi. ||3|| ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya kaṭṭhapādukāyo abhirūhitvā ajjhokāse caṅkamissanti uccāsaddā . . . akkamitvā māressanti bhikkhū pi samādhimhā cāvessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave chabbaggiyā bhikkhū rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya kaṭṭhapādukāyo abhirūhitvā ajjhokāse caṅkamanti uccāsaddā . . . akkamitvā mārenti bhikkhū pi samādhimhā cāventīti.

[page 189]
V. 6. 4-8. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 189
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahitvā dhammikathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave kaṭṭhapādukā dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||6||
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Bārāṇasī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Bārāṇasī tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati Isipatane migadāye. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā kaṭṭhapādukā paṭikkhittā 'ti tālataruṇe chedāpetvā tālapattapādukāyo dhārenti, tāni tālataruṇāni chinnāni milāyanti.
manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā tālataruṇe chedāpetvā tālapattapādukāyo dhāressanti, tāni tālataruṇāni chinnāni milāyanti. ekindriyaṃ samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā jīvaṃ viheṭhentīti. ||1|| assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave chabbaggiyā bhikkhū tālataruṇe chedāpetvā tālapattapādukāyo dhārenti, tāni tālataruṇāni chinnāni milāyantīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā tālataruṇe chedāpetvā tālapattapādukāyo dhāressanti, tāni tālataruṇāni chinnāni milāyanti. jīvasaññino hi bhikkhave manussā rukkhasmiṃ. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --la-- vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave tālapattapādukā dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā tālapattapādukā paṭikkhittā 'ti veḷutaruṇe chedāpetvā veḷupattapādukāyo dhārenti, tāni . . . (= 1.2. Read veḷuinstead of tāla-) . . . na bhikkhave veḷupattapādukā dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3||7||
atha kho bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Bhaddiyaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Bhaddiyaṃ tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Bhaddiye viharati Jātiyāvane. tena kho pana samayena Bhaddiyā bhikkhū anekavihitaṃ pādukaṃ maṇḍanānuyogam anuyuttā viharanti,

[page 190]
190 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 8. 1-9. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tiṇapādukaṃ karonti pi kārāpenti pi, muñjapād. k. pi k. pi, babbajapād.
k. pi k. pi, hintālapād. k. pi k. pi, kamalapād. k. pi k. pi, kambalapād. k. pi k. pi, riñcanti uddesaṃ paripucchaṃ adhisīlaṃ adhicittaṃ adhipaññaṃ. ||1|| ye te bhikkhū appicchā, te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma Bhaddiyā bhikkhū anekavihitaṃ pādukaṃ maṇḍanānuyogam anuyuttā viharissanti, tiṇapādukaṃ karissanti pi kārāpessanti pi . . . riñcissanti uddesaṃ paripucchaṃ adhisīlaṃ adhicittaṃ adhipaññan ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave Bhaddiyā bhikkhū anekavihitaṃ pādukaṃ maṇḍanānuyogam anuyuttā viharanti, tiṇapādukaṃ karonti pi kārāpenti pi --la-- riñcanti uddesaṃ . . . adhipaññan ti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā anekavihitaṃ pādukaṃ maṇḍanānuyogam anuyuttā viharissanti, tiṇapādukaṃ karissanti pi kārāpessanti pi -- la -riñcissanti uddesaṃ paripucchaṃ adhisīlaṃ adhicittaṃ adhipaññaṃ. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. ||2||
vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave tiṇapādukā dhāretabbā, na muñjapādukā dhāretabbā, na babbajap. dh., na hintālap. dh., na kamalap. dh., na kambalap. dh., na sovaṇṇamayā p. dh., na rūpiyamayā p.
dh., na maṇimayā p. dh., na veḷuriyamayā p. dh., na phalikamayā p. dh., na kaṃsamayā p. dh., na kācamayā p. dh., na tipumayā p. dh., na sīsamayā p. dh., na tambalohamayā p.
dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na ca bhikkhave kāci saṃkamanīyā pādukā dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave tisso pādukāyo dhuvaṭṭhāniyā asaṃkamanīyāyo, vaccapādukaṃ, passāvapādukaṃ, ācamanapādukan ti. ||3||8||
atha kho bhagavā Bhaddiye yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Sāvatthi tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū Aciravatiyā nadiyā gāvīnaṃ tarantīnaṃ visāṇesu pi gaṇhanti,

[page 191]
V. 9. 1-10. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 191
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kaṇṇesu pi gaṇhanti, gīvāya pi gaṇhanti, cheppāya pi gaṇhanti, piṭṭhim pi abhirūhanti, rattacittāpi aṅgajātaṃ chupanti, vacchatarī pi ogāhetvā mārenti. ||1|| manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā gāvīnaṃ tarantīnaṃ visāṇesu pi gahessanti --gha-- seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave --la-- saccaṃ bhagavā.
||2|| vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave gāvīnaṃ visāṇesu gahetabbaṃ, na kaṇṇesu gahetabbaṃ, na gīvāya gahetabbaṃ, na cheppāya gahetabbaṃ, na piṭṭhī abhirūhitabbā. yo abhirūheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
na ca bhikkhave rattacittena aṅgajātaṃ chupitabbaṃ. yo chupeyya, āpatti thullaccayassa. na vacchatarī māretabbā.
yo māreyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo 'ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yānena yāyanti, itthiyuttena pi purisantarena, purisayuttena pi itthantarena.
manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi Gaṅgāmahiyāyā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave yānena yāyitabbaṃ. yo yāyeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||9||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Kosalesu janapadesu Sāvatthiṃ gacchanto bhagavantaṃ dassanāya antarā magge gilāno hoti. atha kho so bhikkhu maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. manussā taṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā etad avocuṃ: kahaṃ ayyo bhante gamissatīti. Sāvatthiṃ kho ahaṃ āvuso gamissāmi bhagavantaṃ dassanāyā 'ti. ||1|| ehi bhante gamissāmā 'ti. nāhaṃ āvuso sakkomi, gilāno 'mhīti. ehi bhante yānaṃ abhirūhā 'ti. alaṃ āvuso paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā yānan ti kukkuccāyanto yānaṃ nābhirūhi. atha kho so bhikkhu Sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānassa yānan ti.
||2|| atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: itthiyuttaṃ nu kho purisayuttaṃ nu kho 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

[page 192]
192 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 10. 3-7.
anujānāmi bhikkhave purisayuttaṃ hatthavaṭṭakan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno yānugghātena bāḷhataraṃ aphāsu ahosi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave sivikaṃ pāṭaṅkin ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāsayanamahāsayanāni dhārenti seyyath'; īdaṃ: āsandiṃ, pallaṅkaṃ, {goṇakaṃ,} cittakaṃ, paṭikaṃ, paṭalikaṃ, tūlikaṃ, vikatikaṃ, uddhalomiṃ, ekantalomiṃ, kaṭṭhissaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kuttakaṃ, hatthattharaṃ, assattharaṃ, rathattharaṃ, ajinappaveṇiṃ, kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṃ, sauttaracchadaṃ, ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṃ. manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||4|| na bhikkhave uccāsayanamahāsayanāni dhāretabbāni seyyath'; īdaṃ: āsandi, pallaṅko, goṇako, cittakā, paṭikā, paṭalikā, tūlikā, vikatikā, uddhalomī, ekantalomī, kaṭṭhissaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kuttakaṃ, hatthattharaṃ, assattharaṃ, rathattharaṃ, ajinappaveṇi, kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṃ, sauttaracchadaṃ, ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṃ. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā uccāsayanamahāsayanāni paṭikkhittānīti mahācammāni dhārenti, sīhacammaṃ, vyagghacammaṃ, dīpicammaṃ. tāni mañcappamāṇena pi chinnāni honti, pīṭhappamāṇena pi chinnāni honti, anto pi mañce paññattāni honti, bahi pi mañce paññattāni honti, anto pi pīṭhe paññattāni honti, bahi pi pīṭhe paññattāni honti. manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave mahācammāni dhāretabbāni, sīhacammaṃ, vyagghacammaṃ, dīpicammaṃ. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||6|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā mahācammāni paṭikkhittānīti gocammāni dhārenti. tāni mañcappamāṇena pi chinnāni honti . . . bahi pi pīṭhe paññattāni honti. aññataro pāpabhikkhu aññatarassa pāpupāsakassa kulūpako hoti. atha kho so pāpabhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena tassa {pāpupāsakassa} nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho so pāpupāsako yena so pāpabhikkhu ten'; upasaṃkami,

[page 193]
V. 10. 7-10.] MAHĀVAGGA. 193
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] upasaṃkamitvā taṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena tassa {pāpupāsakassa} vacchako hoti taruṇako abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko citro seyyathāpi dīpicchāpo. atha kho so pāpabhikkhu taṃ vacchakaṃ sakkaccaṃ upanijjhāyati. atha kho so pāpupāsako taṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kissa bhante ayyo imaṃ vacchakaṃ sakkaccaṃ upanijjhāyatīti. attho me āvuso imassa vacchakassa cammenā 'ti. atha kho so pāpupāsako taṃ vacchakaṃ vadhitvā cammaṃ vidhūnitvā tassa pāpabhikkhuno pādāsi. atha kho so pāpabhikkhu taṃ cammaṃ saṃghāṭiyā paṭicchādetvā agamāsi. ||8|| atha kho sā gāvī vacchagiddhinī taṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito anubandhi. bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: kissa ty āyaṃ āvuso gāvī piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito anubaddhā 'ti. aham pi kho āvuso na jānāmi kena my āyaṃ gāvī piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito anubaddhā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena tassa pāpabhikkhuno saṃghāṭī lohitena makkhitā hoti. bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: ayaṃ pana te avuso saṃghāṭī kiṃ katā 'ti. atha kho so pāpabhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. kiṃ pana tvaṃ āvuso pāṇātipāte samādapesīti. evaṃ āvuso 'ti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā, te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhu pāṇātipāte samādapessati. nanu bhagavatā anekapariyāyena pāṇātipāto garahito pāṇātipātā veramaṇī pasatthā 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||9|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā taṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira tvaṃ bhikkhu pāṇātipāte samādapesīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa pāṇātipāte samādapessasi. nanu mayā moghapurisa anekapariyāyena pāṇātipāto garahito, pāṇātipātā veramaṇī pasatthā. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave pāṇātipāte samādapetabbaṃ. yo samādapeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo. na bhikkhave gocammaṃ dhāretabbaṃ. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na ca bhikkhave kiñci cammaṃ dhāretabbaṃ. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||10||10||

[page 194]
194 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 11. 1-13. 2.
tena kho pana samayena manussānaṃ mañcam pi pīṭham pi cammonaddhāni honti cammavinaddhāni. bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nābhinisīdanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave gihivikataṃ abhinisīdituṃ, na tv eva abhinipajjitun ti. tena kho pana samayena vihārā cammabandhehi ogumphiyanti. bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nābhinisīdanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave bandhanamattaṃ abhinisīditun ti. ||1||11||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saupāhanā gāmaṃ pavisanti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave saupāhanena gāmo pavisitabbo. yo paviseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti, na sakkoti upāhanena vinā gāmaṃ pavisituṃ. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānena bhikkhunā saupāhanena gāmaṃ pavisitun ti. ||1||12||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Mahākaccāno Avantīsu viharati Kuraraghare Papāte pabbate. tena kho pana samayena Soṇo upāsako Kuṭikaṇṇo āyasmato Mahākaccānassa upaṭṭhāko hoti. atha kho Soṇo upāsako Kuṭikaṇṇo yenāyasmā Mahākaccāno ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Mahākaccānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Soṇo upāsako Kuṭikaṇṇo āyasmantaṃ Mahākaccānaṃ etad avoca: yathā-yathāhaṃ bhante ayyena Mahākaccānena dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, na yidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. icchām'; ahaṃ bhante kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ, pabbājetu maṃ bhante ayyo Mahākaccāno 'ti. ||1|| dukkaraṃ kho Soṇa yāvajīvaṃ ekaseyyaṃ ekabhattaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, iṅgha tvaṃ Soṇa tatth'; eva agārikabhūto buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ anuyuñja kālayuttaṃ ekaseyyaṃ ekabhattaṃ brahmacariyan ti. atha kho Soṇassa upāsakassa Kuṭikaṇṇassa yo ahosi pabbajjābhisaṃkhāro so paṭippassambhi. dutiyam pi kho Soṇo upāsako Kuṭikaṇṇo

[page 195]
V. 13. 2-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 195
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] --la-- tatiyam pi kho Soṇo up. Kuṭ. yenāyasmā Mahākaccāno ten'; upasaṃkami . . . pabbājetu maṃ bhante ayyo Mahākaccāno 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Mahākaccāno Soṇaṃ upāsakaṃ Kuṭikaṇṇaṃ pabbājesi. tena kho pana samayena Avantidakkhiṇāpatho appabhikkhuko hoti. atha kho āyasmā Mahākaccāno tiṇṇaṃ vassānaṃ accayena kicchena kasirena tato-tato dasavaggaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Soṇaṃ upasampādesi. ||2|| atha kho āyasmato Soṇassa vassaṃ vutthassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivatakko udapādi: suto yeva kho me so bhagavā ediso ca ediso cā 'ti na ca mayā sammukhā diṭṭho. gaccheyyāhaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ sace maṃ upajjhāyo anujāneyyā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Soṇo sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Mahākaccāno ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā ayasmantaṃ Mahākaccānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Soṇo āyasmantaṃ Mahākaccānaṃ etad avoca: ||3|| idha mayhaṃ bhante rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: suto yeva kho me so bhagavā ediso ca ediso cā 'ti, na ca mayā sammukhā diṭṭho. gaccheyyāhaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ sace maṃ upajjhāyo anujāneyyā 'ti. gaccheyyāhaṃ bhante taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ sace maṃ upajjhāyo anujānātīti. sādhu sādhu Soṇa, gaccha tvaṃ Soṇa taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ. ||4|| dakkhissasi tvaṃ Soṇa taṃ bhagavantaṃ pāsādikaṃ pasādanīyaṃ santindriyaṃ santamānasaṃ uttamadamathasamathaṃ anuppattaṃ dantaṃ guttaṃ yatindriyaṃ nāgaṃ. tena hi tvaṃ Soṇa mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vanda upajjhāyo me bhante āyasmā Mahākaccāno bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatīti, evañ ca vadehi: Avantidakkhiṇāpatho bhante appabhikkhuko, tiṇṇaṃ me vassānaṃ accayena kicchena kasirena tato-tato dasavaggaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā upasampadaṃ alatthaṃ. app eva nāma bhagavā Avantidakkhiṇāpathe appatarena gaṇena upasampadaṃ anujāneyya. ||5||
Avantidakkhiṇāpathe bhante kaṇhuttarā bhūmi kharā gokaṇṭakahatā. app eva nāma bhagavā Avantidakkhiṇāpathe gaṇaṃgaṇūpāhanaṃ anujāneyya.

[page 196]
196 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 13. 6-9.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Avantidakkhiṇāpathe bhante nahānagarukā manussā udakasuddhikā. app eva nāma bhagavā Avantidakkhiṇāpathe dhuvanahānaṃ anujāneyya. Avantidakkhiṇāpathe bhante cammāni attharaṇāni eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ. seyyathāpi bhante majjhimesu janapadesu eragu moragu majjhāru jantu, evam eva kho bhante Avantidakkhiṇāpathe cammāni attharaṇāni eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ. app eva nāma bhagavā Avantidakkhiṇāpathe cammāni attharaṇāni anujāneyya eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ. ||6|| etarahi bhante manussā nissīmagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvaraṃ denti imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa demā 'ti, te āgantvā ārocenti itthannāmehi te āvuso manussehi cīvaraṃ dinnan ti, te kukkuccāyantā na sādiyanti mā no nissaggiyaṃ ahosīti. app eva nāma bhagavā cīvare pariyāyaṃ ācikkheyyā 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Soṇo āyasmato Mahākaccānassa paṭisuṇitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṃ Mahākaccānaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Sāvatthi tena pakkāmi. ||7|| anupubbena yena Sāvatthi Jetavanaṃ Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: imassānanda āgantukassa bhikkhuno senāsanaṃ paññāpehīti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando yassa kho maṃ bhagavā āṇāpeti imassa Ānanda āgantukassa bhikkhuno senāsanaṃ paññāpehīti, icchati bhagavā tena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ ekavihāre vatthuṃ, icchati bhagavā āyasmatā Soṇena saddhiṃ ekavihāre vatthun ti yasmiṃ vihāre bhagavā viharati tasmiṃ vihāre āyasmato Soṇassa senāsanaṃ paññāpesi. ||8|| atha kho bhagavā bahud eva rattiṃ ajjhokāse vītināmetvā vihāraṃ pāvisi. āyasmāpi kho Soṇo bahud eva rattiṃ ajjhokāse vītināmetvā vihāraṃ pāvisi. atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ Soṇaṃ ajjhesi: paṭibhātu taṃ bhikkhu dhammo bhāsitun ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Soṇo bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā sabbān'; eva aṭṭhakavaggikāni sarena abhāsi. atha kho bhagavā āyasmato Soṇassa sarabhaññapariyosāne abbhanumodi: sādhu sādhu bhikkhu suggahitāni kho te bhikkhu aṭṭhakavaggikāni sumanasikatāni sūpadhāritāni kalyāṇiyāpi 'si vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya aneḷagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā.

[page 197]
V. 13. 9-13.] MAHĀVAGGA. 197
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kativasso si tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. ekavasso ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. ||9|| kissa pana tvaṃ bhikkhu evaṃ ciraṃ akāsīti. ciraṃ diṭṭho me bhante kāmesu ādīnavo, api ca sambādhā gharāvāsā bahukiccā bahukaraṇīyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi:
disvā ādīnavaṃ loke ñatvā dhammaṃ nirūpadhi
ariyo na ramati pāpe sāsane ramati sucīti. ||10||
atha kho āyasmā Soṇo paṭisammodati kho maṃ bhagavā, ayaṃ khv assa kālo yaṃ me upajjhāyo paridassīti uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: upajjhāyo me bhante āyasmā Mahākaccāno bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati evañ ca vadati: Avantidakkhiṇāpatho . . . pariyāyaṃ ācikkheyyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: Avantidakkhiṇāpatho bhikkhave appabhikkhuko. anujānāmi bhikkhave sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu vinayadharapañcamena gaṇena upasampadaṃ. ||11|| tatr'; ime paccantimā janapadā: puratthimāya disāya Kajaṅgalaṃ nāma nigamo, tassa parena Mahāsālā, tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. puratthimadakkhiṇāya disāya Sallavatī nāma nadī, tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. dakkhiṇāya disāya Setakaṇṇikaṃ nāma nigamo, tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. pacchimāya disāya Thūnaṃ nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe. uttarāya disāya Usīraddhajo nāma pabbato, tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe.
anujānāmi bhikkhave evarūpesu paccantimesu janapadesu vinayadharapañcamena gaṇena upasampadaṃ. ||12|| Avantidakkhiṇāpathe bhikkhave kaṇhuttarā bhūmi kharā gokaṇṭakahatā. anujānāmi bhikkhave sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu gaṇaṃgaṇūpāhanaṃ. Avantidakkhiṇāpathe bhikkhave nahānagarukā manussā udakasuddhikā. anujānāmi bhikkhave sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu dhuvanahānaṃ. Avantidakkhiṇāpathe bhikkhave cammāni attharaṇāni eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ.

[page 198]
198 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 13. 13.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] seyyathāpi bhikkhave majjhimesu janapadesu eragu moragu majjhāru jantu, evam eva kho bhikkhave Avantidakkhiṇāpathe cammāni attharaṇāni eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu cammāni attharaṇāni eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave manussā nissīmagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvaraṃ denti imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa demā 'ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave sādituṃ. na tāva taṃ gaṇanūpagaṃ yāva na hatthaṃ gacchatīti. ||13||13||
cammakkhandhakaṃ pañcamaṃ.
imamhi khandhake vatthu tesaṭṭhi. tass'; uddānaṃ:
rājā Māgadho Soṇo ca asītisahassissaro
Sāgato Gijjhakūṭasmiṃ bahuṃ dassesi uttariṃ |
pabbajjāraddha-bhijjiṃsu vīṇaṃ ekapalāsikaṃ,
nīlā, pītā, lohitikā, mañjeṭṭhā, kaṇham eva ca, |
mahāraṅga-mahānāmā vaṭṭikā ca paṭikkhipi,
khallakā, puṭa-pālī ca, tūla-tittira-meṇḍ'-ajā, |
vicchikā mora-citrā ca, sīha-vyagghā ca, dīpikā,
ajin'-uddā, majjārī ca, kāḷa-luvaparikkhaṭā, |
{phālit'-upāhanā,} khīlā,'dhota-khānu-khaṭakhaṭā,
5 tāla-veḷu-tiṇaṃ c'; eva, muñja-babbaja-hintalā, |
kamala-kambala-sovaṇṇā, rūpikā, maṇi, veḷuriyā,
phalikā, kaṃsa-kācā ca, tipu-sīsañ ca, tambakā, |
gāvī, yānaṃ, gilāno ca, purisayutta-sivikā,
sayanāni, mahācammā, gocammehi ca pāpako, |
gihīnaṃ, cammabaddhehi, pavisanti, gilāyano,
Mahākaccāyano Soṇo saren'; aṭṭhakavaggikaṃ |
upasampadaṃ pañcagaṇaṃ gaṇaṃgaṇā dhuvasinā
cammattharaṇānuññāsi na tāva gaṇanūpagaṃ
adās'; ime vare pañca Soṇattherassa nāyako 'ti.

[page 199]
199
MAHĀVAGGA.
VI.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ sāradikena ābādhena phuṭṭhānaṃ yāgu pi pītā uggacchati bhattam pi bhuttaṃ uggacchati, te tena kisā honti lūkhā dubbaṇṇā uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā {dhamani-} santhatagattā. addasa kho bhagavā te bhikkhū kise lūkhe dubbaṇṇe uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāte {dhamanisanthatagatte,} disvāna āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: kiṃ nu kho Ānanda etarahi bhikkhū kisā lūkhā . . . dhamanisanthatagatte 'ti. etarahi bhante bhikkhūnaṃ sāradikena ābādhena phuṭṭhānaṃ yāgu pi pītā uggacchati bhattam pi bhuttaṃ uggacchati, te tena kisā lūkhā dubbaṇṇā uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā dhamanisanthatagattā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: etarahi kho bhikkhūnaṃ sāradikena ābādhena phuṭṭhānaṃ --la-- dhamanisanthatagattā. kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhesajjaṃ anujāneyyaṃ, yaṃ bhesajjañ c'; eva assa bhesajjasammatañ ca lokassa āhārattañ ca phareyya na ca oḷāriko āhāro paññāyeyyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: imāni kho pañca bhesajjāni seyyath'; īdaṃ sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitaṃ bhesajjāni c'; eva bhesajjasammatāni ca lokassa āhārattañ ca pharanti na ca oḷāriko āhāro paññāyati. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ imāni pañca bhesajjāni anujāneyyaṃ kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjitun ti. ||2||
atha kho bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: idha mayhaṃ bhikkhave rahogatassa . . . paññāyeyyā 'ti.
tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave etad ahosi: imāni kho pañca bhesajjāni

[page 200]
200 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 1. 3-3. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] --la-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ imāni pañca bhesajjāni anujāneyyaṃ kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjitun ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave tāni pañca bhesajjāni kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjitun ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū tāni pañca bhesajjāni kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjanti. tesaṃ yāni pi tāni pākatikāni lūkhāni bhojanāni tāni pi na cchādenti, pag eva senesikāni. te tena c'; eva sāradikena ābādhena phuṭṭhā iminā ca bhattācchandakena tadubhayena bhiyyosomattāya kisā honti lūkhā dubbaṇṇā uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā dhamanisanthatagattā. addasa kho bhagavā te bhikkhū bhiyyosomattāya --la-- dhamanisanthatagatte, disvāna āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: kiṃ nu kho Ānanda etarahi bhikkhū bhiyyosomattāya kisā --la-- dhamanisanthatagattā 'ti. ||4|| etarahi bhante bhikkhū tāni ca pañca bhesajjāni kāle . . . tadubhayena bhiyyosomattāya kisā lūkhā dubbaṇṇā uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā dhamanisanthatagattā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave tāni pañca bhesajjāni paṭiggahetvā kāle pi vikāle pi paribhuñjitun ti. ||5||1||
tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vasehi bhesajjehi attho hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave vasāni bhesajjāni acchavasaṃ macchavasaṃ susukāvasaṃ sūkaravasaṃ gadrabhavasaṃ kāle paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nipakkaṃ kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ telaparibhogena paribhuñjituṃ. ||1|| vikāle ce bhikkhave paṭiggahitaṃ, vikāle nipakkaṃ, vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. kāle ce bhikkhave paṭiggahitaṃ, vikāle nipakkaṃ, vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. kāle ce bhikkhave paṭiggahitaṃ, kāle nipakkaṃ, vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. kāle ce bhikkhave paṭiggahitaṃ, kāle nipakkaṃ, kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, anāpattīti. ||2||2||
tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ mūlehi bhesajjehi attho hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

[page 201]
VI. 3. 1-7. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 201
anujānāmi bhikkhave mūlāni bhesajjāni haliddaṃ siṅgiveraṃ vacaṃ vacatthaṃ ativisaṃ kaṭukarohiṇiṃ usīraṃ bhaddamuttakaṃ yāni vā pan'; aññāni pi atthi mūlāni bhesajjāni, n'; eva khādaniye khādaniyattaṃ pharanti, na bhojaniye bhojaniyattaṃ pharanti, tāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ. asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ mūlehi bhesajjehi piṭṭhehi attho hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave nisadaṃ nisadapotan ti. ||2||3||
tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ kasāvehi bhesajjehi attho hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave kasāvāni bhesajjāni nimbakasāvaṃ kuṭajak. pakkavak. nattamālak. yāni vā pan'; aññāni pi atthi kasāvabhesajjāni, n'; eva khādaniye khādaniyattaṃ pharanti na bhojaniye bhojaniyattaṃ pharanti, tāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ. asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||4||
tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṇṇehi bhesajjehi attho hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave paṇṇāni bhesajjāni nimbapaṇṇaṃ kuṭajap. paṭolap. sulasip. kappāsikap. yāni vā pan'; aññāni pi atthi paṇṇāni bhesajjāni, n'; eva khādaniye khādaniyattaṃ pharanti na bhojaniye bhojaniyattaṃ pharanti -- la --.
||1||5||
tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phalehi bhesajjehi attho hoti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave phalāni bhesajjāni vilaṅgaṃ pippalaṃ maricaṃ harītakaṃ vibhītakaṃ āmalakaṃ goṭhaphalaṃ yāni vā pan'; aññāni pi atthi phalāni bhesajjāni, n'; eva khādaniye khādaniyattaṃ pharanti, na bhojaniye bhojaniyattaṃ pharanti --la--. ||1||6||
tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ jatūhi bhesajjehi attho hoti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave jatūni bhesajjāni hiṅgu hiṅgujatu hiṅgusipāṭikaṃ takaṃ takapattiṃ takapaṇṇiṃ sajjulasaṃ yāni vā pan'; aññāni pi atthi jatūni bhesajjāni,

[page 202]
202 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 7. 1-10. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] n'; eva khādaniye khādaniyattaṃ pharanti -- la --.
||1||7||
tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ loṇehi bhesajjehi attho hoti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave loṇāni bhesajjāni sāmuddaṃ kāḷaloṇaṃ sindhavaṃ ubbhidaṃ bilaṃ yāni vā pan'; aññāni pi atthi loṇāni bhesajjāni, n'; eva khādaniye khādaniyattaṃ pharanti, na bhojaniye bhojaniyattaṃ pharanti, tāni {paṭiggahetvā} yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ. asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||8||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Ānandassa upajjhāyassa āyasmato Belaṭṭhasīsassa thullakacchābādho hoti.
tassa lasikāya cīvarāni kāye lagganti. tāni bhikkhū udakena temetvā-temetvā apakaḍḍhanti. addasa kho bhagavā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto te bhikkhū tāni cīvarāni udakena temetvā-temetvā apakaḍḍhante, disvāna yena te bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te bhikkhū etad avoca: kiṃ imassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno ābādho 'ti. imassa bhante āyasmato thullakacchābādho, lasikāya cīvarāni kāye lagganti, tāni mayaṃ udakena temetvā-temetvā apakaḍḍhāmā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammikathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave yassa kaṇḍu vā piḷakā vā assāvo vā thullakacchā vā ābādho kāyo vā duggandho, cuṇṇāni bhesajjāni, agilānassa chakanaṃ mattikaṃ rajananipakkaṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave udukkhalaṃ musalan ti. ||2||9||
tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cuṇṇehi bhesajjehi cālitehi attho hoti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave cuṇṇacālanin ti. saṇhehi attho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave dussacālanin ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno amanussikābādho hoti. taṃ ācariyupajjhāyā upaṭṭhahantā nāsakkhiṃsu ārogaṃ kātuṃ. so sūkarasūnaṃ gantvā āmakamaṃsaṃ khādi āmakalohitaṃ pivi, tassa so amanussikābādho paṭippassambhi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

[page 203]
VI. 10. 2-12. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 203
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] anujānāmi bhikkhave amanussikābādhe āmakamaṃsaṃ āmakalohitan ti. ||2||10||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno cakkhurogābādho hoti. taṃ bhikkhuṃ pariggahetvā uccāram pi passāvam pi nikkhāmenti. addasa kho bhagavā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto te bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ pariggahetvā uccāram pi passāvam pi nikkhāmente, disvāna yena te bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te bhikkhū etad avoca: kiṃ imassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno ābādho 'ti. ||1||
imassa bhante āyasmato cakkhurogābādho, imaṃ mayaṃ pariggahetvā uccāram pi passāvam pi nikkhāmemā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave añjanaṃ kāḷañjanaṃ rasañjanaṃ sotañjanaṃ gerukaṃ kapallan ti. añjanupapisanehi attho hoti --gha-- anujānāmi bhikkhave candanaṃ tagaraṃ kāḷānusāriyaṃ tālīsaṃ bhaddamuttakan ti. ||2||11||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū piṭṭhāni añjanāni thālikesu pi sarāvakesu pi nikkhipanti. tiṇacuṇṇehi pi paṃsukehi pi okiriyanti --gha-- anujānāmi bhikkhave añjanin ti. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāvacā añjaniyo dhārenti sovaṇṇamayaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave uccāvacā añjanī dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave aṭṭhimayaṃ dantamayaṃ visāṇamayaṃ naḷamayaṃ veḷumayaṃ kaṭṭhamayaṃ jatumayaṃ phalamayaṃ lohamayaṃ saṅkhanābhimayan ti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena añjanī apārutā honti. tiṇacuṇṇehi pi paṃsukehi pi okiriyanti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave apidhānan ti. apidhānaṃ nipatati. anujānāmi bhikkhave suttakena bandhitvā añjaniyā bandhitun ti. añjanī nipatati.
anujānāmi bhikkhave suttakena sibbetun ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū aṅguliyā añjanti. akkhīni dukkhāni honti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave añjanisalākan ti.
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāvacā añjanisalākāyo dhārenti sovaṇṇamayaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti:

[page 204]
204 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 12. 3-14. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti --la-- na bhikkhave uccāvacā añjanisalākā dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave aṭṭhimayaṃ --la-- saṅkhanābhimayan ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena añjanisalākā bhūmiyaṃ patitā pharusā hoti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave salākodhāniyan ti.
tenakho pana samayena bhikkhū añjanim pi añjanisalākam pi hatthena pariharanti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave añjanithavikan ti. aṃsabandhako na hoti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave aṃsabandhakaṃ bandhanasuttakan ti. ||4||12||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Pilindavacchassa sīsābhitāpo hoti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave muddhani telakan ti. na kkhamanīyo hoti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave natthukamman ti. natthu galati --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave natthukaraṇin ti. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāvacā natthukaraṇiyo dhārenti sovaṇṇamayaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. na bhikkhave uccāvacā natthukaraṇī dhāretabbā. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave aṭṭhimayaṃ -- la -saṅkhanābhimayan ti. ||1|| natthuṃ visamaṃ āsiñcanti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave yamakanatthukaraṇin ti. na kkhamanīyo hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave dhūmaṃ pātun ti. tañ ñeva vaṭṭiṃ ālimpetvā pivanti. kaṇṭhaṃ dahati --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave dhūmanettan ti. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāvacāni dhūmanettāni dhārenti . . . (comp. 1.) . . . saṅkhanābhimayan ti. tena kho pana samayena dhūmanettāni apārutāni honti, pāṇakā pavisanti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave apidhānan ti. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū dhūmanettāni hatthena pariharanti. anujānāmi bhikkhave dhūmanettathavikan ti. ekato ghaṃsiyanti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave yamakathavikan ti. aṃsabandhako na hoti --la-- anujānāmi bhikkhave aṃsabandhakaṃ bandhanasuttakan ti. ||2||13||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Pilindavacchassa vātābādho hoti.

[page 205]
VI. 14. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 205
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] vejjā evaṃ āhaṃsu: telaṃ pacitabban ti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave telapākan ti. tasmiṃ kho pana telapāke majjaṃ pakkhipitabbaṃ hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave telapāke majjaṃ pakkhipitun ti. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū atipakkhittamajjāni telāni pacanti.
tāni pivitvā majjanti. na bhikkhave atipakkhittamajjaṃ telaṃ pātabbaṃ. yo piveyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo. anujānāmi bhikkhave yasmiṃ telapāke majjassa na vaṇṇo na gandho na raso paññāyati, evarūpaṃ majjapakkhittaṃ telaṃ pātun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ bahuṃ atipakkhittamajjaṃ telaṃ pakkaṃ hoti. atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kathaṃ nu kho atipakkhittamajje tele paṭipajjitabban ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave abbhañjanaṃ adhiṭṭhātun ti. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Pilindavacchassa bahutaraṃ telaṃ pakkaṃ hoti, telabhājanaṃ na saṃvijjati. anujānāmi bhikkhave tīṇi tumbāni lohatumbaṃ kaṭṭhatumbaṃ phalatumban ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Pilindavacchassa aṅgavāto hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave sedakamman ti. na kkhamanīyo hoti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave sambhārasedan ti. na kkhamanīyo hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave mahāsedan ti. na kkhamanīyo hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave bhaṅgodakan ti. na kkhamanīyo hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave udakakoṭṭhakan ti.
||3|| tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Pilindavacchassa pabbavāto hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave lohitaṃ mocetun ti. na kkhamanīyo hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave lohitaṃ mocetvā visāṇena gahetun ti. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Pilindavacchassa pādā phālitā honti. anujānāmi bhikkhave pādabbhañjanan ti. na kkhamanīyo hoti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave pajjaṃ abhisaṃkharitun ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno gaṇḍābādho hoti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave satthakammaṃ. kasāvodakena attho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave kasāvodakan ti. tilakakkena attho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave tilakakkan ti. ||4||
kabaḷikāya attho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave kabaḷikan ti. vaṇabandhanacolena attho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave vaṇabandhanacolan ti. vaṇo kaṇḍuvati. anujānāmi bhikkhave sāsapakuṭṭena phositun ti. vaṇo kilijjittha.

[page 206]
206 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 14. 5-15. 1.
anujānāmi bhikkhave dhūmaṃ kātun ti. vaṇamaṃsaṃ vuṭṭhāti. anujānāmi bhikkhave loṇasakkharikāya chinditun ti. vaṇo na rūhati. anujānāmi bhikkhave vaṇatelan ti. telaṃ galati. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave vikāsikaṃ sabbaṃ vaṇapaṭikamman ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu ahinā daṭṭho hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave cattāri mahāvikaṭāni dātuṃ gūthaṃ muttaṃ chārikaṃ mattikan ti. atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: appaṭiggahitāni nu kho udāhu paṭiggahetabbānīti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sati kappiyakārake paṭiggahāpetuṃ, asati kappiyakārake sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjitun ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarena bhikkhunā visaṃ pītaṃ hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave gūthaṃ pāyetun ti. atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: appaṭiggahito nu kho udāhu paṭiggahāpetabbo 'ti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave yaṃ karonto paṭiggaṇhāti sv eva paṭiggaho kato, na puna paṭiggahāpetabbo 'ti. ||6|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno gharadinnakābādho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave sītāloḷiṃ pāyetun ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu duṭṭhagahaṇiko hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave āmisakhāraṃ pāyetun ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno paṇḍurogābādho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave muttaharītakaṃ pāyetun ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno chavidosābādho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave gandhālepaṃ kātun ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu abhisannakāyo hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave virecanaṃ pātun ti. acchakañjiyā attho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave acchakañjikan ti. akaṭayūsena attho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave akaṭayūsan ti. kaṭākaṭena attho hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave kaṭākaṭan ti. paṭicchādaniyena attho hoti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave paṭicchādaniyan ti. ||7||14||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Pilindavaccho Rājagahe pabbhāraṃ sodhāpeti leṇaṃ kattukāmo. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro yenāyasmā Pilindavaccho ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

[page 207]
VI. 15. 1-4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 207
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ etad avoca: kiṃ bhante thero kārāpetīti.
pabbhāraṃ mahārāja sodhāpemi leṇaṃ kattukāmo 'ti. attho bhante ayyassa ārāmikenā 'ti. na kho mahārāja bhagavatā ārāmiko anuññāto 'ti. tena hi bhante bhagavantaṃ paṭipucchitvā mama āroceyyāthā 'ti. evaṃ mahārājā 'ti kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa paccassosi. ||1|| atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro āyasmatā Pilindavacchena dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho bhagavato santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: rājā bhante Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro ārāmikaṃ dātukāmo. kathaṃ nu kho bhante paṭipajjitabban ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave ārāmikan ti. ||2|| dutiyam pi kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro yenāyasmā Pilindavaccho ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ etad avoca: anuññāto bhante bhagavatā ārāmiko 'ti. evaṃ mahārājā 'ti. tena hi bhante ayyassa ārāmikaṃ dammīti. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro āyasmato Pilindavacchassa ārāmikaṃ paṭisuṇitvā vissaritvā cirena satiṃ paṭilabhitvā aññataraṃ sabbatthakaṃ mahāmattaṃ āmantesi: yo mayā bhaṇe ayyassa ārāmiko paṭissuto dinno so ārāmiko 'ti. na kho deva ayyassa ārāmiko dinno 'ti.
kīvaciraṃ nu kho bhaṇe ito hitaṃ hotīti. ||3|| atha kho so mahāmatto rattiyo vigaṇetvā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ etad avoca: pañca deva rattisatānīti. tena hi bhaṇe ayyassa pañca ārāmikasatāni dethā 'ti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho so mahāmatto rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa paṭisuṇitvā āyasmato Pilindavacchassa pañca ārāmikasatāni pādāsi, pāṭiyekko gāmo nivisi. Ārāmikagāmo 'ti pi naṃ āhaṃsu,

[page 208]
208 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 15. 4-7.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] Pilindagāmo 'ti pi naṃ āhaṃsu. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Pilindavaccho tasmiṃ gāmake kulūpako hoti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho {pubbaṇhasamayaṃ} nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Pilindagāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
||4|| tena kho pana samayena tasmiṃ gāmake ussavo hoti, dārikā alaṃkatā mālākitā kīḷanti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho Pilindagāmake sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caramāno yena aññatarassa ārāmikassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. tena kho pana samayena tassā ārāmikiniyā dhītā aññe dārake alaṃkate mālākite passitvā rodati: mālaṃ me detha, alaṃkāraṃ me dethā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho taṃ ārāmikiniṃ etad avoca: kissāyaṃ dārikā rodatīti. ayaṃ bhante dārikā aññe dārake alaṃkate mālākite passitvā rodati: mālaṃ me detha, alaṃkāraṃ me dethā 'ti. kuto amhākaṃ duggatānaṃ mālā, kuto alaṃkāro 'ti. ||5|| atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho aññataraṃ tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ gahetvā taṃ ārāmikiniṃ etad avoca: hand'; imaṃ tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ tassā dārikāya sīse paṭimuñcā 'ti. atha kho sā ārāmikinī taṃ {tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ} gahetvā tassā dārikāya sīse paṭimuñci. sā ahosi suvaṇṇamālā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā, n'; atthi tādisā rañño pi antepure suvaṇṇamālā. manussā rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa ārocesuṃ: amukassa deva ārāmikassa ghare suvaṇṇamālā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā, n'; atthi tādisā devassa pi antepure suvaṇṇamālā. kuto tassa duggatassa. nissaṃsayaṃ corikāya ābhatā 'ti. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro taṃ ārāmikakulaṃ bandhāpesi. ||6|| dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Pilindagāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Pilindagāmake sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caramāno yena tassa ārāmikassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paṭivissake pucchi: kahaṃ imaṃ ārāmikakulaṃ gatan ti. etissā bhante suvaṇṇamālāya kāraṇā raññā bandhāpitan ti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho yena rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro yenāyasmā Pilindavaccho ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ āyasmā Pilindavaccho etad avoca:

[page 209]
VI. 15. 7-16. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 209
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ||7|| kissa mahārāja ārāmikakulaṃ bandhāpitan ti. tassa bhante ārāmikassa ghare suvaṇṇamālā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā, n'; atthi tādisā amhākam pi antepure suvaṇṇamālā. kuto tassa duggatassa. nissaṃsayaṃ corikāya ābhatā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa pāsādaṃ suvaṇṇan ti adhimucci, so ahosi sabbo sovaṇṇamayo. idaṃ pana te mahārāja tāvabahuṃ suvaṇṇaṃ kuto 'ti. aññātaṃ bhante, ayyassa eso iddhānubhāvo 'ti taṃ ārāmikakulaṃ muñcāpesi.
||8|| manussā ayyena kira Pilindavacchena sarājikāya parisāya uttarimanussadhammaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassitan ti attamanā abhippasannā āyasmato Pilindavacchassa pañca bhesajjāni abhihariṃsu seyyath'; īdaṃ: sappiṃ navanītaṃ telaṃ madhuṃ phāṇitan ti. pakatiyāpi ca āyasmā Pilindavaccho lābhī hoti, pañcannaṃ bhesajjānaṃ laddhaṃ-laddhaṃ parisāya vissajjesi. parisā c'; assa hoti bāhullikā, laddhaṃ -laddhaṃ kolambe pi ghaṭe pi pūretvā paṭisāmeti, parissāvanāni pi thavikāyo pi pūretvā vātapānesu lagganti, tāni olīnavilīnāni tiṭṭhanti, undurehi pi vihārā okiṇṇavikiṇṇā honti.
manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: antokoṭṭhāgārikā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā seyyathāpi rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro 'ti. ||9|| assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū evarūpāya bāhullāya cetessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū evarūpāya bāhullāya cetentīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: yāni kho pana tāni gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭisāyaniyāni bhesajjāni seyyath'; īdaṃ: sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitaṃ, tāni paṭiggahetvā sattāhaparamaṃ sannidhikārakaṃ paribhuñjitabbāni, taṃ atikkāmayato yathādhammo kāretabbo 'ti. ||10||15||
bhesajjānuññātabhāṇavāraṃ paṭhamaṃ.
atha kho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi.

[page 210]
210 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 16. 1-17. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] addasa kho āyasmā Kaṅkhārevato antarā magge guḷakaraṇaṃ okkamitvā guḷe piṭṭham pi chārikam pi pakkhipante, disvāna akappiyo guḷo sāmiso, na kappati guḷo vikāle paribhuñjitun ti kukkuccāyanto sapariso guḷaṃ na paribhuñjati, ye pi 'ssa sotabbaṃ maññanti, te pi guḷaṃ na paribhuñjanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. kimatthiyā bhikkhave guḷe piṭṭham pi chārikam pi pakkhipantīti. thaddhanatthāya bhagavā 'ti. sace bhikkhave thaddhanatthāya guḷe piṭṭham pi chārikam pi pakkhipanti so ca guḷo tv eva saṃkhaṃ gacchati, anujānāmi bhikkhave yathāsukhaṃ guḷaṃ paribhuñjitun ti. ||1|| addasa kho āyasmā Kaṅkhārevato antarā magge vacce muggaṃ jātaṃ, passitvā akappiyā muggā, pakkāpi muggā jāyantīti kukkuccāyanto sapariso muggaṃ na paribhuñjati, ye pi 'ssa sotabbaṃ maññanti, te pi muggaṃ na paribhuñjanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. sace bhikkhave pakkāpi muggā jāyanti, anujānāmi bhikkhave yathāsukhaṃ muggaṃ paribhuñjitun ti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno udaravātābādho hoti, so loṇasovīrakaṃ apāyi, tassa so udaravātābādho paṭippassambhi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānassa loṇasovīrakaṃ, agilānassa udakasambhinnaṃ pānaparibhogena paribhuñjitun ti. ||3||16||
atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Rājagahaṃ tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena bhagavato udaravātābādho hoti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando pubbe pi bhagavato udaravātābādho tekaṭulāya yāguyā phāsu hotīti sāmaṃ tilam pi taṇḍulam pi muggam pi paññāpetvā anto vāsetvā anto sāmaṃ pacitvā bhagavato upanāmesi pivatu bhagavā tekaṭulayāgun ti. ||1|| jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti, atthasaṃhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti no anatthasaṃhitaṃ, anatthasaṃhite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ. dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti, dhammaṃ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpessāmā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:

[page 211]
VI. 17. 2-7.] MAHĀVAGGA. 211
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kut'; āyaṃ Ānanda yāgū 'ti.
atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi.
||2|| vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ Ānanda ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ Ānanda evarūpāya bāhullāya cetessasi. yad api Ānanda anto vutthaṃ tad api akappiyaṃ, yad api anto pakkaṃ tad api akappiyaṃ, yad api sāmaṃ pakkaṃ tad api akappiyaṃ. n'; etaṃ Ānanda appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave anto vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||3|| anto ce bhikkhave vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. anto ce bhikkhave vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ aññehi pakkaṃ, tañ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. anto ce bhikkhave vutthaṃ bahi pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. ||4|| bahi ce bhikkhave vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. anto ce bhikkhave vutthaṃ bahi pakkaṃ aññehi pakkaṃ, tañ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bahi ce bhikkhave vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ aññehi pakkaṃ, tañ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bahi ce bhikkhave vutthaṃ bahi pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bahi ce bhikkhave vutthaṃ bahi pakkaṃ aññehi pakkaṃ, tañ ce paribhuñjeyya, anāpattīti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā sāmaṃpāko paṭikkhitto 'ti punapāke kukkuccāyanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave punapākaṃ pacitun ti.
||6|| tena kho pana samayena Rājagahaṃ dubbhikkhaṃ hoti. manussā loṇam pi telam pi taṇḍulam pi khādaniyam pi ārāmaṃ āharanti, tāni bhikkhū bahi vāsenti, ukkapiṇḍakāpi khādanti corāpi haranti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave anto vāsetun ti. anto vāsetvā bahi pācenti, damakā parivārenti. bhikkhū avissatthā paribhuñjanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave anto pacitun ti. dubbhikkhe kappiyakārakā bahutaraṃ haranti, appataraṃ bhikkhūnaṃ denti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

[page 212]
212 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 17. 7-18. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] anujānāmi bhikkhave sāmaṃ pacituṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave anto vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkan ti. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Kāsīsu vassaṃ vutthā Rājagahaṃ gacchantā bhagavantaṃ dassanāya antarā magge na labhiṃsu lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, bahuñ ca phalakhādaniyaṃ ahosi, kappiyakārako ca na ahosi. atha kho te bhikkhū kilantarūpā yena Rājagahaṃ Veḷuvanaṃ Kalandakanivāpo yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etad avoca: kacci bhikkhave khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci 'ttha appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgatā, kuto ca tumhe bhikkhave āgacchathā 'ti. ||8|| khamanīyam bhagavā, idha mayaṃ bhante Kāsīsu vassaṃ vutthā Rājagahaṃ āgacchantā bhagavantaṃ dassanāya antarā magge na labhimhā lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, bahuñ ca phalakhādaniyaṃ ahosi, kappiyakārako ca na ahosi, tena mayaṃ kilantarūpā addhānaṃ āgatā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave yattha phalakhādaniyaṃ passati kappiyakārako ca na hoti, sāmaṃ gahetvā haritvā kappiyakārakaṃ passitvā bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipitvā paṭiggahāpetvā paribhuñjituṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave uggahitaṃ paṭiggahitun ti. ||9||17||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa navā ca tilā navañ ca madhuṃ uppannā honti. atha kho tassa brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ nave ca tile navañ ca madhuṃ buddhapamukhassa bhikkhusaṃghassa dadeyyan ti. atha kho so brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi, ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: adhivāsetu me bhante bhavaṃ Gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena.

[page 213]
VI. 18. 1-19. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 213
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā pakkāmi. ||1|| atha kho so brāhmaṇo tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītam khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo bho Gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena tassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. atha kho so brāhmaṇo buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||2|| atha kho tassa brāhmaṇassa acirapakkantassa bhagavato etad ahosi: yesaṃ kho mayā atthāya buddhapamukho bhikkhusaṃgho nimantito nave ca tile navañ ca madhuṃ dassāmīti, te mayā pamuṭṭhā dātuṃ. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ nave ca tile navañ ca madhuṃ kolambehi ca ghaṭehi ca ārāmaṃ harāpeyyan ti. atha kho so brāhmaṇo nave ca tile navañ ca madhuṃ kolambehi ca ghaṭehi ca ārāmaṃ āharāpetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi, ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ||3|| yesaṃ kho mayā bho Gotama atthāya buddhapamukho bhikkhusaṃgho nimantito nave ca tile navañ ca madhuṃ dassāmīti, te mayā pamuṭṭhā dātuṃ.
paṭigaṇhātu me bhavaṃ Gotamo nave ca tile navañ ca madhun ti. tena hi brāhmaṇa bhikkhūnaṃ dehīti. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū dubbhikkhe appamattake pi pavārenti paṭisaṃkhāpi paṭikkhipanti, sabbo ca saṃgho pavārito hoti, bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭigaṇhanti. paṭigaṇhatha bhikkhave paribhuñjatha. anujānāmi bhikkhave tato nīhataṃ bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ paribhuñjitun ti. ||4||18||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ saṃghass'; atthāya khādaniyaṃ pāhesi: ayyassa Upanandassa dassetvā saṃghassa dātabban ti. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho hoti.

[page 214]
214 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 19. 1-20. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho te manussā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū pucchiṃsu: kahaṃ bhante ayyo Upanando 'ti. esāvuso āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho 'ti. idaṃ bhante khādaniyaṃ ayyassa Upanandassa dassetvā saṃghassa dātabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. tena hi bhikkhave paṭiggahetvā nikkhipatha yāva Upanando āgacchatīti. ||1|| atha kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto purebhattaṃ kulāni payirupāsitvā divā āgacchi. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū dubbhikkhe appamattake pi pavārenti paṭisaṃkhāpi paṭikkhipanti, sabbo ca saṃgho pavārito hoti, bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭigaṇhanti. paṭigaṇhatha bhikkhave paribhuñjatha. anujānāmi bhikkhave purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ paribhuñjitun ti. ||2||19||
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Sāvatthi tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Sāriputtassa kāyaḍāhābādho hoti. atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno yenāyasmā Sāriputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtaṃ etad avoca: pubbe te āvuso Sāriputta kāyaḍāhābādho kena phāsu hotīti. bhisehi ca me āvuso muḷālikāhi cā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Jetavane antarahito Mandākiniyā pokkharaṇiyā tīre pāturahosi.
||1|| addasa kho aññataro nāgo āyasmantaṃ Mahāmoggallānaṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna āyasmantaṃ Mahāmoggallānaṃ etad avoca: etu kho bhante ayyo Mahāmoggallāno, svāgataṃ bhante ayyassa Mahāmoggallānassa, kena bhante ayyassa attho, kiṃ dammīti. bhisehi ca me āvuso attho muḷālikāhi cā 'ti. atha kho so nāgo aññataraṃ nāgaṃ āṇāpesi: tena hi bhaṇe ayyassa bhise ca muḷālikāyo ca yāvadatthaṃ dehīti. atha kho so nāgo Mandākiniṃ pokkharaṇiṃ ogāhetvā soṇḍāya bhisañ ca muḷāliñ ca abbāhitvā suvikkhālitaṃ vikkhāletvā bhaṇḍikaṃ bandhitvā yenāyasmā Mahāmoggallāno ten'; upasaṃkami. ||2||

[page 215]
VI. 20. 2-22. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 215
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Mandākiniyā pokkharaṇiyā tīre antarahito Jetavane pāturahosi, so pi kho nāgo Mandākiniyā pokkharaṇiyā tīre antarahito Jetavane pāturahosi. atha kho so nāgo āyasmato Mahāmoggallānassa bhise ca muḷālikāyo ca paṭiggahāpetvā Jetavane antarahito Mandākiniyā pokkharaṇiyā tīre pāturahosi. atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno āyasmato Sāriputtassa bhise ca muḷālikāyo ca upanāmesi.
atha kho āyasmato Sāriputtassa bhise ca muḷālikāyo ca paribhuttassa kāyaḍāhābādho paṭippassambhi. bahū bhisā ca muḷālikāyo ca avasiṭṭhā honti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū dubbhikkhe appamattake pi pavārenti paṭisaṃkhāpi paṭikkhipanti, sabbo ca saṃgho pavārito hoti, bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭigaṇhanti. paṭigaṇhatha bhikkhave paribhuñjatha. anujānāmi bhikkhave vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhaṃ bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ paribhuñjitun ti. ||4||20||
tena kho pana samayena Sāvatthiyaṃ bahuṃ phalakhādaniyaṃ ussannaṃ hoti kappiyakārako ca na hoti. bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā phalaṃ na paribhuñjanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave abījaṃ nibbattabījaṃ akatakappaṃ phalaṃ paribhuñjitun ti. ||1||21||
atha kho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Rājagahaṃ tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno bhagandalābādho hoti. Ākāsagotto vejjo satthakammaṃ karoti. atha kho bhagavā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto yena tassa bhikkhuno vihāro ten'; upasaṃkami. ||1|| addasa kho Ākāsagotto vejjo bhagavantaṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: āgacchatu bhavaṃ Gotamo imassa bhikkhuno vaccamaggaṃ passatu seyyathāpi godhāmukhan ti.

[page 216]
216 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 22. 2-23. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho bhagavā mamaṃ khv'; āyaṃ moghapuriso uppaṇḍetīti tuṇhibhūto 'va paṭinivattitvā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi: atthi kira bhikkhave amukasmiṃ vihāre bhikkhu gilāno 'ti. atthi bhagavā 'ti. kiṃ tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno ābādho 'ti. tassa bhante āyasmato bhagandalābādho, Ākāsagotto vejjo satthakammaṃ karotīti. ||2|| vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ bhikkhave tassa moghapurisassa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma so bhikkhave moghapuriso sambādhe satthakammaṃ kārāpessatīti. sambādhe bhikkhave sukhumā chavi, duropayo vaṇo, dupparihāraṃ satthaṃ.
n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave sambādhe satthakammaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ. yo kārāpeyya, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā satthakammaṃ paṭikkhittan ti vatthikammaṃ kārāpenti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vatthikammaṃ kārāpessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vatthikammaṃ kārāpentīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave sambādhassa sāmantā dvaṅgulā satthakammaṃ vā vatthikammaṃ vā kārāpetabbaṃ. yo kārāpeyya, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||4||22||
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Bārāṇasī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Bārāṇasī tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati Isipatane migadāye. tena kho pana samayena Bārāṇasiyaṃ Suppiyo ca upāsako Suppiyā ca upāsikā ubhatopasannā honti dāyakā kārakā saṃghupaṭṭhākā. atha kho Suppiyā upāsikā ārāmaṃ gantvā vihārena vihāraṃ pariveṇena pariveṇaṃ upasaṃkamitvā bhikkhū pucchati: ko bhante gilāno, kassa kiṃ āhariyyatū 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarena bhikkhunā virecanaṃ pītaṃ hoti.

[page 217]
VI. 23. 2-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 217
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho so bhikkhu Suppiyaṃ upāsikaṃ etad avoca: mayā kho bhagini virecanaṃ pītaṃ, attho me paṭicchādaniyenā 'ti. suṭṭhu ayya āhariyissatīti gharaṃ gantvā antevāsiṃ āṇāpesi: gaccha bhaṇe pavattamaṃsaṃ jānāhīti. evaṃ ayye 'ti kho so puriso Suppiyāya upāsikāya paṭisuṇitvā kevalakappaṃ Bārāṇasiṃ āhiṇḍanto na addasa pavattamaṃsaṃ. atha kho so puriso yena Suppiyā upāsikā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Suppiyaṃ upāsikaṃ etad avoca: n'; atth'; ayye pavattamaṃsaṃ, māghāto ajjā 'ti. ||2|| atha kho Suppiyāya upāsikāya etad ahosi: tassa kho gilānassa bhikkhuno paṭicchādaniyaṃ alabhantassa ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati kālaṃkiriyā vā bhavissati, na kho me taṃ paṭirūpaṃ yāhaṃ paṭisuṇitvā na harāpeyyan ti potthanikaṃ gahetvā ūrumaṃsaṃ ukkantitvā dāsiyā adāsi: handa je imaṃ maṃsaṃ sampādetvā amukasmiṃ vihāre bhikkhu gilāno tassa dajjehi, yo ca maṃ pucchati gilānā 'ti paṭivedehīti uttarāsaṅgena ūruṃ veṭhetvā ovarakaṃ pavisitvā mañcake nipajji. ||3|| atha kho Suppiyo upāsako gharaṃ gantvā dāsiṃ pucchi: kahaṃ Suppiyā 'ti. esāyya ovarake nipannā 'ti. atha kho Suppiyo upāsako yena Suppiyā upāsikā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Suppiyaṃ upāsikaṃ etad avoca: kissa nipannāsīti. gilān'; amhīti. kin te ābādho 'ti. atha kho Suppiyā upāsikā Suppiyassa upāsakassa etam atthaṃ ārocesi. atha kho Suppiyo upāsako acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho yāva saddhāyaṃ Suppiyā pasannā, yatra hi nāma attano pi maṃsāni pariccattāni, kim pana imāya aññaṃ kiñci adeyyaṃ bhavissatīti haṭṭho udaggo yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ||4|| ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Suppiyo upāsako bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: adhivāsetu me bhante bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho Suppiyo upāsako bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
atha kho Suppiyo upāsako tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo bhante niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Suppiyassa upāsakassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami,

[page 218]
218 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 23. 5-10.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena.
||5|| atha kho Suppiyo upāsako yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Suppiyaṃ upāsakaṃ bhagavā etad avoca: kahaṃ Suppiyā 'ti. gilānā bhagavā 'ti. tena hi āgacchatū 'ti. na bhagavā ussahatīti. tena hi pariggahetvāpi ānethā 'ti. atha kho Suppiyo upāsako Suppiyaṃ upāsikaṃ pariggahetvā ānesi. tassā saha dassanena bhagavato tāvamahā vaṇo rūḷho ahosi succhavi lomajāto.
||6|| atha kho Suppiyo ca upāsako Suppiyā ca upāsikā acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā, yatra hi nāma saha dassanena bhagavato tāvamahā vaṇo rūḷho bhavissati succhavi lomajāto 'ti haṭṭhā udaggā buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. atha kho bhagavā Suppiyaṃ upāsakaṃ Suppiyañ ca upāsikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
||7|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi: ko bhikkhave Suppiyaṃ upāsikaṃ maṃsaṃ viññāpesīti. evaṃ vutte so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ahaṃ kho bhante Suppiyaṃ upāsikaṃ maṃsaṃ viññāpesin ti. āhariyittha bhikkhū 'ti. āhariyittha bhagavā 'ti. paribhuñji tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. paribhuñj'; āhaṃ bhagavā 'ti. paṭivekkhi tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā paṭivekkhin ti. ||8|| vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa appaṭivekkhitvā maṃsaṃ paribhuñjissasi. {manussamaṃsaṃ} kho tayā moghapurisa paribhuttaṃ. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: santi bhikkhave manussā saddhā pasannā, tehi attano pi maṃsāni pariccattāni. na bhikkhave manussamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti thullaccayassa. na ca bhikkhave appaṭivekkhitvā maṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||9|| tena kho pana samayena rañño hatthī maranti.

[page 219]
VI. 23. 10-13.] MAHĀVAGGA. 219
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] manussā dubbhikkhe hatthimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti, bhikkhūnaṃ piṇḍāya carantānaṃ hatthimaṃsaṃ denti, bhikkhū hatthimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā hatthimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjissanti. rājaṅgaṃ hatthī, sace rājā jāneyya, na nesaṃ attamano assā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave hatthimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||10||
tena kho pana samayena rañño assā maranti. manussā dubbhikkhe assamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti, bhikkhūnaṃ piṇḍāya carantānaṃ assamaṃsaṃ denti, bhikkhū assamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā assamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjissanti. rājaṅgaṃ assā, sace rājā jāneyya, na nesaṃ attamano assā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave assamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||11|| tena kho pana samayena manussā dubbhikkhe sunakhamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti, bhikkhūnaṃ piṇḍāya carantānaṃ sunakhamaṃsaṃ denti, bhikkhū sunakhamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā sunakhamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjissanti, jeguccho sunakho paṭikkūlo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave sunakhamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ.
yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||12|| tena kho pana samayena manussā dubbhikkhe ahimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti, bhikkhūnaṃ piṇḍāya carantānaṃ ahimaṃsaṃ denti, bhikkhū ahimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā ahimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjissanti, jeguccho ahi paṭikkūlo 'ti.
Supasso pi nāgarājā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi.
ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Supasso nāgarājā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: santi bhante nāgā assaddhā appasannā, te appamattake pi bhikkhū viheṭheyyuṃ. sādhu bhante ayyā ahimaṃsaṃ na paribhuñjeyyun ti. atha kho bhagavā Supassaṃ nāgarājānaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi --la-- padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi:

[page 220]
220 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI.23.13-24.3.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na bhikkhave ahimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||13|| tena kho pana samayena luddakā sīhaṃ hantvā maṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti, bhikkhūnaṃ piṇḍāya carantānaṃ sīhamaṃsaṃ denti. bhikkhū sīhamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitvā araññe viharanti, sīhā sīhamaṃsagandhena bhikkhū paripātenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave sīhamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||14|| tena kho pana samayena luddakā vyagghaṃ hantvā, dīpiṃ hantvā, acchaṃ hantvā, taracchaṃ hantvā maṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti, bhikkhūnaṃ piṇḍāya carantānaṃ taracchamaṃsaṃ denti. bhikkhū taracchamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitvā araññe viharanti, taracchā taracchamaṃsagandhena bhikkhū paripātenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave taracchamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbam. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||15||23||
atha kho bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Andhakavindaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi.
tena kho pana samayena jānapadā manussā bahuṃ loṇam pi telam pi taṇḍulam pi khadaniyam pi sakaṭesu āropetvā buddhapamukhassa bhikkhusaṃghassa piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito anubaddhā honti yadā paṭipāṭiṃ labhissāma tadā bhattaṃ karissāmā 'ti, pañcamattāni ca vighāsādasatāni. atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Andhakavindaṃ tad avasari.
||1|| atha kho aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa paṭipāṭiṃ alabhantassa etad ahosi: atītāni kho me dve māsāni buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ anubaddhassa yadā paṭipāṭiṃ labhissāmi tadā bhattaṃ karissāmīti, na ca me paṭipāṭi labbhati, ahañ c'; amhi ekako, bahu ca me gharāvāsattho hāyati. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhattaggaṃ olokeyyaṃ, yaṃ bhattagge na addasaṃ taṃ paṭiyādeyyan ti. atha kho so brāhmaṇo bhattaggaṃ olokento dve nāddasa yāguñ ca madhugoḷakañ ca. ||2|| atha kho so brāhmaṇo yenāyasmā Ānando ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avoca: idha me bho Ānanda paṭipāṭiṃ alabhantassa etad ahosi: atītāni kho me dve māsāni buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ anubaddhassa yadā paṭipāṭiṃ labhissāmi tadā bhattaṃ karissāmīti,

[page 221]
VI. 24. 3-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 221
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na ca me paṭipāṭi labbhati, ahañ c'; amhi ekako, bahu ca me gharāvāsattho hāyati. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhattaggaṃ olokeyyaṃ, yaṃ bhattagge na addasaṃ taṃ paṭiyādeyyan ti. so kho ahaṃ bho Ānanda bhattaggaṃ olokento dve na addasaṃ yāguñ ca madhugoḷakañ ca. sac'; āhaṃ bho Ānanda paṭiyādeyyaṃ yāguñ ca madhugoḷakañ ca, paṭigaṇheyya me bhavaṃ Gotamo 'ti. tena hi brāhmaṇa bhagavantaṃ pucchissāmīti. ||3|| atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. tena h'; Ānanda paṭiyādetū 'ti. tena hi brāhmaṇa paṭiyādehīti. atha kho so brāhmaṇo tassā rattiyā accayena pahūtaṃ yāguñ ca madhugoḷakañ ca paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato upanāmesi: paṭigaṇhātu me bhavaṃ Gotamo yāguñ ca madhugoḷakañ cā 'ti. tena hi brāhmaṇa bhikkhūnaṃ dehīti. bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭigaṇhanti. paṭigaṇhatha bhikkhave paribhuñjathā 'ti. atha kho so brāhmaṇo buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ pahūtāya yāguyā ca madhugoḷakena ca sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ dhotahatthaṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ||4|| ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ bhagavā etad avoca: das'; ime brāhmaṇa ānisaṃsā yāguyā, katame dasa. yaguṃ dento āyuṃ deti, vaṇṇaṃ deti, sukhaṃ deti, balaṃ deti, paṭibhānaṃ deti, yāgu pītā khudaṃ paṭihanati, pipāsaṃ vinodeti, vātaṃ anulometi, vatthiṃ sodheti, āmāvasesaṃ pāceti. ime kho brāhmaṇa dasānisaṃsā yāguyā 'ti. ||5||
yo saññatānaṃ paradattabhojinaṃ kālena sakkaccaṃ dadāti yāguṃ
das'; assa ṭhānāni {anuppavecchati:} āyuñ ca vaṇṇañ ca sukhaṃ balañ ca, |
paṭibhānam assa {upajāyati} tato, khudaṃ pipāsañ ca vyapaneti vātaṃ,
sodheti vatthiṃ, pariṇāmeti bhattaṃ. bhesajjam etaṃ sugatena vaṇṇitaṃ. |
tasmā hi yāguṃ alam eva dātum niccaṃ manussena sukhatthikena
dibbāni vā patthayatā sukhāni manussasobhāgyataṃ icchatā vā 'ti. ||6||

[page 222]
222 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 24. 7-25. 4.
atha kho bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave yāguñ ca madhugoḷakañ cā 'ti. ||7||24||
assosuṃ kho manussā: bhagavatā kira yāgu anuññātā madhugoḷakañ cā 'ti. te kālass'; eva bhojjayāguṃ paṭiyādenti madhugoḷakañ ca. bhikkhū kālass'; eva bhojjayāguyā dhātā madhugoḷakena ca bhattagge na cittarūpaṃ bhuñjanti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarena taruṇapasannena mahāmattena svātanāya buddhapamukho bhikkhusaṃgho nimantito hoti. atha kho tassa taruṇapasannassa mahāmattassa etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ aḍḍhatelasannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ aḍḍhatelasāni maṃsapātīsatāni paṭiyādeyyaṃ ekamekassa bhikkhuno ekamekaṃ maṃsapātiṃ upanāmeyyan ti. ||1||
atha kho so taruṇapasanno mahāmatto tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā aḍḍhatelasāni ca maṃsapātīsatāni bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena tassa taruṇapasannassa mahāmattassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. ||2||
atha kho so taruṇapasanno mahāmatto bhattagge bhikkhū parivisati. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: thokaṃ āvuso dehi thokaṃ āvuso dehīti. mā kho tumhe bhante ayaṃ taruṇapasanno mahāmatto 'ti thokaṃ-thokaṃ paṭigaṇhatha. bahuṃ me khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ aḍḍhatelasāni ca maṃsapātīsatāni, ekamekassa bhikkhuno ekamekaṃ maṃsapātiṃ upanāmessāmīti. paṭigaṇhatha bhante yāvadatthan ti. na kho mayaṃ āvuso etaṃkāraṇā thokaṃ-thokaṃ paṭigaṇhāma, api ca mayaṃ kālass'; eva bhojjayāguyā dhātā madhugoḷakena ca, tena mayaṃ thokaṃ-thokaṃ paṭigaṇhāmā 'ti. ||3|| atha kho so taruṇapasanno mahāmatto ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhaddantā mayā nimantitā aññassa bhojjayāguṃ paribhuñjissanti, na cāhaṃ na paṭibalo yāvadatthaṃ dātun ti kupito anattamano āsādanāpekkho bhikkhūnaṃ patte pūrento agamāsi bhuñjatha vā haratha vā 'ti. atha kho so taruṇapasanno mahāmatto buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

[page 223]
VI. 25. 4-7.] MAHĀVAGGA. 223
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taruṇapasannaṃ mahāmattaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||4|| atha kho tassa taruṇapasannassa mahāmattassa acirapakkantassa bhagavato ahud eva kukkuccaṃ ahu vippaṭisāro: alābhā vata me, na vata me lābhā, dulladdhaṃ vata me, na vata me suladdhaṃ, yo 'haṃ kupito anattamano āsādanāpekkho bhikkhūnaṃ patte pūrento agamāsiṃ bhuñjatha vā haratha vā 'ti. kiṃ nu kho mayā bahuṃ pasūtaṃ puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā 'ti. atha kho so taruṇapasanno mahāmatto yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so taruṇapasanno mahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: idha mayhaṃ bhante acirapakkantassa bhagavato ahud eva kukkuccaṃ ahu vippaṭisāro: alābhā vata me, na vata me lābhā, dulladdhaṃ vata me, na vata me suladdhaṃ, yo 'haṃ kupito anattamano āsādanāpekkho bhikkhūnaṃ patte pūrento agamāsiṃ bhuñjatha vā haratha vā 'ti. kiṃ nu kho mayā bahuṃ pasūtaṃ puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā 'ti. kiṃ nu kho mayā bhante bahuṃ pasūtaṃ puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā 'ti. ||5||
yadaggena tayā āvuso svātanāya buddhapamukho bhikkhusaṃgho nimantito, tadaggena te bahuṃ puññaṃ pasūtaṃ, yadaggena te ekamekena bhikkhunā ekamekaṃ sitthaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ, tadaggena te bahuṃ puññaṃ pasūtaṃ, saggā te āraddhā 'ti. atha kho so taruṇapasanno mahāmatto lābhā kira me, suladdhaṃ kira me, bahuṃ kira mayā puññaṃ pasūtaṃ, saggā kira me āraddhā 'ti haṭṭho udaggo uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. ||6|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū aññatra nimantitā aññassa bhojjayāguṃ paribhuñjantīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā aññatra nimantitā aññassa bhojjayāguṃ paribhuñjissanti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi:

[page 224]
224 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 25. 7-26. 4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na bhikkhave aññatra nimantitena aññassa bhojjayāgu paribhuñjitabbā. yo paribhuñjeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo 'ti. ||7||25||
atha kho bhagavā Andhakavinde yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. tena kho pana samayena Belaṭṭho Kaccāno Rājagahā Andhakavindaṃ addhānamaggapaṭipanno hoti pañcamattehi sakaṭasatehi sabbeh'; eva guḷakumbhapūrehi. addasa kho bhagavā Belaṭṭhaṃ Kaccānaṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi.
||1|| atha kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: icchām'; ahaṃ bhante ekamekassa bhikkhuno ekamekaṃ guḷakumbhaṃ dātun ti. tena hi tvaṃ Kaccāna ekaṃ yeva guḷakumbhaṃ āharā 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā ekaṃ yeva guḷakumbhaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: āhaṭo bhante guḷakumbho, kathāhaṃ bhante paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ Kaccāna bhikkhūnaṃ guḷaṃ dehīti. ||2|| evaṃ bhante 'ti kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā bhikkhūnaṃ guḷaṃ datvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: dinno bhante bhikkhūnaṃ guḷo bahu cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho, kathāhaṃ bhante paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ Kaccāna bhikkhūnaṃ guḷaṃ yāvadatthaṃ dehīti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā bhikkhūnaṃ guḷaṃ yāvadatthaṃ datvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: dinno bhante bhikkhūnaṃ guḷo yāvadattho bahu cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho, kathāhaṃ bhante paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ Kaccāna bhikkhū guḷehi santappehīti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā bhikkhū guḷehi santappesi. ekacce bhikkhū patte pi pūresuṃ parissāvanāni pi thavikāyo pi pūresuṃ. ||3||
atha kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno bhikkhū guḷehi santappetvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: santappitā bhante bhikkhū guḷehi bahu cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho, kathāhaṃ bhante paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ Kaccāna vighāsādānaṃ guḷaṃ dehīti.

[page 225]
VI. 26. 4-8.] MAHĀVAGGA. 225
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evaṃ bhante 'ti kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā vighāsādānaṃ guḷaṃ datvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: dinno bhante vighāsādānaṃ guḷo bahu cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho, kathāhaṃ bhante paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ Kaccāna vighāsādānaṃ yāvadatthaṃ guḷaṃ dehīti. ||4|| evaṃ bhante 'ti kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā vighāsādānaṃ yāvadatthaṃ guḷaṃ datvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: dinno bhante vighāsādānaṃ guḷo yāvadattho bahu cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho, kathāhaṃ bhante paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ Kaccāna vighāsāde guḷehi santappehīti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā vighāsāde guḷehi santappesi.
ekacce vighāsādā kolambe pi ghaṭe pi pūresuṃ piṭakāni pi ucchaṅge pi pūresuṃ. ||5|| atha kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno vighāsāde guḷehi santappetvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: santappitā bhante vighāsādā guḷehi bahu cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho, kathāhaṃ bhante paṭipajjāmīti. nāhaṃ taṃ Kaccāna passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya yassa so guḷo paribhutto sammā pariṇāmaṃ gaccheyya aññatra tathāgatassa vā tathāgatasāvakassa vā. tena hi tvaṃ Kaccāna taṃ guḷaṃ appaharite vā chaḍḍehi appāṇake vā udake opilāpehīti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā taṃ guḷaṃ appāṇake udake opilāpesi. ||6|| atha kho so guḷo udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati saṃdhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati. seyyathāpi nāma phālo divasaṃ santatto udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati saṃdhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati, evam eva so guḷo udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati saṃdhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati. atha kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ||7||
ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho Belaṭṭhassa Kaccānassa bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. yadā bhagavā aññāsi Belaṭṭhaṃ Kaccānaṃ kallacittaṃ muducittaṃ vinīvaraṇacittaṃ udaggacittaṃ pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi --la-- evam eva Belaṭṭhassa Kaccānassa tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman ti. ||8||

[page 226]
226 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 26. 8-28. 2
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho Belaṭṭho Kaccāno diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: abhikkantaṃ bhante, abhikkantaṃ bhante, seyyathāpi bhante nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya --la-- evam eva bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. es'; āhaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti. ||9||26||
atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Rājagahaṃ tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena Rājagahe guḷo ussanno hoti. bhikkhū gilānass'; eva bhagavatā guḷo anuññāto no agilānassā 'ti kukkuccāyantā guḷaṃ na bhuñjanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānassa guḷaṃ, agilānassa guḷodakan ti. ||1||27||
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Pāṭaligāmo tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Pāṭaligāmo tad avasari. assosuṃ kho Pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā: bhagavā kira Pāṭaligāmaṃ anuppatto 'ti. atha kho Pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, ekamantaṃ nisinne kho Pāṭaligāmike upāsake bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. ||1||
atha kho Pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: adhivāsetu no bhante bhagavā āvasathāgāraṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho Pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu,

[page 227]
VI. 28. 2-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 227
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] upasaṃkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ āvasathāgāraṃ santharitvā āsanāni paññāpetvā udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṃ āropetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. ||2|| ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho Pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ bhante āvasathāgāraṃ, āsanāni paññattāni, udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito, telapadīpo āropito, yassa dāni bhante bhagavā kālaṃ maññatīti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena yena āvasathāgāraṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissāya puratthimābhimukho nisīdi. bhikkhusaṃgho pi kho pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya puratthimābhimukho nisīdi bhagavantaṃ yeva purakkhatvā. Pāṭaligāmikāpi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṃsu bhagavantaṃ yeva purakkhatvā. ||3||
atha kho bhagavā Pāṭaligāmike upāsake āmantesi: pañc'; ime gahapatayo ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. katame pañca. idha gahapatayo dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhogajāniṃ nigacchati, ayaṃ paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, ayaṃ dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo dussīlo sīlavipanno yañ ñad eva parisaṃ upasaṃkamati yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ avisārado upasaṃkamati maṅkubhūto, ayaṃ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, ayaṃ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati, ayaṃ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. ime kho gahapatayo pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. ||4||
pañc'; ime gahapatayo ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

[page 228]
228 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 28. 5-8.
katame pañca. idha gahapatayo sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati, ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, ayaṃ dutiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo sīlavā sīlasampanno yañ ñad eva parisaṃ upasaṃkamati yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ visārado upasaṃkamati amaṅkubhūto, ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. puna ca paraṃ gahapatayo sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati, ayaṃ pañcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. ime kho gahapatayo pañca ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyā 'ti. ||5||
atha kho bhagavā Pāṭaligāmike upāsake bahud eva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi: abhikkantā kho gahapatayo ratti, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññathā 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho Pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. ||6||
atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu Pāṭaligāmikesu upāsakesu suññāgāraṃ pāvisi. tena kho pana samayena Sunidhavassakārā Magadhamahāmattā Pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti Vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. addasa kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo Pāṭaligāme vatthūni parigaṇhantiyo. yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni parigaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha rājūnaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ, yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni parigaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha rājūnaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ, yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni parigaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha rājūnaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. ||7|| atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: ke nu kho te Ānanda Pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpentīti. Sunidhavassakārā bhante Magadhamahāmattā Pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti Vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāyā 'ti.

[page 229]
VI. 28. 8-11.] MAHĀVAGGA. 229
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] seyyathāpi Ānanda devehi Tāvatiṃsehi saddhiṃ mantetvā evam eva kho Ānanda Sunidhavassakārā Magadhamahāmattā Pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti Vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. idhāhaṃ Ānanda rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya addasaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo . . . nīcānaṃ tattha rājūnaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. yāvatā Ānanda ariyaṃ āyatanaṃ yāvatā vaṇippatho idaṃ agganagaraṃ bhavissati Pāṭaliputtaṃ puṭabhedanaṃ. Pāṭaliputtassa kho Ānanda tayo antarāyā bhavissanti, aggito vā udakato vā abbhantarato vā mithubhedā 'ti. ||8||
atha kho Sunidhavassakārā Magadhamahāmattā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho Sunidhavassakārā Magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: adhivāsetu no bhavaṃ Gotamo ajjatanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena.
atha kho Sunidhavassakārā Magadhamahāmattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā pakkamiṃsu. ||9|| atha kho Sunidhavassakārā Magadhamahāmattā paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesuṃ: kālo bho Gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Sunidhavassakārānaṃ Magadhamahāmattānaṃ parivesanā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. atha kho Sunidhavassakārā Magadhamahāmattā buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, ekamantaṃ nisinne kho Sunidhavassakāre Magadhamahāmatte bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi: ||10||
yasmiṃ padese kappeti vāsaṃ paṇḍitajātiyo,
sīlavantettha bhojetvā saññate brahmacariye |
yā tattha devatā āsuṃ tāsaṃ dakkhiṇam ādise,
tā pūjitā pūjayanti, mānitā mānayanti naṃ, |

[page 230]
230 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 28. 11-29. 2.
tato naṃ anukampanti mātā puttaṃ va orasaṃ.
devatānukampito poso sadā bhadrāni passatīti.
atha kho bhagavā Sunidhavassakāre Magadhamahāmatte imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||11|| tena kho pana samayena Sunidhavassakārā Magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito-piṭṭhito anubaddhā honti, yen'; ajja samaṇo Gotamo dvārena nikkhamissati taṃ Gotamadvāraṃ nāma bhavissati, yena titthena Gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttarissati taṃ Gotamatitthaṃ nāma bhavissatīti. atha kho bhagavā yena dvārena nikkhami taṃ Gotamadvāraṃ nāma ahosi.
atha kho bhagavā yena Gaṅgā nadī ten'; upasaṃkami. tena kho pana samayena Gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti samatitthikā kākapeyyā. manussā aññe nāvaṃ pariyesanti aññe uḷumpaṃ pariyesanti aññe kullaṃ bandhanti orā pāraṃ gantukāmā.
||12|| addasa kho bhagavā te manusse aññe nāvaṃ pariyesante aññe uḷumpaṃ pariyesante aññe kullaṃ bandhante orā pāraṃ gantukāme, disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya, evam eva Gaṅgāya nadiyā orimatīre antarahito pārimatīre paccuṭṭhāsi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. atha kho bhagavā etam atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi:
ye taranti aṇṇavaṃ saraṃ setuṃ katvāna vissajja pallalāni,
kullaṃ hi jano bandhati, tiṇṇā medhāvino janā 'ti. ||13||28||
atha kho bhagavā yena Koṭigāmo ten'; upasaṃkami. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Koṭigāme viharati. tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: catunnaṃ bhikkhave ariyasaccānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca. katamesaṃ catunnaṃ. dukkhassa bhikkhave ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīghaṃ addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca. dukkhasamudayassa ariyasaccassa, dukkhanirodhassa ariyasaccassa, dukkhanirodhagāminipaṭipadāariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam idaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ c'; eva tumhākañ ca. ||1|| tayidaṃ bhikkhave dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ,

[page 231]
VI. 29. 2-30. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 231
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī {paṭipadā} ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo 'ti.
catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ yathābhūtaṃ adassanā
saṃsitaṃ dīgham addhānaṃ tāsu-tāsv eva jātisu. |
tāni etāni diṭṭhāni, bhavanetti samūhatā,
ucchinnaṃ mūlaṃ dukkhassa, n'; atthi dāni punabbhavo 'ti. ||2||29||
assosi kho Ambapālī gaṇikā: bhagavā kira Koṭigāmaṃ anuppatto 'ti. atha kho Ambapālī gaṇikā bhadrāni -bhadrāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhadraṃ yānaṃ abhirūhitvā bhadrehi-bhadrehi yānehi Vesāliyā niyyāsi bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikā 'va yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
||1|| ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. atha kho Ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: adhivāsetu me bhante bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti.
adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho Ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. ||2|| assosuṃ kho Vesālikā Licchavī: bhagavā kira Koṭigāmaṃ anuppatto 'ti. atha kho Vesālikā Licchavī bhadrāni-bhadrāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhadraṃ-bhadraṃ yānaṃ abhirūhitvā bhadrehi -bhadrehi yānehi Vesāliyā niyyāsuṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya.
appekacce Licchavī nīlā honti nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṃkārā, appekacce Licchavī pītā honti pītavaṇṇā pītavatthā pītālaṃkārā, appekacce Licchavī lohitakā honti lohitvaṇṇā lohitavatthā lohitālaṃkārā, appekacce Licchavī odātā honti odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṃkārā. atha kho Ambapālī gaṇikā daharānaṃ-daharānaṃ Licchavīnaṃ īsāya īsaṃ yugena yugaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ paṭivaṭṭesi. ||3||

[page 232]
232 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 30. 4-6.
atha kho te Licchavī Ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ etad avocuṃ: kissa je Ambapāli daharānaṃ-daharānaṃ Licchavīnaṃ īsāya īsaṃ yugena yugaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ paṭivaṭṭesīti. tathā hi pana mayā ayyaputtā svātanāya buddhapamukho bhikkhusaṃgho nimantito 'ti. dehi je Ambapāli amhākaṃ etaṃ bhattaṃ satasahassenā 'ti. sace pi ayyaputtā Vesāliṃ sāhāraṃ dajjeyyātha, n'; eva dajjāhaṃ taṃ bhattan ti. atha kho te Licchavī aṅgulī poṭhesuṃ: jit'; amhā vata bho ambakāya, parājit'; amhā vata bho ambakāyā 'ti. ||4|| atha kho te Licchavī yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu. addasa kho bhagavā te Licchavī dūrato 'va āgacchante, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi: yehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi devā Tāvatiṃsā adiṭṭhapubbā, oloketha bhikkhave Licchaviparisaṃ apaloketha bhikkhave Licchaviparisaṃ upasaṃharatha bhikkhave Licchaviparisaṃ Tāvatiṃsaparisan ti. atha kho te Licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikā 'va yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te Licchavī bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. atha kho te Licchavī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: adhivāsetu no bhante bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti.
adhivuttho 'mhi Licchavī svātanāya Ambapāliyā gaṇikāya bhattan ti. atha kho te Licchavī aṅgulī poṭhesuṃ: jit'; amhā vata kho ambakāya, parājit'; amhā vata bho ambakāyā 'ti. atha kho te Licchavī bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. ||5|| atha kho bhagavā Koṭigāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Nātikā ten'; upasaṃkami.
tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Ñātike viharati Giñjakāvasathe.
atha kho Ambapālī gaṇikā tassā rattiyā accayena sake ārāme paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yena Ambapāliyā gaṇikāya parivesanā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena.

[page 233]
VI. 30. 6-31. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 233
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho Ambapālī gaṇikā buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho Ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: imāhaṃ bhante Ambapālivanaṃ buddhapamukhassa bhikkhusaṃghassa dammīti. paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṃ. atha kho bhagavā Ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā . . . sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Mahāvanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane Kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. ||6||30||
Licchavibhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena abhiññātā-abhiññātā Licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, saṃghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. tena kho pana samayena Sīho senāpati nigaṇṭhasāvako tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti. atha kho Sīhassa senāpatissa etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ kho so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bhavissati, tathā h'; ime abhiññātā -abhiññātā Licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, saṃghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkameyyaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhan ti. ||1|| atha kho Sīho senāpati yena nigaṇṭho Nātaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṃ Nātaputtaṃ etad avoca: icchām'; ahaṃ bhante samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamitun ti. kiṃ pana tvaṃ Sīha kiriyavādo samāno akiriyavādaṃ samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamissasi. samaṇo hi Sīha Gotamo akiriyavādo akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti tena ca sāvake vinetīti.
atha kho Sīhassa senāpatissa yo ahosi gamikābhisaṃkhāro bhagavantaṃ dassanāya so paṭippassambhi. ||2|| dutiyam pi kho abhiññātā-abhiññātā Licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, saṃghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti.
dutiyam pi kho Sīhassa senāpatissa etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ . . . sammāsambuddhan ti. dutiyam pi kho Sīho senāpati yena nigaṇṭho Nātaputto

[page 234]
234 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 31. 3-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . vineti. dutiyam pi kho Sīhassa senāpatissa . . . paṭippassambhi. tatiyam pi kho abhiññātā . . . vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. tatiyam pi kho Sīhassa senāpatissa etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ . . . saṃghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. kiṃ hi me karissanti nigaṇṭhā apalokitā vā anapalokitvā vā. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ anapaloketvā 'va nigaṇṭhe taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkameyyaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhan ti. ||3|| atha kho Sīho senāpati pañcahi rathasatehi divādivassa Vesāliyā niyyāsi bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattiko 'va yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Sīho senāpati bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: sutaṃ metaṃ bhante: akiriyavādo samaṇo Gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti tena ca sāvake vinetīti. ye te bhante evam āhaṃsu: akiriyavādo samaṇo Gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti tena ca sāvake vinetīti, kacci te bhante bhagavato vuttavādī na ca bhagavantaṃ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti dhammassa ca anudhammaṃ vyākaronti. na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchati, anabbhakkhātukāmā hi mayaṃ bhante bhagavantan ti. ||4||
atthi Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: akiriyavādo samaṇo Gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti tena ca sāvake vinetīti. atthi Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: kiriyavādo samaṇo {Gotamo,} kiriyāya . . . vinetīti. atthi Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: ucchedavādo samaṇo Gotamo, ucchedāya . . . vinetīti. atthi Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: jegucchī samaṇo Gotamo, jegucchitāya . . . vinetīti. atthi Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: venayiko samaṇo Gotamo, vinayāya . . . vinetīti. atthi Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: tapassī samaṇo Gotamo, tapassitāya . . . vinetīti. atthi Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: apagabbho samaṇo Gotamo, apagabbhatāya . . . vinetīti. atthi Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: assattho samaṇo Gotamo, assāsāya . . . vinetīti. ||5|| katamo ca Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya: akiriyavādo samaṇo Gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti tena ca sāvake vinetīti.

[page 235]
VI. 31. 6-8.] MAHĀVAGGA. 235
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ahaṃ hi Sīha akiriyaṃ vadāmi kāyaduccaritassa vacīduccaritassa manoduccaritassa anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ akiriyaṃ vadāmi. ayaṃ kho Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: akiriyavādo samaṇo Gotamo, akiriyāya . . . vinetīti. katamo ca Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: kiriyavādo samaṇo Gotamo, kiriyāya . . . vinetīti. ahaṃ hi Sīha kiriyaṃ vadāmi kāyasucaritassa vacīsucaritassa manosucaritassa anekavihitānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ kiriyaṃ vadāmi.
ayaṃ kho Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: kiriyavādo samaṇo Gotamo, kiriyāya . . . vinetīti. ||6|| katamo ca Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: ucchedavādo samaṇo Gotamo, ucchedāya . . . vinetīti. ahaṃ hi Sīha ucchedaṃ vadāmi rāgassa dosassa mohassa anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ucchedaṃ vadāmi. ayaṃ kho Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: ucchedavādo samaṇo {Gotamo,} ucchedāya . . . vinetīti. katamo ca Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: jegucchī samaṇo Gotamo, jegucchitāya . . . vinetīti. ahaṃ hi Sīha jigucchāmi kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā jegucchitāya dhammaṃ desemi. ayaṃ kho Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: jegucchī samaṇo Gotamo, jegucchitāya . . . vinetīti. ||7|| katamo ca Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: venayiko samaṇo Gotamo, vinayāya . . . vinetīti.
ahaṃ hi Sīha vinayāya dhammaṃ desemi rāgassa dosassa mohassa anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ vinayāya dhammaṃ desemi. ayaṃ kho Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: venayiko samaṇo Gotamo, vinayāya . . . vinetīti. katamo ca Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: tapassī samaṇo Gotamo, tapassitāya . . . vinetīti.
tapanīy'; āhaṃ Sīha pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. yassa kho Sīha tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālā vatthukatā anabhāvaṃ gatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā taṃ ahaṃ tapassīti vadāmi. tathāgatassa kho Sīha tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā . . . anuppādadhammā. ayaṃ kho Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: tapassī samaṇo Gotamo,

[page 236]
236 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 31. 8-11.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tapassitāya . . . vinetīti. ||8|| katamo ca Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: apagabbho samaṇo Gotamo, apagabbhatāya . . . vinetīti. yassa kho Sīha āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālā vatthukatā anabhāvaṃ gatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, tam ahaṃ apagabbho 'ti vadāmi. tathāgatassa kho Sīha āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā . . . anuppādadhammā. ayaṃ kho Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: apagabbho samaṇo Gotamo, apagabbhatāya . . . vinetīti. katamo ca Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: assattho samaṇo Gotamo, assāsāya . . . vinetīti. ahaṃ hi Sīha assattho paramena assāsena assāsāya ca dhammaṃ desemi tena ca sāvake vinemi. ayaṃ kho Sīha pariyāyo yena maṃ . . . vadeyya: assattho samaṇo Gotamo, assāsāya dhammaṃ deseti tena ca sāvake vinetīti. ||9|| evaṃ vutte Sīho senāpati bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: abhikkantaṃ bhante --la-- upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti. anuvijjakāraṃ kho Sīha karohi, anuvijjakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu hotīti. iminā p'; āhaṃ bhante bhagavato bhiyyosomattāya attamano abhiraddho yaṃ maṃ bhagavā evam āha: anuvijjakāraṃ kho Sīha karohi, anuvijjakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu hotīti. mamaṃ hi bhante aññatitthiyā sāvakaṃ labhitvā kevalakappaṃ Vesāliṃ patākaṃ parihareyyuṃ Sīho amhākaṃ senāpati sāvakattaṃ upagato 'ti. atha ca pana maṃ bhagavā evam āha: anuvijjakāraṃ kho Sīha karohi, anuvijjakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu hotīti.
es'; āhaṃ bhante dutiyam pi bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti. ||10|| dīgharattaṃ kho te Sīha nigaṇṭhānaṃ opānabhūtaṃ kulaṃ yena nesaṃ upagatānaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ dātabbaṃ maññeyyāsīti.
iminā p'; āhaṃ bhante bhagavato bhiyyosomattāya attamano abhiraddho yaṃ maṃ bhagavā evam āha: dīgharattaṃ kho te Sīha nigaṇṭhānaṃ opānabhūtaṃ kulaṃ yena nesaṃ upagatānaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ dātabbaṃ maññeyyāsīti. sutaṃ metaṃ bhante: samaṇo Gotamo evam āha: mayham eva dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, na aññesaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, mayham eva sāvakānaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, na aññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ,

[page 237]
VI. 31. 11-14.] MAHĀVAGGA. 237
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] mayham eva dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, na aññesaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, mayham eva sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, na aññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalan ti.
atha ca pana maṃ bhagavā nigaṇṭhesu pi dāne samādapeti.
api ca bhante mayam ettha kālaṃ jānissāma. es'; āhaṃ bhante tatiyam pi bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi . . . saraṇaṃ gatan ti. ||11|| atha kho bhagavā Sīhassa senāpatissa anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ -- la -aparappaccayo satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: adhivāsetu me bhante bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho Sīho senāpati bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho Sīho senāpati aññataraṃ purisaṃ āṇāpesi: gaccha bhaṇe pavattamaṃsaṃ jānāhīti. atha kho Sīho senāpati tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Sīhassa senāpatissa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. ||12|| tena kho pana samayena sambahulā nigaṇṭhā Vesāliyaṃ rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ bāhā paggayha kandanti: ajja Sīhena senāpatinā thullaṃ pasuṃ vadhitvā samaṇassa Gotamassa bhattaṃ kataṃ, taṃ samaṇo Gotamo jānaṃ uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamman ti. atha kho aññataro puriso yena Sīho senāpati ten'; {upasaṃkami}, upasaṃkamitvā Sīhassa senāpatissa upakaṇṇake ārocesi: yagghe bhante jāneyyāsi, ete sambahulā nigaṇṭhā Vesāliyaṃ rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ bāhā paggayha kandanti: ajja . . . uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamman ti. alaṃ ayyo dīgharattam pi te āyasmantā avaṇṇakāmā buddhassa avaṇṇakāmā dhammassa avaṇṇakāmā saṃghassa, na ca pana te āyasmantā jīranti taṃ bhagavantaṃ asatā tucchā musā 'va abhūtena abbhācikkhantā, na ca mayaṃ jīvitahetu pi sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropeyyāmā 'ti.
||13|| atha kho Sīho senāpati buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi,

[page 238]
238 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 31. 14-33. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Sīhaṃ senāpatiṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā . . . sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave jānaṃ uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbam. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave tikoṭiparisuddhaṃ macchamaṃsaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ asutaṃ aparisaṅkitan ti. ||14||31||
tena kho pana samayena Vesālī subhikkhā hoti susassā sulabhapiṇḍā sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: yāni tāni mayā bhikkhūnaṃ anuññātāni dubbhikkhe dussasse dullabhapiṇḍe anto vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ uggahitapaṭiggahitakaṃ tato nīhataṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhaṃ, ajjāpi nu kho tāni bhikkhū paribhuñjantīti. atha kho bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: yāni tāni Ānanda mayā bhikkhūnaṃ anuññātāni . . . paribhuñjantīti. paribhuñjanti bhagavā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: yāni tāni bhikkhave mayā bhikkhūnaṃ anuññātāni dubbhikkhe dussasse dullabhapiṇḍe anto vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ uggahitapaṭiggahitakaṃ tato nīhataṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhaṃ, tān'; āhaṃ ajjatagge paṭikkhipāmi. na bhikkhave anto vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ uggahitapaṭiggahitakaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na ca bhikkhave tato nīhataṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhaṃ bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. yo paribhuñjeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo 'ti. ||2||32||
tena kho pana samayena jānapadā manussā bahuṃ loṇam pi telam pi taṇḍulam pi khādaniyam pi sakaṭesu āropetvā bahārāmakoṭṭhake sakaṭaparivaṭṭaṃ karitvā acchanti yadā {paṭipāṭiṃ} labhissāma tadā bhattaṃ karissāmā 'ti, mahā ca megho uggato hoti.

[page 239]
VI. 33. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 239
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho te manussā yenāyasmā Ānando ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avocuṃ: idha bhante Ānanda bahuṃ loṇam pi telam pi taṇḍulam pi khādaniyam pi sakaṭesu āropetvā tiṭṭhanti mahā ca megho uggato. kathaṃ nu kho bhante Ānanda paṭipajjitabban ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. ||1|| tena h'; Ānanda saṃgho paccantimaṃ vihāraṃ kappiyabhūmiṃ sammannitvā tattha vāsetu yaṃ saṃgho ākaṅkhati vihāraṃ vā aḍḍhayogaṃ vā pāsādaṃ vā hammiyaṃ vā guhaṃ vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ vihāraṃ kappiyabhūmiṃ sammanneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ vihāraṃ kappiyabhūmiṃ sammannati. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa vihārassa kappiyabhūmiyā sammuti, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati, so bhāseyya.
sammato saṃghena itthannāmo vihāro kappiyabhūmi. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena manussā tatth'; eva sammutiyā kappiyabhūmiyā yāguyo pacanti bhattāni pacanti sūpāni sampādenti maṃsāni koṭṭenti kaṭṭhāni phālenti. assosi kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya uccāsaddaṃ mahāsaddaṃ kākoravasaddaṃ, sutvāna āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: kiṃ nu kho so Ānanda uccāsaddo mahāsaddo kākoravasaddo 'ti. ||3|| etarahi bhante manussā tatth'; eva sammutiyā kappiyabhūmiyā yāguyo pacanti bhattāni pacanti sūpāni sampādenti maṃsāni koṭṭenti kaṭṭhāni phālenti, so eso bhagavā uccāsaddo mahāsaddo kākoravasaddo 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave sammutī kappiyabhūmiparibhuñjitabbā. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anujānāmi bhikkhave tisso kappiyabhūmiyo ussāvanantikaṃ gonisādikaṃ gahapatin ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Yasojo gilāno hoti, tass'; atthāya bhesajjāni āhariyyanti, tāni bhikkhū bahi ṭṭhapenti. ukkapiṇḍakāpi khādanti corāpi haranti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave sammutiṃ kappiyabhūmiṃ paribhuñjituṃ.

[page 240]
240 MAHĀVAGGA. [V. 33. 5-34. 5.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] anujānāmi bhikkhave catasso kappiyabhūmiyo ussāvanantikaṃ gonisādikaṃ gahapatiṃ sammutin ti. ||5||33||
catuvīsatibhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena Bhaddiyanagare Meṇḍako gahapati paṭivasati, tassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo hoti: sīsaṃ nahāyitvā dhaññāgāraṃ sammajjāpetvā bahidvāre 'va nisīdati, antalikkhā dhaññassa dhārā opatitvā dhaññāgāraṃ pūreti. bhariyāya evarūpo iddhānubhāvo hoti: ekañ ñeva āḷhakathālikaṃ upanisīditvā ekañ ca sūpavyañjanakaṃ dāsakammakaraporisaṃ bhattena parivisati, na tāva taṃ khīyati yāva sā na vuṭṭhāti. puttassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo hoti: ekañ ñeva sahassatthavikaṃ gahetvā dāsakammakaraporisassa chammāsikaṃ vetanaṃ deti, na tāva taṃ khīyati yāv'; assa hatthagatā. ||1|| suṇisāya evarūpo iddhānubhāvo hoti: ekañ ñeva catudoṇikaṃ piṭakaṃ upanisīditvā dāsakammakaraporisassa chammāsikaṃ bhattaṃ deti, na tāva taṃ khīyati yāva sā na vuṭṭhāti. dāsassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo hoti: ekena naṅgalena kasantassa satta sītāyo gacchanti. ||2|| assosi kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro: amhākaṃ kira vijite Bhaddiyanagare Meṇḍako gahapati paṭivasati, tassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo: sīsaṃ nahāyitvā dhaññāgāraṃ sammajjāpetvā bahidvāre nisīdati, antalikkhā dhaññassa dhārā opatitvā dhaññāgāraṃ pūreti. bhariyāya evarūpo iddhānubhāvo: ekañ ñeva āḷhakathālikaṃ upanisīditvā ekañ ca sūpavyañjanakaṃ dāsakammakaraporisaṃ bhattena parivisati, na tāva taṃ khīyati yāva sā na vuṭṭhāti. puttassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo: ekañ ñeva sahassatthavikaṃ gahetvā dāsakammakaraporisassa chammāsikaṃ vetanaṃ deti, na tāva taṃ khīyati yāv'; assa hatthagatā. ||3|| suṇisāya evarūpo iddhānubhāvo: ekañ ñeva catudoṇikaṃ piṭakaṃ upanisīditvā dāsakammakaraporisassa chammāsikaṃ bhattaṃ deti, na tāva taṃ khīyati yāva sā na vuṭṭhāti. dāsassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo: ekena naṅgalena kasantassa satta sītāyo gacchantīti. ||4|| atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro aññataraṃ sabbatthakaṃ mahāmattaṃ āmantesi: amhākaṃ kira bhaṇe vijite Bhaddiyanagare Meṇḍako gahapati paṭivasati, tassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo:

[page 241]
VI. 34. 5-9.] MAHĀVAGGA. 241
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sīsaṃ . . . satta sītāyo gacchanti. gaccha bhaṇe jānāhi, yathā mayā sāmaṃ diṭṭho evaṃ tava diṭṭho bhavissatīti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho so mahāmatto rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa paṭisuṇitvā caturaṅginiyā senāya yena Bhaddiyaṃ tena pāyāsi. ||5|| anupubbena yena Bhaddiyaṃ yena Meṇḍako gahapati ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Meṇḍakaṃ gahapatiṃ etad avoca: ahaṃ hi gahapati raññā āṇatto: amhākaṃ kira bhaṇe vijite . . . diṭṭho bhavissatīti. passāma te gahapati iddhānubhāvan ti. atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati sīsaṃ nahāyitvā dhaññāgāraṃ sammajjāpetvā bahidvāre nisīdi, antalikkhā dhaññassa dhārā opatitvā dhaññāgāraṃ pūresi. diṭṭho te gahapati iddhānubhāvo, bhariyāya te iddhānubhāvaṃ passissāmā 'ti. ||6|| atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati bhariyaṃ āṇāpesi: tena hi caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ bhattena parivisāhīti. atha kho Meṇḍakassa gahapatissa bhariyā ekañ ñeva āḷhakathālikaṃ upanisīditvā ekañ ca sūpavyañjanakaṃ caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ bhattena parivisi, na tāva taṃ khīyati yāva sā na vuṭṭhāti. diṭṭho te gahapati bhariyāya pi iddhānubhāvo, puttassa te iddhānubhāvaṃ passissāmā 'ti. ||7|| atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati puttaṃ āṇāpesi: tena hi tāta caturaṅginiyā senāya chammāsikaṃ vetanaṃ dehīti. atha kho Meṇḍakassa gahapatissa putto ekañ ñeva sahassatthavikaṃ gahetvā caturaṅginiyā senāya chammāsikaṃ vetanaṃ adāsi, na tāva taṃ khīyati yāv'; assa hatthagatā. diṭṭho te gahapati puttassa pi iddhānubhavo, suṇisāya te iddhānubhāvaṃ passissāmā 'ti. ||8|| atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati suṇisaṃ āṇāpesi: tena hi caturaṅginiyā senāya chammāsikaṃ bhattaṃ dehīti. atha kho Meṇḍakassa gahapatissa suṇisā ekañ ñeva catudoṇikaṃ piṭakaṃ upanisīditvā caturaṅginiyā senāya chammāsikaṃ bhattaṃ adāsi, na tāva taṃ khīyati yāva sā na vuṭṭhāti. diṭṭho te gahapati suṇisāya pi iddhānubhāvo, dāsassa te iddhānubhāvaṃ passissāmā 'ti. mayhaṃ kho sāmi dāsassa iddhānubhāvo khette passitabbo 'ti. alaṃ gahapati diṭṭho te dāsassa pi iddhānubhāvo 'ti. atha kho so mahāmatto caturaṅginiyā senāya punad eva Rājagahaṃ paccāgacchi, yena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa etam atthaṃ ārocesi. ||9||

[page 242]
242 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 34. 10-13.
atha kho bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Bhaddiyaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Bhaddiyaṃ tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Bhaddiye viharati Jātiyāvane. ||10|| assosi kho Meṇḍako gahapati: samaṇo khalu bho Gotamo Sakyaputto Sakyakulā pabbajito Bhaddiyaṃ anuppatto Bhaddiye viharati Jātiyāvane. taṃ kho pana bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato iti pi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā, so imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti, so dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhe kalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ satthaṃ savyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotīti. ||11|| atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati bhadrāni-bhadrāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhadraṃ yānaṃ abhirūhitvā bhadrehi-bhadrehi yānehi Bhaddiyā niyyāsi bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. addasaṃsu kho sambahulā titthiyā Meṇḍakaṃ gahapatiṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna Meṇḍakaṃ gahapatiṃ etad avocuṃ: kahaṃ tvaṃ gahapati gacchasīti. gacchām'; ahaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ dassanāyā 'ti. kiṃ pana tvaṃ gahapati kiriyavādo samāno akiriyavādaṃ samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamissasi, samaṇo hi gahapati Gotamo akiriyavādo akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti tena ca sāvake vinetīti. ||12||
atha kho Meṇḍakassa gahapatissa etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ kho so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bhavissati yathā yime titthiyā usuyyantīti, yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattiko 'va yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho Meṇḍakassa gahapatissa bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ --la-- aparappaccayo satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: abhikkantaṃ bhante --gha-- upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan ti,

[page 243]
VI. 34. 13-18.] MAHĀVAGGA. 243
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] adhivāsetu ca me bhante bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena. ||13|| atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Meṇḍakassa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. ||14|| atha kho Meṇḍakassa gahapatissa bhariyā ca putto ca suṇisā ca dāso ca yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi --la-- aparappaccayā satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ:--gha-- ete mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, upāsake no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate 'ti. ||15|| atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Meṇḍako gahapati bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: yāva bhante bhagavā Bhaddiye viharati, tāva ahaṃ buddhapamukhassa bhikkhusaṃghassa dhuvabhattenā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā Meṇḍakaṃ gahapatiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā . . . sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||16||
atha kho bhagavā Bhaddiye yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā Meṇḍakaṃ gahapatiṃ anāpucchā yena Aṅguttarāpo tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. assosi kho Meṇḍako gahapati: bhagavā kira yena Aṅguttarāpo tena cārikaṃ pakkanto mahatā . . . bhikkhusatehīti. atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati dāse ca kammakare ca āṇāpesi: tena hi bhaṇe bahuṃ loṇam pi telam pi taṇḍulam pi khādaniyam pi sakaṭesu āropetvā āgacchatha, aḍḍhatelasāni ca gopālakasatāni aḍḍhatelasāni dhenusatāni ādāya āgacchantu, yattha bhagavantaṃ passissāma tattha taruṇena khīrena bhojessāmā 'ti. ||17|| atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati bhagavantaṃ antarā magge kantāre sambhāvesi.

[page 244]
244 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 34. 18-21.

[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Meṇḍako gahapati bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: adhivāsetu me bhante bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. ||18|| atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Meṇḍakassa gahapatissa parivesanā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati aḍḍhatelasāni gopālakasatāni āṇāpesi: tena hi bhaṇe ekamekaṃ dhenuṃ gahetvā ekamekassa bhikkhuno upatiṭṭhatha taruṇena khīrena bhojessāmā 'ti. atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi taruṇena ca khīrena. bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā khīraṃ na paṭigaṇhanti.
paṭigaṇhatha bhikkhave paribhuñjathā 'ti. ||19|| atha kho Meṇḍako gahapati buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā taruṇena ca khīrena bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Meṇḍako gahapati bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: santi bhante maggā kantārā appodakā appabhakkhā na sukarā apātheyyena gantuṃ. sādhu bhante bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ pātheyyaṃ anujānātū 'ti. atha kho bhagavā Meṇḍakaṃ gahapatiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā . . . sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||20|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave pañca gorase khīraṃ dadhiṃ takkaṃ navanītaṃ sappiṃ. santi bhikkhave maggā kantārā appodakā appabhakkhā na sukarā apātheyyena gantuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pātheyyaṃ pariyesituṃ, taṇḍulo taṇḍulatthikena, muggo muggatthikena, māso māsatthikena, loṇaṃ loṇatthikena,

[page 245]
VI. 34. 21-35. 4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 245
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] guḷo guḷatthikena, telaṃ telatthikena, sappi sappitthikena. santi bhikkhave manussā saddhā pasannā, te kappiyakārakānaṃ hatthe hiraññaṃ upanikkhipanti iminā ayyassa yaṃ kappiyaṃ taṃ dethā 'ti. anujānāmi bhikkhave yaṃ tato kappiyaṃ taṃ sādituṃ. na tv evāhaṃ bhikkhave kenaci pariyāyena jātarūparajataṃ sāditabbaṃ pariyesitabban ti vadāmīti. ||21||34||
atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Āpaṇaṃ tad avasari. assosi kho Keniyo jaṭilo: samaṇo khalu bho Gotamo Sakyaputto Sakyakulā pabbajito Āpaṇaṃ anuppatto Āpaṇe viharati. taṃ kho pana bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato --la-- sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotīti. atha kho Keniyassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ samaṇassa Gotamassa harāpeyyan ti. ||1|| atha kho Keniyassa jaṭilassa etad ahosi: ye pi kho te brāhmaṇānaṃ pubbakā isayo mantānaṃ kattāro mantānaṃ pavattāro yesam idaṃ etarahi brāhmaṇā porāṇaṃ mantapadaṃ gītaṃ pavuttaṃ samihitaṃ tad anugāyanti tad anubhāsanti bhāsitaṃ anubhāsanti vācitam anuvācenti, seyyath'; īdaṃ: Aṭṭhako Vāmako Vāmadevo Vessāmitto Yamataggi Aṅgiraso Bhāradvājo Vāseṭṭho Kassapo Bhagu, rattūparatā viratā vikālabhojanā, te evarūpāni pānāni sādiyiṃsu, ||2||
samaṇo pi Gotamo rattūparato virato vikālabhojanā, arahati samaṇo pi Gotamo evarūpāni pānāni saditun ti, pahūtaṃ pānaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā kājehi gāhāpetvā yena bhagavā ten'; {upasaṃkami,} upasaṃkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Keniyo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: paṭigaṇhātu me bhavaṃ Gotamo pānan ti. tena hi Keniya bhikkhūnaṃ dehīti. bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭigaṇhanti. paṭigaṇhatha bhikkhave paribhuñjathā 'ti.
||3|| atha kho Keniyo jaṭilo buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ pahūtehi pānehi sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ dhotahatthaṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Keniyaṃ jaṭilaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi . . . sampahaṃsesi. atha kho Keniyo jaṭilo bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito . . . sampahaṃsito bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:

[page 246]
246 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 35. 4-8.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] adhivāsetu me bhavaṃ Gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. ||4|| mahā kho Keniya bhikkhusaṃgho aḍḍhatelasāni bhikkhusatāni tvañ ca brāhmaṇesu abhippasanno 'ti. dutiyam pi kho Keniyo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: kiñ cāpi bho Gotama mahā bhikkhusaṃgho aḍḍhatelasāni bhikkhusatāni ahañ ca brāhmaṇesu abhippasanno. adhivāsetu me . . . bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. mahā kho . . . abhippasanno 'ti.
tatiyam pi kho Keniyo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: kiñ cāpi . . . saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho Keniyo jaṭilo bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||5|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave aṭṭha pānāni: ambapānaṃ jambupānaṃ {cocapānaṃ} mocapānaṃ madhup. muddikāp. sālukap.
phārusakapānaṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sabbaṃ phalarasaṃ ṭhapetvā dhaññaphalarasaṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sabbaṃ pattarasaṃ ṭhapetvā ḍākarasaṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sabbaṃ puppharasaṃ ṭhapetvā madhukapuppharasaṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave ucchurasan ti. ||6||
atha kho Keniyo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena sake assame paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo bho Gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti.
atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Keniyassa jaṭilassa assamo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. atha kho Keniyo jaṭilo buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ||7|| ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Keniyaṃ jaṭilaṃ bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:
aggihuttamukhā yaññā, sāvitthī chandaso mukhaṃ,
rājā mukhaṃ manussānaṃ, nadīnaṃ sāgaro mukhaṃ, |
nakkhattānaṃ mukhaṃ cando, ādicco tapataṃ mukhaṃ,
puññaṃ ākaṅkhamānānaṃ saṃgho ve jayataṃ mukhan ti.
atha kho bhagavā Keniyaṃ jaṭilaṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||8||35||

[page 247]
VI. 36. 1-4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 247
atha kho bhagavā Āpaṇe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Kusinārā tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. assosuṃ kho Kosinārakā Mallā: bhagavā kira Kusināraṃ {āgacchati} mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehīti.
te saṃgaraṃ akaṃsu: yo bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ na karissati pañca satāni daṇḍo 'ti. tena kho pana samayena Rojo Mallo āyasmato Ānandassa sahāyo hoti. atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Kusinārā tad avasari. ||1|| atha kho Kosinārakā Mallā bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ akaṃsu. atha kho Rojo Mallo bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ karitvā yenāyasmā Ānando ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantam Ānandaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Rojaṃ Mallaṃ āyasmā Ānando etad avoca: uḷāraṃ kho te idaṃ āvuso Roja yaṃ tvaṃ bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ akāsīti. nāhaṃ bhante Ānanda bahukato buddhena vā dhammena vā saṃghena vā, api ca ñātīhi saṃgaro kato yo bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ na karissati pañca satāni daṇḍo 'ti. sa kho ahaṃ bhante Ānanda ñātīnaṃ daṇḍabhayā evāhaṃ bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ akāsin ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando anattamano ahosi: kathaṃ hi nāma Rojo Mallo evaṃ vakkhatīti. ||2|| atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ayaṃ bhante Rojo Mallo abhiññāto ñātamanusso. mahiddhiyo kho pana evarūpānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ imasmiṃ dhammavinaye pasādo. sādhu bhante bhagavā tathā karotu yathā Rojo Mallo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye pasīdeyyā 'ti. na kho taṃ Ānanda dukkaraṃ tathāgatena yathā Rojo Mallo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye pasīdeyyā 'ti. ||3|| atha kho bhagavā Rojaṃ Mallaṃ mettena cittena pharitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi. atha kho Rojo Mallo bhagavatā mettena cittena phuṭṭho seyyathāpi nāma gāvī taruṇavacchā evam eva vihārena vihāraṃ pariveṇena pariveṇaṃ upasaṃkamitvā bhikkhū pucchati: kahaṃ nu kho bhante etarahi so bhagavā viharati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, dassanakāmā hi mayaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhan ti. es'; āvuso Roja vihāro saṃvutadvāro,

[page 248]
248 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 36. 4-7.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tena appasaddo upasaṃkamitvā ataramāno ālindaṃ pavisitvā ukkāsitvā aggaḷaṃ ākoṭehi, vivarissati te bhagavā dvāran ti. ||4|| atha kho Rojo Mallo yena so vihāro saṃvutadvāro tena appasaddo upasaṃkamitvā ataramāno ālindaṃ pavisitvā ukkāsitvā aggaḷaṃ ākoṭesi, vivari bhagavā dvāraṃ. atha kho Rojo Mallo vihāraṃ pavisitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho Rojassa Mallassa bhagavā anupubbikathaṃ kathesi seyyath'; īdaṃ: dānakathaṃ --la-- aparappaccayo satthu sāsane bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: sādhu bhante ayyā mamañ ñeva paṭigaṇheyyuṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ no aññesan ti. yesaṃ kho Roja sekhena ñāṇena sekhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho seyyathāpi tayā tesam pi evaṃ hoti: aho nūna ayyā amhākañ ñeva paṭigaṇheyyuṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ no aññesan ti. tena hi Roja tava c'; eva paṭigaṇhissanti aññesañ cā 'ti. ||5||
tena kho pana samayena Kusinārāyaṃ paṇītānaṃ bhattānaṃ bhattapaṭipāṭi adhiṭṭhitā hoti. atha kho Rojassa Mallassa paṭipāṭiṃ alabhantassa etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhattaggaṃ olokeyyaṃ, yaṃ bhattagge nāddasaṃ taṃ paṭiyādeyyan ti. atha kho Rojo Mallo bhattaggaṃ olokento dve nāddasa ḍākañ ca piṭṭhakhādaniyañ ca. atha kho Rojo Mallo yenāyasmā Ānando ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avoca: idha me bhante Ānanda paṭipāṭiṃ alabhantassa etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhattaggaṃ olokeyyaṃ, yaṃ bhattagge nāddasaṃ taṃ paṭiyādeyyan ti. so kho ahaṃ bhante Ānanda bhattaggaṃ olokento dve nāddasaṃ ḍākañ ca piṭṭhakhādaniyañ ca.
sac'; āhaṃ bhante Ānanda paṭiyādeyyaṃ ḍākañ ca piṭṭhakhādaniyañ ca, paṭigaṇheyya me bhagavā 'ti. tena hi Roja bhagavantaṃ paṭipucchissāmīti. ||6|| atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. tena h'; Ānanda paṭiyādetū 'ti. tena hi Roja paṭiyādehīti. atha kho Rojo Mallo tassā rattiyā accayena pahūtaṃ ḍākañ ca piṭṭhakhādaniyañ ca paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato upanāmesi paṭigaṇhātu me bhante bhagavā ḍākañ ca piṭṭhakhādaniyañ cā 'ti. tena hi Roja bhikkhūnaṃ dehīti. bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭigaṇhanti.

[page 249]
VI. 36. 7-37. 4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 249
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] paṭigaṇhatha bhikkhave paribhuñjathā.'ti ||7||
atha kho Rojo Mallo buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ pahūtehi ḍākehi ca piṭṭhakhādaniyehi ca sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ dhotahatthaṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Rojaṃ Mallaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā . . . sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave sabbañ ca ḍākam sabbañ ca piṭṭhakhādaniyan ti. ||8||36||
atha kho bhagavā Kusinārāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Ātumā tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. tena kho pana samayena aññataro vuḍḍhapabbajito Ātumāyaṃ paṭivasati nahāpitapubbo, tassa dve dārakā honti mañjukā paṭibhāneyyakā dakkhā pariyodātasippā sake ācariyake nahāpitakamme. ||1|| assosi kho so vuḍḍhapabbajito: bhagavā kira Ātumaṃ āgacchati mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehīti. atha kho so vuḍḍhapabbajito te dārake etad avoca: bhagavā kira tāta Ātumaṃ āgacchati mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. gacchatha tumhe tāta khurabhaṇḍaṃ ādāya nāḷiyāvāpakena anugharakaṃ-anugharakaṃ āhiṇḍatha loṇam pi telam pi taṇḍulam pi khādaniyam pi saṃharatha, bhagavato āgatassa yāgupānaṃ karissāmā 'ti. ||2|| evaṃ tātā 'ti kho te dārakā tassa vuḍḍhapabbajitassa paṭisuṇitvā khurabhaṇḍaṃ ādāya nāḷiyāvāpakena anugharakaṃ-anugharakaṃ āhiṇḍanti loṇam pi telam pi taṇḍulam pi khādaniyam pi saṃharantā.
manussā te dārake mañjuke paṭibhāneyyake passitvā ye pi na kārāpetukāmā te pi kārāpenti kārāpetvāpi bahuṃ denti.
atha kho te dārakā bahuṃ loṇam pi telam pi taṇḍulam pi khādaniyam pi saṃhariṃsu. ||3||
atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Ātumā tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Ātumāyaṃ viharati Bhūsāgāre. atha kho so vuḍḍhapabbajito tassā rattiyā accayena pahūtaṃ yāguṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato upanāmesi paṭigaṇhātu me bhante bhagavā yāgun ti. jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti

[page 250]
250 MAHĀVAGGA. [VI. 37. 4-40 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] --la-- sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpessāmā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā taṃ vuḍḍhapabbajitaṃ etad avoca: kut'; āyaṃ bhikkhu yāgū 'ti. atha kho so vuḍḍhapabbajito bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. ||4||
vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ moghapurisa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa pabbajito akappiye samādapessasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave pabbajitena akappiye samādapetabbaṃ. yo samādapeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na ca bhikkhave nahāpitapubbena khurabhaṇḍaṃ pariharitabbaṃ.
yo parihareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||5||37||
atha kho bhagavā Ātumāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Sāvatthi tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena Sāvatthiyaṃ bahuṃ phalakhādaniyaṃ ussannaṃ hoti. atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kiṃ nu kho bhagavatā phalakhādaniyaṃ anuññātaṃ kiṃ ananuññātan ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sabbaṃ phalakhādaniyan ti. ||1||38||
tena kho pana samayena saṃghikāni bījāni puggalikāya bhūmiyā ropiyanti, puggalikāni bījāni saṃghikāya bhūmiyā ropiyanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saṃghikāni bhikkhave bījāni puggalikāya bhūmiyā ropitāni bhāgaṃ datvā paribhuñjitabbāni, puggalikāni bījāni saṃghikāya bhūmiyā ropitāni bhāgaṃ datvā paribhuñjitabbānīti. ||1||39||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ kismiñci-kismiñci ṭhāne kukkuccaṃ uppajjati: kiṃ nu kho bhagavatā anuññātaṃ kiṃ ananuññātan ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
yaṃ bhikkhave mayā idaṃ na kappatīti appaṭikkhittaṃ, tañ ce akappiyaṃ anulometi kappiyaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo na kappati. yaṃ bhikkhave mayā idaṃ na kappatīti appaṭikkhittaṃ,

[page 251]
VI. 40. 1-3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 251
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] {tañ} ce kappiyaṃ anulometi akappiyaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo kappati. yañ ca bhikkhave mayā idaṃ kappatīti ananuññātaṃ, tañ ce akappiyaṃ anulometi kappiyaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo na kappati. yaṃ bhikkhave mayā idaṃ kappatīti ananuññātaṃ, tañ ce kappiyaṃ anulometi akappiyaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo kappatīti. ||1||
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kappati nu kho yāvakālikena yāmakālikaṃ na nu kho kappati. kappati nu kho yāvakālikena sattāhakālikaṃ na nu kho kappati. kappati nu kho yāvakālikena yāvajīvikaṃ na nu kho kappati.
kappati nu kho yāmakālikena sattāhakālikaṃ na nu kho kappati. kappati nu kho yāmakālikena yāvajīvikaṃ na nu kho kappati. kappati nu kho sattāhakālikena yāvajīvikaṃ na nu kho kappatīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||2||
yāvakālikena bhikkhave yāmakālikaṃ tadahu paṭiggahitaṃ kāle kappati vikāle na kappati. yāvakālikena bhikkhave sattāhakālikaṃ tadahu paṭiggahitaṃ kāle kappati vikāle na kappati. yāvakālikena bhikkhave yāvajīvikaṃ tadahu paṭiggahitaṃ kāle kappati vikāle na kappati.
yāmakālikena bhikkhave sattāhakālikaṃ t. p. yāme kappati yāmātikkante na kappati. yāmakālikena bhikkhave yāvajīvikaṃ t. p. yāme kappati yāmātikkante na kappati. sattāhakālikena bhikkhave yāvajīvikaṃ sattāhaṃ kappati sattāhātikkante na kappatīti. ||3||40||
bhesajjakkhandhakaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.
imamhi khandhake vatthuṃ ekasataṃ chavatthuṃ. tassa uddānaṃ:
sāradike, vikāle pi, vasaṃ, mūle, piṭṭhehi ca,
kasāvehi, paṇṇa-phalaṃ, jatu-loṇaṃ, chakanaṃ ca, |
cuṇṇaṃ, cālinī, {maṃsañ} ca, añjanaṃ, upapisanaṃ,
añjanī, ucca-parutā, salākā, salākodhani, |
thavikaṃ, bandhakaṃ, suttaṃ, muddhani telaṃ, natthu ca,
natthukaraṇī, dhūmañ ca, nettañ, cā,'pidhānaṃ, thavi, |
telapākesu, majjañ ca, atikkhitta-abbhañjanaṃ,
tumbaṃ, sedaṃ, sambhārañ ca, mahā-bhaṅgodakaṃ tathā, |
dakakoṭṭhaṃ, lohitañ ca, visāṇaṃ, pādabbhañjanaṃ,
5 pajjaṃ, satthaṃ, kasāvañ ca, tilakakka-kabaḷikaṃ, |

[page 252]
252 MAHĀVAGGA.
colaṃ, sāsapakuṭṭañ ca, dhūma-sakkharikāya ca,
vaṇatelaṃ, vikāsikaṃ, vikatañ ca, paṭiggahaṃ, |
gūthaṃ, karonto, loḷiñ ca, khāraṃ, muttaharītakī,
gandhā, virecanañ c'; eva, acchā,'kaṭa-kaṭākaṭaṃ, |
paṭicchādani-pabbhārā, ārāmi, sattahena ca,
guḷaṃ, muggaṃ, sovīrañ ca, sāmapākā, punā pace, |
punānuññāsi, dubbhikkhe, phalañ ca, tila-khādani,
purebhattaṃ, kāyaḍāho, nibbattañ ca, bhagandalaṃ, |
vatthikammañ ca, Suppi ca, manussamaṃsam eva ca,
10 hatthi, assā,sunakho ca, ahi, sīha-vyaggha-dīpikaṃ, |
accha-taracchamaṃsañ ca, paṭipāṭi ca, yāgu ca,
taruṇaṃ aññatra, guḷaṃ, Sunidh'-āvasathāgāraṃ, |
Ambapālī ca, Licchavī, Gaṅgā, Koṭi saccakathā,
uddissakataṃ, subhikkhaṃ punad eva paṭikkhipi, |
megho, Yasojo, Meṇḍako ca, gorasaṃ pātheyyakena ca,
Keni, ambo, jambu, coca-moca-madhu,muddikā, sālukaṃ, |
phārusakā, ḍāka-piṭṭhaṃ, Ātumāyaṃ nahāpito,
Sāvatthiyaṃ phala-bījaṃ, kasmiṃ ṭhāne ca, kāliko 'ti.

[page 253]
253
MAHĀVAGGA.
VII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena tiṃsamattā Pāṭheyyakā bhikkhū sabbe āraññakā sabbe piṇḍapātikā sabbe paṃsukūlikā sabbe tecīvarikā Sāvatthiṃ gacchantā bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya nāsakkhiṃsu Sāvatthiyaṃ vassūpanāyikaṃ sambhāvetuṃ, antarā magge Sākete vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu.
te ukkaṇṭhitarūpā vassaṃ vasiṃsu: āsanneva no bhagavā viharati ito chasu yojanesu na ca mayaṃ labhāma bhagavantaṃ dassanāyā 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṃ vutthā temāsaccayena katāya pavāraṇāya deve vassante udakasaṃgahe udakacikkhalle okapuṇṇehi cīvarehi kilantarūpā yena Sāvatthi Jetavanaṃ Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. ||1|| āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etad avoca: kacci bhikkhave khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasittha na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā 'ti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, samaggā ca mayaṃ bhante sammodamānā avivadamānā vassaṃ vasimhā na ca piṇḍakena kilamimhā. idha mayaṃ bhante tiṃsamattā Pāṭheyyakā bhikkhū Sāvatthiṃ āgacchantā bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya nāsakkhimhā Sāvatthiyaṃ vassūpanāyikaṃ sambhāvetuṃ, antarā magge Sākete vassaṃ upagacchimhā. te mayaṃ bhante ukkaṇṭhitarūpā vassaṃ vasimhā:

[page 254]
254 MAHĀVAGGA. [VII. 1. 2-5.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āsanneva no bhagavā viharati ito chasu yojanesu na ca mayaṃ labhāma bhagavantaṃ dassanāyā 'ti. atha kho mayaṃ bhante vassaṃ vutthā temāsaccayena katāya pavāraṇāya deve vassante udakasaṃgahe udakacikkhalle okapuṇṇehi cīvarehi kilantarūpā addhānaṃ āgatā 'ti. ||2|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ kaṭhinaṃ attharituṃ. atthatakaṭhinānaṃ vo bhikkhave pañca kappissanti anāmantacāro asamādānacāro gaṇabhojanaṃ yāvadatthacīvaraṃ yo ca tattha cīvaruppādo so nesaṃ bhavissati. atthatakaṭhinānaṃ vo bhikkhave imāni pañca kappissanti. evañ ca pana bhikkhave kaṭhinaṃ attharitabbaṃ: ||3|| vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. idaṃ saṃghassa kaṭhinadussaṃ uppannaṃ. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho imaṃ kaṭhinadussaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dadeyya kaṭhinaṃ attharituṃ. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
idaṃ saṃghassa kaṭhinadussaṃ uppannaṃ. saṃgho imaṃ kaṭhinadussaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno deti kaṭhinaṃ attharituṃ. yassāyasmato khamati imassa kaṭhinadussassa itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dānaṃ kaṭhinaṃ attharituṃ so tuṇh'; assa. yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. dinnaṃ idaṃ saṃghena kaṭhinadussaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno kaṭhinaṃ attharituṃ. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||4|| evaṃ kho bhikkhave atthataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ, evaṃ anatthataṃ. kathañ ca bhikkhave anatthataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ. na ullikhitamattena atthataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ, na dhovanamattena atthataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ, na cīvaravicāraṇamattena atth. h. kaṭh., na cchedanamattena atth. h.
k., na bandhanamattena atth. h. k., na ovaṭṭikakaraṇamattena atth. h. k., na kaṇḍusakaraṇamattena atth. h. k., na daḷhikammakaraṇamattena atth. h. k., na anuvātakaraṇamattena atth. h. k., na paribhaṇḍakaraṇamattena atth. h. k., na ovaddheyyakaraṇamattena atth. h. k., na kambalamaddanamattena atth. h. k., na nimittakatena atth. h. k., na parikathākatena atth. h. k., na kukkukatena atth. h. k., na sannidhikatena atth. h. k., na nissaggiyena atth. h. k., na akappakatena atth. h. k., na aññatra saṃghāṭiya atth. h. k., na aññatra uttarāsaṅgena atth.

[page 255]
VII. 1. 5-2. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 255
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] h. k., na aññatra antaravāsakena atth. h. k., na aññatra pañcakena vā atirekapañcakena vā tadah'; eva sañchinnena samaṇḍalīkatena atth. h. k., na aññatra puggalassa atthārā atth. h. kaṭhinaṃ. sammā c'; eva atthataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ tañ ce nissīmaṭṭho anumodati evam pi anatthataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ. evaṃ kho bhikkhave anatthataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ. ||5|| kathañ ca bhikkhave atthataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ. ahatena atthataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ, ahatakappena atth. h. k., pilotikāya atth. h. k., paṃsukūlena atth. h. k., pāpaṇikena atth. h. k., animittakatena atth. h. k., aparikathākatena atth. h. k., akukkukatena atth. h. k., asannidhikatena atth. h. k., anissaggiyena atth. h. k., kappakatena atth.
h. k., saṃghāṭiyā atth. h. k., uttarāsaṅgena atth. h. k., antaravāsakena atth. h. k., pañcakena vā atirekapañcakena vā tadah'; eva sañchinnena samaṇḍalīkatena atth. h. k., puggalassa atthārā atth. h. k., sammā c'; eva atthataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ tañ ce sīmaṭṭho anumodati evam pi atthataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ. evaṃ kho bhikkhave atthataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ. ||6||
kathañ ca bhikkhave ubbhataṃ hoti kaṭhinaṃ. aṭṭh'; imā bhikkhave mātikā kaṭhinassa ubbhārāya pakkamanantikā niṭṭhānantikā sanniṭṭhānantikā nāsanantikā savanantikā āsāvacchedikā sīmātikkantikā sahubbhārā 'ti. ||7||1||
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino katacīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno pakkamanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||1|| bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro suṇāti: ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kaṭhinan ti.

[page 256]
256 MAHĀVAGGA. [VII. 2. 2-3. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tassa bhikkhuno savanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan ti bahiddhā kaṭhinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. tassa bhikkhuno sīmātikkantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan ti sambhuṇāti kaṭhinuddhāraṃ. tassa bhikkhuno saha bhikkhūhi kaṭhinuddhāro. ||2||2||
ādāyasattakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino katacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno pakkamanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti.
tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||1|| bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro suṇāti: ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kaṭhinan ti. tassa bhikkhuno savanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan ti bahiddhā kaṭhinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. tassa bhikkhuno sīmātikkantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan ti sambhuṇāti kaṭhinuddhāraṃ. tassa bhikkhuno saha bhikkhūhi kaṭhinuddhāro. ||2||3||
samādāyasattakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

[page 257]
VII. 4. 1-6. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 257
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino vippakatacīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti.
tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko . . . (= ch.2; read vippakatacīvaraṃ ādāya instead of cīvaraṃ ādāya; the pakkamanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro is omitted.) . . . saha bhikkhūhi kaṭhinuddhāro. ||1||4||
ādāyachakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti.
tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko . . . (= ch.3; read vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya instead of cīvaraṃ samādāya; the pakkamanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro is omitted.) . . . saha bhikkhūhi kaṭhinuddhāro. ||1||5||
samādāyachakkaṃ.
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||1||
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati na paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati na paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati na paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressan ti,

[page 258]
258 MAHĀVAGGA. [VII. 6. 2-4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||2||
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena, n'; ev'; assa hoti paccessan ti, na pan'; assa hoti na paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti.
tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena, n'; ev'; assa hoti paccessan ti, na pan'; assa hoti na paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena, n'; ev'; assa hoti paccessan ti, na pan'; assa hoti na paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||3|| bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro suṇāti: ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kaṭhinan ti.
tassa bhikkhuno savanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan ti bahiddhā kaṭhinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. tassa bhikkhuno sīmātikkantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan ti sambhuṇāti kaṭhinuddhāraṃ.
[page 259]
VII. 6. 4-8. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 259
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tassa bhikkhuno saha bhikkhūhi kaṭhinuddhāro. ||4||6||
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati --pa-- ādāyapakkamanavārasadisaṃ evaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ --la-- bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino vippakatacīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati --la-- samādāyapakkamanavārasadisaṃ evaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ --la-- bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati . . . (= ch.6; read vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya instead of cīvaraṃ ādāya.) . . . saha bhikkhūhi kaṭhinuddhāro. ||1||7||
ādāyabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati anāsāya labhati āsāya na labhati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro.
. . . tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na pa-
ccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati, tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kaṭhinuddhāro.
||1|| bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati na paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati anāsāya labhati āsāya na labhati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati.
tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati na paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti:

[page 260]
260 MAHĀVAGGA. [VII. 8. 2-9. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissan ti, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati, tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||2||
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena, n'; ev'; assa hoti paccessan ti, na pan'; assa hoti na paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati anāsāya labhati āsāya na labhati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti.
tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati.
tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena, n'; ev'; assa hoti paccessan ti, na pan'; assa hoti na paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati, tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||3||8||
anāsādoḷasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati āsāya labhati anāsāya na labhati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressan na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati.
tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati, tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||1|| bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato suṇāti: ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kaṭhinanti,

[page 261]
VII. 9. 2-3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 261
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tassa evaṃ hoti: yato tasmiṃ āvāse ubbhataṃ kaṭhinaṃ idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissan ti, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati āsāya labhati anāsāya na labhati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato suṇāti: ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kaṭhinan ti, tassa evaṃ hoti: yato tasmiṃ āvāse ubbhataṃ kaṭhinaṃ idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati, tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||2|| bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati āsāya labhati anāsāya na labhati, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro suṇāti: ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kaṭhinan ti. tassa bhikkhuno savanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati, tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati āsāya labhati anāsāya na labhati, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan ti bahiddhā kaṭhinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. tassa bhikkhuno sīmātikkantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino cīvarāsāya pakkamati paccessan ti, so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati āsāya labhati anāsāya na labhati, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan ti sambhuṇāti kaṭhinuddhāraṃ. tassa bhikkhuno saha bhikkhūhi kaṭhinuddhāro. ||3||9||
āsādoḷasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

[page 262]
262 MAHĀVAGGA. [VII. 10. 1-3.
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino kenacid eva karaṇīyena pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati anāsāya labhati āsāya na labhati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino kenacid eva karaṇīyena pakkamati, tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati, tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kaṭhinuddhāro.
||1|| bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino kenacid eva karaṇīyena pakkamati na paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati anāsāya labhati āsāya na labhati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino kenacid eva karaṇīyena pakkamati na paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissan ti, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati, tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati.
tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||2|| bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino kenacid eva karaṇīyena pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena, n'; ev'; assa hoti paccessan ti, na pan'; assa hoti na paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati anāsāya labhati āsāya na labhati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro

[page 263]
VII. 10. 3-11. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 263
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino kenacid eva karaṇīyena pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena, n'; ev'; assa hoti paccessan ti, na pan'; assa hoti na paccessan ti, tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati, tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati, tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||3||10||
karaṇīyadoḷasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino disaṃgamiko pakkamati cīvarapaṭivisaṃ apacinayamāno, tam enaṃ disaṃgataṃ bhikkhū pucchanti: kahaṃ tvaṃ āvuso vassaṃ vuttho kattha ca te cīvarapaṭiviso 'ti. so evaṃ vadeti: amukasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ vuttho 'mhi tattha ca me cīvarapaṭiviso ti. te evaṃ vadanti: gacchāvuso taṃ cīvaraṃ āhara, mayan te idha cīvaraṃ karissāmā 'ti. so taṃ āvāsaṃ gantvā bhikkhū pucchati: kahaṃ me āvuso cīvarapaṭiviso 'ti. te evaṃ vadanti: ayan te āvuso cīvarapaṭiviso, kahaṃ gamissasīti. so evaṃ vadeti: amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi tattha me bhikkhū cīvaraṃ karissantīti. te evaṃ vadanti: alaṃ āvuso mā agamāsi, mayan te idha cīvaraṃ karissāmā 'ti: tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino disaṃgamiko pakkamati --la-- tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino disaṃgamiko pakkamati --la-- tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||1|| bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino disaṃgamiko pakkamati cīvarapaṭivisaṃ apacinayamāno . . . ayan te āvuso cīvarapaṭiviso 'ti. so taṃ cīvaraṃ ādāya taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati, tam enaṃ antarā magge bhikkhū pucchanti: āvuso kahaṃ gamissasīti. so evaṃ vadeti: amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi, tattha me bhikkhū cīvaraṃ karissantīti. te evaṃ vadanti: alaṃ āvuso mā agamāsi, mayan te idha cīvaraṃ karissāmā 'ti. tassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti.

[page 264]
264 MAHĀVAGGA. [VII. 11. 2-12. 1.
tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . tassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaram kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||2|| bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino disaṃgamiko pakkamati cīvaraṃ apacinayamāno . . . ayan te āvuso cīvarapaṭiviso 'ti. so taṃ cīvaraṃ ādāya taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati, tassa taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchantassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti.
tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro . . . idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. ||3||11||
apacinanavakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino phāsuvihāriko cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi, tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ce me phāsu bhavissati amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi, tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ce me phāsu bhavissati amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi, tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ce me phāsu bhavissati paccessan ti. tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino phāsuvihāriko . . . paccessan ti. tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: n'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti. tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino phāsuvihāriko . . . paccessan ti. tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti: idh'; ev'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessan ti, so taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati.
tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kaṭhinuddhāro. bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino phāsuvihāriko . . . paccessan ti. so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan ti bahiddhā kaṭhinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. tassa bhikkhuno sīmātikkantiko kaṭhinuddhāro.

[page 265]
VII. 12. 1-13. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 265
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] bhikkhu atthatakaṭhino phāsuvihāriko . . . paccessan ti. so bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, so katacīvaro paccessaṃ paccessan ti sambhuṇāti kaṭhinuddhāraṃ. tassa bhikkhuno saha bhikkhūhi kaṭhinuddhāro. ||1||12||
phāsuvihārapañcakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
dve 'me bhikkhave kaṭhinassa palibodhā dve apalibodhā.
katame ca bhikkhave dve kaṭhinassa palibodhā. āvāsapalibodho ca cīvarapalibodho ca. kathañ ca bhikkhave āvāsapalibodho hoti. idha bhikkhave bhikkhu vassati vātasmiṃ āvāse sāpekkho vā pakkamati paccessan ti. evaṃ kho bhikkhave āvāsapalibodho hoti. kathañ ca bhikkhave cīvarapalibodho hoti. idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ akataṃ vā hoti vippakataṃ vā cīvarāsā vā anupacchinnā. evaṃ kho bhikkhave cīvarapalibodho hoti. ime kho bhikkhave dve kaṭhinassa palibodhā. ||1|| katame ca bhikkhave dve kaṭhinassa apalibodhā. āvāsāpalibodho hoti. idha bhikkhave kathañ ca bhikkhave āvāsāpalibodho hoti. idha bhikkhave bhikkhu pakkamati tamhā āvāsā cattena vantena muttena anape kkhena na paccessan ti. evaṃ kho bhikkhave āvāsaapalibodho hoti. kathañ ca bhikkhave cīvarāpalibodho hoti. idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ kataṃ vā hoti naṭṭhaṃ vā vinaṭṭhaṃ vā daḍḍhaṃ vā cīvarāsā vā upacchinnā. evaṃ kho bhikkhave cīvarāpalibodho hoti. ime kho bhikkhave dve kaṭhinassa apalibodhā 'ti. ||2||13||
kaṭhinakkhandhakaṃ sattamaṃ.
imamhi khandhake vatthu doḷasa, peyyālamukhāni ekasataṃ aṭṭhārasa. tassa uddānaṃ:
tiṃsa Pāṭheyyakā bhikkhū Sāket'; ukkaṇṭhitā vasuṃ
vassaṃ vutth'; okapuṇṇehi agamuṃ jinadassanaṃ. |
idaṃ vatthuṃ kaṭhinassa, kappiyan ti ca pañcakā:
anāmantā asamācārā tath'; eva gaṇabhojanaṃ |
yāvadatthañ ca uppādo atthatānaṃ bhavissati.
ñatti ev'; atthatañ c'; eva, evañ c'; eva anatthataṃ. |
ullikhi dhovanā c'; eva vicāraṇaṃ ca chedanaṃ
bandhan'; ovaṭṭi kaṇḍu ca daḷhikamm'-ānuvātikā |

[page 266]
266 MAHĀVAGGA.
paribhaṇḍaṃ ovaṭṭeyyaṃ maddanā nimitta-kathā
5 kukku sannidhi nissaggi n'; akapp'; aññatra te tayo |
aññatra pañcātireke sañchinnena samaṇḍalī
na aññatra puggalā, sammā nissīmaṭṭho anumodati, |
kaṭhinaṃ anatthataṃ hoti evaṃ buddhena desitaṃ.
ahat'-ākappa-piloti-paṃsu-pāpaṇikāya ca |
animitt'-āparikathā akukku asannidhi ca
anissaggi kappakate tathā ticīvarena ca |
pañcake vātireke vā chinna-samaṇḍalīkate
puggalass'; atthārā, sammā sīmaṭṭho anumodati. |
evaṃ kaṭhinattharaṇaṃ. ubbhārass'; aṭṭha mātikā:
10 pakkamananti niṭṭhānaṃ sanniṭṭhānañ ca nāsanaṃ |
savanaṃ āsāvacchedi sīmā saubbhār'; aṭṭhamī.
katacīvaram ādāya na paccessan ti gacchati, |
tassa taṃ kaṭhinuddhāro hoti pakkamanantiko.
ādāya cīvaraṃ yāti nissīme idha cintayi |
kāressaṃ na paccessan ti niṭṭhāne kaṭhinuddhāro.
ādāya nissīmaṃ n'; eva na paccessan timānaso |
tassa taṃ kaṭhinuddhāro sanniṭṭhānantiko bhave.
ādāya cīvaraṃ yāti nissīme idha cintayi |
kāressaṃ na paccessan ti kayiraṃ tassa nassati,
15 tassa taṃ kaṭhinuddhāro bhavati nāsanantiko. |
ādāya yāti paccessaṃ bahi kāreti cīvaraṃ
cīvarakato suṇāti ubbhataṃ kaṭhinaṃ tahiṃ, |
tassa taṃ kaṭhinuddhāro bhavati savanantiko.
ādāya yāti paccessaṃ bahi kāreti cīvaraṃ |
katacīvaro bahiddhā nāmeti kaṭhinuddhāraṃ,
tassa taṃ kaṭhinuddhāro sīmātikkantiko bhave. |
ādāya yāti paccessaṃ bahi kāreti cīvaraṃ
katacīvaro paccessaṃ sambhoti kaṭhinuddhāraṃ, |
tassa taṃ kaṭhinuddhāro saha bhikkhūhi jāyati.
20 ādāya samādāya ca sattasattavidhi gati. |
pakkamanantikā n'; atthi chaccā vippakatā gati.
ādāya nissīmagataṃ kāressaṃ iti jāyati |
niṭṭhānaṃ sanniṭṭhānañ ca nāsanañ ca ime tayo.
ādāya na paccessan ti bahisīme karomiti |
niṭṭhānaṃ sanniṭṭhānam pi nāsanam pi idaṃ tayo.
anadhiṭṭhitena n'; ev'; assa heṭṭhā {tīṇi} nayā vidhi. |

[page 267]
MAHĀVAGGA. 267
ādāya yāti paccessaṃ bahisīme karomiti
na paccessan ti kāreti, niṭṭhāne kaṭhinuddhāro |
sanniṭṭhānaṃ nāsanañ ca savana-sīmātikkamā
25 saha bhikkhūhi jāyetha, evaṃ pannarasaṃ gati. |
samādāya, vippakatā, samādāya punā tathā,
ime te caturo vārā sabbe pannarasa vidhi. |
anāsāya ca, āsāya, karaṇīyo ca te tayo,
nayato taṃ vijāneyya tayo dvādasa-dvādasa. |
apacinanā nav'; ettha, phāsu pañcavidhā tahiṃ,
palibodh'-āpalibodhā, uddānaṃ nayato katan ti.

[page 268]
268
MAHĀVAGGA.
VIII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena Vesālī iddhā c'; eva hoti phītā ca bahujanā ākiṇṇamanussā subhikkhā ca, satta ca pāsādasahassāni satta ca pāsādasatāni satta ca pāsādā satta ca kūṭāgārasahassāni satta ca kūṭāgārasatāni satta ca kūṭāgārāni satta ca ārāmasahassāni sata ca ārāmasatāni satta ca ārāmā satta ca pokkharaṇīsahassāni sata ca pokkharaṇīsatāni satta ca pokkharaṇiyo. Ambapālikā gaṇikā abhirūpā hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā padakkhiṇā nacce ca gīte ca vādite ca abhisaṭā atthikānaṃ-atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ paññāsāya ca rattiṃ gacchati tāya ca Vesālī bhiyyosomattāya upasobhati. ||1|| atha kho Rājagahako negamo Vesāliṃ agamāsi kenacid eva karaṇīyena. addasa kho Rājagahako negamo Vesāliṃ iddhaṃ ca phītaṃ ca bahujanaṃ ākiṇṇamanussaṃ subhikkhaṃ ca satta ca pāsādasahassāni . . . satta ca pokkharaṇiyo Ambapāliṃ ca gaṇikaṃ abhirūpaṃ dassanīyaṃ pāsādikaṃ . . . upasobhitan ti. atha kho Rājagahako negamo Vesāliyaṃ taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā punad eva Rājagahaṃ paccāgacchi, yena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ etad avoca: Vesālī deva iddhā ca phītā ca . . . upasobhati. sādhu deva mayam pi gaṇikaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyyāmā 'ti. tena hi bhaṇe tādisiṃ kumāriṃ jānāhi yaṃ tumhe gaṇikaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyyāthā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena Rājagahe Sālavatī nāma kumārī abhirūpā hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā. atha kho Rājagahako negamo Sālavatiṃ kumāriṃ gaṇikaṃ vuṭṭhāpesi.

[page 269]
VIII. 1. 3-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 269
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho Sālavatī gaṇikā na cirass'; eva padakkhiṇā ahosi nacce ca gīte ca vādite ca abhisaṭā atthikānaṃ-atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ paṭisatena ca rattiṃ gacchati.
atha kho Sālavatī gaṇikā na cirass'; eva gabbhinī ahosi. atha kho Sālavatiyā gaṇikāya etad ahosi: itthi kho gabbhinī purisānaṃ amanāpā. sace maṃ koci jānissati Sālavatī gaṇikā gabbhinīti sabbo me sakkāro parihāyissati. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ gilānā 'ti paṭivedeyyan ti. atha kho Sālavatī gaṇikā dovārikaṃ āṇāpesi: mā bhaṇe dovārika koci puriso pāvisi, yo ca maṃ pucchati gilānā 'ti paṭivedehīti. evaṃ ayye 'ti kho so dovāriko Sālavatiyā gaṇikāya paccassosi. ||3|| atha kho Sālavatī gaṇikā tassa gabbhassa paripākaṃ anvāya puttaṃ vijāyi. atha kho Sālavatī gaṇikā dāsiṃ āṇāpesi: handa je imaṃ dārakaṃ kattarasuppe pakkhipitvā nīharitvā saṃkārakūṭe chaḍḍehīti. evaṃ ayye 'ti kho sā dāsī Sālavatiyā gaṇikāya paṭisuṇitvā taṃ dārakaṃ kattarasuppe pakkhipitvā nīharitvā saṃkārakūṭe chaḍḍesi. tena kho pana samayena Abhayo nāma rājakumāro kālass'; eva rājupaṭṭhānaṃ gacchanto addasa taṃ dārakaṃ kākehi samparikiṇṇaṃ, disvāna manusse pucchi kiṃ etaṃ bhaṇe kākehi samparikiṇṇan ti. dārako devā 'ti. jīvati bhaṇe 'ti. jīvati devā 'ti. tena hi bhaṇe taṃ dārakaṃ amhākaṃ antepuraṃ netvā dhātīnaṃ detha posetun ti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho te manussā Abhayassa rājakumārassa paṭisuṇitvā taṃ dārakaṃ Abhayassa rājakumārassa antepuraṃ netvā dhātīnaṃ adaṃsu posethā 'ti. tassa jīvatīti Jīvako 'ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu, kumārena posāpito 'ti Komārabhacco 'ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. ||4||
atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco na cirass'; eva viññutaṃ pāpuṇi. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco yena Abhayo rājakumāro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Abhayaṃ rājakumāraṃ etad avoca: kā me deva mātā ko pitā 'ti.
aham pi kho te bhaṇe Jīvaka mātaraṃ na jānāmi, api cāhaṃ te pitā, mayāpi posāpito 'ti. atha kho Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa etad ahosi: imāni kho rājakulāni na sukarāni asippena upajīvituṃ. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sippaṃ sikkheyyan ti. tena kho pana samayena Takkasilāyaṃ disāpāmokkho vejjo paṭivasati. ||5|| atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco Abhayaṃ rājakumāraṃ anāpucchā yena Takkasilā tena pakkāmi,

[page 270]
270 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 1. 6-8.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] anupubbena yena Takkasilā yena so vejjo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ vejjaṃ etad avoca: icchām'; ahaṃ ācariya sippaṃ sikkhitun ti. tena hi bhaṇe Jīvaka sikkhassū 'ti. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco bahuṃ ca gaṇhāti lahuṃ ca gaṇhāti suṭṭhuṃ ca upadhāreti gahitaṃ c'; assa na pamussati. atha kho Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa sattannaṃ vassānaṃ accayena etad ahosi: ahaṃ kho bahuṃ ca gaṇhāmi lahuṃ ca gaṇhāmi suṭṭhuṃ ca upadhāremi gahitaṃ ca me na pamussati satta ca me vassāni adhīyantassa na yimassa sippassa anto paññāyati, kadā imassa sippassa anto paññāyissatīti. ||6|| atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco yena so vejjo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ vejjaṃ etad avoca: ahaṃ kho ācariya bahuṃ ca gaṇhāmi lahuṃ ca gaṇhāmi suṭṭhuṃ ca upadhāremi gahitaṃ ca me na pamussati satta ca me vassāni adhīyantassa na yimassa sippassa anto paññāyati, kadā imassa sippassa anto paññāyissatīti. tena hi bhaṇe Jīvaka khanittiṃ ādāya Takkasilāya samantā yojanaṃ āhiṇḍanto yaṃ kiñci abhesajjaṃ passeyyāsi taṃ āharā 'ti. evaṃ ācariyā 'ti kho Jīvako Komārabhacco tassa vejjassa paṭisuṇitvā khanittiṃ ādāya Takkasilāya samantā yojanaṃ āhiṇḍanto na kiñci abhesajjaṃ addasa. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco yena so vejjo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ vejjaṃ etad avoca: āhiṇḍanto 'mhi ācariya Takkasilāya samantā yojanaṃ, na kiñci abhesajjaṃ addasan ti. sikkhito 'si bhaṇe Jīvaka, alan te ettakaṃ jīvikāyā 'ti Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa parittaṃ pātheyyaṃ pādāsi. ||7||
atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco taṃ parittaṃ pātheyyaṃ ādāya yena Rājagahaṃ tena pakkāmi. atha kho Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa taṃ parittaṃ pātheyyaṃ antarā magge Sākete parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. atha kho Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa etad ahosi: ime kho maggā kantārā appodakā appabhakkhā na sukarā apātheyyena gantuṃ, yaṃ nūnāhaṃ pātheyyaṃ pariyeseyyan ti. tena kho pana samayena Sākete seṭṭhibhariyāya sattavassiko sīsābādho hoti, bahū mahantā -mahantā disāpāmokkhā vejjā āgantvā nāsakkhiṃsu ārogaṃ kātuṃ, bahuṃ hiraññaṃ ādāya agamaṃsu. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco Sāketaṃ pavisitvā manusse pucchi: ko bhaṇe gilāno kaṃ tikicchāmīti. etissā ācariya seṭṭhibhariyāya sattavassiko sīsābādho,

[page 271]
VIII. 1. 8-12.] MAHĀVAGGA. 271
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] gaccha ācariya seṭṭhibhariyaṃ tikicchāhīti. ||8|| atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco yena seṭṭhissa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā dovārikaṃ āṇāpesi: gaccha bhaṇe dovārika, seṭṭhibhariyāya pāvada, vejjo ayye āgato so taṃ daṭṭhukāmo 'ti. evaṃ ācariyā 'ti kho so dovāriko Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa paṭisuṇitvā yena {seṭṭhibhariyā} ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā seṭṭhibhariyaṃ etad avoca: vejjo ayye āgato so taṃ daṭṭhukāmo 'ti. kīdiso bhaṇe dovārika vejjo 'ti. daharako ayye 'ti. alaṃ bhaṇe dovārika, kiṃ me daharako vejjo karissati.
bahū mahantā-mahantā disāpāmokkhā vejjā āgantvā nāsakkhiṃsu ārogaṃ kātuṃ, bahuṃ hiraññaṃ ādāya agamaṃsū 'ti.
||9|| atha kho so dovāriko yena Jīvako Komārabhacco ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad avoca: seṭṭhibhariyā ācariya evaṃ āha: alaṃ bhaṇe dovārika . . . agamaṃsū 'ti. gaccha bhaṇe dovārika, seṭṭhibhariyāya pāvada: vejjo ayye evaṃ āha: mā kir'; ayye pure kiñci adāsi, yadā ārogā ahosi, tadā yaṃ iccheyyāsi taṃ dajjeyyāsīti.
evaṃ ācariyā 'ti kho so dovāriko Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa paṭisuṇitvā yena seṭṭhibhariyā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā seṭṭhibhariyaṃ etad avoca: vejjo ayye evaṃ āha . . . taṃ dajjeyyāsīti. tena hi bhaṇe dovārika vejjo āgacchatū 'ti. evaṃ ayye 'ti kho so dovāriko seṭṭhibhariyāya paṭisuṇitvā yena Jīvako Komārabhacco ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad avoca: seṭṭhibhariyā taṃ ācariya pakkosatīti. ||10|| atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco yena seṭṭhibhariyā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā seṭṭhibhariyāya vikāraṃ sallakkhetvā seṭṭhibhariyaṃ etad avoca: pasatena ayye sappinā attho 'ti. atha kho seṭṭhibhariyā Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa pasataṃ sappiṃ dāpesi. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco taṃ pasataṃ sappiṃ nānābhesajjehi nippacitvā seṭṭhibhariyaṃ mañcake uttānaṃ nipajjāpetvā natthuto adāsi. atha kho taṃ sappi natthuto dinnaṃ mukhato uggacchi. atha kho seṭṭhibhariyā paṭiggahe nuṭṭhuhitvā dāsiṃ āṇāpesi: handa je imaṃ sappiṃ picunā gaṇhāhīti. ||11|| atha kho Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa etad ahosi: acchariyaṃ yāva lūkhāyaṃ gharaṇī yatra hi nāma imaṃ chaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ sappiṃ picunā gāhāpessati, bahukāni ca me mahagghāni-mahagghāni bhesajjāni upagatāni,

[page 272]
272 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 1. 12-14.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kim pi m'; āyaṃ kiñci deyyadhammaṃ dassatīti. atha kho seṭṭhibhariyā Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa vikāraṃ sallakkhetvā Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad avoca: kissa tvaṃ ācariya vimano 'sīti. idha me etad ahosi: acchariyaṃ yāva . . . dassatīti. mayaṃ kho ācariya agārikā nāma upajānām'; etassa saṃyamassa, varaṃ etaṃ sappi dāsānaṃ vā kammakarānaṃ vā pādabbhañjanaṃ vā padīpakaraṇe vā āsittaṃ.
mā tvaṃ ācariya vimano ahosi, na te deyyadhammo hāyissatīti. ||12|| atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco seṭṭhibhariyāya sattavassikaṃ sīsābādhaṃ eken'; eva natthukammena apakaḍḍhi. atha kho seṭṭhibhariyā ārogā samānā Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa cattāri sahassāni pādāsi, putto mātā me ārogā ṭhitā 'ti cattāri sahassāni pādāsi, suṇisā sassū me ārogā ṭhitā 'ti cattāri sahassāni pādāsi, seṭṭhi gahapati bhariyā me ārogā ṭhitā 'ti cattāri sahassāni pādāsi dāsaṃ ca dāsiṃ ca assarathaṃ ca. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco tāni soḷasa sahassāni ādāya dāsaṃ ca dāsiṃ ca assarathaṃ ca yena Rājagahaṃ tena pakkāmi, anupubbena yena Rājagahaṃ yena Abhayo rājakumāro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Abhayaṃ rājakumāraṃ etad avoca: idaṃ me deva paṭhamakammaṃ soḷasa sahassāni dāso ca dāsī ca assaratho ca, paṭigaṇhātu me devo posāvanikan ti. alaṃ bhaṇe Jīvaka tuyh'; eva hotu, amhākañ ñeva antepure nivesanaṃ māpehīti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho Jīvako Komārabhacco Abhayassa rājakumārassa paṭisuṇitvā Abhayassa rājakumārassa antepure nivesanaṃ māpesi. ||13||
tena kho pana samayena rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa bhagandalābādho hoti, sāṭakā lohitena makkhiyanti. deviyo disvā uppaṇḍenti utunī dāni devo, pupphaṃ devassa uppannaṃ, na cirass'; eva devo vijāyissatīti. tena rājā maṅku hoti. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro Abhayaṃ rājakumāraṃ etad avoca: mayhaṃ kho bhaṇe Abhaya tādiso ābādho: sāṭakā lohitena makkhiyanti, deviyo maṃ disvā uppaṇḍenti . . . vijāyissatīti.
iṅgha bhaṇe Abhaya tādisaṃ vejjaṃ jānāhi yo maṃ tikiccheyyā 'ti. ayaṃ deva amhākaṃ Jīvako vejjo taruṇo bhadrako, so devaṃ tikicchissatīti. tena hi bhaṇe Abhaya Jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ āṇāpehi,

[page 273]
VIII. 1. 14-17.] MAHĀVAGGA. 273
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] so maṃ tikicchissatīti. ||14|| atha kho Abhayo rājakumāro Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ āṇāpesi: gaccha bhaṇe Jīvaka rājānaṃ tikicchāhīti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho Jīvako Komārabhacco Abhayassa rājakumārassa paṭisuṇitvā nakhena bhesajjaṃ ādāya yena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ etad avoca: ābādhaṃ deva passāmā 'ti. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa bhagandalābādhaṃ eken'; eva ālepena apakaḍḍhi. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro ārogo samāno pañca itthisatāni sabbālaṃkāraṃ bhūsāpetvā omuñcāpetvā puñjaṃ kārāpetvā Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad avoca: etaṃ bhaṇe Jīvaka pañcannaṃ itthisatānaṃ sabbālaṃkāraṃ tuyhaṃ hotū 'ti. alaṃ deva adhikāraṃ me devo saratū 'ti. tena hi bhaṇe Jīvaka maṃ upaṭṭhaha itthāgāraṃ ca buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ cā 'ti.
evaṃ devā 'ti kho Jīvako Komārabhacco rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa paccassosi. ||15||
tena kho pana samayena Rājagahakassa seṭṭhissa sattavassiko sīsābādho hoti, bahū mahantā-mahantā disāpāmokkhā vejjā āgantvā nāsakkhiṃsu ārogaṃ kātuṃ, bahuṃ hiraññaṃ ādāya agamaṃsu. api ca vejjehi paccakkhāto hoti, ekacce vejjā evaṃ āhaṃsu: pañcamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatīti, ekacce vejjā evaṃ āhaṃsu: sattamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatīti. atha kho Rājagahakassa negamassa etad ahosi: ayaṃ kho seṭṭhi gahapati bahūpakāro rañño c'; eva negamassa ca, api ca vejjehi paccakkhāto, ekacce vejjā evaṃ āhaṃsu: pañcamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatīti, ekacce vejjā evaṃ āhaṃsu: sattamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatīti, ayaṃ ca rañño Jīvako vejjo taruṇo bhadrako, yaṃ nūna mayaṃ rājānaṃ Jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ yāceyyāma seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ tikicchitun ti. ||16|| atha kho Rājagahako negamo yena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ etad avoca: ayaṃ deva seṭṭhi gahapati bahūpakāro devassa c'; eva negamassa ca, api ca vejjehi paccakkhāto . . . karissatīti. sādhu devo Jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ āṇāpetu seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ tikicchitun ti.

[page 274]
274 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 1. 17-19.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ āṇāpesi: gaccha bhaṇe Jīvaka seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ tikicchāhīti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho Jīvako Komārabhacco rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa paṭisuṇitvā yena seṭṭhi gahapati ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā seṭṭhissa gahapatissa vikāraṃ sallakkhetvā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ etad avoca: sac'; āhaṃ taṃ gahapati ārogāpeyyaṃ kiṃ me assa deyyadhammo 'ti. sabbaṃ sāpateyyaṃ ca te ācariya hotu ahaṃ ca te dāso 'ti. ||17|| sakkhissasi pana tvaṃ gahapati ekena passena satta māse nipajjitun ti.
sakkom'; ahaṃ ācariya ekena passena satta māse nipajjitun ti.
sakkhissasi pana tvaṃ gahapati dutiyena passena satta māse nipajjitun ti. sakkom'; ahaṃ ācariya dutiyena passena satta māse nipajjitun ti. sakkhissasi pana tvaṃ gahapati uttāno satta māse nipajjitun ti. sakkom'; ahaṃ ācariya uttāno satta māse nipajjitun ti. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ mañcake nipajjāpetvā mañcake sambandhitvā sīsacchaviṃ upphāletvā sibbiniṃ vināmetvā dve pāṇake nīharitvā janassa dassesi: passath'; ayyo ime dve pāṇake ekaṃ khuddakaṃ ekaṃ mahallakaṃ. ye te ācariyā evaṃ āhaṃsu: pañcamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatīti teh'; āyaṃ mahallako pāṇako diṭṭho, pañcamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhissa gahapatissa matthaluṅgaṃ pariyādiyissati, matthaluṅgassa pariyādānā seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissati, sudiṭṭho tehi ācariyehi. ye te ācariyā evaṃ āhaṃsu: sattamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatīti teh'; āyaṃ khuddako pāṇako diṭṭho, sattamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhissa gahapatissa matthaluṅgaṃ pariyādiyissati, matthaluṅgassa pariyādānā seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissati, sudiṭṭho tehi ācariyehīti, sibbiniṃ sampaṭipādetvā sīsacchaviṃ sibbetvā ālepaṃ adāsi. ||18|| atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati sattāhassa accayena Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad avoca: nāhaṃ ācariya sakkomi ekena passena satta māse nipajjitun ti. nanu me tvaṃ gahapati paṭisuṇi sakkom'; ahaṃ ācariya ekena passena satta māse nipajjitun ti. saccāhaṃ ācariya paṭisuṇiṃ, ap'; āhaṃ marissāmi, nāhaṃ sakkomi ekena passena satta māse nipajjitun ti. tena hi tvaṃ gahapati dutiyena passena satta māse nipajjāhīti. atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati sattāhassa accayena Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad avoca:

[page 275]
VIII. 1. 19-21.] MAHĀVAGGA. 275
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] nāhaṃ ācariya sakkomi dutiyena passena satta māse nipajjitun ti. nanu me tvaṃ gahapati paṭisuṇi sakkom'; ahaṃ ācariya dutiyena passena satta māse nipajjitun ti.
saccāhaṃ ācariya paṭisuṇiṃ, ap'; āhaṃ marissāmi, nāhaṃ ācariya sakkomi dutiyena passena satta māse nipajjitun ti.
tena hi tvaṃ gahapati uttāno satta māse nipajjāhīti. atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati sattāhassa accayena Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad evoca: nāhaṃ ācariya sakkomi uttāno satta māse nipajjitun ti. nanu me tvaṃ gahapati paṭisuṇi sakkom'; ahaṃ ācariya uttāno satta māse nipajjitun ti. saccāhaṃ ācariya paṭisuṇiṃ, ap'; āhaṃ marissāmi, nāhaṃ sakkomi uttāno satta māse nipajjitun ti. ||19|| ahaṃ ce taṃ gahapati na vadeyyaṃ ettakam pi tvaṃ na nipajjeyyāsi, api ca paṭigacc'; eva mayā ñāto tīhi sattāhehi seṭṭhi gahapati ārogo bhavissatīti. uṭṭhehi gahapati ārogo 'si, jānāhi kiṃ me deyyadhammo 'ti. sabbaṃ sāpateyyaṃ ca te ācariya hotu ahaṃ ca te dāso 'ti. alaṃ gahapati mā me tvaṃ sabbaṃ sāpateyyaṃ adāsi mā ca me dāso, rañño satasahassaṃ dehi mayhaṃ satasahassan ti. atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati ārogo samāno rañño satasahassaṃ adāsi Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa satasahassaṃ. ||20||
tena kho pana samayena Bārāṇaseyyakassa seṭṭhiputtassa mokkhacikāya kīḷantassa antagaṇṭhābādho hoti yena yāgu pi pītā na sammāpariṇāmaṃ gacchati bhattam pi bhuttaṃ na sammāpariṇāmaṃ gacchati uccāro pi passāvo pi na paguṇo. so tena kiso hoti lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto. atha kho Bārāṇaseyyakassa seṭṭhissa etad ahosi: mayhaṃ kho puttassa kīdiso ābādho. yāgu pi pītā na sammāpariṇāmaṃ gacchati bhattam pi bhuttaṃ na sammāpariṇāmaṃ gacchati uccāro pi passāvo pi na paguṇo, so tena kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ Rājagahaṃ gantvā rājānaṃ Jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ yāceyyaṃ puttaṃ me tikicchitun ti. atha kho Bārāṇaseyyako seṭṭhi Rājagahaṃ gantvā yena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ etad avoca: mayhaṃ kho deva puttassa tādiso ābādho: yāgu pi . . . dhamanisanthatagatto. sādhu devo Jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ āṇāpetu puttaṃ me tikicchitun ti. ||21||

[page 276]
276 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 1. 21-24.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ āṇāpesi: gaccha bhaṇe Jīvaka Bārāṇasiṃ gantvā Bārāṇaseyyakaṃ seṭṭhiputtaṃ tikicchāhīti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho Jīvako Komārabhacco rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa paṭisuṇitvā Bārāṇasiṃ gantvā yena Bārāṇaseyyako seṭṭhiputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bārāṇaseyyakassa seṭṭhiputtassa vikāraṃ sallakkhetvā janaṃ ussāretvā tirokaraṇiyaṃ parikkhipitvā thambhe ubbandhitvā bhariyaṃ purato ṭhapetvā udaracchaviṃ upphāletvā antagaṇṭhiṃ nīharitvā bhariyāya dassesi passa te sāmikassa ābādhaṃ, iminā yāgu pi pītā na sammāpariṇāmaṃ gacchati bhattam pi bhuttaṃ na sammāpariṇāmaṃ gacchati uccāro pi passāvo pi na paguṇo, imināyaṃ kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto 'ti, antagaṇṭhiṃ viniveṭhetvā antāni paṭipavesetvā udaracchaviṃ sibbetvā ālepaṃ adāsi.
atha kho Bārāṇaseyyako seṭṭhiputto na cirass'; eva ārogo ahosi. atha kho Bārāṇaseyyako seṭṭhi putto me ārogo ṭhito 'ti Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa soḷasa sahassāni pādāsi. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco tāni soḷasa sahassāni ādāya punad eva Rājagahaṃ paccāgacchi. ||22||
tena kho pana samayena rañño Pajjotassa paṇḍurogābādho hoti. bahū mahantā-mahantā disāpāmokkhā vejjā āgantvā nāsakkhiṃsu ārogaṃ kātuṃ, bahuṃ hiraññaṃ ādāya agamaṃsu. atha kho rājā Pajjoto rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: mayhaṃ kho tādiso ābādho, sādhu devo Jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ āṇāpetu, so maṃ tikicchissatīti. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ āṇāpesi: gaccha bhaṇe Jīvaka Ujjeniṃ gantvā rājānaṃ Pajjotaṃ tikicchāhīti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho Jīvako Komārabhacco rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa paṭisuṇitvā Ujjeniṃ gantvā yena rājā Pajjoto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā rañño Pajjotassa vikāraṃ sallakkhetvā rājānaṃ Pajjotaṃ etad avoca: ||23|| sappiṃ deva nippacissāmi, taṃ devo pivissatīti. alaṃ bhaṇe Jīvaka yaṃ te sakkā vinā sappinā ārogaṃ kātuṃ taṃ karohi, jegucchaṃ me sappi paṭikkūlan ti. atha kho Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa etad ahosi:

[page 277]
VIII. 1. 24-27.] MAHĀVAGGA. 277
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] imassa kho rañño tādiso ābādho na sakkā vinā sappinā ārogaṃ kātuṃ. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sappiṃ nippaceyyaṃ kasāvavaṇṇaṃ kasāvagandhaṃ kasāvarasan ti. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco nānābhesajjehi sappiṃ nippaci kasāvavaṇṇaṃ kasāvagandhaṃ kasāvarasaṃ. atha kho Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa etad ahosi: imassa kho rañño sappi pītaṃ pariṇāmentaṃ uddekaṃ dassati. caṇḍ'; āyaṃ rājā ghātāpeyyāsi maṃ. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ paṭigacc'; eva āpuccheyyan ti. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco yena rājā Pajjoto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā rājānaṃ Pajjotaṃ etad avoca: ||24|| mayaṃ kho deva vejjā nāma tādisena muhuttena mūlāni uddharāma bhesajjāni saṃharāma. sādhu devo vāhanāgāresu ca dvāresu ca āṇāpetu: yena vāhanena Jīvako icchati tena vāhanena gacchatu, yena dvārena icchati tena dvārena gacchatu, yaṃ kālaṃ icchati taṃ kālaṃ gacchatu, yaṃ kālaṃ icchati taṃ kālaṃ pavisatū 'ti. atha kho rājā Pajjoto vāhanāgāresu ca dvāresu ca āṇāpesi: yena vāhanena Jīvako icchati tena vāhanena gacchatu, yena dvārena icchati tena dvārena gacchatu, yaṃ kālaṃ icchati taṃ kālaṃ gacchatu, yaṃ kālaṃ icchati taṃ kālaṃ pavisatū 'ti. tena kho pana samayena rañño Pajjotassa Bhaddavatikā nāma hatthinikā paññāsayojanikā hoti. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco rañño Pajjotassa sappiṃ upanāmesi kasāvaṃ devo pivatū 'ti. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco rājānaṃ Pajjotaṃ sappiṃ pāyetvā hatthisālaṃ gantvā Bhaddavatikāya hatthinikāya nagaramhā nippati.
||25|| atha kho rañño Pajjotassa taṃ sappi pītaṃ pariṇāmentaṃ uddekaṃ adāsi. atha kho rājā Pajjoto manusse etad avoca: duṭṭhena bhaṇe Jīvakena sappiṃ pāyito 'mhi. tena hi bhaṇe Jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ vicinathā 'ti. Bhaddavatikāya deva hatthinikāya nagaramhā nippatito 'ti. tena kho pana samayena rañño Pajjotassa Kāko nāma dāso saṭṭhiyojaniko hoti amanussena paṭicca jāto. atha kho rājā Pajjoto Kākaṃ dāsam āṇāpesi: gaccha bhaṇe Kāka Jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ nivattehi rājā taṃ ācariya nivattāpetīti. ete kho bhaṇe Kāka vejjā nāma bahumāyā, mā c'; assa kiñci paṭiggahesīti. ||26|| atha kho Kāko dāso Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ antarā magge Kosambiyaṃ sambhāvesi pātarāsaṃ karontaṃ. atha kho Kāko dāso Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad avoca:

[page 278]
278 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 1. 27-30.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] rājā taṃ ācariya nivattāpetīti. āgamehi bhaṇe Kāka yāva bhuñjāma, handa bhaṇe Kāka bhuñjassū 'ti. alaṃ ācariya raññ'; amhi āṇatto: ete kho bhaṇe Kāka vejjā nāma bahumāyā mā c'; assa kiñci paṭiggahesīti. tena kho pana samayena Jīvako Komārabhacco nakhena bhesajjaṃ olumpetvā āmalakaṃ ca khādati pāniyaṃ ca pivati. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco Kākaṃ dāsaṃ etad avoca: handa bhaṇe Kāka āmalakaṃ ca khāda pāniyaṃ ca pivassū 'ti. ||27||
atha kho Kāko dāso ayaṃ kho vejjo āmalakaṃ ca khādati pāniyaṃ ca pivati, na arahati kiñci pāpakaṃ hotun ti upaḍḍhāmalakaṃ ca khādi pāniyaṃ ca apāyi. tassa taṃ upaḍḍhāmalakaṃ khādayitaṃ tatth'; eva nicchāresi. atha kho Kāko dāso Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad avoca: atthi me ācariya jīvitan ti. mā bhaṇe Kāka bhāyi, tvaṃ c'; eva ārogo bhavissasi, rājā ca caṇḍo, so rājā ghātāpeyyāsi maṃ, tenāhaṃ na nivattāmīti Bhaddavatikaṃ hatthinikaṃ Kākassa niyyādetvā yena Rājagahaṃ tena pakkāmi, anupubbena yena Rājagahaṃ yena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa etam atthaṃ ārocesi. suṭṭhu bhaṇe Jīvaka akāsi yam pi na nivatto, caṇḍo so rājā ghātāpeyyāsi tan ti. ||28|| atha kho rājā Pajjoto ārogo samāno Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi, āgacchatu Jīvako varaṃ dassāmīti. alaṃ ayyo adhikāraṃ me devo saratū 'ti. tena kho pana samayena rañño Pajjotassa Siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ uppannaṃ hoti bahunnaṃ dussānaṃ bahunnaṃ dussayugānaṃ bahunnaṃ dussayugasatānaṃ bahunnaṃ dussayugasahassānaṃ bahunnaṃ dussayugasatasahassānaṃ aggaṃ ca seṭṭhaṃ ca mokkhaṃ ca uttamaṃ ca pavaraṃ ca. atha kho rājā Pajjoto taṃ Siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa pāhesi. atha kho Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa etad ahosi: idaṃ kho me Siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ raññā Pajjotena pahitaṃ bahunnaṃ dussānaṃ . . . pavaraṃ ca, na yimaṃ añño koci paccārahati aññatra tena bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena raññā vā Māgadhena Seniyena Bimbisārenā 'ti.
||29||
tena kho pana samayena bhagavato kāyo dosābhisanno hoti. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: dosābhisanno kho Ānanda tathāgatassa kāyo,

[page 279]
VIII. 1. 30-32.] MAHĀVAGGA. 279
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] icchati tathāgato virecanaṃ pātun ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Jīvako Komārabhacco ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad avoca: dosābhisanno kho āvuso Jīvaka tathāgatassa kāyo, icchati tathāgato virecanaṃ pātun ti.
tena hi bhante Ānanda bhagavato kāyaṃ katipāhaṃ sinehethā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato kāyaṃ katipāhaṃ sinehetvā yena Jīvako Komārabhacco ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ etad avoca: siniddho kho āvuso Jīvaka tathāgatassa kāyo, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasīti. ||30|| atha kho Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa etad ahosi: na kho me taṃ paṭirūpaṃ yo 'haṃ bhagavato oḷārikaṃ virecanaṃ dadeyyan ti, tīṇi uppalahatthāni nānābhesajjehi paribhāvetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃ uppalahatthaṃ bhagavato upanāmesi imaṃ bhante bhagavā paṭhamaṃ uppalahatthaṃ upasiṅghatu, idaṃ bhagavantaṃ dasakkhattuṃ virecessatīti.
dutiyam pi uppalahatthaṃ bhagavato upanāmesi imaṃ bhante bhagavā dutiyaṃ uppalahatthaṃ upasiṅghatu, idaṃ bhagavantaṃ dasakkhattuṃ virecessatīti. tatiyam pi uppalahatthaṃ bhagavato upanāmesi imaṃ bhante bhagavā tatiyaṃ uppalahatthaṃ upasiṅghatu, idaṃ bhagavantaṃ dasakkhattuṃ virecessatīti, evaṃ bhagavato samatiṃsāya virecanaṃ bhavissatīti. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco bhagavato samatiṃsāya virecanaṃ datvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. ||31|| atha kho Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa bahi dvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhantassa etad ahosi: mayā kho bhagavato samatiṃsāya virecanaṃ dinnaṃ. dosābhisanno tathāgatassa kāyo, na bhagavantaṃ samatiṃsakkhattuṃ virecessati, ekūnatiṃsakkhattuṃ bhagavantaṃ virecessati, api ca bhagavā viritto nahāyissati, nahātaṃ bhagavantaṃ sakiṃ virecessati, evaṃ bhagavato samatiṃsāya virecanaṃ bhavissatīti. atha kho bhagavā Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: idhānanda Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa bahi dvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhantassa etad ahosi: mayā kho bhagavato . . . bhavissatīti. tena h'; Ānanda uṇhodakaṃ paṭiyādethā 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā uṇhodakaṃ paṭiyādesi. ||32||

[page 280]
280 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 1. 32-35.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Jīvako Komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: viritto bhante bhagavā 'ti. viritto 'mhi Jīvakā 'ti. idha mayhaṃ bhante bahi dvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhantassa etad ahosi: mayā kho bhagavato . . . bhavissatīti. nahāyatu bhante bhagavā, nahāyatu sugato 'ti. atha kho bhagavā uṇhodakaṃ nahāyi, nahātaṃ bhagavantaṃ sakiṃ virecesi, evaṃ bhagavato samatiṃsāya virecanaṃ ahosi. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: yāva bhante bhagavato kāyo pakatatto hoti, alaṃ yūsapiṇḍapātenā 'ti. atha kho bhagavato kāyo na cirass'; eva pakatatto ahosi. ||33||
atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco taṃ Siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Jīvako Komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ekāhaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ varaṃ yācāmīti. atikkantavarā kho Jīvaka tathāgatā 'ti. yaṃ ca bhante kappati yaṃ ca anavajjan ti. vadehi Jīvakā 'ti. bhagavā bhante paṃsukūliko bhikkhusaṃgho ca. idaṃ me bhante Siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ raññā Pajjotena pahitaṃ bahunnaṃ dussānaṃ bahunnaṃ dussayugānaṃ bahunnaṃ dussayugasatānaṃ bahunnaṃ dussayugasahassānaṃ bahunnaṃ dussayugasatasahassānaṃ aggaṃ ca seṭṭhaṃ ca mokkhaṃ ca uttamaṃ ca pavaraṃ ca. paṭigaṇhātu me bhante bhagavā Siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ bhikkhusaṃghassa ca gahapaticīvaraṃ anujānātū 'ti. paṭiggahesi bhagavā Siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ.
atha kho bhagavā Jīvakam Komārabhaccaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi.
atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
||34|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave gahapaticīvaraṃ. yo icchati paṃsukūliko hotu, yo icchati gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyatu. itarītarena p'; āhaṃ bhikkhave santuṭṭhiṃ vaṇṇemīti. assosuṃ kho Rājagahe manussā bhagavatā kira bhikkhūnaṃ gahapaticīvaraṃ anuññātan ti,

[page 281]
VIII. 1. 35-3. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 281
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te ca manussā haṭṭhā ahesuṃ udaggā, idāni kho mayaṃ dānāni dassāma puññāni karissāma yato bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ gahapaticīvaraṃ anuññātan ti, ekāhen'; eva Rājagahe bahūni cīvarasahassāni uppajjiṃsu. assosuṃ kho jānapadā manussā bhagavatā kira bhikkhūnaṃ gahapaticīvaraṃ anuññātan ti, te ca manussā haṭṭhā ahesuṃ udaggā, idāni kho mayaṃ dānāni dassāma puññāni karissāma yato bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ gahapaticīvaraṃ anuññātan ti, janapade pi ekāhen'; eva bahūni cīvarasahassāni uppajjiṃsu. ||35|| tena kho pana samayena saṃghassa pāvāro uppanno hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pāvāran ti. koseyyapāvāro uppanno hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave koseyyapāvāran ti. kojavaṃ uppannaṃ hoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave kojavan ti. ||36||1||
paṭhamakabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena Kāsikarājā Jīvakassa Komārabhaccassa aḍḍhakāsikaṃ kambalaṃ pāhesi upaḍḍhakāsinaṃ khamamānaṃ. atha kho Jīvako Komārabhacco taṃ aḍḍhakāsikaṃ kambalaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Jīvako Komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: ayaṃ me bhante aḍḍhakāsiko kambalo Kāsiraññā pahito upaḍḍhakāsinaṃ khamamāno. paṭigaṇhātu me bhante bhagavā kambalaṃ yaṃ mama assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā 'ti. paṭiggahesi bhagavā kambalaṃ. atha kho bhagavā Jīvakaṃ Komārabhaccaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi --la-- padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave kambalan ti. ||1||2||
tena kho pana samayena saṃghassa uccāvacāni cīvarāni uppajjanti. atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kiṃ nu kho bhagavatā cīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ kiṃ ananuññātan ti bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave cha cīvarāni khomaṃ kappāsikaṃ koseyyaṃ kambalaṃ sāṇaṃ bhaṅgan ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena te bhikkhū gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyanti,

[page 282]
282 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 3. 2-4. 4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te kukkuccāyantā paṃsukūlaṃ na sādiyanti ekaṃ yeva bhagavatā cīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ na dve 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyantena paṃsukūlam pi sādituṃ, tadubhayena p'; āhaṃ bhikkhave santuṭṭhiṃ vaṇṇemīti. ||2||3||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti. ekacce bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce bhikkhū nāgamesuṃ. ye te bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya te paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu, ye te bhikkhū nāgamesuṃ te evaṃ āhaṃsu: amhākam pi āvuso bhāgaṃ dethā 'ti. te evaṃ āhaṃsu: na mayaṃ āvuso tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa tumhe nāgamitthā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave nāgamentānaṃ nākāmā bhāgaṃ dātun ti.
||1|| tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti. ekacce bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce bhikkhū āgamesuṃ. ye te bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya te paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu, ye te bhikkhū āgamesuṃ te evaṃ āhaṃsu: amhākam pi āvuso bhāgaṃ dethā 'ti. te evaṃ āhaṃsu: na mayaṃ āvuso tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa tumhe na okkamitthā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave āgamentānaṃ akāmā bhāgaṃ dātun ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti. ekacce bhikkhū paṭhamaṃ susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce bhikkhū pacchā okkamiṃsu. ye te bhikkhū paṭhamaṃ susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya te paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu, ye te bhikkhū pacchā okkamiṃsu te na labhiṃsu, te evaṃ āhaṃsu: amhākam pi āvuso bhāgaṃ dethā 'ti. te evaṃ āhaṃsu: na mayaṃ āvuso tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa tumhe pacchā okkamitthā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pacchā okkantānaṃ nākāmā bhāgaṃ dātun ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti. te sadisā susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce bhikkhū paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu, ekacce bhikkhū na labhiṃsu.

[page 283]
VIII. 4. 4-6. 1] MAHĀVAGGA. 283
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ye te bhikkhū na labhiṃsu te evaṃ āhaṃsu: amhākam pi āvuso bhāgaṃ dethā 'ti. te evaṃ āhaṃsu: na mayaṃ āvuso tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa tumhe na labhitthā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sadisānaṃ okkantānaṃ akāmā bhāgaṃ dātun ti.
||4|| tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti. te katikaṃ katvā susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce bhikkhū paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu, ekacce bhikkhū na labhiṃsu. ye te bhikkhū na labhiṃsu te evaṃ āhaṃsu: amhākam pi āvuso bhāgaṃ dethā 'ti. te evaṃ āhaṃsu: na mayaṃ āvuso tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa tumhe na labhitthā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave katikaṃ katvā okkantānaṃ akāmā bhāgaṃ dātun ti. ||5||4||
tena kho pana samayena manussā cīvaraṃ ādāya ārāmaṃ āgacchanti, te paṭiggāhakaṃ alabhamānā paṭiharanti, cīvaraṃ parittaṃ uppajjati. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarapaṭiggāhakaṃ sammannituṃ: yo na chandāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na dosāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na mohāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na bhayāgatiṃ gaccheyya, gahitāgahitaṃ ca jāneyya. ||1|| evaṃ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo: paṭhamaṃ bhikkhu yācitabbo, yācitvā vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarapaṭiggāhakaṃ sammanneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarapaṭiggāhakaṃ sammannati.
yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno cīvarapaṭiggāhakassa sammuti, so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. sammato saṃghena itthannāmo bhikkhu cīvarapaṭiggāhako. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||2||5||
tena kho pana samayena cīvarapaṭiggāhakā bhikkhū cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā tatth'; eva ujjhitvā pakkamanti, cīvaraṃ nassati. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvaranidāhakaṃ sammannituṃ:

[page 284]
284 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 6. 1-8. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yo na chandāgatiṃ gaccheyya . . . na bhayāgatiṃ gaccheyya nihitānihitaṃ ca jāneyya. ||1||
evaṃ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo: paṭhamaṃ bhikkhu yācitabbo, yācitvā vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvaranidāhakaṃ sammanneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvaranidāhakaṃ sammannati. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno cīvaranidāhakassa sammuti so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. sammato saṃghena itthannāmo bhikkhu cīvaranidāhako. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||2||6||
tena kho pana samayena cīvaranidāhakā bhikkhū maṇḍape pi rukkhamūle pi nimbakose pi cīvaraṃ nidahanti, undurehi pi upacikāhi pi khajjanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave bhaṇḍāgāraṃ sammannituṃ yaṃ saṃgho ākaṅkhati vihāraṃ vā aḍḍhayogaṃ vā pāsādaṃ vā hammiyaṃ vā guhaṃ vā. ||1|| evaṃ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ saṃgho itthannāmaṃ vihāraṃ bhaṇḍāgāraṃ sammanneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ vihāraṃ bhaṇḍāgāraṃ sammannati. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa vihārassa bhaṇḍāgārassa sammuti so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. sammato saṃghena itthannāmo vihāro bhaṇḍāgāraṃ. khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||2||7||
tena kho pana samayena saṃghassa bhaṇḍāgāre cīvaraṃ aguttaṃ hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ bhaṇḍāgārikaṃ sammannituṃ: yo na chandāgatiṃ gaccheyya . . . na bhayāgatiṃ gaccheyya guttāguttaṃ ca jāneyya. evaṃ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo -- la -sammato saṃghena itthannāmo bhikkhu bhaṇḍāgāriko.

[page 285]
VIII. 8. 1-10. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 285
khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
||1|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhaṇḍāgārikaṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave bhaṇḍāgāriko vuṭṭhāpetabbo. yo vuṭṭhāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2||8||
tena kho pana samayena saṃghassa bhaṇḍāgāre cīvaraṃ ussannaṃ hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sammukhībhūtena saṃghena bhājetun ti.
tena kho pana samayena sabbo saṃgho cīvaraṃ bhājento kolāhalaṃ akāsi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarabhājakaṃ sammannituṃ yo na chandāgatiṃ gaccheyya . . . na bhayāgatiṃ gaccheyya bhājitābhājitaṃ ca jāneyya. evaṃ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo -- la -sammato saṃghena itthannāmo bhikkhu cīvarabhājako.
khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
||1|| atha kho cīvarabhājakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kathaṃ nu kho cīvaraṃ bhājetabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave paṭhamaṃ uccinitvā tulayitvā vaṇṇāvaṇṇaṃ katvā bhikkhū gaṇetvā vaggaṃ bandhitvā cīvarapaṭivisaṃ ṭhapetun ti. atha kho cīvarabhājakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kathaṃ nu kho sāmaṇerānaṃ cīvarapaṭiviso dātabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sāmaṇerānaṃ upaḍḍhapaṭivisaṃ dātun ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sakena bhāgena uttaritukāmo hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave uttarantassa sakaṃ bhāgaṃ dātun ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu atirekabhāgena uttaritukāmo hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave anukkhepe dinne atirekabhāgaṃ dātun ti. ||3|| atha kho cīvarabhājakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kathaṃ nu kho cīvarapaṭiviso dātabbo āgatapaṭipāṭiyā nu kho udāhu yathāvuḍḍhan ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave vikalake tosetvā kusapātaṃ kātun ti. ||4||9||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū chakanena pi paṇḍumattikāya pi cīvaraṃ rajanti,

[page 286]
286 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 10. 1-11. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] cīvaraṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ hoti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave cha rajanāni mūlarajanaṃ khandharajanaṃ tacarajanaṃ pattarajanaṃ puppharajanaṃ phalarajanan ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sītunnakāya cīvaraṃ rajanti, cīvaraṃ duggandhaṃ hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave rajanaṃ pacituṃ cullarajanakumbhin ti. rajanaṃ uttariyati. anujānāmi bhikkhave uttarāḷumpaṃ bandhitun ti. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū na jānanti rajanaṃ pakkaṃ vā apakkaṃ vā. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave udake vā nakhapiṭṭhikāya vā thevakaṃ dātun ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū rajanaṃ oropentā kumbhiṃ āvajjanti, kumbhī bhijjati.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave rajanauḷuṅkaṃ daṇḍakathālikan ti. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ rajanabhājanaṃ na saṃvijjati. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave rajanakolambaṃ rajanaghaṭan ti. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū pātiyāpi patte pi cīvaraṃ sammaddanti, cīvaraṃ paribhijjati.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave rajanadoṇikan ti. ||3||10||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū chamāya cīvaraṃ pattharanti, cīvaraṃ paṃsukitaṃ hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave tiṇasanthārakan ti. tiṇasanthārako upacikāhi khajjati. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave cīvaravaṃsaṃ cīvararajjun ti. majjhena laggenti, rajanaṃ ubhato galati. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave kaṇṇe bandhitun ti. kaṇṇo jirati. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anujānāmi bhikkhave kaṇṇasuttakan ti. rajanaṃ ekato galati. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave samparivattakaṃ-samparivattakaṃ rajetuṃ na ca acchinne theve pakkamitun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena cīvaraṃ patthinnaṃ hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave udake osāretun ti. tena kho pana samayena cīvaraṃ pharusaṃ hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pāṇinā ākoṭetun ti.

[page 287]
VIII. 11. 2-13. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 287
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū acchinnakāni dhārenti dantakāsāvāni. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi nāma gihikāmabhogino 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave acchinnakāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2||11||
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Dakkhiṇāgiri tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. addasa kho bhagavā Magadhakhettaṃ accibandhaṃ pālibandhaṃ mariyādabandhaṃ siṅghāṭakabandhaṃ, disvāna āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: passasi no tvaṃ Ānanda Magadhakhettaṃ accibandhaṃ . . . siṅghāṭakabandhan ti. evaṃ bhante. ussahasi tvaṃ Ānanda bhikkhūnaṃ evarūpāni cīvarāni saṃvidahitun ti. ussahāmi bhagavā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā Dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā punad eva Rājagahaṃ paccāgacchi. atha kho āyasmā Ānando sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvarāni saṃvidahitvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: passatu me bhante bhagavā cīvarāni saṃvidahitānīti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammikathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: paṇḍito bhikkhave Ānando, mahāpañño bhikkhave Ānando, yatra hi nāma mayā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ ājānissati, kusim pi nāma karissati aḍḍhakusim pi nāma karissati maṇḍalam pi n. k. aḍḍhamaṇḍalam pi n. k. vivaṭṭam pi n. k. anuvivaṭṭam pi n. k. gīveyyakam pi n. k. jaṅgheyyakam pi n. k.
bāhantam pi n. k. chinnakaṃ ca bhavissati sattalūkhaṃ samaṇasāruppaṃ paccatthikānaṃ ca anabhijjhitaṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave chinnakaṃ saṃghāṭiṃ chinnakaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ chinnakaṃ antaravāsakan ti. ||2||12||
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Vesālī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. addasa kho bhagavā antarā ca Rājagahaṃ antarā ca Vesāliṃ addhānamaggapaṭipanno sambahule bhikkhū cīvarehi ubbhaṇḍite sīse pi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā khandhe pi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā kaṭiyāpi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā āgacchante, disvāna bhagavato etad ahosi: atilahuṃ kho ime moghapurisā cīvare bāhullāya āvattā,

[page 288]
288 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 13. 1-5.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvare sīmaṃ bandheyyaṃ mariyādaṃ ṭhapeyyan ti. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Vesālī tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Gotamake cetiye.
tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sītāsu hemantikāsu rattīsu antaraṭṭhakāsu himapātasamaye rattiṃ ajjhokāse ekacīvaro nisīdi, na bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ ahosi. nikkhante paṭhame yāme sītaṃ bhagavantaṃ ahosi. dutiyaṃ bhagavā cīvaraṃ pārupi, na bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ ahosi. nikkhante majjhime yāme sītaṃ bhagavantaṃ ahosi. tatiyaṃ bhagavā cīvaraṃ pārupi, na bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ ahosi. nikkhante pacchime yāme uddhate aruṇe nandimukhiyā rattiyā sītaṃ bhagavantaṃ ahosi. catutthaṃ bhagavā cīvaraṃ pārupi, na bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ ahosi. ||2|| atha kho bhagavato etad ahosi: ye pi kho te kulaputtā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye sītālukā sītabhīrukā te pi sakkonti ticīvarena yāpetuṃ. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvare sīmaṃ bandheyyaṃ mariyādaṃ ṭhapeyyaṃ ticīvaraṃ anujāneyyan ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: ||3|| idhāhaṃ bhikkhave antarā ca Rājagahaṃ antarā ca Vesāliṃ addhānamaggapaṭipanno addasaṃ sambahule bhikkhū cīvarehi ubbhaṇḍite sīse pi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā khandhe pi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā kaṭiyāpi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā āgacchante, disvāna me etad ahosi: atilahuṃ kho ime moghapurisā cīvare bahullāya āvattā, yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvare sīmaṃ bandheyyaṃ mariyādaṃ ṭhapeyyan ti. ||4|| idhāhaṃ bhikkhave sītāsu hemantikāsu rattīsu antaraṭṭhakāsu himapātasamaye rattiṃ ajjhokāse ekacīvaro nisīdiṃ, na maṃ sītaṃ ahosi. nikkhante paṭhame yāme sītaṃ maṃ ahosi. dutiyāhaṃ cīvaraṃ pārupiṃ na maṃ sītaṃ ahosi. nikkhante majjhime yāme sītaṃ maṃ ahosi. tatiyāhaṃ cīvaraṃ pārupiṃ, na maṃ sītaṃ ahosi.
nikkhante pacchime yāme uddhate aruṇe nandimukhiyā rattiyā sītaṃ maṃ ahosi. catutthāhaṃ cīvaraṃ pārupiṃ, na maṃ sītaṃ ahosi. tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave etad ahosi: ye pi kho te kulaputtā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye sītālukā sītabhīrukā te pi sakkonti ticīvarena yāpetuṃ. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvare sīmaṃ bandheyyaṃ mariyādaṃ ṭhapeyyaṃ ticīvaraṃ anujāneyyan ti.

[page 289]
VIII. 13. 5-14. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 289
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] anujānāmi bhikkhave ticīvaraṃ diguṇaṃ saṃghāṭiṃ ekacciyaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ ekacciyaṃ antaravāsakan ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā ticīvaraṃ anuññātan ti aññen'; eva ticīvarena gāmaṃ pavisanti, aññena ticīvarena ārāme acchanti, aññena ticīvarena nahānaṃ otaranti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū atirekacīvaraṃ dhāressantīti.
atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabbaṃ. yo dhāreyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo 'ti. ||6||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Ānandassa atirekacīvaraṃ uppannaṃ hoti āyasmā ca Ānando taṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato Sāriputtassa dātukāmo hoti āyasmā ca Sāriputto Sākete viharati. atha kho āyasmato Ānandassa etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ na atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabban ti, idaṃ ca me atirekacīvaraṃ uppannaṃ ahaṃ ca imaṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato Sāriputtassa dātukāmo āyasmā ca Sāriputto Sākete viharati. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti.
atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi: kīvaciraṃ panānanda Sāriputto āgacchissatīti. navamaṃ vā bhagavā divasaṃ dasamaṃ vā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretun ti. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ uppajjati. atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kathaṃ nu kho atirekacīvare paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave atirekacīvaraṃ vikappetun ti. ||8||13||
atha kho bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Bārāṇasī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Bārāṇasī tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati Isipatane migadāye.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno antaravāsako chiddo hoti. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā ticīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ diguṇā saṃghāṭī ekacciyo uttarāsaṅgo ekacciyo antaravāsako,

[page 290]
290 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 14. 1-15. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ayaṃ ca me antaravāsako chiddo. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ aggaḷaṃ acchupeyyaṃ samantato dupattaṃ bhavissati majjhe ekacciyan ti. ||1|| atha kho so bhikkhu aggaḷam acchupesi. addasa kho bhagavā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto taṃ bhikkhuṃ aggaḷaṃ acchupentaṃ, disvāna yena so bhikkhu ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā tam bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu karosīti.
aggaḷam bhagavā acchupemīti. sādhu sādhu bhikkhu, sādhu kho tvaṃ bhikkhu aggaḷaṃ acchupesīti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave ahatānaṃ dussānaṃ ahatakappānaṃ diguṇaṃ saṃghāṭiṃ ekacciyaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ ekacciyaṃ antaravāsakaṃ, utuddhaṭānaṃ dussānaṃ catuguṇaṃ saṃghāṭiṃ diguṇaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ diguṇaṃ antaravāsakaṃ. paṃsukūle yāvadatthaṃ pāpaṇike ussāho karaṇīyo. anujānāmi bhikkhave aggaḷaṃ tunnaṃ ovaṭṭikaṃ kaṇḍusakaṃ daḷhikamman ti. ||2||14||
atha kho bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Sāvatthi tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Visākhaṃ Migāramātaraṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi . . . sampahaṃsesi. atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā . . . sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: adhivāsetu me bhante bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena tassā rattiyā accayena cātuddīpiko mahāmegho pāvassi. atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: yathā bhikkhave Jetavane vassati evaṃ catūsu dīpesu vassati, ovassāpetha bhikkhave kāyaṃ, ayaṃ pacchimako cātuddīpiko mahāmegho 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā nikkhittacīvarā kāyaṃ ovassāpenti. ||2||

[page 291]
VIII. 15. 2-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 291
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā dāsiṃ āṇāpesi: gaccha je ārāmaṃ gantvā kālaṃ ārocehi kālo bhante niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. evaṃ ayye 'ti kho sā dāsī Visākhāya Migāramātuyā paṭisuṇitvā ārāmaṃ gantvā addasa bhikkhū nikkhittacīvare kāyaṃ ovassāpente, disvāna n'; atthi ārāme bhikkhū, ājīvakā kāyaṃ ovassāpentīti yena Visākhā Migāramātā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Visākhaṃ Migāramātaraṃ etad avoca: n'; atth'; ayye ārāme bhikkhū, ājīvakā kāyaṃ ovassāpentīti. atha kho Visākhāya Migāramātuyā paṇḍitāya viyattāya medhāviniyā etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ kho ayyā nikkhittacīvarā kāyaṃ ovassāpentīti, sāyaṃ bālā maññittha n'; atthi ārāme bhikkhū, ājāvakā kāyaṃ ovassāpentīti, dāsiṃ āṇāpesi: gaccha je ārāmaṃ gantvā kālaṃ ārocehi kālo bhante niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. ||3|| atha kho te bhikkhū gattāni sītikaritvā kallakāyā cīvarāni gahetvā yathāvihāraṃ pavisiṃsu. atha kho sā dāsī ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū apassantī n'; atthi ārāme bhikkhū, suñño ārāmo 'ti yena Visākhā Migāramātā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Visākhaṃ Migāramātaraṃ etad avoca: n'; atth'; ayye ārāme bhikkhū, suñño ārāmo 'ti. atha kho Visākhāya Migāramātuyā paṇḍitāya viyattāya medhāviniyā etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ kho ayyā gattāni sītikaritvā kallakāyā cīvarāni gahetvā yathāvihāraṃ paviṭṭhā, sāyaṃ bālā maññittha n'; atthi ārāme bhikkhū, suñño ārāmo 'ti dāsiṃ āṇāpesi: gaccha je ārāmaṃ gantvā kālaṃ ārocehi kālo bhante niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. ||4|| atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: sannahatha bhikkhave pattacīvaraṃ, kālo bhattassā 'ti.
evaṃ bhante ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ.
atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ sammiñjeyya evam eva Jetavane antarahito Visākhāya Migāramātuyā koṭṭhake pāturahosi. nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. ||5|| atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā, yatra hi nāma jannukamattesu pi oghesu pavattamānesu kaṭimattesu pi oghesu pavattamānesu na hi nāma ekabhikkhussa pi pādā vā cīvarāni vā allāni bhavissantīti haṭṭhā udaggā buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

[page 292]
292 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 15. 6 9.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho Visākhā Migāramātā bhagavantam etad avoca: aṭṭhāhaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ varāni yācāmīti. atikkantavarā kho Visākhe tathāgatā 'ti. yāni ca bhante kappiyāni yāni ca anavajjānīti. vadehi Visākhe 'ti.
||6|| icchām'; ahaṃ bhante saṃghassa yāvajīvaṃ vassikasāṭikaṃ dātuṃ, āgantukabhattaṃ dātuṃ, gamikabhattaṃ dātuṃ, gilānabhattaṃ dātuṃ, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ dātuṃ, gilānabhesajjaṃ dātuṃ, dhuvayāguṃ dātuṃ, bhikkhunīsaṃghassa udakasāṭikaṃ dātun ti. kiṃ pana tvaṃ Visākhe atthavasaṃ sampassamānā tathāgataṃ aṭṭha varāni yācasīti.
idhāhaṃ bhante dāsiṃ āṇāpesiṃ: gaccha je ārāmaṃ gantvā kālaṃ ārocehi kālo bhante niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti, atha kho sā bhante dāsī ārāmaṃ gantvā addasa bhikkhū nikkhittacīvare kāyaṃ ovassāpente, disvāna n'; atthi ārāme bhikkhū, ājīvakā kāyaṃ ovassāpentīti yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā maṃ etad avoca n'; atth'; ayye ārāme bhikkhū, ājīvakā kāyaṃ ovassāpentīti. asuci bhante naggiyaṃ paṭikkūlaṃ.
imāhaṃ bhante atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi saṃghassa yāvajīvaṃ vassikasāṭikaṃ dātuṃ. ||7|| puna ca paraṃ bhante āgantuko bhikkhu na vīthikusalo na gocarakusalo kilanto piṇḍāya carati. so me āgantukabhattaṃ bhuñjitvā vīthikusalo gocarakusalo akilanto piṇḍāya carissati. imāhaṃ bhante atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi saṃghassa yāvajīvaṃ āgantukabhattaṃ dātuṃ. puna ca paraṃ bhante gamiko bhikkhu attano bhattaṃ pariyesamāno satthā vā vihāyissati, yattha vā vāsaṃ gantukāmo bhavissati tattha vikāle upagacchissati kilanto addhānaṃ gamissati. so me gamikabhattaṃ bhuñjitvā satthā na vihāyissati, yattha vāsaṃ gantukāmo bhavissati tattha kālena upagacchissati akilanto addhānaṃ gamissati. imāhaṃ bhante atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi saṃghassa yāvajīvaṃ gamikabhattaṃ dātuṃ. ||8|| puna ca paraṃ bhante gilānassa bhikkhuno sappāyāni bhojanāni alabhantassa ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati kālaṃkiriyā vā bhavissati. tassa me gilānabhattaṃ bhuttassa ābādho na abhivaḍḍhissati kālaṃkiriyā na bhavissati.

[page 293]
VIII. 15. 9-13.] MAHĀVAGGA. 293
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] imāhaṃ bhante atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi saṃghassa yāvajīvaṃ gilānabhattaṃ dātuṃ. puna ca paraṃ bhante gilānupaṭṭhāko bhikkhu attano bhattaṃ pariyesamāno gilānassa ussūre bhattaṃ nīharissati bhattacchedaṃ karissati.
so me gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ bhuñjitvā gilānassa kālena bhattaṃ nīharissati bhattacchedaṃ na karissati. imāhaṃ bhante atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi saṃghassa yāvajīvaṃ gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ dātuṃ. ||9|| puna ca paraṃ bhante gilānassa bhikkhuno sappāyāni bhesajjāni alabhantassa ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati kālaṃkiriyā vā bhavissati.
tassa me gilānabhesajjaṃ paribhuttassa ābādho na abhivaḍḍhissati kālaṃkiriyā na bhavissati. imāhaṃ bhante atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi saṃghassa yāvajīvaṃ gilānabhesajjaṃ dātuṃ. puna ca paraṃ bhante bhagavatā Andhakavinde dasānisaṃse sampassamānena yāgu anuññātā. ty āhaṃ bhante ānisaṃse sampassamānā icchāmi saṃghassa yāvajīvaṃ dhuvayāguṃ dātuṃ. ||10||
idha bhante bhikkhuniyo Aciravatiyā nadiyā vesiyāhi saddhiṃ naggā ekatitthe nahāyanti. tā bhante vesiyā bhikkhuniyo uppaṇḍesuṃ: kiṃ nu kho nāma tumhākaṃ ayye daharānaṃ brahmacariyaṃ ciṇṇena, nanu nāma kāmā paribhuñjitabbā, yadā jiṇṇā bhavissanti tadā brahmacariyaṃ carissatha, evaṃ tumhākaṃ ubho antā pariggahitā bhavissantīti. tā bhante bhikkhuniyo vesiyāhi uppaṇḍiyamānā maṅkū ahesuṃ. asuci bhante mātugāmassa naggiyaṃ jegucchaṃ paṭikkūlaṃ. imāhaṃ bhante atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi bhikkhunīsaṃghassa yāvajīvaṃ udakasāṭikaṃ dātun ti. ||11|| kiṃ pana tvaṃ Visākhe ānisaṃsam sampassamānā tathāgataṃ aṭṭha varāni yācasīti. idha bhante disāsu vassaṃ vutthā bhikkhū Sāvatthiṃ āgacchissanti bhagavantaṃ dassanāya, te bhagavantaṃ upasaṃkamitvā pucchissanti: itthannāmo bhante bhikkhu kālaṃkato, tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo 'ti. taṃ bhagavā vyākarissati sotāpattiphale vā sakadāgāmiphale vā anāgāmiphale vā arahattaphale vā. ty āhaṃ upasaṃkamitvā pucchissāmi: āgatapubbā nu kho bhante tena ayyena Sāvatthīti. ||12||
sace 'me vakkhanti āgatapubbā tena bhikkhunā Sāvatthīti, niṭṭhaṃ ettha gacchissāmi nissaṃsayaṃ paribhuttaṃ tena ayyena vassikasāṭikā vā āgantukabhattaṃ vā gamikabhattaṃ vā gilānabhattaṃ vā gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā gilānabhesajjaṃ vā dhuvayāgu vā 'ti.

[page 294]
294 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 15. 13-16. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tassā me tad anussarantiyā pāmujjaṃ jāyissati, pamuditāya pīti jāyissati, pītimanāya kāyo passambhissati, passaddhakāyā sukhaṃ vedayissāmi, sukhiniyā cittaṃ samādhiyissati, sā me bhavissati indriyabhāvanā balabhāvanā bojjhaṅgabhāvanā. imāhaṃ bhante ānisaṃsaṃ sampassamānā tathāgataṃ aṭṭha varāni yācāmīti.
||13|| sādhu sādhu Visākhe, sādhu kho tvaṃ Visākhe imaṃ ānisaṃsaṃ sampassamānā tathāgataṃ aṭṭha varāni yācasi.
anujānāmi te Visākhe aṭṭha varānīti. atha kho bhagavā Visākhaṃ Migāramātaraṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:
yā annapānaṃ atipamoditā sīlūpapannā sugatassa sāvikā
dadāti dānaṃ abhibhuyya maccheraṃ sovaggikaṃ sokanudaṃ sukhāvahaṃ, |
dibbaṃ sā labhate āyuṃ āgamma maggaṃ virajaṃ anaṅganaṃ,
sā puññakāmā sukhinī anāmayā saggamhi kāyamhi ciraṃ pamodatīti.
atha kho bhagavā Visākhaṃ Migāramātaraṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||14|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave vassikasāṭikaṃ āgantukabhattaṃ gamikabhattaṃ gilānabhattaṃ gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ gilānabhesajjaṃ dhuvayāguṃ bhikkhunīsaṃghassa udakasāṭikan ti. ||15||15||
Visākhābhāṇavāraṃ.
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū paṇītāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā muṭṭhassatī asampajānā niddaṃ okkamenti, tesaṃ muṭṭhassatīnaṃ asampajānānaṃ niddaṃ okkamantānaṃ supinantena asuci muccati, senāsanaṃ asucinā makkhiyati. atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā Ānandena pacchāsamaṇena senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto addasa senāsanaṃ asucinā makkhitaṃ, disvāna āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: kiṃ etaṃ Ānanda senāsanaṃ makkhitan ti. etarahi bhante bhikkhū paṇītāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā muṭṭhassatī asampajānā niddaṃ okkamenti,

[page 295]
VIII. 16. 1-17. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 295
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tesaṃ . . . asuci muccati, tayidaṃ bhagavā senāsanaṃ asucinā makkhitan ti. ||1|| evam etaṃ Ānanda evam etaṃ Ānanda, muccati hi Ānanda muṭṭhassatīnaṃ asampajānānaṃ niddaṃ okkamantānaṃ supinantena asuci. ye te Ānanda bhikkhū upaṭṭhitasatī sampajānā niddaṃ okkamenti tesaṃ asuci na muccati, ye pi te Ānanda puthujjanā kāmesu vītarāgā tesam pi asuci na muccati. aṭṭhānam etaṃ Ānanda anavakāso yaṃ arahato asuci mucceyyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: idhāhaṃ bhikkhave Ānandena pacchāsamaṇena senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto addasaṃ senāsanaṃ asucinā makkhitaṃ, disvāna Ānandaṃ āmantesiṃ: kiṃ etaṃ Ānanda . . . (= 1,2) . . . arahato asuci mucceyyā 'ti. ||2|| pañc'; ime bhikkhave ādīnavā muṭṭhassatissa asampajānassa niddaṃ okkamayato: dukkhaṃ supati, dukkhaṃ paṭibujjhati, pāpakaṃ supinaṃ passati, devatā na rakkhanti, asuci muccati.
ime kho bhikkhave pañca ādīnavā muṭṭhassatissa asampajānassa niddaṃ okkamayato. pañc'; ime bhikkhave ānisaṃsā upaṭṭhitasatissa sampajānassa niddaṃ okkamayato: sukhaṃ supati, sukhaṃ paṭibujjhati, na pāpakaṃ supinaṃ passati, devatā rakkhanti, asuci na muccati. ime kho bhikkhave pañca ānisaṃsā upaṭṭhitasatissa sampajānassa niddaṃ okkamayato. anujānāmi bhikkhave kāyaguttiyā cīvaraguttiyā senāsanaguttiyā nisīdanan ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena atikhuddakaṃ nisīdanaṃ na sabbaṃ senāsanaṃ gopeti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave yāvamahantaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ ākaṅkhati tāvamahantaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ kātun ti. ||4||16||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Ānandassa upajjhāyassa āyasmato Belaṭṭhasīsassa thullakacchābādho hoti.
tassa lasikāya cīvarāni kāye lagganti, tāni bhikkhū udakena temetvā-temetvā apakaḍḍhanti. addasa kho bhagavā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto te bhikkhū tāni cīvarāni udakena temetvā-temetvā apakaḍḍhante, disvāna yena te bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te bhikkhū etad avoca: kiṃ imassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno ābādho 'ti. imassa bhante āyasmato thullakacchābādho,

[page 296]
296 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 17. 1-20. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] lasikāya cīvarāni kāye lagganti, tāni mayaṃ udakena temetvā-temetvā apakaḍḍhāmā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave yassa kaṇḍu vā piḷakā vā assāvo vā thullakacchu vā ābādho kaṇḍupaṭicchādin ti.
||1||17||
atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā mukhapuñchanacolakaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho Visākhā Migāramātā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: paṭigaṇhātu me bhante bhagavā mukhapuñchanacolakaṃ yaṃ mama assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā 'ti. paṭiggahesi bhagavā mukhapuñchanacolakaṃ. atha kho bhagavā Visākhaṃ Migāramātaraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi . . . sampahaṃsesi. atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā . . . sampahaṃsitā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave mukhapuñchanacolakan ti. ||1||18||
tena kho pana samayena Rojo Mallo āyasmato Ānandassa sahāyo hoti. Rojassa Mallassa khomapilotikā āyasmato Ānandassa hatthe nikkhittā hoti āyasmato ca Ānandassa khomapilotikāya attho hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatassa vissāsaṃ gahetuṃ: sandiṭṭho ca hoti sambhatto ca ālapito ca jīvati ca jānāti gahite me attamano bhavissatīti. anujānāmi bhikkhave imehi pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgatassa vissāsaṃ gahetun ti. ||1||19||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ hoti ticīvaraṃ attho ca hoti parissāvanehi pi thavikāhi pi.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave parikkhāracolakan ti. ||1|| atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: yāni tāni bhagavatā anuññātāni ticīvaran ti vā vassikasāṭikā 'ti vā nisīdanan ti vā paccattharaṇan ti vā kaṇḍupaṭicchādīti vā mukhapuñchanacolakan ti vā parikkhāracolakan ti vā,

[page 297]
VIII. 20. 2-22. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 297
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sabbāni tāni adhiṭṭhātabbāni nu kho udāhu vikappetabbānīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ, vassikasāṭikaṃ vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ tato paraṃ vikappetuṃ, nisīdanaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ, paccattharaṇaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ, kaṇḍupaṭicchādiṃ yāva ābādhā adhiṭṭhātuṃ tato paraṃ vikappetuṃ, mukhapuñchanacolakaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ, parikkhāracolakaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetun ti. ||2||20||
atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kittakaṃ pacchimaṃ nu kho cīvaraṃ vikappetabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave āyāmena aṭṭhaṅgulaṃ sugataṅgulena caturaṅgulaṃ vitthataṃ pacchimaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetun ti. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Mahākassapassa paṃsukūlakato garuko hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave suttalūkhaṃ kātun ti. vikaṇṇo hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave vikaṇṇaṃ uddharitun ti. suttā okiriyanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave anuvātaṃ paribhaṇḍaṃ āropetun ti. tena kho pana samayena saṃghāṭiyā pattā lujjanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave aṭṭhapadakaṃ kātun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno ticīvare kayiramāne sabbaṃ chinnakaṃ na ppahoti.
anujānāmi bhikkhave dve chinnakāni ekaṃ acchinnakan ti.
dve chinnakāni ekaṃ achinnakaṃ na ppahoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave dve acchinnakāni ekaṃ chinnakan ti. dve acchinnakāni ekaṃ chinnakaṃ na ppahoti. anujānāmi bhikkhave anvādhikam pi āropetuṃ. na ca bhikkhave sabbaṃ acchinnakaṃ dhāretabbaṃ. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2||21||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno bahuṃ cīvaraṃ uppannaṃ hoti so ca taṃ cīvaraṃ mātāpitunnaṃ dātukāmo hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. mātāpitaro hi kho bhikkhave dadamāne kiṃ vadeyyāma. anujānāmi bhikkhave mātāpitunnaṃ dātuṃ.

[page 298]
298 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 22. 1-24. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] na ca bhikkhave saddhādeyyaṃ vinipātetabbaṃ. yo vinipāteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||22||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Andhavane cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
corā taṃ cīvaraṃ avahariṃsu. so bhikkhu duccolo hoti lūkhacīvaro. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: kissa tvaṃ āvuso duccolo lūkhacīvaro 'ti. idhāhaṃ āvuso Andhavane cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃ, corā taṃ cīvaraṃ avahariṃsu, tenāhaṃ duccolo lūkhacīvaro 'ti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave santaruttarena gāmo pavisitabbo. yo paviseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Ānando asatiyā santaruttarena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad avocuṃ: nanu kho āvuso Ānanda bhagavatā paññattaṃ na santaruttarena gāmo pavisitabbo 'ti.
kissa tvaṃ āvuso santaruttarena gāmaṃ paviṭṭho 'ti. saccaṃ āvuso bhagavatā paññattaṃ na santaruttarena gāmo pavisitabbo 'ti, api cāhaṃ asatiyā paviṭṭho 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||2|| pañc'; ime bhikkhave paccayā saṃghāṭiyā nikkhepāya: gilāno vā hoti, vassikasaṃketaṃ vā hoti, nadīpāraṃ gantuṃ vā hoti, aggaḷagutti vihāro vā hoti, atthatakaṭhinaṃ vā hoti. ime kho bhikkhave pañca paccayā saṃghāṭiyā nikkhepāya. pañc'; ime bhikkhave paccayā uttarāsaṅgassa antaravāsakassa nikkhepāya: gilāno vā . . . atthatakaṭhinaṃ vā hoti. ime kho bhikkhave pañca paccayā uttarāsaṅgassa antaravāsakassa nikkhepāya. pañc'; ime bhikkhave paccayā vassikasāṭikāya nikkhepāya: gilāno vā hoti, nissīmaṃ gantuṃ vā hoti, nadīpāraṃ gantuṃ vā hoti, aggaḷagutti vihāro vā hoti, vassikasāṭikā akatā vā hoti vippakatā vā. ime kho bhikkhave pañca paccayā vassikasāṭikāya nikkhepāyā 'ti. ||3||23||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu eko vassaṃ vasi. tattha manussā saṃghassa demā 'ti cīvarāni adaṃsu.
atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ catuvaggo pacchimo saṃgho 'ti, ahaṃ c'; amhi ekako, ime ca manussā saṃghassa demā 'ti cīvarāni adaṃsu.

[page 299]
VIII. 24. 1-6.] MAHĀVAGGA. 299
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yaṃ nūnāhaṃ imāni saṃghikāni cīvarāni Sāvatthiṃ hareyyan ti. atha kho so bhikkhu tāni cīvarāni ādāya Sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. tuyh'; eva bhikkhu tāni cīvarāni yāva kaṭhinassa ubbhārāyā 'ti. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu eko vassaṃ vasati. tattha manussā saṃghassa demā 'ti cīvarāni denti. anujānāmi bhikkhave tass'; eva tāni cīvarāni yāva kaṭhinassa ubbhārāyā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu utukālaṃ eko vasi. tattha manussā saṃghassa demā 'ti cīvarāni adaṃsu. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ catuvaggo pacchimo saṃgho 'ti, ahaṃ c'; amhi ekako, ime ca manussā saṃghassa demā 'ti cīvarāni adaṃsu. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ imāni saṃghikāni cīvarāni Sāvatthiṃ hareyyan ti. atha kho so bhikkhū tāni cīvarāni ādāya Sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave sammukhībhūtena saṃghena bhājetuṃ. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu utukālaṃ eko vasati. tattha manussā saṃghassa demā 'ti cīvarāni denti. anujānāmi bhikkhave tena bhikkhunā tāni cīvarāni adhiṭṭhātuṃ mayh'; imāni cīvarānīti. tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno taṃ cīvaraṃ anadhiṭṭhitena añño bhikkhu āgacchati, samako dātabbo bhāgo. tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhūhi taṃ cīvaraṃ bhājiyamāne apātite kuse añño bhikkhu āgacchati, samako dātabbo bhāgo. tehi ce bhikkhave bhikkhūhi taṃ cīvaraṃ bhājiyamāne pātite kuse añño bhikkhu āgacchati, nākāmā dātabbo bhāgo 'ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena dve bhātukā therā āyasmā ca Isidāso āyasmā ca Isibhatto Sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃ vutthā aññataraṃ gāmakāvāsaṃ agamaṃsu. manussā cirassāpi therā āgatā 'ti sacīvarāni bhattāni adaṃsu. āvāsikā bhikkhū there pucchiṃsu: imāni bhante saṃghikāni cīvarāni there āgamma uppannāni, sādiyissanti therā bhāgan ti. therā evaṃ āhaṃsu: yathā kho mayaṃ āvuso bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāma tumhākaṃ yeva tāni cīvarāni yāva kaṭhinassa ubbhārāyā 'ti.
||5|| tena kho pana samayena tayo bhikkhū Rājagahe vassaṃ vasanti. tattha manussā saṃghassa demā 'ti cīvarāni denti. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā paññattaṃ catuvaggo pacchimo saṃgho 'ti,

[page 300]
300 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 24. 6-25. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] mayaṃ c'; amhā tayo janā, ime ca manussā saṃghassa demā 'ti cīvarāni denti.
kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban ti. tena kho pana samayena sambahulā therā āyasmā ca Nilavāsī āyasmā ca Sāṇavāsī āyasmā ca Gopako āyasmā ca Bhagu āyasmā ca Phalikasandāno Pāṭaliputte viharanti Kukkuṭārāme. atha kho te bhikkhū Pāṭaliputtaṃ gantvā there pucchiṃsu. therā evaṃ āhaṃsu: yathā kho mayaṃ āvuso bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāma tumhākaṃ yeva tāni cīvarāni yāva kaṭhinassa ubbhārāyā 'ti.
||6||24||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto Sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃ vuttho aññataraṃ gāmakāvāsaṃ agamāsi. tattha bhikkhū civaraṃ bhājetukāmā sannipatiṃsu. te evaṃ āhaṃsu: imāni kho āvuso saṃghikāni cīvarāni bhājiyissanti, sādiyissasi bhāgan ti. āmāvuso sādiyissāmīti tato cīvarabhāgaṃ gahetvā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ agamāsi. tattha pi bhikkhū cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā sannipatiṃsu. te pi evaṃ āhaṃsu: imāni kho āvuso saṃghikāni cīvarāni bhājiyissanti, sādiyissasi bhāgan ti. āmāvuso sādiyissāmīti tato pi cīvarabhāgaṃ gahetvā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ agamāsi. tattha pi bhikkhū cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā sannipatiṃsu. te pi evaṃ āhaṃsu: imāni kho āvuso saṃghikāni cīvarāni bhājiyissanti, sādiyissasi bhāgan ti. āmāvuso sādiyissāmīti tato pi cīvarabhāgaṃ gahetvā mahantaṃ cīvarabhaṇḍikaṃ ādāya punad eva Sāvatthiṃ paccāgacchi. ||1||
bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: mahāpuñño 'si tvaṃ āvuso Upananda, bahuṃ te cīvaraṃ uppannan ti. kuto me āvuso puññaṃ, idhāhaṃ āvuso Sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃ vuttho aññataraṃ gāmakāvāsaṃ agamāsiṃ, tattha bhikkhū cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā sannipatiṃsu, te maṃ evaṃ āhaṃsu: imāni kho āvuso saṃghikāni cīvarāni bhājiyissanti, sādiyissasi bhāgan ti.
āmāvuso sādiyissāmīti tato cīvarabhāgaṃ gahetvā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ agamāsiṃ, tattha pi bhikkhū cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā sannipatiṃsu, te pi maṃ evaṃ āhaṃsu: imāni kho āvuso saṃghikāni cīvarāni bhājiyissanti, sādiyissasi bhāgan ti, āmāvuso sādiyissāmīti tato pi cīvarabhāgaṃ gahetvā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ agamāsiṃ,

[page 301]
VIII. 25. 2-26. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 301
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tattha pi bhikkhū cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā sannipatiṃsu, te pi maṃ evaṃ āhaṃsu: imāni . . . sādiyissāmīti tato pi cīvarabhāgaṃ aggahesiṃ, evaṃ me bahuṃ cīvaraṃ uppannan ti. ||2|| kiṃ pana tvaṃ āvuso Upananda aññatra vassaṃ vuttho aññatra cīvarabhāgaṃ sādiyissasīti.
evaṃ āvuso 'ti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto aññatra vassaṃ vuttho aññatra cīvarabhāgaṃ sādiyissatīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Upananda aññatra vassaṃ vuttho aññatra cīvarabhāgaṃ sādiyīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa aññatra vassaṃ vuttho aññatra cīvarabhāgaṃ sādiyissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave aññatra vassaṃ vutthena aññatra cīvarabhāgo sāditabbo. yo sādiyeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto eko dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ vasi evaṃ me bahuṃ cīvaraṃ uppajjissatīti. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: kathaṃ nu kho āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa cīvarapaṭiviso dātabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. detha bhikkhave moghapurisassa ekādhippāyaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu eko dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ vasati evaṃ me bahuṃ cīvaraṃ uppajjissatīti. sace amutra upaḍḍhaṃ amutra upaḍḍhaṃ vasati, amutra upaḍḍho amutra upaḍḍho cīvarapaṭiviso dātabbo, yattha vā pana bahutaraṃ vasati tato cīvarapaṭiviso dātabbo 'ti. ||4||25||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno kucchivikārābādho hoti, so sake muttakarīse palipanno seti. atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā Ānandena pacchāsamaṇena senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto yena tassa bhikkhuno vihāro ten'; upasaṃkami. addasa kho bhagavā taṃ bhikkhuṃ sake muttakarīse palipannaṃ sayamānaṃ, disvāna yena so bhikkhu ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kiṃ te bhikkhu ābādho 'ti. kucchivikāro me bhagavā 'ti. atthi pana te bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko 'ti. n'; atthi bhagavā 'ti.

[page 302]
302 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 26. 1-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kissa taṃ bhikkhū na upaṭṭhentīti. ahaṃ kho bhante bhikkhūnaṃ akārako, tena maṃ bhikkhū na upaṭṭhentīti.
||1|| atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: gacchānanda udakaṃ āhara, imaṃ bhikkhuṃ nahāpessāmā 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā udakaṃ āharitvā bhagavā udakaṃ āsiñci āyasmā Ānando paridhovi, bhagavā sīsato aggahesi āyasmā Ānando pādato uccāretvā mañcake nipātesuṃ. ||2|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi: atthi bhikkhave amukasmiṃ vihāre bhikkhu gilāno 'ti. atthi bhagavā 'ti. kiṃ tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno ābādho 'ti. tassa bhante āyasmato kucchivikārābādho 'ti. atthi pana bhikkhave tassa bhikkhuno upaṭṭhāko 'ti. n'; atthi bhagavā 'ti. kissa taṃ bhikkhū na upaṭṭhentīti. eso bhante bhikkhu {bhikkhūnaṃ} akārako, tena taṃ bhikkhū na upaṭṭhentīti. n'; atthi te bhikkhave mātā n'; atthi pitā ye te upaṭṭhaheyyuṃ. tumhe ce bhikkhave aññamaññaṃ na upaṭṭhahissatha atha ko carahi upaṭṭhahissati. yo bhikkhave maṃ upaṭṭhaheyya so gilānaṃ upaṭṭhaheyya. ||3|| sace upajjhāyo hoti upajjhāyena yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānassa āgametabbaṃ. sace ācariyo hoti ācariyena yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānassa āgametabbaṃ. sace saddhivihāriko hoti . . . sace antevāsiko hoti . . . sace samānupajjhāyako hoti . . . sace samānācariyako hoti samānācariyakena yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānassa āgametabbaṃ. sace na hoti upajjhāyo vā ācariyo vā saddhivihāriko vā antevāsiko vā samānupajjhāyako vā samānācariyako vā saṃghena upaṭṭhātabbo. no ce upaṭṭhaheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||4|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgato gilāno dupaṭṭhāko hoti: asappāyakārī hoti, sappāye mattaṃ na jānāti, bhesajjaṃ na paṭisevitā hoti, atthakāmassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa yathābhūtaṃ ābādhaṃ nāvikattā hoti abhikkamantaṃ vā abhikkamatīti paṭikkamantaṃ vā paṭikkamatīti ṭhitaṃ vā ṭhito 'ti, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātiko hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgato gilāno dupaṭṭhāko hoti. ||5|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgato gilāno supaṭṭhāko hoti:

[page 303]
VIII. 26. 6-27. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 303
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] sappāyakārī hoti, sappāye mattaṃ jānāti, bhesajjaṃ paṭisevitā hoti, atthakāmassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa yathābhūtaṃ ābādhaṃ āvikattā hoti abhikkamantaṃ vā abhikkamatīti paṭikkamantaṃ vā paṭikkamatīti ṭhitaṃ vā ṭhito 'ti, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgato gilāno supaṭṭhāko hoti. ||6|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgato gilānupaṭṭhāko nālaṃ gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ: na paṭibalo hoti bhesajjaṃ vidhātuṃ, sappāyāsappāyaṃ na jānāti asappāyaṃ upanāmeti sappāyaṃ apanāmeti, āmisantaro gilānaṃ upaṭṭhāti no mettacitto, jegucchi hoti uccāraṃ vā passāvaṃ vā kheḷaṃ vā vantaṃ vā nīhātuṃ, na paṭibalo hoti gilānaṃ kālena kālaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṃ . . . sampahaṃsetuṃ. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgato gilānupaṭṭhāko nālaṃ gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ. ||7|| pañcahi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgato gilānupaṭṭhāko alaṃ gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ: paṭibalo hoti bhesajjaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ, sappāyāsappāyaṃ jānāti asappāyaṃ apanāmeti sappāyaṃ upanāmeti, mettacitto gilānaṃ upaṭṭhāti no āmisantaro, ajegucchi hoti uccāraṃ vā passāvaṃ vā kheḷaṃ vā vantaṃ vā nīhātuṃ, paṭibalo hoti gilānaṃ kālena kālaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṃ . . . sampahaṃsetuṃ. imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgato gilānupaṭṭhāko alaṃ gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātun ti. ||8||26||
tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū Kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti. te aññataraṃ āvāsaṃ upagacchiṃsu, tattha aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhagavatā kho āvuso gilānupaṭṭhānaṃ vaṇṇitaṃ, handa mayaṃ āvuso imaṃ bhikkhuṃ upaṭṭhahemā 'ti, te taṃ upaṭṭhahiṃsu. so tehi upaṭṭhahiyamāno kālam akāsi. atha kho te bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1|| bhikkhussa bhikkhave kālaṃ kate saṃgho sāmī pattacīvare. api ca gilānupaṭṭhākā bahūpakārā. anujānāmi bhikkhave saṃghena ticīvaraṃ ca pattaṃ ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ dātuṃ.

[page 304]
304 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 27. 2-4.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evaṃ ca pana bhikkhave dātabbaṃ: tena gilānupaṭṭhākena bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam assa vacanīyo: itthannāmo bhante bhikkhu kālaṃ kato, idaṃ tassa ticīvaraṃ ca patto cā 'ti. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. itthannāmo bhikkhu kālaṃ kato, idaṃ tassa ticīvaraṃ ca patto ca. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ saṃgho imaṃ ticīvaraṃ ca pattaṃ ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
itthannāmo bhikkhu kālaṃ kato, idaṃ tassa ticīvaraṃ ca patto ca. saṃgho imaṃ ticīvaraṃ ca pattaṃ ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati imassa ticīvarassa ca pattassa ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ dānaṃ so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. dinnaṃ idaṃ saṃghena ticīvaraṃ ca patto ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro sāmaṇero kālaṃ kato hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. sāmaṇerassa bhikkhave kālaṃ kate saṃgho sāmī pattacīvare. api ca gilānupaṭṭhākā bahūpakārā. anujānāmi bhikkhave saṃghena cīvaraṃ ca pattaṃ ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ dātuṃ. evaṃ ca pana bhikkhave dātabbaṃ: tena gilānupaṭṭhākena bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evam assa vacanīyo: itthannāmo bhante sāmaṇero kālaṃ kato, idaṃ tassa cīvaraṃ ca patto cā 'ti. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
itthannāmo sāmaṇero kālaṃ kato, idaṃ tassa cīvaraṃ ca patto ca. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho imaṃ cīvaraṃ ca pattaṃ ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. itthannāmo sāmaṇero kālaṃ kato, idaṃ tassa cīvaraṃ ca patto ca. saṃgho imaṃ cīvaraṃ ca pattaṃ ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ deti. yassāyasmato khamati imassa cīvarassa ca pattassa ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ dānaṃ so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. dinnaṃ idaṃ saṃghena cīvaraṃ ca patto ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ.
khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
||3|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu ca sāmaṇero ca gilānaṃ upaṭṭhahiṃsu. so tehi upaṭṭhahiyamāno kālam akāsi. atha kho tassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi:

[page 305]
VIII. 27. 4-28. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 305
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] kathaṃ nu kho gilānupaṭṭhākassa sāmaṇerassa cīvarapaṭiviso dātabbo 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānupaṭṭhākassa sāmaṇerassa samakaṃ paṭivisaṃ dātun ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu bahubhaṇḍo bahuparikkhāro kālaṃ kato hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
bhikkhussa bhikkhave kālaṃ kate saṃgho sāmī pattacīvare. api ca gilānupaṭṭhākā bahūpakārā. anujānāmi bhikkhave saṃghena ticīvaraṃ ca pattaṃ ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ dātuṃ, yaṃ tattha lahubhaṇḍaṃ lahuparikkhāraṃ taṃ sammukhībhūtena saṃghena bhājetuṃ, yaṃ tattha garubhaṇḍaṃ garuparikkhāraṃ taṃ āgatānāgatassa cātuddisassa saṃghassa avissajjikaṃ avebhaṅgikan ti.
||5||27||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu naggo hutvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: bhagavā hi bhante anekapariyāyena appicchassa santuṭṭhassa sallekhassa dhutassa pāsādikassa apacayassa viriyārambhassa vaṇṇavādī. idaṃ bhante naggiyaṃ anekapariyāyena appicchatāya santuṭṭhiyā sallekhāya dhutattāya pāsādikatāya apacayāya viriyārambhāya saṃvattati.
sādhu bhante bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ naggiyaṃ anujānātū 'ti.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ moghapurisa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa naggiyaṃ titthiyasamādānaṃ samādiyissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave naggiyaṃ titthiyasamādānaṃ samādiyitabbaṃ. yo samādiyeyya, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kusacīraṃ nivāsetvā --la-- vākacīraṃ nivāsetvā, phalakacīraṃ nivāsetvā, kesakambalaṃ nivāsetvā, vālakambalaṃ nivāsetvā, ulūkapakkhaṃ nivāsetvā --la-- ajinakkhipaṃ nivāsetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: bhagavā bhante anekapariyāyena appicchassa . . . vaṇṇavādī. idaṃ bhante ajinakkhipaṃ anekapariyāyena appicchatāya . . . saṃvattati. sādhu bhante bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ ajinakkhipaṃ anujānātū 'ti.

[page 306]
306 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 28. 2-30. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] vigarahi . . . akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa ajinakkhipaṃ titthiyadhajaṃ dhāressasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. {vigarahitvā} dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave ajinakkhipaṃ titthiyadhajaṃ dhāretabbaṃ. yo dhāreyya, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu akkanālaṃ nivāsetvā --la-- potthakaṃ nivāsetvā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: bhagavā bhante anekapariyāyena appicchassa . . . vaṇṇavādī. ayaṃ bhante potthako anekapariyāyena appicchatāya . . . saṃvattati. sādhu bhante bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ potthakaṃ anujānātū 'ti. vigarahi . . . akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa potthakaṃ nivāsessasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave potthako nivāsetabbo. yo nivāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3||28||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sabbanīlakāni cīvarāni dhārenti, sabbapītakāni cīvarāni dhārenti, sabbalohitakāni cīvarāni dhārenti, sabbamañjeṭṭhakāni cīvarāni dhārenti, sabbakaṇhāni cīvarāni dhārenti, sabbamahāraṅgarattāni cīvarāni dhārenti, sabbamahānāmarattāni cīvarāni dhārenti, acchinnadasāni cīvarāni dhārenti, dīghadasāni cīvarāni dhārenti, pupphadasāni cīvarāni dhārenti, phaṇadasāni cīvarāni dhārenti, kañcukaṃ dhārenti, tirīṭakaṃ dhārenti, veṭhanaṃ dhārenti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave sabbanīlakāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni, na sabbapītakāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni . . . na kañcukaṃ dhāretabbaṃ, na tirīṭakaṃ dhāretabbaṃ, na veṭhanaṃ dhāretabbaṃ. yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||29||
tena kho pana samayena vassaṃ vutthā bhikkhū anuppanne cīvare pakkamanti pi,

[page 307]
VIII. 30. 1-4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 307
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] vibbhamanti pi, kālam pi karonti, sāmaṇerāpi paṭijānanti, sikkhaṃ paccakkhātakāpi paṭijānanti, antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannakāpi paṭijānanti, ummattakāpi p., khittacittāpi p., vedanaṭṭāpi p., āpattiyā adassane ukkhittakāpi p., āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittakāpi p., pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittakāpi p., paṇḍakāpi p., theyyasaṃvāsakāpi p., titthiyapakkantakāpi p., tiracchānagatāpi p., mātughātakāpi p., pitughātakāpi p., arahantaghātakāpi p., bhikkhunīdūsakāpi p., saṃghabhedakāpi p., lohituppādakāpi p., ubhatovyañjanakāpi paṭijānanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vuttho bhikkhu anuppanne cīvare pakkamati. sante paṭirūpe gāhake dātabbaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vuttho bhikkhu anuppanne cīvare vibbhamati, kālaṃ karoti, sāmaṇero paṭijānāti, sikkhaṃ paccakkhātako paṭijānāti, antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannako paṭijānāti. saṃgho sāmī. idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vuttho bhikkhu anuppanne cīvare ummattako paṭijānāti, . . . pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako paṭijānāti. sante paṭirūpe gāhake dātabbaṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vuttho bhikkhu anuppanne cīvare paṇḍako paṭijānāti, . . . ubhatovyañjanako paṭijānāti.
saṃgho sāmī. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vuttho bhikkhu uppanne cīvare abhājite pakkamati. sante paṭirūpe gāhake dātabbaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vuttho bhikkhu uppanne cīvare abhājite vibbhamati, . . . antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannako paṭijānāti. saṃgho sāmī. idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vuttho bhikkhu uppanne cīvare abhājite ummattako paṭijānāti, . . . pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako paṭijānāti. sante paṭirūpe gāhake dātabbaṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vuttho bhikkhu uppanne cīvare abhājite paṇḍako paṭijānāti . . . ubhatovyañjanako paṭijānāti. saṃgho sāmī. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anuppanne cīvare saṃgho bhijjati.
tattha manussā ekasmiṃ pakkhe udakaṃ denti ekasmiṃ pakkhe cīvaraṃ denti saṃghassa demā 'ti. saṃghass'; ev'; etaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anuppanne cīvare saṃgho bhijjati. tattha manussā ekasmiṃ pakkhe udakaṃ denti, tasmiṃ yeva pakkhe cīvaraṃ denti saṃghassa demā 'ti.

[page 308]
308 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 30. 4-31. 2.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] saṃghass'; ev'; etaṃ. ||4|| idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anuppanne cīvare saṃgho bhijjati. tattha manussā ekasmiṃ pakkhe udakaṃ denti ekasmiṃ pakkhe cīvaraṃ denti pakkhassa demā 'ti.
pakkhass'; ev'; etaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anuppanne cīvare saṃgho bhijjati. tattha manussā ekasmiṃ pakkhe udakaṃ denti, tasmiṃ yeva pakkhe cīvaraṃ denti pakkhassa demā 'ti. pakkhass'; ev'; etaṃ. ||5||
idha pana bhikkhave vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ uppanne cīvare abhājite saṃgho bhijjati. sabbesaṃ samakaṃ bhājetabban ti. ||6||30||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Revato aññatarassa bhikkhuno hatthe āyasmato Sāriputtassa cīvaraṃ pāhesi imaṃ cīvaraṃ therassa dehīti. atha kho so bhikkhu antarā magge āyasmato Revatassa vissāsā taṃ cīvaraṃ aggahesi.
atha kho āyasmā Revato āyasmatā Sāriputtena samāgantvā pucchi: ahaṃ bhante therassa cīvaraṃ pāhesiṃ, sampattaṃ taṃ cīvaran ti. nāhaṃ taṃ āvuso cīvaraṃ passāmīti. atha kho āyasmā Revato taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: ahaṃ āvuso āyasmato hatthe therassa cīvaraṃ pāhesiṃ, kahaṃ taṃ cīvaran ti. ahaṃ bhante āyasmato vissāsā taṃ cīvaraṃ aggahesin ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe cīvaraṃ pahiṇati imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dehīti. so antarā magge yo pahiṇati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, suggahitaṃ. yassa pahiyyati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, duggahitaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe cīvaraṃ pahiṇati imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dehīti. so antarā magge yassa pahiyyati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, duggahitaṃ. yo pahiṇati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, suggahitaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu . . . dehīti. so antarā magge suṇāti yo pahiṇati so kālaṃ kato 'ti. tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti, svādhiṭṭhitaṃ. yassa pahiyyati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, duggahitaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu . . . dehīti. so antarā magge suṇāti yassa pahiyyati so kālaṃ kato 'ti. tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti, dvādhiṭṭhitaṃ. yo pahiṇati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, suggahitaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu . . . dehīti.

[page 309]
VIII. 31. 2-32. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 309
so antarā magge suṇāti ubho kālaṃ katā 'ti. yo pahiṇati tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti, svādhiṭṭhitaṃ. yassa pahiyyati tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti, dvādhiṭṭhitaṃ. ||2||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe cīvaraṃ pahiṇati imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dammīti. so antarā magge yo pahiṇati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, duggahitaṃ. yassa pahiyyati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, suggahitaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu . . . dammīti. so antarā magge yassa pahiyyati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, suggahitaṃ. yo pahiṇati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, duggahitaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu . . . dammīti. so antarā magge suṇāti yo pahiṇati so kālaṃ kato 'ti. tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti, dvādhiṭṭhitaṃ. yassa pahiyyati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, suggahitaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu . . . dammīti. so antarā magge suṇāti yassa pahiyyati so kālaṃ kato 'ti. tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti, svādhiṭṭhitaṃ. yo pahiṇati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti, duggahitaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu . . . dammīti. so antarā magge suṇāti ubho kālaṃ katā 'ti.
yo pahiṇati tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti, dvādhiṭṭhitaṃ.
yassa pahiyyati tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti, svādhiṭṭhitaṃ. ||3||31||
aṭṭh'; imā bhikkhave mātikā cīvarassa uppādāya: sīmāya deti, katikāya deti, bhikkhāpaññattiyā deti, saṃghassa deti, ubhatosaṃghassa deti, vassaṃ vutthasaṃghassa deti, ādissa deti, puggalassa deti. sīmāya deti: yāvatikā bhikkhū antosīmagatā tehi bhājetabbaṃ. katikāya deti: sambahulā āvāsā samānalābhā honti, ekasmiṃ āvāse dinne sabbattha dinnaṃ hoti. bhikkhāpaññattiyā deti: yattha saṃghassa dhuvakārā kariyanti tattha demā 'ti.
saṃghassa deti: sammukhībhūtena saṃghena bhājetabbaṃ.
ubhatosaṃghassa deti: bahukāpi bhikkhū honti ekā bhikkhunī hoti, upaḍḍhaṃ dātabbaṃ. bahukāpi bhikkhuniyo honti eko bhikkhu hoti, upaḍḍhaṃ dātabbaṃ. vassaṃ vutthasaṃghassa deti: yāvatikā bhikkhū tasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ vutthā tehi bhājetabbaṃ. ādissa deti: yāguyā vā bhatte vā khādaniye vā cīvare vā senāsane vā bhesajje vā.

[page 310]
310 MAHĀVAGGA. [VIII. 32. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] puggalassa deti: imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dammīti. ||1||32||
cīvarakkhandhakaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.
imamhi khandhake vatthu channavuti. tassa uddānaṃ:
Rājagahako negamo disvā Vesāliyaṃ gaṇi
puna Rājagahaṃ gantvā rañño taṃ paṭivedayi. |
putto Sālavatikāya Abhayassa hi atrajo
jīvatīti kumārena saṃkhāto Jīvako iti. |
so hi Takkasilaṃ gantvā uggahetvā mahābhiso
sattavassikāabādhaṃ natthukammena nāsayi, |
rañño bhagandalābādhaṃ ālepena apākaḍḍhi,
mamaṃ ca itthāgāraṃ ca buddhasaṃghaṃ c'; upaṭṭhaha. |
Rājagahako ca seṭṭhi, antagaṇṭhitikicchitaṃ,
5 Pajjotassa mahārogaṃ ghatapānena nāsayi. |
adhikāraṃ ca, Siveyyaṃ, abhisannaṃ sinehati,
tīṇi uppalahatthena samatiṃsavirecanaṃ. |
pakatattaṃ varaṃ yāci, Siveyyaṃ ca paṭiggahi,
cīvaraṃ ca gihidānaṃ anuññāsi tathāgato. |
Rājagahe janapade bahuṃ uppajji cīvaraṃ.
pāvāro, kosikaṃ c'; eva, kojavo, aḍḍhakāsikaṃ, |
uccāvacā ca, santuṭṭhi, nāgames'; āgamesu ca,
paṭhamaṃ pacchā, sadisā, katikā ca, paṭiharuṃ, |
bhaṇḍāgāraṃ, aguttaṃ ca, vuṭṭhāpenti tath'; eva ca,
10 ussannaṃ, kolāhalaṃ ca, kathaṃ bhāje, kathaṃ dade, |
sak'-ātirekabhāgena, paṭiviso kathaṃ dade,
chakanena, sītuṇhi ca, uttarituṃ, na jānare, |
oropento, bhājanaṃ ca, pātiyā ca, chamāya ca,
upacikā, majjhe, jiranti, ekato, patthinnena ca, |
pharus'-āchinn'-accibandhā, addasāsi ubhaṇḍite,
vīmaṃsitvā Sakyamuni anuññāsi ticīvaraṃ, |
aññena atirekena, uppajji, chiddam eva ca,
cātuddīpo, varaṃ yāci dātuṃ vassikasāṭikaṃ |
āgantu-gami-gilānaṃ upaṭṭhākaṃ ca bhesajjaṃ
15 dhuvaṃ udakasāṭiṃ ca, paṇītaṃ, atikhuddakaṃ, |
thullakacchu, mukhaṃ, khomaṃ, paripuṇṇaṃ, adhiṭṭhānaṃ,
pacchimaṃ, kato garuko, vikaṇṇo, suttam okiri, |

[page 311]
MAHĀVAGGA. 311
lujjanti, na ppahonti ca, anvādhikaṃ, bahūni ca,
Andhavane, asatiyā, eko vassaṃ, utumhi ca, |
dve bhātukā, Rājagahe, Upanando, puna dvisu,
kucchivikāro, gilāno ubho c'; eva, gilāyanā, |
naggā, kusā, vākacīraṃ, phalako, kesakambalaṃ,
vāla-ulūkapakkhaṃ ca, ajinaṃ, akkanālaṃ ca, |
potthakaṃ, nīla-pītaṃ ca, lohitaṃ, mañjeṭṭhena ca,
20 kaṇhā, mahāraṅga-nāma, acchinnadasikā tathā, |
dīgha-puppha-phaṇadasā, kañcu-tirīṭa-veṭhanaṃ,
anuppanne pakkamati, saṃgho bhijjati tāvade, |
pakkhe dadanti, saṃghassa, āyasmā Revato pahi,
vissāsagāh', ādhiṭṭhāti, aṭṭha cīvaramātikā 'ti.

[page 312]
312
MAHĀVAGGA.
IX.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Campāyaṃ viharati Gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre. tena kho pana samayena Kāsīsu janapadesu Vāsabhagāmo nāma hoti, tattha Kassapagotto nāma bhikkhu āvāsiko hoti tantibaddho ussukkaṃ āpanno kinti anāgatā ca pesalā bhikkhū āgaccheyyuṃ āgatā ca pesalā bhikkhū phāsu vihareyyuṃ ayaṃ ca āvāso vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyyā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Kāsīsu cārikaṃ caramānā yena Vāsabhagāmo tad avasaruṃ. addasa kho Kassapagotto bhikkhu te bhikkhū dūrato 'va āgacchante, disvāna āsanaṃ paññāpesi pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipi paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi pāniyena āpucchi nahāne ussukkaṃ akāsi ussukkam pi akāsi yāguyā khādaniye bhattasmiṃ. atha kho tesaṃ āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhaddako kho ayaṃ āvuso āvāsiko bhikkhu, nahāne ussukkaṃ karoti ussukkam pi karoti yāguyā khādaniye bhattasmiṃ, handa mayaṃ āvuso idh'; eva Vāsabhagāme nivāsaṃ kappemā 'ti. atha kho te āgantukā bhikkhū tatth'; eva Vāsabhagāme nivāsaṃ kappesuṃ. ||1|| atha kho Kassapagottassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: yo kho imesaṃ āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āgantukakilamatho so paṭippassaddho, ye p'; ime gocare appakataññuno te dān'; ime gocare pakataññuno. dukkaraṃ kho pana parakulesu yāvajīvaṃ ussukkaṃ kātuṃ viññatti ca manussānaṃ amanāpā. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ na ussukkaṃ kareyyaṃ yāguyā khādaniye bhattasmin ti. so na ussukkaṃ akāsi yāguyā khādaniye bhattasmiṃ. atha kho tesaṃ āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi:

[page 313]
IX. 1. 2-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 313
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] pubbe khv'; āyaṃ āvuso āvāsiko bhikkhu nahāne ussukkaṃ akāsi ussukkam pi akāsi yāguyā khādaniye bhattasmiṃ, so dān'; āyaṃ na ussukkaṃ karoti yāguyā khādaniye bhattasmiṃ. duṭṭho dān'; āyaṃ āvuso āvāsiko bhikkhu, handa mayaṃ āvuso āvāsikaṃ bhikkhuṃ ukkhipāmā 'ti. ||2|| atha kho te āgantukā bhikkhū sannipatitvā Kassapagottaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avocuṃ: pubbe kho tvaṃ āvuso nahāne ussukkaṃ karosi ussukkam pi karosi yāguyā khādaniye bhattasmiṃ, so dāni tvaṃ na ussukkaṃ karosi yāguyā khādaniye bhattasmiṃ. āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, passas'; etaṃ āpattin ti. n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ passeyyan ti. atha kho te āgantukā bhikkhū Kassapagottaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhipiṃsu. atha kho Kassapagottassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: ahaṃ kho etaṃ na jānāmi āpatti vā esā anāpatti vā āpanno c'; amhi anāpanno vā ukkhitto c'; amhi anukkhitto vā dhammikena vā adhammikena vā kuppena vā akuppena vā ṭhānārahena vā aṭṭhānārahena vā. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ Campaṃ gantvā bhagavantaṃ etaṃ atthaṃ puccheyyan ti. ||3|| atha kho Kassapagotto bhikkhu senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Campā tena pakkāmi, anupubbena yena Campā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. atha kho bhagavā Kassapagottaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kacci bhikkhu khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgato, kuto ca tvaṃ bhikkhu āgacchasīti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, appakilamathena cāhaṃ bhante addhānaṃ āgato. ||4|| atthi bhante Kāsīsu janapadesu Vāsabhagāmo nāma, tatthāhaṃ bhagavā āvāsiko tantibaddho ussukkaṃ āpanno kinti anāgatā ca pesalā bhikkhū āgaccheyyuṃ āgatā ca pesalā bhikkhū phāsu vihareyyuṃ ayaṃ ca āvāso vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyyā 'ti. atha kho bhante sambahulā bhikkhū Kāsīsu cārikaṃ caramānā yena Vāsabhagāmo tad avasaruṃ. addasaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante bhikkhū dūrato 'va āgacchante, disvāna āsanaṃ paññāpesiṃ . . . atha kho tesaṃ bhante āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: bhaddako . . . atha kho te bhante āgantukā bhikkhū tatth'; eva Vāsabhagāme nivāsaṃ kappesuṃ.

[page 314]
314 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 1. 5-8.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tassa mayhaṃ bhante etad ahosi: yo kho . . . bhattasmin ti. so kho ahaṃ bhante na ussukkaṃ akāsiṃ . . . atha kho tesaṃ bhante āgantukānaṃ . . . nahāne ussukkaṃ karoti ussukkam pi karoti yāguyā khādaniye bhattasmiṃ, so dān'; āyaṃ na ussukkaṃ karoti . . . atha kho te bhante āgantukā bhikkhū sannipatitvā maṃ etad avocuṃ: pubbe kho . . . passeyyan ti. atha kho te bhante āgantukā bhikkhū maṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhipiṃsu. tassa mayhaṃ bhante etad ahosi: ahaṃ kho . . . puccheyyan ti.
tato ahaṃ bhagavā āgacchāmīti. ||5|| anāpatti esā bhikkhu n'; esā āpatti, anāpanno 'si na 'si āpanno, anukkhitto 'si na 'si ukkhitto, adhammikena 'si kammena ukkhitto kuppena aṭṭhānārahena. gaccha tvaṃ bhikkhu tatth'; eva Vāsabhagāme nivāsaṃ kappehīti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho Kassapagotto bhikkhu bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena Vāsabhagāmo tena pakkāmi. ||6|| atha kho tesaṃ āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ahud eva kukkuccaṃ ahu vippaṭisāro: alābhā vata no na vata no lābhā, dulladdhaṃ vata no na vata no suladdhaṃ, ye mayaṃ suddhaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpattikaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe ukkhipimhā. handa mayaṃ āvuso Campaṃ gantvā bhagavato santike accayaṃ accayato desemā 'ti. atha kho te āgantukā bhikkhū senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Campā tena pakkamiṃsu, anupubbena yena Campā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. āciṇṇaṃ kho . . . paṭisammodituṃ. atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etad avoca: kacci bhikkhave khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgatā, kuto ca tumhe bhikkhave āgacchathā 'ti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, appakilamathena ca mayaṃ bhante addhānaṃ āgatā. atthi bhante Kāsīsu janapadesu Vāsabhagāmo nāma, tato mayaṃ bhagavā āgacchāmā 'ti. ||7||
tumhe bhikkhave āvāsikaṃ bhikkhuṃ ukkhipitthā 'ti.
evaṃ bhante 'ti. kismiṃ bhikkhave vatthusmiṃ kāraṇe 'ti. avatthusmiṃ bhagavā akāraṇe 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ bhikkhave ananulomikaṃ

[page 315]
IX. 1. 8-2. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 315
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā suddhaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpattikaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe ukkhipissatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave suddho bhikkhu anāpattiko avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe ukkhipitabbo. yo ukkhipeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||8|| atha kho te bhikkhū uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: accayo no bhante accagamā yathā bāle yathā mūḷhe yathā akusale ye mayaṃ suddhaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpattikaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe ukkhipimhā, tesaṃ no bhante bhagavā accayaṃ accayato paṭigaṇhātu āyatiṃ saṃvarāyā 'ti. taggha tumhe bhikkhave accayo accagamā yathā bāle yathā mūḷhe yathā akusale ye tumhe suddhaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpattikaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe ukkhipittha. yato ca kho tumhe bhikkhave accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikarotha taṃ vo mayaṃ paṭigaṇhāma, vuddhi h'; esā bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye yo accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikaroti āyatiṃ saṃvaraṃ āpajjatīti. ||9||1||
tena kho pana samayena Campāyaṃ bhikkhū evarūpāni kammāni karonti: adhammena vaggakammaṃ karonti, adhammena samaggakammaṃ karonti, dhammena vaggak.
k., dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggak. k., dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggak. k., eko pi ekaṃ ukkhipati, eko pi dve ukkhipati, eko pi sambahule ukkhipati, eko pi saṃghaṃ ukkh., dve pi ekaṃ ukkhipanti, dve pi dve ukkh., dve pi sambahule ukkh., dve pi saṃghaṃ ukkh., sambahulāpi ekaṃ ukkh., sambahulāpi dve ukkh., sambahulāpi sambahule ukkh., sambahulāpi saṃghaṃ ukkh., saṃgho pi saṃghaṃ ukkhipati. ||1|| ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma Campāyaṃ bhikkhū evarūpāni kammāni karissanti: adhammena vaggakammaṃ karissanti, . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggakammaṃ karissanti, eko pi ekaṃ ukkhipissati . . . saṃgho pi saṃghaṃ ukkhipissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ arocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave Campāyaṃ bhikkhū evarūpāni kammāni karonti: adhammena vaggakammaṃ karonti

[page 316]
316 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 2. 2-3. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . saṃgho pi saṃghaṃ ukkhipatīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ bhikkhave tesaṃ moghapurisānaṃ ananulomikaṃ . . . akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā evarūpāni kammāni karissanti: adhammena vaggakammaṃ karissanti . . . saṃgho pi saṃghaṃ ukkhipissati. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya.
vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi. ||2||
adhammena ce bhikkhave vaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. adhammena samaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, eko pi ekaṃ ukkhipati akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ . . . saṃgho pi saṃghaṃ ukkhipati akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. ||3|| cattār'; imāni bhikkhave kammāni: adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammena samaggakammaṃ. tatra bhikkhave yam idaṃ adhammena vaggakammaṃ idaṃ bhikkhave kammaṃ adhammattā vaggattā kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahaṃ. na bhikkhave evarūpaṃ kammaṃ kātabbaṃ na ca mayā evarūpaṃ kammaṃ anuññātaṃ. tatra bhikkhave yam idaṃ adhammena samaggakammaṃ idaṃ bhikkhave kammaṃ adhammattā kuppaṃ . . . anuññātaṃ. tatra bhikkhave yam idaṃ dhammena vaggakammaṃ idaṃ bhikkhave kammaṃ vaggattā kuppaṃ . . . anuññātaṃ. tatra bhikkhave yam idaṃ dhammena samaggakammaṃ idaṃ bhikkhave kammaṃ dhammattā samaggattā akuppaṃ ṭhānārahaṃ. evarūpaṃ bhikkhave kammaṃ kātabbaṃ evarūpaṃ ca mayā kammaṃ anuññātaṃ. tasmāt iha bhikkhave evarūpaṃ kammaṃ karissāma yad idaṃ dhammena samaggan ti, evañ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabban ti. ||4||2||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evarūpāni kammāni karonti: adhammena vaggakammaṃ karonti, adhammena samaggakammaṃ k., dhammena vaggak. k., dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggak. k., dhammap. samaggak. k., ñattivipannam pi kammaṃ karonti anussāvanasampannaṃ, anussāvanavipannam pi kammaṃ karonti ñattisampannaṃ, ñattivipannam pi anussāvanavipannam pi kammaṃ karonti,

[page 317]
IX. 3. 1-4.] MAHĀVAGGA. 317
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] aññatrāpi dhammā kammaṃ karonti aññatrāpi vinayā k. k., aññatrāpi satthu sāsanā k. k., paṭikuṭṭhakatam pi kammaṃ karonti adhammikaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evarūpāni kammāni karissanti: adhammena vaggakammaṃ karissanti . . . paṭikuṭṭhakatam pi kammaṃ karissanti adh. kup. aṭṭhānārahan ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evarūpāni kammāni karonti: adhammena vaggakammaṃ karonti --la-- paṭikuṭṭhakatam pi kammaṃ karonti adhammikaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahan ti.
saccaṃ bhagavā. --la-- vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: ||1|| adhammena ce bhikkhave vaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, ñattivipannaṃ ce bhikkhave kammaṃ anussāvanasampannaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, anussāvanavipannaṃ ce bhikkhave kammaṃ ñattisampannaṃ ak. na ca k., ñattivipannaṃ ce bhikkhave kammaṃ anussāvanavipannaṃ ak. na ca k., aññatrāpi dhammā kammaṃ ak. na ca k., annatrāpi vinayā kammaṃ ak. na ca k., aññatrāpi satthu sāsanā kammaṃ ak.
na ca k., paṭikuṭṭhakataṃ ce bhikkhave kammaṃ adhammikaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. ||2||
cha yimāni bhikkhave kammāni: adhammakammaṃ vaggakammaṃ samaggakammaṃ dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggakammaṃ dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggakammaṃ dhammena samaggakammaṃ. katamaṃ ca bhikkhave adhammakammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme ekāya ñattiyā kammaṃ karoti na ca kammavācaṃ anussāveti, adhammakammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme dvīhi ñattīhi kammaṃ karoti na ca kammavācaṃ anussāveti, adhammakammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme ekāya kammavācāya kammaṃ karoti na ca ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, adhammakammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme dvīhi kammavācāhi kammaṃ karoti na ca ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, adhammakammaṃ. ||3|| ñatticatutthe ce bhikkhave kamme ekāya ñattiyā kammaṃ karoti na ca kammavācaṃ anussāveti, adhammakammaṃ.

[page 318]
318 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 3. 4-7.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ñatticatutthe ce bhikkhave kamme dvīhi ñattīhi kammaṃ karoti . . . tīhi ñattīhi kammaṃ karoti . . . catūhi ñattīhi kammaṃ karoti na ca kammavācaṃ anussāveti, adhammakammaṃ. ñatticatutthe ce bhikkhave kamme ekāya kammavācāya kammaṃ karoti . . . dvīhi kammavācāhi kammaṃ karoti . . . tīhi kammavācāhi kammaṃ karoti . . . catūhi kammavācāhi kammaṃ karoti na ca ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, adhammakammaṃ. idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave adhammakammaṃ. ||4|| katamaṃ ca bhikkhave vaggakammaṃ.
ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te anāgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando anāhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti, vaggakammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando anāhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti, vaggakammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti, vaggakammaṃ. ñatticatutthe ce . . . (the same three cases are repeated here) . . . vaggakammaṃ.
idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave vaggakammaṃ. ||5|| katamaṃ ca bhikkhave samaggakammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā na paṭikkosanti, samaggakammaṃ. ñatticatutthe ce . . . na paṭikkosanti, samaggakammaṃ. idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave samaggakammaṃ. ||6|| katamaṃ ca bhikkhave dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggakammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme paṭhamaṃ kammavācaṃ anussāveti, pacchā ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te anāgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando anāhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti, dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggakammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme paṭhamaṃ kammavācaṃ anussāveti, pacchā ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando anāhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti, dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggakammaṃ.
ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme paṭhamaṃ kammavācaṃ anussāveti, pacchā ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti,

[page 319]
IX.3.7-4.1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 319
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggakammaṃ. ñatticatutthe ce bhikkhave kamme . . . (the same three cases are repeated here) . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggakammaṃ. idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggakammaṃ. ||7|| katamaṃ ca bhikkhave dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggakammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme paṭhamaṃ kammavācaṃ anussāveti, pacchā ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā na paṭikkosanti, dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggakammaṃ. ñatticatutthe ce . . . na paṭikkosanti, dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggakammaṃ. idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggakammaṃ. ||8|| katamaṃ ca bhikkhave dhammena samaggakammaṃ. ñattidutiye ce bhikkhave kamme paṭhamaṃ ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, pacchā ekāya kammavācāya kammaṃ karoti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā na paṭikkosanti, dhammena samaggakammaṃ. ñatticatutthe ce bhikkhave kamme paṭhamaṃ ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, pacchā tīhi kammavācāhi kammaṃ karoti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā na paṭikkosanti, dhammena samaggakammaṃ. idaṃ vuccati bh. dh. sam. ||9||3||
pañca saṃghā: catuvaggo bhikkhusaṃgho, pañcavaggo bhikkhusaṃgho, dasavaggo bhikkhusaṃgho, vīsativaggo bhikkhusaṃgho, atirekavīsativaggo bhikkhusaṃgho. tatra bhikkhave yv'; āyaṃ catuvaggo bhikkhusaṃgho, ṭhapetvā tīṇi kammāni upasampadaṃ pavāraṇaṃ abbhānaṃ dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu kammappatto. tatra bhikkhave yv'; āyaṃ pañcavaggo bhikkhusaṃgho, ṭhapetvā dve kammāni majjhimesu janapadesu upasampadaṃ abbhānaṃ dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu kammappatto. tatra bhikkhave yv'; āyaṃ dasavaggo bhikkhusaṃgho, ṭhapetvā ekaṃ kammaṃ abbhānaṃ dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu kammappatto. tatra bhikkhave yv'; āyaṃ vīsativaggo bhikkhusaṃgho, dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu kammappatto. tatra bhikkhave yv'; āyaṃ atirekavīsativaggo bhikkhusaṃgho,

[page 320]
320 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 4. 1-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu kammappatto. ||1|| catuvaggakaraṇaṃ ce bhikkhave kammaṃ bhikkhunīcatuttho kammaṃ kareyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. catuvaggakaraṇaṃ ce bhikkhave kammaṃ sikkhamānācatuttho . . . sāmaṇeracatuttho . . . sāmaṇerīcatuttho . . . sikkhaṃ paccakkhātakacatuttho . . . antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannakacatuttho . . . āpattiyā adassane ukkhittakacatuttho . . . āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittakacatuttho . . . pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittakacatuttho . . . paṇḍakacatuttho . . . theyyasaṃvāsakacatuttho . . . titthiyapakkantakacatuttho . . . tiracchānagatacatuttho . . . mātughātakacatuttho . . . pitughātakacatuttho . . . arahantaghātakacatuttho . . . bhikkhunīdūsakacatuttho . . . saṃghabhedakacatuttho . . . lohituppādakacatuttho . . . ubhatovyañjanakacatuttho . . . nānāsaṃvāsakacatuttho . . . nānāsīmāya ṭhitacatuttho . . . iddhiyā vehāse ṭhitacatuttho . . . yassa saṃgho kammaṃ karoti taṃcatuttho kammaṃ kareyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyam. ||2|| catuvaggakaraṇaṃ.
pañcavaggakaraṇaṃ ce bhikkhave kammaṃ bhikkhunīpañcamo kammaṃ kareyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ . . . yassa saṃgho kammaṃ karoti taṃpañcamo kammaṃ kareyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. ||3|| pañcavaggakaraṇaṃ.
dasavaggakaraṇaṃ ce bhikkhave kammaṃ bhikkhunīdasamo kammaṃ kareyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ . . . yassa saṃgho kammaṃ karoti taṃdasamo kammaṃ kareyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. ||4|| dasavaggakaraṇaṃ.
vīsativaggakaraṇaṃ ce bhikkhave kammaṃ bhikkhunīvīso kammaṃ kareyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ . . . yassa saṃgho kammaṃ karoti taṃvīso kammaṃ kareyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. ||5|| vīsativaggakaraṇaṃ.
pārivāsikacatuttho ce bhikkhave parivāsaṃ dadeyya mūlāya {paṭikasseyya} mānattaṃ dadeyya, taṃvīso abbheyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. mūlāya paṭikassanārahacatuttho ce bhikkhave parivāsaṃ dadeyya mūlāya paṭikasseyya mānattaṃ dadeyya, taṃvīso abbheyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. mānattārahacatuttho ce bhikkhave parivāsaṃ dadeyya mūlāya paṭikasseyya mānattaṃ dadeyya, taṃvīso abbheyya,

[page 321]
IX. 4. 6-9.] MAHĀVAGGA. 321
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. mānattacārikacatuttho ce bhikkhave parivāsaṃ dadeyya mūlāya paṭikasseyya mānattaṃ dadeyya, taṃvīso abbheyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. abbhānārahacatuttho ce bhikkhave parivāsaṃ dadeyya mūlāya paṭikasseyya mānattaṃ dadeyya, taṃvīso abbheyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. ||6||
ekaccassa bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe paṭikkosanā rūhati, ekaccassa na rūhati. kassa ca bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe paṭikkosanā na rūhati. bhikkhuniyā bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe paṭikkosanā na rūhati, sikkhamānāya bhikkhave --la-- sāmaṇerassa bh., sāmaṇeriyā bh., sikkhaṃ paccakkhātakassa bh., antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannakassa bh., ummattakassa bh., khittacittassa bh., vedanaṭṭassa bh., āpattiyā adassane ukkhittakassa bh., āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittakassa bh., pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittakassa bh., paṇḍakassa bh., theyyasaṃvāsakassa bh., titthiyapakkantakassa bh., tiracchānagatassa bh., mātughātakassa bh., pitughātakassa bh., arahantaghātakassa bh., bhikkhunīdūsakassa bh., saṃghabhedakassa bh., lohituppādakassa bh., ubhatovyañjanakassa bh., nānāsaṃvāsakassa bh., nānāsīmāya ṭhitassa bh., iddhiyā vehāse ṭhitassa bh., yassa saṃgho kammaṃ karoti tassa bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe paṭikkosanā na rūhati.
imesaṃ kho bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe paṭikkosanā na rūhati.
||7|| kassa ca bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe paṭikkosanā rūhati.
bhikkhussa bhikkhave pakatattassa samānasaṃvāsakassa samānasīmāya ṭhitassa antamaso ānantarikassāpi bhikkhuno viññāpentassa saṃghamajjhe paṭikkosanā rūhati. imassa kho bhikkhave saṃghamajjhe paṭikkosanā rūhati. ||8||
dve 'mā bhikkhave nissāraṇā. atthi bhikkhave puggalo appatto nissāraṇaṃ, taṃ ce saṃgho nissāreti ekacco sunissārito ekacco dunnissārito. katamo ca bhikkhave puggalo appatto nissāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho nissāreti dunnissārito.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu suddho hoti anāpattiko, taṃ ce saṃgho nissāreti dunnissārito. ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave puggalo appatto nissāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho nissāreti dunnissārito. katamo ca bhikkhave puggalo appatto nissāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho nissāreti sunissārito. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bālo hoti avyatto āpattibahulo anapadāno gihisaṃsaṭṭho viharati ananulomikehi gihisaṃsaggehi,

[page 322]
322 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 4. 9-5. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] taṃ ce saṃgho nissāreti sunissārito. ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave puggalo appatto nissāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho nissāreti sunissārito. ||9||
dve 'mā bhikkhave osāraṇā. atthi bhikkhave puggalo appatto osāraṇaṃ, taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti ekacco sosārito ekacco dosārito. katamo ca bhikkhave puggalo appatto osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti dosārito. paṇḍako bhikkhave appatto osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti dosārito.
theyyasaṃvāsako bhikkhave . . . titthiyapakkantako bhikkhave, tiracchānagato bh., mātughātako bh., pitughātako bh., arahantaghātako bh., bhikkhunīdūsako bh., saṃghabhedako bh., lohituppādako bh., ubhatovyañjanako bhikkhave appatto osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti dosārito. ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave puggalo appatto osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti dosārito. ime vuccanti bhikkhave puggalā appattā osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti dosāritā. ||10|| katamo ca bhikkhave puggalo appatto osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti sosārito.
hatthacchinno bhikkhave appatto osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti sosārito. pādacchinno bhikkhave, hatthapādacchinno bh., kaṇṇacchinno bh., nāsacchinno bh., kaṇṇanāsacchinno bh., aṅgulicchinno bh., aḷacchinno bh., kaṇḍaracchinno bh., phaṇahatthako bh., khujjo bh., vāmano bh., galagaṇḍi bh., lakkhaṇāhato bh., kasāhato bh., likhitako bh., sīpadiko bh., pāparogī bh., parisadūsako bh., kāṇo bh., kuṇi bh., khañjo bh., pakkhahato bh., chinniriyāpatho bh., jarādubbalo bh., andho bh., mūgo bh., badhiro bh., andhamūgo bh., andhabadhiro bh., mūgabadhiro bh., andhamūgabadhiro bhikkhave appatto osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti sosārito. ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave puggalo appatto osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti sosārito. ime vuccanti bhikkhave puggalā appattā osāraṇaṃ taṃ ce saṃgho osāreti sosāritā. ||11||4||
Vāsabhagāmabhāṇavāraṃ paṭhamaṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa na hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā.
tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, passas'; etaṃ āpattin ti. so evaṃ vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ passeyyan ti.

[page 323]
IX. 5. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 323
taṃ saṃgho āpattiyā adassane ukkhipati, adhammakammaṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa na hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā.
tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, paṭikarohi taṃ āpattin ti. so evaṃ vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ paṭikareyyan ti. taṃ saṃgho āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhipati, adhammakammaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa na hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: pāpikā te āvuso diṭṭhi, paṭinissajj'; etaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. so evaṃ vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso pāpikā diṭṭhi yam ahaṃ paṭinissajjeyyan ti. taṃ saṃgho pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhipati, adhammakammaṃ. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa na hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā na hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā. tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, passas'; etaṃ āpattiṃ, paṭikarohi taṃ āpattin ti. so evaṃ vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ passeyyaṃ, n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ paṭikareyyan ti. taṃ saṃgho adassane vā appaṭikamme vā ukkhipati, adhammakammaṃ. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa na hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā na hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, passas'; etaṃ āpattiṃ, pāpikā te diṭṭhi, paṭinissajj'; etaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. so evaṃ vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ passeyyaṃ, n'; atthi me pāpikā diṭṭhi yam ahaṃ paṭinissajjeyyan ti. taṃ saṃgho adassane vā appaṭinissagge vā ukkhipati, adhammakammaṃ. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa na hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā na hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, paṭikaroh'; etaṃ āpattiṃ, pāpikā te diṭṭhi, paṭinissajj'; etaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. so evaṃ vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ paṭikareyyaṃ, n'; atthi me pāpikā diṭṭhi yam ahaṃ paṭinissajjeyyan ti. taṃ saṃgho appaṭikamme vā appaṭinissagge vā ukkhipati, adhammakammaṃ. ||4|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa na hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā na hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā na hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā:

[page 324]
324 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 5. 5-8.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, passas'; etaṃ āpattiṃ, paṭikarohi taṃ āpattiṃ, pāpikā te diṭṭhi, paṭinissajj'; etaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. so evaṃ vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ passeyyaṃ, n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ paṭikareyyaṃ, n'; atthi me pāpikā diṭṭhi yam ahaṃ paṭinissajjeyyan ti. tam saṃgho adassane vā appaṭikamme vā appaṭinissagge vā ukkhipati, adhammakammaṃ. ||5||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā.
tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, passas'; etaṃ āpattin ti. so evaṃ vadeti: āmāvuso passāmīti. taṃ saṃgho āpattiyā adassane ukkhipati, adhammakammaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā. tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, paṭikarohi taṃ āpattin ti. so evaṃ vadeti: āmāvuso paṭikarissāmīti. taṃ saṃgho āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhipati, adhammakammaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: pāpikā te āvuso diṭṭhi, paṭinissajj'; etaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. so evaṃ vadeti: āmāvuso paṭinissajjissāmīti. taṃ saṃgho pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhipati, adhammakammaṃ. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā --la-- hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā, hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā, hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, passas'; etaṃ āpattiṃ, paṭikarohi taṃ āpattiṃ, pāpikā te diṭṭhi, paṭinissajj'; etaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti. so evaṃ vadeti: āmāvuso passāmi, āma paṭikarissāmi, āma paṭinissajjissāmīti.
taṃ saṃgho adassane vā appaṭikamme vā appaṭinissagge vā ukkhipati, adhammakammaṃ. ||7||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā.
tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, passas'; etaṃ āpattin ti. so evaṃ vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ passeyyan ti.

[page 325]
IX. 5. 8-6. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 325
taṃ saṃgho adassane ukkhipati, dhammakammaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā. tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, paṭikarohi taṃ āpattin ti. so evaṃ vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ paṭikareyyan ti.
taṃ saṃgho appaṭikamme ukkhipati, dhammakammaṃ. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā.
tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: pāpikā te āvuso diṭṭhi, paṭinissajj'; etaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhin ti.
so evaṃ vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso pāpikā diṭṭhi yam ahaṃ paṭinissajjeyyan ti. taṃ saṃgho pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhipati, dhammakammaṃ. ||8|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhussa hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā, hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā, hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā, hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. tam enaṃ codeti saṃgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā: āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, passas'; etaṃ āpattiṃ, paṭikarohi taṃ āpattiṃ, pāpikā te diṭṭhi, paṭinissajj'; etaṃ pāpikaṃ {diṭṭhin} ti. so evaṃ vadeti: n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ passeyyaṃ, n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ paṭikareyyaṃ, n'; atthi me pāpikā diṭṭhi yam ahaṃ paṭinissajjeyyan ti. taṃ saṃgho adassane vā appaṭikamme vā appaṭinissagge vā ukkhipati, dhammakamman ti. ||9||5||
atha kho āyasmā Upāli yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Upāli bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: yo nu kho bhante samaggo saṃgho sammukhākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ asammukhā karoti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ bhante vinayakamman ti. adhammakammaṃ taṃ Upāli avinayakammaṃ. ||1|| yo nu kho bhante samaggo saṃgho paṭipucchākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ appaṭipucchā karoti, paṭiññāyakaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ appaṭiññāya karoti, sativinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti, amūḷhavinayārahassa tassapāpiyyasikākammaṃ karoti, {tassapāpiyyasikākammārahassa} tajjaniyakammaṃ karoti, tajjaniyakammārahassa nissayakammaṃ k., nissayakammārahassa pabbājaniyakammaṃ k.,

[page 326]
326 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 6. 2-5.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] pabbājaniyakammārahassa paṭisāraṇiyakammaṃ k., paṭisāraṇiyakammārahassa ukkhepaniyakammaṃ k., ukkhepaniyakammārahassa parivāsaṃ deti, parivāsārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati, mūlāya paṭikassanārahassa mānattaṃ deti, mānattārahaṃ abbheti, abbhānārahaṃ upasampādeti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ bhante vinayakamman ti. ||2|| adhammakammaṃ taṃ Upāli avinayakammaṃ. yo kho Upāli samaggo saṃgho sammukhākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ asammukhā karoti, evaṃ kho Upāli adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho sātisāro hoti. yo kho Upāli samaggo saṃgho paṭipucchākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ appaṭipucchā karoti, paṭiññāyakaraṇīyaṃ . . . abbhānārahaṃ upasampādeti, evaṃ kho Upāli adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho sātisāro hotīti. ||3||
yo nu kho bhante samaggo saṃgho sammukhākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ sammukhā karoti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ bhante vinayakamman ti. dhammakammaṃ taṃ Upāli vinayakammaṃ. yo nu kho bhante samaggo saṃgho paṭipucchākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ paṭipucchā karoti, paṭiññāyakaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ paṭiññāya karoti, sativinayārahassa sativinayaṃ deti . . . abbhānārahaṃ abbheti, upasampadārahaṃ upasampādeti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ bhante vinayakamman ti. dhammakammaṃ taṃ Upāli vinayakammaṃ. yo kho Upāli samaggo saṃgho sammukhākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ sammukhā karoti, evaṃ kho Upāli dhammakammaṃ hoti vinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho anatisāro hoti. yo kho Upāli samaggo saṃgho paṭipucchākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ paṭipucchā karoti . . . upasampadārahaṃ upasampādeti, evaṃ kho Upāli dhammakammaṃ hoti vinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho anatisāro hotīti. ||4||
yo nu kho bhante samaggo saṃgho sativinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti amūḷhavinayārahassa sativinayaṃ deti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ bhante vinayakamman ti.
adhammakammaṃ taṃ Upāli avinayakammaṃ. yo nu kho bhante samaggo saṃgho amūḷhavinayārahassa tassapāpiyyasikākammaṃ karoti tassapāpiyyasikākammārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti, tassapāpiyyasikākammārahassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karoti tajjaniyakammārahassa tassapāpiyyasikākammaṃ karoti,

[page 327]
IX. 6. 5-8.] MAHĀVAGGA. 327
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tajjaniyakammārahassa nissayakammaṃ karoti nissayakammārahassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karoti, nissayakammārahassa pabbājaniyakammaṃ karoti pabbājaniyakammārahassa nissayakammaṃ karoti, pabbājaniyakammārahassa paṭisāraṇiyakammaṃ karoti paṭisāraṇiyakammārahassa pabbājaniyakammaṃ karoti, paṭisāraṇiyakammārahassa ukkhepaniyakammaṃ karoti ukkhepaniyakammārahassa paṭisāraṇiyakammaṃ karoti, ukkhepaniyakammārahassa parivāsaṃ deti parivāsārahassa ukkhepaniyakammaṃ karoti, parivāsārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati mūlāya paṭikassanārahassa parivāsaṃ deti, mūlāya paṭikassanārahassa mānattaṃ deti mānattārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati, mānattārahaṃ abbheti abbhānārahassa mānattaṃ deti, abbhānārahaṃ upasampādeti upasampadārahaṃ abbheti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ bhante vinayakamman ti. ||5|| adhammakammaṃ taṃ Upāli avinayakammaṃ. yo kho Upāli samaggo saṃgho sativinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti amūḷhavinayārahassa sativinayaṃ deti, evaṃ kho Upāli adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho sātisāro hoti. yo kho Upāli samaggo saṃgho amūḷhavinayārahassa tassapāpiyyasikākammaṃ karoti . . . upasampadārahaṃ abbheti, evaṃ kho Upāli adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho sātisāro hotīti. ||6||
yo nu kho bhante samaggo saṃgho sativinayārahassa sativinayaṃ deti amūḷhavinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ bhante vinayakamman ti. dhammakammaṃ taṃ Upāli vinayakammaṃ. yo nu kho bhante samaggo saṃgho amūḷhavinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti, tassapāpiyyasikākammārahassa tassapāpiyyasikākammaṃ karoti . . . abbhānārahaṃ abbheti, upasampadārahaṃ upasampādeti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ bhante vinayakamman ti. ||7|| dhammakammaṃ taṃ Upāli vinayakammaṃ. yo kho Upāli samaggo saṃgho sativinayārahassa sativinayaṃ deti amūḷhavinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti, evaṃ kho Upāli dhammakammaṃ hoti vinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho anatisāro hoti. yo kho Upāli samaggo saṃgho amūḷhavinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti

[page 328]
328 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 6. 8-7. 1.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . upasampadārahaṃ upasampādeti, evaṃ kho Upāli dhammakammaṃ hoti vinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho anatisāro hotīti. ||8||
atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: yo kho bhikkhave samaggo saṃgho sativinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti, evaṃ kho bhikkhave adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho sātisāro hoti. yo kho bhikkhave samaggo saṃgho sativinayārahassa tassapāpiyyasikākammaṃ karoti, sativinayārahassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karoti . . . sativinayārahaṃ upasampādeti, evaṃ kho bhikkhave adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho sātisāro hoti.
yo kho bhikkhave samaggo saṃgho amūḷhavinayārahassa tassapāpiyyasikākammaṃ karoti, evaṃ kho bhikkhave adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho sātisāro hoti. yo kho bhikkhave samaggo saṃgho amūḷhavinayārahassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karoti . . . amūḷhavinayārahaṃ upasampādeti, amūḷhavinayārahassa sativinayaṃ deti, evaṃ kho bhikkhave adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho sātisāro hoti. yo kho bhikkhave samaggo saṃgho tassapāpiyyasikākammārahassa . . . upasampadārahaṃ abbheti, evaṃ kho bhikkhave adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ evañ ca pana saṃgho sātisāro hotīti. ||9||6||
Upālipucchābhāṇavāraṃ dutiyaṃ.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako saṃghe adhikaraṇakārako. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako --la-- saṃghe adhikaraṇakārako, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti adhammena vaggā. so tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati, tattha bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu saṃghena tajjaniyakammaṃ kato adhammena vaggehi, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti adhammena samaggā. so tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati, tattha pi bhikkhūnaṃ . . . tajjaniyakammaṃ kato adhammena samaggehi, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti,

[page 329]
IX. 7. 1-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 329
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti dhammena vaggā. so tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ . . . tajjaniyakammaṃ kato dhammena vaggehi, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā. so tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ . . . tajjaniyakammaṃ kato dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggehi, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā. ||1|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakārako. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakārako, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti adhammena samaggā. so tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati, tattha bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu saṃghena tajjaniyakammaṃ kato adhammena samaggehi, hand'; assa mayaṃ . . . dhammena vaggā. so tamhāpi āvāsā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā. so tamhāpi āvāsā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā. so tamhāpi āvāsā . . . adhammena vaggā. ||2|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakārako. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakārako, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti dhammena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā . . . adhammena vaggā . . . adhammena samaggā. ||3|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakārako. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakārako, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā . . . adhammena vaggā . . . adhammena samaggā . . . dhammena vaggā. ||4|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakārako. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakārako, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā

[page 330]
330 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 7. 5-10.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . adhammena vaggā . . . adhammena samaggā . . . dhammena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā. ||5||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bālo hoti avyatto āpattibahulo anapadāno gihisaṃsaṭṭho viharati ananulomikehi gihisaṃsaggehi. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu bālo avyatto . . . gihisaṃsaggehi, hand'; assa mayaṃ nissayakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa nissayakammaṃ karonti adhammena vaggā. so tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati, tattha bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu saṃghena nissayakammaṃ kato adhammena vaggehi, hand'; assa mayaṃ nissayakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa nissayakammaṃ karonti adhammena samaggā --la-- dhammena vaggā, dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā, dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā. yathā heṭṭhā tathā cakkaṃ kātabbaṃ --la--. ||6|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu kuladūsako hoti pāpasamācāro. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu kuladūsako pāpasamācāro, hand'; assa mayaṃ pabbājaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti te tassa pabbājaniyakammaṃ karonti adhammena vaggā . . . (comp. 6) . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā.
cakkaṃ kātabbaṃ. ||7|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu gihī akkosati paribhāsati. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu gihī akkosati paribhāsati, hand'; assa mayaṃ paṭisāraṇiyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa paṭisāraṇiyakammaṃ karonti adhammena vaggā . . . (comp. 6) . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā. cakkaṃ kātabbaṃ. ||8|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ passituṃ. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ passituṃ, hand'; assa mayaṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhepaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa āpattiyā adassane ukkhepaniyakammaṃ karonti adhammena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā. cakkaṃ kātabbaṃ. ||9|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ paṭikātuṃ.
tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ paṭikātuṃ, hand'; assa mayaṃ āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti,

[page 331]
IX. 7. 10-14.] MAHĀVAGGA. 331
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] te tassa āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepaniyakammaṃ karonti adhammena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā. cakkaṃ kātabbaṃ. ||10|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu na icchati pāpikaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissajjituṃ. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu na icchati pāpikaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissajjituṃ, hand'; assa mayaṃ pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepaniyakammaṃ karonti adhammena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā. cakkaṃ kātabbaṃ. ||11||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu saṃghena tajjaniyakammaṃ kato sammāvattati lomaṃ pāteti netthāraṃ vattati tajjaniyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu saṃghena tajjaniyakammaṃ kato sammāvattati . . . paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti adhammena vaggā. so tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati, tattha bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: imassa kho āvuso bhikkhuno saṃghena tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ adhammena vaggehi, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā 'ti. te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti adhammena samaggā . . . dhammena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā. ||12||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu saṃghena tajjaniyakammaṃ kato sammāvattati lomaṃ pāteti netthāraṃ vattati tajjaniyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu . . . yācati, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti adhammena samaggā . . . (comp. 2-5) . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā. ||13||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu saṃghena nissayakammaṃ kato sammāvattati lomaṃ pāteti netthāraṃ vattati nissayassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati . . . (comp. 12-13) . . . idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu saṃghena pabbājaniyakammaṃ kato . . . paṭisāraṇiyakammaṃ kato . . . āpattiyā adassane ukkhepaniyakammaṃ kato . . . āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepaniyakammaṃ kato . . . pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepaniyakammaṃ kato

[page 332]
332 MAHĀVAGGA. [IX. 7. 14-18.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . cakkaṃ kātabbaṃ. ||14||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakārako. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako --la-- saṃghe adhikaraṇakārako, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti adhammena vaggā. tatraṭṭho saṃgho vivadati adhammena vaggakammaṃ adhammena samaggakammaṃ dhammena vaggakammaṃ dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggakammaṃ dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggakammaṃ akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamman ti. tatra bhikkhave ye te bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu adhammena vaggakamman ti, ye ca te bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamman ti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino.
||15|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti . . . te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ karonti adhammena samaggā.
tatraṭṭho . . . tatra bhikkhave ye te bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu adhammena samaggakamman ti ye ca te bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamman ti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti . . . dhammena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā . . . ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. ||16||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu bālo hoti avyatto āpattibahulo anapadāno gihisaṃsaṭṭho viharati ananulomikehi gihisaṃsaggehi. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu bālo avyatto . . . gihisaṃsaggehi, hand'; assa mayaṃ nissayakammaṃ karomā 'ti, te tassa nissayakammaṃ karonti adhammena vaggā --la-- adhammena samaggā, dhammena vaggā, dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā, dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā. tatraṭṭho saṃgho vivadati . . . ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. ime pañca vārā saṃkhittā.
||17|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu kuladūsako hoti pāpasamācāro. tatra ce . . . pabbājaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti . . . ime pañca vārā saṃkhittā. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu gihī akkosati paribhāsati. tatra ce . . . paṭisāraṇiyakammaṃ karomā 'ti

[page 333]
IX. 7. 18-20.] MAHĀVAGGA. 333
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . ime pañca vārā saṃkhittā.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ passituṃ. tatra ce . . . āpattiyā adassane ukkhepaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti . . . ime pañca vārā saṃkhittā.
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ paṭikātuṃ. tatra ce . . . āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti . . . ime pañca vārā saṃkhittā. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu na icchati pāpikaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissajjituṃ. tatra ce . . . pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepaniyakammaṃ karomā 'ti . . . ime pañca vārā saṃkhittā. ||18||
idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu saṃghena tajjaniyakammaṃ kato sammāvattati lomaṃ pāteti netthāraṃ vattati tajjaniyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti: ayaṃ kho āvuso bhikkhu saṃghena tajjaniyakammaṃ kato sammāvattati . . . paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati, hand'; assa mayaṃ tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā 'ti, te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti adhammena vaggā. tatraṭṭho saṃgho vivadati . . . ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu saṃghena tajjaniyakammaṃ kato sammāvattati . . . te tassa tajjaniyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti adhammena samaggā . . . dhammena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena vaggā . . . dhammapaṭirūpakena samaggā . . . ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. ||19|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu saṃghena nissayakammaṃ kato . . . pabbājaniyakammaṃ kato . . . {paṭisāraṇiyakammaṃ} kato . . . āpattiyā adassane ukkhepaniyakammaṃ kato . . . āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepaniyakammaṃ kato . . . pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepaniyakammaṃ kato . . . ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino 'ti. ||20||7||
Campeyyakkhandhakaṃ navamaṃ.
imamhi khandhake vatthūni chattiṃsānīti. tassa uddānaṃ:
Campāyaṃ bhagavā āsi, vatthu Vāsabhagāmake,
āgantukānaṃ ussukkaṃ akāsi icchitabbake, |
pakataññuno 'ti ñatvā ussukkaṃ na kari tadā,
ukkhitto na karotīti agamā jinasantike. |

[page 334]
334 MAHĀVAGGA.
adhammena vaggakammaṃ samaggaṃ adhammena ca
dhammena vaggakammaṃ ca paṭirūpakena vaggikaṃ |
paṭirūpakena samaggaṃ, eko ukkhipat'; ekakaṃ
eko ca dve sambahule saṃghaṃ ukkhipat'; ekato, |
duve pi, sambahulāpi, saṃgho saṃghaṃ ca ukkhipi.
5 sabbaññu pavaro sutvā adhamman ti paṭikkhipi. |
ñattivipannaṃ yaṃ kammaṃ sampannaṃ anussāvanaṃ
anussāvanavipannaṃ sampannaṃ ñattiyā ca yaṃ |
ubhayena vipannaṃ ca aññatradhammam eva ca
vinā satthu paṭikuṭṭhaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahikaṃ. |
adhamma-vaggaṃ samaggaṃ paṭirūpāni ye duve,
dhammen'; eva ca sāmaggiṃ anuññāsi tathāgato. |
catuvaggo pañcavaggo dasavaggo ca vīsati
parovīsativaggo ca saṃgho pañcavidho tathā. |
ṭhapetvā upasampadaṃ yaṃ ca kammaṃ pavāraṇaṃ
10 abbhānakammena saha catuvaggehi kammiko. |
duve kamme ṭhapetvāna majjhadesupasampadā
abbhānaṃ pañcavaggiko sabbakammesu kammiko. |
abbhān'; ekaṃ ṭhapetvāna ye bhikkhū dasavaggikā.
sabbakammakaro saṃgho vīso sabbatthakammiko. |
bhikkhunī sikkhamānā ca sāmaṇero sāmaṇerikā
paccakkhāt'-antimavatthuṃ ukkhitt'; āpattādassane |
appaṭikamme diṭṭhiyā paṇḍaka-theyyasaṃvāsakaṃ
titthiya-tiracchānagataṃ mātu pitu ca ghātakaṃ |
arahaṃ bhikkhunīdūsiṃ bhedakaṃ lohituppādaṃ vyañjanaṃ
15 nānāsaṃvāsako c'; eva nānāsīmāya iddhiyā |
yassa saṃgho kare kammaṃ hont'; ete catuvīsati,
sambuddhena paṭikkhittā na h'; ete gaṇapūrakā. |
pārivāsikacatuttho parivāsaṃ dadeyya vā
mūlā-mānattaṃ abbheyya akammaṃ na ca karaṇaṃ. |
mūlā-araha-mānattā abbhānāraham eva ca
na kammakārakā pañca sambuddhena pakāsitā. |
bhikkhunī sikkhamānā ca sāmaṇero sāmaṇerikā
paccakkh'-antima-ummattā khitta-vedan'-adassane |
appaṭikamme diṭṭhiyā paṇḍakāpi ca vyañjanā
20 nānāsaṃvāsakā sīmā vehāsaṃ yassa kamma ca |

[page 335]
MAHĀVAGGA. 335
aṭṭhārasannaṃ etesaṃ paṭikkosa na rūhati,
bhikkhussa pakatattassa rūhati paṭikkosanā. |
suddh'; assa dunnisārito, bālo hi sunissārito.
paṇḍako theyyasaṃvāsaṃ pakkanto tiracchānagato |
mātu pitu arahanta-dūsako saṃghabhedako
lohituppādako c'; eva ubhatovyañjano ca yo |
ekādasannaṃ etesaṃ osāraṇaṃ na yujjati.
hattha-pādā tadubhayaṃ kaṇṇa-nāsā tadubhayā |
aṅguli aḷa-kaṇḍaraṃ phaṇaṃ khujjo ca vāmano
25 gaṇḍi lakkhaṇa-kasā ca likhitako ca sīpadi |
pāpa-parisa-kāṇo ca kuṇi khañjo hato pi ca
iriyāpatha-dubbalo andho mūgo ca badhiro |
andhamūga-badhiro ca mūgabadhiram eva ca
andhabadhiramūgo ca dvattiṃs'; ete anūnakā, |
tesaṃ osāraṇaṃ hoti sambuddhena pakāsitaṃ.
daṭṭhabbā paṭikātabbā nissajjetaṃ na vijjati, |
tassa ukkhepanā kammā satta honti adhammikā,
āpannaṃ anuvattantaṃ satta te pi adhammikā, |
āpannaṃ nānuvattantaṃ sattakammesu dhammikā.
30 sammukhā paṭipucchā ca paṭiññāya ca kārakā |
sati-amūḷha-pāpikā tajjaniyavasena ca
pabbājaniya-paṭisāro ukkhepa-parivāsa ca |
mūla-mānatta-abbhānā tath'; eva upasampadā:
aññaṃ kareyya aññassa soḷas'; ete adhammikā, |
taṃ taṃ kareyya taṃ tassa soḷas'; ete sudhammikā,
paccāropeyya aññañño soḷas'; ete adhammikā, |
dvedvetamūlakan tassa, te pi soḷasa dhammikā,
ekekamūlakaṃ cakkaṃ adhamman ti jino 'bravi. |
akāsi tajjaniyakammaṃ saṃgho bhaṇḍanakārako
35 adhammena vaggakammaṃ, aññaṃ āvāsa gacchi so, |
tattha dhammena samaggā tassa tajjaniyaṃ karuṃ,
aññattha vaggadhammena tassa tajjaniyaṃ karuṃ, |
paṭirūpakena vaggāpi samaggāpi tathā karuṃ.
adhammena samaggā ca, dhammena vaggam eva ca, |
paṭirūpakena vaggā ca, samaggā ca, ime padā,
ekekamūlakaṃ katvā cakka bandhe vicakkhaṇo. |
bālāvyattassa nissayaṃ, pabbāje kuladūsakaṃ,
paṭisāraṇiyakammaṃ kare akkosakassa ca, |

[page 336]
336 MAHĀVAGGA.
adassanāpaṭikamme yo ca diṭṭhiṃ na nissaje
40 tesaṃ ukkhepaniyakammaṃ satthavāhena bhāsitaṃ. |
ukkhepaniyakammānaṃ pañño tajjaniyaṃ naye.
tesaṃ yeva anulomaṃ sammāvattantayācite |
passaddhi tesaṃ kammānaṃ heṭṭhākammanayena ca.
tasmiṃ-tasmiṃ tu kammesu tatraṭṭho ca vivadati |
akataṃ dukkaṭaṃ c'; eva puna kātabbakan ti ca
kamme passaddhiyā cāpi te bhikkhū dhammavādino. |
vipattivyādhite disvā kammappatte mahāmuni
paṭippassaddhim akkhāsi sallakatto va osadhan ti.

[page 337]
337
MAHĀVAGGA.
X.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Kosambiyaṃ viharati Ghositārāme. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno hoti, so tassā āpattiyā āpattidiṭṭhi hoti, aññe bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā anāpattidiṭṭhino honti. so aparena samayena tassā āpattiyā anāpattidiṭṭhi hoti, aññe bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā āpattidiṭṭhino honti. atha kho te bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avocuṃ: āpattiṃ tvaṃ āvuso āpanno, passas'; etaṃ āpattin ti. n'; atthi me āvuso āpatti yam ahaṃ passeyyan ti. atha kho te bhikkhū sāmaggiṃ labhitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhipiṃsu. ||1|| so ca bhikkhu bahussuto hoti āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito vyatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo. atha kho so bhikkhu sandiṭṭhe sambhatte bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā etad avoca: anāpatti esā āvuso n'; esā āpatti, anāpanno 'mhi n'; amhi āpanno, anukkhitto 'mhi n'; amhi ukkhitto, adhammiken'; amhi kammena ukkhitto kuppena aṭṭhānārahena, hotha me āyasmanto dhammato vinayato pakkhā 'ti.
alabhi kho so bhikkhu sandiṭṭhe sambhatte bhikkhū pakkhe. jānapadānam pi sandiṭṭhānaṃ sambhattānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: anāpatti esā āvuso . . . aṭṭhānārahena, hontu me āyasmanto dhammato vinayato pakkhā 'ti. alabhi kho so bhikkhu jānapade pi sandiṭṭhe sambhatte bhikkhū pakkhe. ||2|| atha kho te ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū yena ukkhepakā bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā ukkhepake bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: anāpatti esā āvuso n'; esā āpatti, anāpanno eso bhikkhu n'; eso bhikkhu āpanno, anukkhitto eso bhikkhu n'; eso bhikkhu ukkhitto,

[page 338]
338 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 1. 3-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] adhammikena kammena ukkhitto kuppena aṭṭhānārahenā 'ti. evaṃ vutte ukkhepakā bhikkhū ukkhittānuvattake bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: āpatti esā āvuso n'; esā anāpatti, āpanno eso bhikkhu n'; eso bhikkhu anāpanno, ukkhitto eso bhikkhu n'; eso bhikkhu anukkhitto, dhammikena kammena ukkhitto akuppena ṭhānārahena, mā kho tumhe āyasmanto etaṃ ukkhittakaṃ bhikkhuṃ anuvattittha anuparivārethā 'ti. evam pi kho te ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū ukkhepakehi bhikkhūhi vuccamānā tath'; eva taṃ ukkhittakaṃ bhikkhuṃ anuvattiṃsu anuparivāresuṃ. ||3||
atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: idha bhante aññataro bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno ahosi, so tassā āpattiyā āpattidiṭṭhi ahosi, aññe bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā anāpattidiṭṭhino ahesuṃ. so aparena samayena tassā āpattiyā anāpattidiṭṭhi ahosi, aññe bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā āpattidiṭṭhino ahesuṃ. atha kho te bhante bhikkhū . . . (= 1) . . . passeyyanti. atha kho te bhante bhikkhū . . . ukkhipiṃsu. so ca bhante bhikkhu bahussuto āgatāgamo . . . sikkhākāmo. atha kho so bhante bhikkhu . . . alabhi kho so bhante bhikkhu sandiṭṭhe . . . alabhi kho so bhante bhikkhu jānapade pi . . . atha kho te bhante ukkhittānuvattakā . . . evaṃ vutte bhante ukkhepakā . . . evam pi kho te bhante ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū ukkhepakehi bhikkhūhi vuccamānā tath'; eva taṃ ukkhittakaṃ bhikkhuṃ anuvattanti anuparivārentīti. ||4|| atha kho bhagavā bhinno bhikkhusaṃgho bhinno bhikkhusaṃgho 'ti uṭṭhāyāsanā yena ukkhepakā bhikkhū ten'; {upasaṃkami,} upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. nisajja kho bhagavā ukkhepake bhikkhū etad avoca: mā kho tumhe bhikkhave paṭibhāti no paṭibhāti no 'ti yasmiṃ vā tasmiṃ vā bhikkhuṃ ukkhipitabbaṃ maññittha.
||5|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno hoti, so tassā āpattiyā anāpattidiṭṭhi hoti, aññe bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā āpattidiṭṭhino honti. te ce bhikkhave bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ evaṃ jānanti: ayaṃ kho āyasmā bahussuto āgatāgamo . . . sikkhākāmo, sace mayaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhipissāma na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ uposathaṃ karissāma vinā iminā bhikkhunā uposathaṃ karissāma,

[page 339]
X. 1. 6-8.] MAHĀVAGGA. 339
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] bhavissati saṃghassa tatonidānaṃ bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṃghabhedo saṃgharāji saṃghavavatthānaṃ saṃghanānākaraṇan ti, bhedagarukehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi na so bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhipitabbo.
||6|| idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno hoti, so tassā . . . ukkhipissāma na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ pavāressāma vinā iminā bhikkhunā pavāressāma, na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ saṃghakammaṃ karissāma vinā iminā bhikkhunā saṃghakammaṃ karissāma, na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ āsane nisīdissāma vinā iminā bhikkhunā āsane nisīdissāma, na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ yāgupāne nisīdissāma vinā iminā bhikkhunā yāgupāne nisīdissāma, na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ bhattagge nisīdissāma vinā iminā bhikkhunā bhattagge nisīdissāma, na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ ekacchanne vasissāma vinā iminā bhikkhunā ekacchanne vasissāma, na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ yathāvuḍḍhaṃ abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ karissāma vinā iminā bhikkhunā yathāvuḍḍhaṃ . . . sāmīcikammaṃ karissāma, bhavissati saṃghassa tatonidānaṃ bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṃghabhedo saṃgharāji saṃghavavatthānaṃ saṃghanānākaraṇan ti, bhedagarukehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi na so bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhipitabbo 'ti.
||7|| atha kho bhagavā ukkhepakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ bhāsitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. nisajja kho bhagavā ukkhittānuvattake bhikkhū etad avoca: mā kho tumhe bhikkhave āpattiṃ āpajjitvā n'; amhā āpannā 'ti āpattiṃ na paṭikātabbaṃ maññittha. idha pana bhikkhave bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno hoti, so tassā āpattiyā anāpattidiṭṭhi hoti, aññe bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā āpattidiṭṭhino honti. so ce bhikkhave bhikkhu te bhikkhū evaṃ jānāti: ime kho āyasmantā bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā paṇḍitā vyattā medhāvino lajjino kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā, nālaṃ mamaṃ vā kāraṇā aññesaṃ vā kāraṇā chandā dosā mohā bhayā agatiṃ gantuṃ, sace maṃ ime bhikkhū āpattiyā adassane ukkhipissanti na mayā saddhiṃ uposathaṃ karissanti vinā mayā uposathaṃ karissanti,

[page 340]
340 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 1. 8-10.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . na mayā saddhiṃ pavāressanti vinā mayā pavāressanti . . . vinā mayā yathāvuḍḍhaṃ abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ karissanti, bhavissati saṃghassa tatonidānaṃ bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṃghabhedo saṃgharāji saṃghavavatthānaṃ saṃghanānākaraṇan ti, bhedagarukena bhikkhave bhikkhunā paresam pi saddhāya āpatti desetabbā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā ukkhittānuvattakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ bhāsitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||8||
tena kho pana samayena ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū tatth'; eva anto sīmāya uposathaṃ karonti saṃghakammaṃ karonti, ukkhepakā pana bhikkhū nissīmaṃ gantvā uposathaṃ karonti saṃghakammaṃ karonti. atha kho aññataro ukkhepako bhikkhu yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: te bhante ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū tatth'; eva anto sīmāya uposathaṃ karonti saṃghakammaṃ karonti, mayam pana ukkhepakā bhikkhū nissīmaṃ gantvā uposathaṃ karoma saṃghakammaṃ karomā 'ti. te ce bhikkhu ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū tatth'; eva anto sīmāya uposathaṃ karissanti saṃghakammaṃ karissanti yathā mayā ñatti ca anussāvanā ca paññattā, tesaṃ tāni kammāni dhammikāni bhavissanti akuppāni ṭhānārahāni.
tumhe ce bhikkhu ukkhepakā bhikkhū tatth'; eva anto sīmāya uposathaṃ karissatha saṃghakammaṃ karissatha yathā mayā ñatti ca anussāvanā ca paññattā, tumhākam pi tāni kammāni dhammikāni bhavissanti akuppāni ṭhānārahāni. ||9|| taṃ kissa hetu. nānāsaṃvāsakā ete bhikkhū tumhehi tumhe ca tehi nānāsaṃvāsakā. dve 'mā bhikkhu nānāsaṃvāsakabhūmiyo: attanā vā attānaṃ nānāsaṃvāsakaṃ karoti samaggo vā naṃ saṃgho ukkhipati adassane vā appaṭikamme vā appaṭinissagge vā. imā kho bhikkhu dve nānāsaṃvāsakabhūmiyo. dve 'mā bhikkhu samānasaṃvāsakabhūmiyo: attanā vā attānaṃ samānasaṃvāsakaṃ karoti samaggo vā naṃ saṃgho ukkhittaṃ osāreti adassane vā appaṭikamme vā appaṭinissagge vā. imā kho bhikkhu dve samānasaṃvāsakabhūmiyo 'ti. ||10||1||

[page 341]
X. 2. 1-2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 341
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhattagge antaraghare bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ ananulomikaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ upadaṃsenti hatthaparāmāsaṃ karonti. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā bhattagge antaraghare . . . upadaṃsessanti hatthaparāmāsaṃ karissantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū bhattagge antaraghare . . . upadaṃsessanti hatthaparāmāsaṃ karissantīti.
atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
saccaṃ kira bhikkhave --la-- saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: bhinne bhikkhave saṃghe adhammiyamāne asammodikāya vattamānāya ettāvatā na aññamaññaṃ ananulomikaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ upadaṃsessāma hatthaparāmāsaṃ karissāmā 'ti āsane nisīditabbaṃ. bhinne bhikkhave saṃghe dhammiyamāne sammodikāya vattamānāya āsanantarikāya nisīditabban ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū saṃghamajjhe bhaṇḍanajātā . . . vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti, te na sakkonti taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametuṃ. atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: idha bhante bhikkhū saṃghamajjhe . . . vūpasametuṃ. sādhu bhante bhagavā yena te bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho bhagavā yena te bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. nisajja kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etad avoca: alaṃ bhikkhave mā bhaṇḍanaṃ mā kalahaṃ mā viggahaṃ mā vivādan ti. evaṃ vutte aññataro adhammavādī bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: āgametu bhante bhagavā dhammasāmī, appossukko bhante bhagavā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāraṃ anuyutto viharatu, mayaṃ etena bhaṇḍanena kalahena viggahena vivādena paññāyissāmā 'ti. dutiyam pi kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etad avoca: alaṃ bhikkhave . . . mā vivādan ti. dutiyam pi kho so adhammavādī bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: āgametu bhante

[page 342]
342 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 2. 2-5.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . . paññāyissāmā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: ||2||
bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave Bārāṇasiyaṃ Brahmadatto nāma Kāsirājā ahosi aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo mahabbalo mahāvāhano mahāvijito paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro.
Dīghīti nāma Kosalarājā ahosi daliddo appadhano appabhogo appabalo appavāhano appavijito aparipuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro. atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā Dīghītiṃ Kosalarājānaṃ abbhuyyāsi.
assosi kho bhikkhave Dīghīti Kosalarājā: Brahmadatto kira Kāsirājā caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā mama abbhuyyāto 'ti. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghītissa Kosalarañño etad ahosi: Brahmadatto kho Kāsirājā aḍḍho . . . paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro, ahaṃ pan'; amhi daliddo . . . aparipuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro, nāhaṃ paṭibalo Brahmadattena Kāsiraññā ekasaṃghātam pi sahituṃ. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ paṭigacc'; eva nagaramhā nippateyyan ti. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghīti Kosalarājā mahesiṃ ādāya paṭigacc'; eva nagaramhā nippati. atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā Dīghītissa Kosalarañño balañ ca vāhanañ ca janapadañ ca kosañ ca koṭṭhāgārañ ca abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghīti Kosalarājā sapajāpatiko yena Bārāṇasī tena pakkāmi. anupubbena yena Bārāṇasī tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhikkhave Dīghīti Kosalarājā sapajāpatiko Bārāṇasiyaṃ aññatarasmiṃ paccantime okāse kumbhakāranivesane aññātakavesena paribbājakacchannena paṭivasati. ||3|| atha kho bhikkhave Dīghītissa Kosalarañño mahesī na cirass'; eva gabbhinī ahosi. tassā evarūpo dohaḷo hoti: icchati suriyassa uggamanakāle caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannaddhaṃ vammikaṃ subhummiyaṃ ṭhitaṃ passituṃ khaggānañ ca dhovanaṃ pātuṃ. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghītissa Kosalarañño mahesī Dīghītiṃ Kosalarājānaṃ etad avoca: gabbhini 'mhi deva, tassā me evarūpo dohaḷo uppanno: icchāmi suriyassa . . . pātun ti. kuto devi amhākaṃ duggatānaṃ caturaṅginī senā sannaddhā vammikā subhummiyaṃ ṭhitā khaggānañ ca dhovanan ti. sac'; āhaṃ deva na labhissāmi marissāmīti. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhave Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño purohito brāhmaṇo Dīghītissa Kosalarañño sahāyo hoti.

[page 343]
X. 2. 5-7.] MAHĀVAGGA. 343
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho bhikkhave Dīghīti Kosalarājā yena Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño purohito brāhmaṇo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño purohitaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etad avoca: sakhī te samma gabbhinī, tassā evarūpo dohaḷo uppanno: icchati suriyassa . . . pātun ti. tena hi devamayam pi deviṃ passāmā 'ti. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghītissa Kosalarañño mahesī yena Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño purohito brāhmaṇo ten'; upasaṃkami. addasa kho bhikkhave Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño purohito brāhmaṇo Dīghītissa Kosalarañño mahesiṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantiṃ, disvāna uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena Dīghītissa Kosalarañño mahesī ten'; añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ udānaṃ udānesi: Kosalarājā vata bho kucchigato, Kosalarājā vata bho kucchigato 'ti. avimanā devi hohi, lacchasi suriyassa uggamanakāle caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannaddhaṃ vammikaṃ subhummiyaṃ ṭhitaṃ passituṃ khaggānañ ca dhovanaṃ pātun ti. ||5|| atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño purohito brāhmaṇo yena Brahmadatto Kāsirājā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Brahmadattaṃ Kāsirājānaṃ etad avoca: tathā deva nimittāni dissanti, sve suriyuggamanakāle caturaṅginī senā sannaddhā vammikā subhummiyaṃ tiṭṭhatu khaggā ca dhoviyantū 'ti.
atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā manusse āṇāpesi: yathā bhaṇe purohito brāhmaṇo āha tathā karothā 'ti. alabhi kho bhikkhave Dīghītissa Kosalarañño mahesī suriyassa uggamanakāle caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannaddhaṃ vammikaṃ subhummiyaṃ ṭhitaṃ passituṃ khaggānañ ca dhovanaṃ pātuṃ. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghītissa Kosalarañño mahesī tassa gabbhassa paripākaṃ anvāya puttaṃ vijāyi, tassa Dīghāvū 'ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro na cirass'; eva viññutaṃ pāpuṇi. ||6|| atha kho bhikkhave Dīghītissa Kosalarañño etad ahosi: ayaṃ kho Brahmadatto Kāsirājā bahuno amhākaṃ anatthassa kārako, iminā amhākaṃ balañ ca vāhanañ ca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañ ca acchinnaṃ. sac'; āyaṃ amhe jānissati sabbeva tayo ghātāpessati. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ Dīghāvukumāraṃ bahi nagare vāseyyan ti. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghīti Kosalarājā Dīghāvukumāraṃ bahi nagare vāsesi. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro bahi nagare paṭivasanto na cirass'; eva sabbasippāni sikkhi. ||7||

[page 344]
344 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 2. 7-10.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] tena kho pana samayena bhikkhave Dīghītissa Kosalarañño kappako Brahmadatte Kāsiraññe paṭivasati. addasa kho bhikkhave Dīghītissa Kosalarañño kappako Dīghītiṃ Kosalarājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ Bārāṇasiyaṃ aññatarasmiṃ paccantime okāse kumbhakāranivesane aññātakavesena paribbājakacchannena paṭivasantaṃ, disvāna yena Brahmadatto Kāsirājā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Brahmadattaṃ Kāsirājānaṃ etad avoca: Dīghīti deva Kosalarājā sapajāpatiko Bārāṇasiyaṃ aññatarasmiṃ paccantime okāse kumbhakāranivesane aññātakavesena paribbājakacchannena paṭivasatīti. ||8|| atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā manusse āṇāpesi: tena hi bhaṇe Dīghītiṃ Kosalarājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ ānethā 'ti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho bhikkhave te manussā Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño paṭissutvā Dīghītiṃ Kosalarājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ ānesuṃ. atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā manusse āṇāpesi: tena hi bhaṇe Dīghītiṃ Kosalarājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhāmetvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa catudhā chinditvā catuddisā bilāni nikkhipathā 'ti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho bhikkhave te manussā Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño paṭissutvā Dīghītiṃ Kosalarājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinenti. ||9|| atha kho bhikkhave Dīghāvussa kumārassa etad ahosi: ciradiṭṭhā kho me mātāpitaro. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ mātāpitaro passeyyan ti. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro Bārāṇasiṃ pavisitvā addasa mātāpitaro daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinente, disvāna yena mātāpitaro ten'; upasaṃkami. addasa kho bhikkhave Dīghīti Kosalarājā Dīghāvukumāraṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna Dīghāvukumāraṃ etad avoca: mā kho tvaṃ tāta Dīghāvu dīghaṃ passa mā rassaṃ, na hi tāta Dīghāvu verena verā sammanti,

[page 345]
X. 2. 10-13.] MAHĀVAGGA. 345
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] averena hi tāta Dīghāvu verā sammantīti. ||10|| evaṃ vutte bhikkhave te manussā Dīghītiṃ Kosalarājānaṃ etad avocuṃ: ummattako ayaṃ Dīghīti Kosalarājā vippalapati, ko imassa Dīghāvu, kaṃ ayaṃ evam āha: mā kho tvaṃ tāta Dīghāvu dīghaṃ passa mā rassaṃ, na hi tāta Dīghāvu verena verā sammanti, averena hi tāta Dīghāvu verā sammantīti. nāhaṃ bhaṇe ummattako vippalapāmi, api ca yo viññū so vibhāvessatīti.
dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave --la-- tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave Dīghīti Kosalarājā Dīghāvukumāraṃ etad avoca: mā kho . . . sammantīti. tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave te manussā Dīghītiṃ Kosalarājānaṃ etad avocuṃ: ummattako . . . so vibhāvessatīti. atha kho bhikkhave te manussā Dīghītiṃ Kosalarājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ rathiyāya rathiyaṃ {siṅghāṭakena} siṅghāṭakaṃ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhāmetvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa catudhā chinditvā catuddisā bilāni nikkhipitvā gumbaṃ ṭhapetvā pakkamiṃsu. ||11||
atha kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro Bārāṇasiṃ pavisitvā suraṃ nīharitvā gumbiye pāyesi. yadā te mattā ahesuṃ patitā atha kaṭṭhāni saṃkaḍḍhitvā citakaṃ karitvā mātāpitunnaṃ sarīraṃ citakaṃ āropetvā aggiṃ datvā pañjaliko tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ akāsi. tena kho pana samayena bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā uparipāsādavaragato hoti. addasa kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā Dīghāvukumāraṃ pañjalikaṃ tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karontaṃ, disvān'; assa etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ kho so manusso Dīghītissa Kosalarañño ñāti vā sālohito vā. aho me anatthako, na hi nāma me koci ārocessatīti. ||12|| atha kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro araññaṃ gantvā yāvadatthaṃ kanditvā roditvā vappaṃ puñchitvā Bārāṇasiṃ pavisitvā antepurassa sāmantā hatthisālaṃ gantvā hatthācariyaṃ etad avoca: icchām'; ahaṃ ācariya sippaṃ sikkhitun ti. tena hi bhaṇe māṇavaka sikkhassū 'ti. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya hatthisālāyaṃ mañjunā sarena gāyi vīṇañ ca vādesi. assosi kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya hatthisālāyaṃ mañjunā sarena gītaṃ vīṇañ ca vāditaṃ, sutvāna manusse pucchi: ko bhaṇe rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya hatthisālāyaṃ mañjunā sarena gāyi vīṇañ ca vādesīti. ||13||

[page 346]
346 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 2. 13-16.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] amukassa deva hatthācariyassa antevāsī māṇavako rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya hatthisālāyaṃ mañjunā sarena gāyi vīṇañ ca vādesīti. tena hi bhaṇe taṃ māṇavakaṃ ānethā 'ti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho bhikkhave te manussā Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño paṭissutvā Dīghāvukumāraṃ ānesuṃ. tvaṃ bhaṇe māṇavaka rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya hatthisālāyaṃ mañjunā sarena gāyi vīṇañ ca vādesīti. evaṃ devā 'ti. tena hi tvaṃ bhaṇe māṇavaka gāyassu vīṇañ ca vādehīti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño paṭissutvā ārādhāpekho mañjunā sarena gāyi vīṇañ ca vādesi.
atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā Dīghāvukumāraṃ etad avoca: tvaṃ bhaṇe māṇavaka maṃ upaṭṭhahā 'ti.
evaṃ devā 'ti kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño paccassosi. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño pubbuṭṭhayī ahosi pacchānipātī kiṃkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī piyavādī. atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā Dīghāvukumāraṃ na cirass'; eva abbhantarike vissāsikaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. ||14|| atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā Dīghāvukumāraṃ etad avoca: tena hi bhaṇe māṇavaka rathaṃ yojehi migavaṃ gamissāmīti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño paṭissutvā rathaṃ yojetvā Brahmadattaṃ Kāsirājānaṃ etad avoca: yutto kho te deva ratho, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasīti. atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā rathaṃ abhirūhi, Dīghāvukumāro rathaṃ pesesi, tathā-tathā rathaṃ pesesi yathā-yathā aññen'; eva senā agamāsi aññen'; eva ratho. atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā dūraṃ gantvā Dīghāvukumāraṃ etad avoca: tena hi bhaṇe māṇavaka rathaṃ muñcassu, kilanto 'mhi nipajjissāmīti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño paṭissutvā rathaṃ muñcitvā paṭhaviyaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi. atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā Dīghāvukumārassa ucchaṅge sīsaṃ katvā seyyaṃ kappesi, tassa kilantassa muhuttaken'; eva niddaṃ okkami.
||15|| atha kho bhikkhave Dīghāvussa kumārassa etad ahosi: ayaṃ kho Brahmadatto Kāsirājā bahuno amhākaṃ anatthassa kārako,
[page 347]
X. 2. 16-17.] MAHĀVAGGA. 347
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] iminā amhākaṃ balañ ca vāhanañ ca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañ ca acchinnaṃ iminā ca me mātāpitaro hatā. ayaṃ khv assa kālo yo 'haṃ veraṃ appeyyan ti kosiyā khaggaṃ nibbāhi. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghāvussa kumārassa etad ahosi: pitā kho maṃ maraṇakāle avaca: mā kho tvaṃ tāta Dīghāvu dīghaṃ passa mā rassaṃ, na hi tāta Dīghāvu verena verā sammanti, averena hi tāta Dīghāvu verā sammantīti. na kho me taṃ paṭirūpaṃ yo 'haṃ pitu vacanaṃ atikkameyyan ti kosiyā khaggaṃ pavesesi. dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave Dīghāvussa kumārassa etad ahosi: ayaṃ kho Brahmadatto . . . nibbāhi. dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave Dīghāvussa kumārassa etad ahosi: pitā . . . atikkameyyan ti, punad eva kosiyā khaggaṃ pavesesi.
tatiyam pi kho . . . nibbāhi. tatiyam pi kho . . . pavesesi.
atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā bhīto ubbiggo ussaṅkī utrasso sahasā vuṭṭhāsi. atha kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro Brahmadattaṃ Kāsirājānaṃ etad avoca: kissa tvaṃ deva bhīto . . . vuṭṭhāsīti. idha maṃ bhaṇe māṇavaka Dīghītissa Kosalarañño putto Dīghāvukumāro supinantena khaggena paripātesi tenāhaṃ bhīto ubbiggo ussaṅkī utrasso sahasā vuṭṭhāsin ti. ||16|| atha kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro vāmena hatthena Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño sīsaṃ parāmasitvā dakkhiṇena hatthena khaggaṃ nibbāhetvā Brahmadattaṃ {Kāsirājānaṃ} etad avoca: ahaṃ kho so deva Dīghītissa Kosalarañño putto Dīghāvukumāro.
bahuno tvaṃ amhākaṃ anatthassa kārako, tayā amhākaṃ balañ ca vāhanañ ca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañ ca acchinnaṃ tayā ca me mātāpitaro hatā. ayaṃ khv assa kālo yv'; āhaṃ veraṃ appeyyan ti. atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā Dīghāvussa kumārassa pādesu sirasā nipatitvā Dīghāvukumāraṃ etad avoca: jīvitaṃ me tāta Dīghāvu dehi, jīvitaṃ me tāta Dīghāvu dehīti. ky āhaṃ ussahāmi devassa jīvitaṃ dātuṃ, devo kho me jīvitaṃ dadeyyā 'ti. tena hi tāta Dīghāvu tvañ c'; eva me jīvitaṃ dehi ahañ ca te jīvitaṃ dammīti. atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto ca Kāsirājā Dīghāvu ca kumāro aññamaññassa jīvitaṃ adaṃsu pāṇiñ ca aggahesuṃ sapathañ ca akaṃsu adrūbhāya. atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā Dīghāvukumāraṃ etad avoca: tena hi tāta Dīghāvu rathaṃ yojehi gamissāmā 'ti.

[page 348]
348 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 2. 17-20.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] evaṃ devā 'ti kho bhikkhave Dīghāvukumāro Brahmadattassa Kāsirañño paṭissutvā rathaṃ yojetvā Brahmadattaṃ Kāsirājānaṃ etad avoca: yutto kho te deva ratho, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasīti. atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā rathaṃ abhirūhi, Dīghāvukumāro rathaṃ pesesi, tathā -tathā rathaṃ pesesi yathā-yathā na cirass'; eva senāya samāgacchi. ||17|| atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā Bārāṇasiṃ pavisitvā amacce pārisajje sannipātāpetvā etad avoca: sace bhaṇe Dīghītissa Kosalarañño puttaṃ Dīghāvukumāraṃ passeyyātha kinti naṃ kareyyāthā 'ti. ekacce evaṃ āhaṃsu: mayaṃ deva hatthe chindeyyāma, mayaṃ deva pāde chindeyyāma, mayaṃ deva hatthapāde chindeyyāma, mayaṃ deva kaṇṇe chindeyyāma, mayaṃ deva nāsaṃ chindeyyāma, mayaṃ deva kaṇṇanāsaṃ chindeyyāma, mayaṃ deva sīsaṃ chindeyyāmā 'ti. ayaṃ kho bhaṇe Dīghītissa Kosalarañño putto Dīghāvukumāro, nāyaṃ labbhā kiñci kātuṃ, iminā ca me jīvitaṃ dinnaṃ mayā ca imassa jīvitaṃ dinnan ti. ||18|| atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā Dīghāvukumāraṃ etad avoca: yaṃ kho te tāta Dīghāvu pitā maraṇakāle avaca: mā kho tvaṃ tāta Dīghāvu dīghaṃ passa mā rassaṃ, na hi tāta Dīghāvu verena verā sammanti, averena hi tāta Dīghāvu verā sammantīti, kin te pitā sandhāya avacā 'ti. yaṃ kho me deva pitā maraṇakāle avaca mā dīghan ti, mā ciraṃ veraṃ akāsīti, imaṃ kho me deva pitā maraṇakāle avaca mā dīghan ti. yaṃ kho me deva pitā maraṇakāle avaca mā rassan ti, mā khippaṃ mittehi bhijjitthā 'ti, imaṃ kho me deva pitā maraṇakāle avaca mā rassan ti. yaṃ kho me deva pitā maraṇakāle avaca na hi tāta Dīghāvu verena verā sammanti, averena hi tāta Dīghāvu verā sammantīti, devena me mātāpitaro hatā 'ti, sac'; āhaṃ devaṃ jīvitā voropeyyaṃ ye devassa atthakāmā te maṃ jīvitā voropeyyuṃ, ye me atthakāmā te te jīvitā voropeyyuṃ, evaṃ taṃ veraṃ verena na vūpasameyya.
idāni ca pana me devena jīvitaṃ dinnaṃ mayā ca devassa jīvitaṃ dinnaṃ, evaṃ veraṃ averena vūpasantaṃ. imaṃ kho me deva pitā maraṇakāle avaca: na hi tāta . . . sammantīti.
||19|| atha kho bhikkhave Brahmadatto Kāsirājā acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho,

[page 349]
X. 2. 20-3. 1.] MAHĀVAGGA. 349
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] yāva paṇḍito ayaṃ Dīghāvukumāro, yatra hi nāma pituno saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ ājānissatīti, pettikaṃ balañ ca vāhanañ ca janapadañ ca kosañ ca koṭṭhāgārañ ca paṭipādesi dhītarañ ca adāsi. tesaṃ hi nāma bhikkhave rājūnaṃ ādinnadaṇḍānaṃ ādinnasatthānaṃ evarūpaṃ khantisoraccaṃ bhavissatīti, idha kho pana taṃ bhikkhave sobhetha yaṃ tumhe evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā khamā ca bhaveyyātha soratā cā 'ti. tatiyam pi kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etad avoca: alaṃ bhikkhave mā bhaṇḍanaṃ mā kalahaṃ mā viggahaṃ mā vivādan ti. tatiyam pi kho so adhammavādī bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: āgametu bhante bhagavā dhammasāmī, appossukko bhante bhagavā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāraṃ anuyutto viharatu, mayaṃ etena bhaṇḍanena kalahena viggahena vivādena paññāyissāmā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā pariyādinnarūpā kho ime moghapurisā, na yime sukarā saññāpetun ti uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. ||20||2||
Dīghāvubhāṇavāraṃ paṭhamaṃ.
atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Kosambiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi, Kosambiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya saṃghamajjhe ṭhitako 'va imā gāthāyo abhāsi:
puthusaddo samajano na bālo koci maññatha
saṃghasmiṃ bhijjamānasmiṃ, n'; aññaṃ bhiyyo amaññaruṃ. |
parimuṭṭhā paṇḍitā bhāsā vācāgocarabhāṇino,
yāv'; icchanti mukhāyāmaṃ, yena nītā na taṃ vidū. |
akkocchi maṃ, avadhi maṃ, ajini maṃ, ahāsi me,
ye taṃ upanayhanti, veraṃ tesaṃ na sammati. |
akkocchi maṃ, avadhi maṃ, ajini maṃ, ahāsi me,
ye taṃ na upanayhanti, veraṃ tes'; ūpasammati. |
na hi verena verāni sammant'; idha kudācanaṃ,
5 averena ca sammanti, esa dhammo sanantano. |
pare ca na vijānanti mayam ettha yamāmase,
ye ca tattha vijānanti, tato sammanti medhagā. |

[page 350]
350 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 3. 1-4. 2.
aṭṭhicchinnā pāṇaharā gavāssadhanahārino
raṭṭhaṃ vilumpamānānaṃ tesam pi hoti saṃgati. kasmā tumhākaṃ no siyā. |
sace labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ saddhiñcaraṃ sādhuvihāri dhīraṃ,
abhibhuyya sabbāni parissayāni careyya ten'; attamano satimā. |
no ce labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ saddhiñcaraṃ sādhuvihāri dhīraṃ
rājā va raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāya eko care mātaṅgaraññe va nāgo. |
ekassa caritaṃ seyyo, n'; atthi bāle sahāyatā.
eko care na ca pāpāni kayirā appossukko mātaṅgaraññe
10 va nāgo 'ti. ||1||3||
atha kho bhagavā saṃghamajjhe ṭhitako 'va imā gāthāyo bhāsitvā yena Bālakaloṇakāragāmo ten'; upasaṃkami.
tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Bhagu Bālakaloṇakāragāme viharati. addasa kho āyasmā Bhagu bhagavantaṃ dūrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna āsanaṃ paññāpesi pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipi, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi. nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane, nisajja pāde pakkhālesi. āyasmāpi kho Bhagu bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Bhaguṃ bhagavā etad avoca: kacci bhikkhu khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci piṇḍakena na kilamasīti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, na cāhaṃ bhante piṇḍakena kilamāmīti. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Bhaguṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā . . . sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Pācīnavaṃsadāyo ten'; upasaṃkami.
||1|| tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca Anuruddho āyasmā ca Nandiyo āyasmā ca Kimbilo Pācīnavaṃsadāye viharanti. addasa kho dāyapālo bhagavantaṃ dīrato 'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: mā samaṇa etaṃ dāyaṃ pāvisi, sant'; ettha tayo kulaputtā attakāmarūpā viharanti, mā tesaṃ aphāsum akāsīti. assosi kho āyasmā Anuruddho dāyapālassa bhagavatā saddhiṃ mantayamānassa, sutvā dāyapālaṃ etad avoca: māvuso dāyapāla bhagavantaṃ vāresi,

[page 351]
X. 4. 2-5.] MAHĀVAGGA. 351
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] satthā no bhagavā anuppatto 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Anuruddho yenāyasmā ca Nandiyo āyasmā ca Kimbilo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ca Nandiyaṃ āyasmantaṃ ca Kimbilaṃ etad avoca: abhikkamathāyasmanto abhikkamathāyasmanto, satthā no bhagavā anuppatto 'ti. ||2|| atha kho āyasmā ca Anuruddho āyasmā ca Nandiyo āyasmā ca Kimbilo bhagavantaṃ paccuggantvā eko bhagavato pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi, eko āsanaṃ paññāpesi, eko pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipi. nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane, nisajja pāde pakkhālesi. te pi kho āyasmantā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Anuruddhaṃ bhagavā etad avoca: kacci vo Anuruddhā khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci piṇḍakena na kilamathā 'ti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, na ca mayaṃ bhante piṇḍakena kilamāmā 'ti.
kacci pana vo Anuruddhā samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakibhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharathā 'ti. taggha mayaṃ bhante samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakibhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharāmā 'ti. yathākathaṃ pana tumhe Anuruddhā samaggā sammodamānā . . . sampassantā viharathā 'ti. ||3|| idha mayhaṃ bhante evaṃ hoti: lābhā vata me, suladdhaṃ vata me yo 'haṃ evarūpehi sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ viharāmīti. tassa mayhaṃ bhante imesu āyasmantesu mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ āvi c'; eva raho ca, mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ, mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ āvi c'; eva raho ca. tassa mayhaṃ bhante evaṃ hoti: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sakaṃ cittaṃ nikkhipitvā imesaṃ yeva āyasmantānaṃ cittassa vasena vatteyyan ti. so kho ahaṃ bhante sakaṃ cittaṃ nikkhipitvā imesaṃ yeva āyasmantānaṃ cittassa vasena vattāmi, nānā hi kho no bhante kāyā ekañ ca pana maññe cittan ti. āyasmāpi kho Nandiyo, āyasmāpi kho Kimbilo bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: mayham pi kho bhante evaṃ hoti: lābhā . . . maññe cittan ti. evaṃ kho mayaṃ bhante samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakibhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharāmā 'ti. ||4|| kacci pana vo Anuruddhā appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharathā 'ti.

[page 352]
352 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 4. 5-6.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] taggha mayaṃ bhante appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharāmā 'ti. yathākathaṃ pana tumhe Anuruddhā appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharathā 'ti. idha bhante amhākaṃ yo paṭhamaṃ gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati, so āsanaṃ paññāpeti, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipati, avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā upaṭṭhāpeti, pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti. yo pacchā gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati, sace hoti bhuttāvaseso, sace ākaṅkhati, bhuñjati, no ce ākaṅkhati, appaharite vā chaḍḍeti appāṇake vā udake opilāpeti, so āsanaṃ uddharati, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmeti, avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā paṭisāmeti, pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ paṭisāmeti, bhattaggaṃ sammajjati. yo passati pāniyaghaṭaṃ vā paribhojaniyaghaṭaṃ vā vaccaghaṭaṃ vā rittaṃ tucchaṃ so upaṭṭhāpeti. sac'; assa hoti avisayhaṃ hatthavikārena, dutiyaṃ āmantetvā hatthavilaṅghakena upaṭṭhāpema, na tv eva mayaṃ bhante tappaccayā vācaṃ bhindāma. pañcāhikaṃ kho pana mayaṃ bhante sabbarattiyā dhammiyā kathāya sannisīdāma. evaṃ kho mayaṃ bhante appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharāmā 'ti. ||5||
atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ca Anuruddhaṃ āyasmantaṃ ca Nandiyaṃ āyasmantaṃ ca Kimbilaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā . . . sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Pārileyyakaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Pārileyyakaṃ tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Pārileyyake viharati Rakkhitavanasaṇḍe Bhaddasālamūle. atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ahaṃ kho pubbe ākiṇṇo na phāsu vihāsiṃ tehi Kosambakehi bhikkhūhi bhaṇḍanakārakehi kalahakārakehi vivādakārakehi bhassakārakehi saṃghe adhikaraṇakārakehi, so 'mhi etarahi eko adutiyo sukhaṃ phāsu viharāmi aññatr'; eva tehi Kosambakehi bhikkhūhi kalahakārakehi . . . adhikaraṇakārakehīti.
aññataro pi kho hatthināgo ākiṇṇo viharati hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikaḷabhehi hatthicchāpakehi, chinnaggāni c'; eva tiṇāni khādati, obhaggobhaggañ c'; assa sākhābhaṅgaṃ khādanti, āvilāni ca pāniyāni pivati, ogāhantassa otiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṃ upanighaṃsantiyo gacchanti. atha kho tassa hatthināgassa etad ahosi:

[page 353]
X. 4. 6-5. 2.] MAHĀVAGGA. 353
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] ahaṃ kho ākiṇṇo viharāmi hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikaḷabhehi hatthicchāpakehi, chinnaggāni c'; eva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañ ca me sākhābhaṅgaṃ khādanti, āvilāni ca pāniyāni pivāmi, ogāhantassa me otiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṃ upanighaṃsantiyo gacchanti.
yaṃ nūnāhaṃ eko 'va gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho vihareyyan ti.
||6|| atha kho so hatthināgo yūthā apakkamma yena Pārileyyakaṃ Rakkhitavanasaṇḍo Bhaddasālamūlaṃ yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā soṇḍāya bhagavato pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti appaharitañ ca karoti.
atha kho tassa hatthināgassa etad ahosi: ahaṃ kho pubbe ākiṇṇo na phāsu vihāsiṃ hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikaḷabhehi hatthicchāpakehi, chinnaggāni c'; eva tiṇāni khādiṃ, obhaggobhaggañ ca me sākhābhaṅgaṃ khādiṃsu, āvilāni ca pāniyāni apāyiṃ, ogāhantassa ca me otiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṃ upanighaṃsantiyo agamaṃsu, so 'mhi etarahi eko adutiyo sukhaṃ phāsu viharāmi aññatr'; eva hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikaḷabhehi hatthicchāpehīti. atha kho bhagavā attano ca pavivekaṃ viditvā tassa ca hatthināgassa cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi:
evaṃ nāgassa nāgena īsādantassa hatthino
sameti cittaṃ cittena yad eko ramati vane 'ti. ||7||4||
atha kho bhagavā Pārileyyake yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena Sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena Sāvatthi tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. atha kho Kosambakā upāsakā ime kho ayyā Kosambakā bhikkhū bahuno amhākaṃ anatthassa kārakā, imehi ubbāḷho bhagavā pakkanto, handa mayaṃ ayye Kosambake bhikkhū n'; eva abhivādeyyāma na paccuṭṭheyyāma na añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ kareyyāma na sakkareyyāma na garukareyyāma na māneyyāma na pūjeyyāma upagatānam pi piṇḍapātaṃ na dajjeyyāma, evaṃ ime amhehi asakkariyamānā agarukariyamānā amāniyamānā apūjiyamānā asakkārapakatā pakkamissanti vā vibbhamissanti vā bhagavantaṃ vā pasādessantīti. ||1|| atha kho Kosambakā upāsakā Kosambake bhikkhū n'; eva abhivādesuṃ na paccuṭṭhesuṃ na añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ akaṃsu na sakkariṃsu na garukariṃsu na mānesuṃ na pūjesuṃ upagatānam pi piṇḍapātaṃ na adaṃsu.

[page 354]
354 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 5. 2-5.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho Kosambakā bhikkhū Kosambakehi upāsakehi asakkariyamānā . . . asakkārapakatā evaṃ āhaṃsu: handa mayaṃ āvuso Sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhagavato santike imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamemā 'ti. atha kho Kosambakā bhikkhū senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Sāvatthi ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu. ||2||
assosi kho āyasmā Sāriputto: te kira Kosambakā bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakārakā Sāvatthiṃ āgacchantīti. atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: te kira bhante Kosambakā bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakārakā Sāvatthiṃ āgacchanti. kathāhaṃ bhante tesu bhikkhūsu paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ Sāriputta yathādhammo tathā tiṭṭhāhīti. kathāhaṃ bhante jāneyyaṃ dhammaṃ vā adhammaṃ vā 'ti. ||3||
aṭṭhārasahi kho Sāriputta vatthūhi adhammavādī jānitabbo. idha Sāriputta bhikkhu adhammaṃ dhammo 'ti dīpeti, dhammaṃ adhammo 'ti dīpeti, avinayaṃ vinayo 'ti d., vinayaṃ avinayo 'ti d., abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatena bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatenā 'ti d., bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatena abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatenā 'ti d., anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenā 'ti d., āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenā 'ti d., appaññattaṃ tathāgatena paññattaṃ tathāgatenā 'ti d., paññattaṃ tathāgatena appaññattaṃ tathāgatenā 'ti d., anāpattiṃ āpattīti d., āpattiṃ anāpattīti d., lahukaṃ āpattiṃ garukā āpattīti d., garukaṃ āpattiṃ lahukā āpattīti d., sāvasesaṃ āpattiṃ anavasesā āpattīti d., anavasesaṃ āpattiṃ sāvasesā āpattīti d., duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ aduṭṭhullā āpattīti d., aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ duṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpeti. imehi kho Sāriputta aṭṭhārasahi vatthūhi adhammavādī jānitabbo. ||4|| aṭṭhārasahi ca kho Sāriputta vatthūhi dhammavādī jānitabbo. idha Sāriputta bhikkhu adhammaṃ adhammo 'ti dīpeti, dhammaṃ dhammo 'ti d., avinayaṃ . . ., vinayaṃ . . ., abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatena

[page 355]
X. 5. 5-9.] MAHĀVAGGA. 355
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] . . ., bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatena . . ., anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena . . ., āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena . . ., appaññattaṃ tathāgatena . . ., paññattaṃ tathāgatena . . ., āpattiṃ . . ., anāpattiṃ . . ., lahukaṃ āpattiṃ . . ., garukaṃ āpattiṃ . . ., sāvasesaṃ āpattiṃ . . ., anavasesaṃ āpattiṃ . . ., duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ . . ., aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ aduṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpeti. imehi kho Sāriputta aṭṭhārasehi vatthūhi dhammavādī jānitabbo 'ti. ||5||
assosi kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno --la-- assosi kho āyasmā Mahākassapo, assosi kho āyasmā Mahākaccāno, assosi kho āyasmā Mahākoṭṭhito, assosi kho āyasmā Mahākappino, assosi kho āyasmā Mahācundo, assosi kho āyasmā Anuruddho, assosi kho āyasmā Revato, assosi kho āyasmā Upāli, assosi kho āyasmā Ānando, assosi kho āyasmā Rāhulo: te kira Kosambakā bhikkhū . . . (= 3-5.
Read Rāhula instead of Sāriputta) . . . dhammavādī jānitabbo 'ti. ||6||
assosi kho Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī: te kira Kobakā bhikkhū . . . āgacchantīti. atha kho Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: te kira bhante . . . paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ Gotami ubhayattha dhammaṃ suṇa, ubhayattha dhammaṃ sutvā ye tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino tesaṃ diṭṭhiñ ca khantiñ ca ruciñ ca ādāyañ ca rocehi, yañ ca kiñci bhikkhunīsaṃghena bhikkhusaṃghato paccāsiṃsitabbaṃ sabban taṃ dhammavādito 'va paccāsiṃsitabban ti. ||7|| assosi kho Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati: te kira Kosambakā bhikkhū . . . āgacchantīti.
atha kho Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: te kira bhante . . . paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ gahapati ubhayattha dānaṃ dehi, ubhayattha dānaṃ datvā ubhayattha dhammaṃ suṇa, ubhayattha dhammaṃ sutvā ye tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino tesaṃ diṭṭhiñ ca khantiñ ca ruciñ ca ādāyañ ca rocehīti. ||8|| assosi kho Visākhā Migāramātā: te kira Kosambakā bhikkhū . . . āgacchantīti.

[page 356]
356 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 5. 9-12.
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho Visākhā Migāramātā bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: te kira bhante . . . paṭipajjāmīti. tena hi tvaṃ Visākhe ubhayattha dānaṃ dehi . . . rocehīti. ||9||
atha kho Kosambakā bhikkhū anupubbena yena Sāvatthi tad avasaruṃ. atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: te kira bhante Kosambakā bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā . . . saṃghe adhikaraṇakārakā Sāvatthiṃ anuppattā. kathaṃ nu kho bhante tesu bhikkhūsu senāsane paṭipajjitabban ti. tena hi Sāriputta vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ dātabban ti. sace pana bhante vivittaṃ na hoti kathaṃ paṭipajjitabban ti. tena hi Sāriputta vivittaṃ katvāpi dātabbaṃ. na tv evāhaṃ Sāriputta kenaci pariyāyena vuḍḍhatarassa bhikkhuno senāsanaṃ paṭibāhitabban ti vadāmi. yo paṭibāheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. āmise pana bhante kathaṃ paṭipajjitabban ti. āmisaṃ kho Sāriputta sabbesaṃ samakaṃ bhājetabban ti. ||10||
atha kho tassa ukkhittakassa bhikkhuno dhammañ ca vinayañ ca paccavekkhantassa etad ahosi: āpatti esā n'; esā anāpatti, āpanno 'mhi n'; amhi anāpanno, ukkhitto 'mhi n'; amhi anukkhitto, dhammiken'; amhi kammena ukkhitto akuppena ṭhānārahenā 'ti. atha kho so ukkhittako bhikkhu yena ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā ukkhittānuvattake bhikkhū etad avoca: āpatti esā āvuso n'; esā anāpatti . . . ṭhānārahena. etha maṃ āyasmanto osārethā 'ti. ||11|| atha kho te ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū taṃ ukkhittakaṃ bhikkhuṃ ādāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: ayaṃ bhante ukkhittako bhikkhu evaṃ āha: āpatti esā āvuso n'; esā anāpatti . . . osārethā 'ti.
kathaṃ nu kho tehi bhante paṭipajjitabban ti. āpatti esā bhikkhave n'; esā anāpatti, āpanno eso bhikkhu n'; eso bhikkhu anāpanno, ukkhitto eso bhikkhu n'; eso bhikkhu anukkhitto,

[page 357]
X. 5. 12-14.] MAHĀVAGGA. 357
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...] dhammikena kammena ukkhitto akuppena ṭhānārahena. yato ca kho so bhikkhave bhikkhu āpanno ca ukkhitto ca passati ca tena hi bhikkhave taṃ bhikkhuṃ osārethā 'ti. ||12|| atha kho te ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū taṃ ukkhittakaṃ bhikkhuṃ osāretvā yena ukkhepakā bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā ukkhepake bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: yasmiṃ āvuso vatthusmiṃ ahosi saṃghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṃghabhedo saṃgharāji saṃghavavatthānaṃ saṃghanānākaraṇaṃ so eso bhikkhu āpanno ca ukkhitto ca passi ca osārito ca. handa mayaṃ āvuso tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya saṃghasāmaggiṃ karomā 'ti. atha kho te ukkhepakā bhikkhū yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: te bhante ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: yasmiṃ āvuso vatthusmiṃ ahosi . . . saṃghasāmaggiṃ karomā 'ti. kathaṃ nu kho bhante paṭipajjitabban ti. ||13|| yato ca kho so bhikkhave bhikkhu āpanno ca ukkhitto ca passi ca osārito ca tena hi bhikkhave saṃgho tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya saṃghasāmaggiṃ karotu. evañ ca pana bhikkhave kātabbā. sabbeh'; eva ekajjhaṃ sannipatitabbaṃ gilānehi ca agilānehi ca, na kehici chando dātabbo. sannipatitvā vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ ahosi saṃghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṃghabhedo saṃgharāji saṃghavavatthānaṃ saṃghanānākaraṇaṃ so eso bhikkhu āpanno ca ukkhitto ca passi ca osārito ca. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ saṃgho tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya saṃghasāmaggiṃ kareyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
yasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ . . . osārito ca. saṃgho tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya saṃghasāmaggiṃ karoti. yassāyasmato khamati tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya saṃghasāmaggiyā karaṇaṃ so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. katā saṃghena tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya saṃghasāmaggī nihatā saṃgharāji nihato saṃghabhedo.
khamati saṃghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
tāvad eva uposatho kātabbo pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabban ti.
||14||5||

[page 358]
358 MAHĀVAGGA. [X. 6. 1-3.
atha kho āyasmā Upāli yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Upāli bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: yasmiṃ bhante vatthusmiṃ hoti saṃghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ . . . saṃghanānākaraṇaṃ, saṃgho taṃ vatthuṃ avinicchinitvā amūlā mūlaṃ gantvā saṃghasāmaggiṃ karoti, dhammikā nu kho sā bhante saṃghasāmaggīti. yasmiṃ Upāli vatthusmiṃ hoti . . . saṃgho taṃ vatthuṃ avinicchinitvā amūlā mūlaṃ gantvā saṃghasāmaggiṃ karoti, adhammikā sā Upāli saṃghasāmaggīti. yasmiṃ pana bhante vatthusmiṃ hoti . . . saṃgho taṃ vatthuṃ vinicchinitvā mūlā mūlaṃ gantvā saṃghasāmaggiṃ karoti, dhammikā nu kho sā bhante saṃghasāmaggīti. yasmiṃ Upāli vatthusmiṃ hoti . . . saṃgho taṃ vatthuṃ vinicchinitvā mūlā mūlaṃ gantvā saṃghasāmaggiṃ karoti, dhammikā sā Upāli saṃghasāmaggīti. ||1||
kati nu kho bhante saṃghasāmaggiyo 'ti. dve 'mā Upāli saṃghasāmaggiyo. atth'; Upāli saṃghasāmaggī atthāpetā vyañjanupetā, atth'; Upāli saṃghasāmaggī atthupetā ca vyañjanupetā ca. katamā ca Upāli saṃghasāmaggī atthupetā vyañjanupetā. yasmiṃ Upāli vatthusmiṃ hoti saṃghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ . . . saṃghanānākaraṇaṃ, saṃgho taṃ vatthuṃ avinicchinitvā amūlā mūlaṃ gantvā saṃghasāmaggiṃ karoti.
ayaṃ vuccati Upāli saṃghasāmaggī atthāpetā vyañjanupetā.
katamā ca Upāli saṃghasāmaggī atthupetā ca vyañjanupetā ca. yasmiṃ Upāli vatthusmiṃ hoti saṃghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ . . . saṃghanānākaraṇaṃ, saṃgho taṃ vatthuṃ vinicchinitvā mūlā mūlaṃ gantvā saṃghasāmaggiṃ karoti. ayaṃ vuccati Upāli saṃghasāmaggī atthupetā ca vyañjanupetā ca.
imā kho Upāli dve saṃghasāmaggiyo ti. ||2||
atha kho āyasmā Upāli uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā ten'; añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
saṃghassa kiccesu ca mantanāsu ca atthesu jātesu vinicchayesu ca
kathaṃpakāro idha naro mahatthiko bhikkhu kathaṃ hoti idha paggahāraho 'ti. |

[page 359]
X. 6. 3.] MAHĀVAGGA. 359
anānuvajjo paṭhamena sīlato avekkhitācāro susaṃvutindriyo,
paccatthikā na upavadanti dhammato, na hi 'ssa taṃ hoti vadeyyuṃ yena naṃ. |
so tādiso sīlavisuddhiyā ṭhito visārado hoti visayha bhāsati,
na cchambhati parisagato na vedhati, atthaṃ na hāpeti anuyyutaṃ bhaṇaṃ, |
tath'; eva pañhaṃ parisāsu pucchito na c'; eva pajjhāyati na maṅku hoti.
so kālāgataṃ vyākaraṇārahaṃ vaco rañjeti viññūparisaṃ vicakkhaṇo, |
sagāravo vuḍḍhataresu bhikkhūsu ācerakamhi ca sake visārado,
alaṃ pametuṃ, paguṇo kathetave, paccatthikānañ ca
5 viraddhikovido, |
paccatthikā yena vajanti niggahaṃ mahājano paññāpanañ ca gacchati,
sakañ ca ādāyam ayaṃ na riñcati vyākaraṇapañham anupaghātikaṃ, |
dūteyyakammesu alaṃ samuggaho saṃghassa kiccesu ca āhunaṃ yathā,
karaṃvaco bhikkhugaṇena pesito ahaṃ karomīti na tena maññati, |
āpajjati yāvatakesu vatthusu, āpatti yā hoti yathā ca vuṭṭhāti,
ete vibhaṅgā ubhay'assa sāgatā, āpattivuṭṭhānapadassa kovido, |
nissāraṇaṃ gacchati yāni cācaraṃ, nissārito hoti yathā ca vatthunā,
osāraṇan taṃvusitassa jantuno etam pi jānāti vibhaṅgakovido, |
sagāvaro vuḍḍhataresu bhikkhusu navesu theresu ca majjhimesu ca,
mahājanass'; atthacaro 'dha paṇḍito, so tādiso bhikkhu
10 idha paggahāraho 'ti. ||3||6||
Kosambakkhandhako dasamo.

[page 360]
360 MAHĀVAGGA.
tassa uddānaṃ:
Kosambiyaṃ jinavaro, vivād'; āpattidassane,
ukkhipeyya yasmiṃ tasmiṃ, tassa yāpatti desaye. |
anto sīmāyaṃ, tatth'; eva, pañc', ekañ c'; eva, sampadā,
Pārileyyā ca, Sāvatthi, Sāriputto ca, Kolito, |
Mahākassapa-Kaccāno, Koṭṭhito, Kappinena ca,
Mahācundo ca, Anuruddho, Revato, Upālivhayo, |
Ānando, Rāhulo c'; eva, Gotamī,'nāthapiṇḍiko, Visākhā Migāramātā ca,
senāsanaṃ vivittaṃ ca, āmisaṃ samakam pi ca, |
na kena chando dātabbo, Upāli paripucchito,
5 anupavajji visīlena, sāmaggī jinasāsane 'ti.
MAHĀVAGGAṂ SAMATTAṂ.